IMPLEMENTING RULES AND
REGULATIONS
OF THENATIONAL BUILDING CODE
OF THE PHILIPPINES(PD 1096)
OFFICIAL TEXT
2005 REVISED EDITIONINCLUDES• NBCDO MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR NO. 1, s. 2004
• SCHEDULE OF FEES & OTHER CHARGES• NBCDO MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR NO. 2004-2• NBC FORMS• LEGAL OPINIONS• P.D. 1096 (National Building Code)• R.A. 544 (Civil Engineering Law)
• R.A. 9266 (New Architecture Act of 2004)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE

PAGE
Foreword……………………………………………………………………....
Acknowledgement……………………………………………………………
Special Order No. 43 Series of 2005………………………………………….
NBCDO Memorandum Circular No. 01 Series of 2005………………….

vii
viii
ix
x

RULE I - GENERAL PROVISIONSSECTION
101
102
103
104
105
106

Title ………………………………………………….………………….….…..
Declaration of Policy………………………………………………….………..
Scope and Application……………….……………………………….……….
General Building Requirements………………………………………..……..
Site Requirements……………………………………………………………..
Definitions…………………………………………………….…………..……..

1
1
1
1
2
2-3

RULE II - ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216

Responsibility for Administration and Enforcement………………….………
4
Technical Staff………………………………………….……………….……...
4
General Powers and Functions of the Secretary………………………….…
4
Professional and Technical Assistance..……………………………..…….…
4-5
Building Officials………………………………………….…………….……..…
5
Qualifications of Building Officials…………………………………….……..…
5
Duties of the Building Official…………………………………………..…….…
5-7
Fees…………………………………………………….…………………….....
7
Exemption…………………………………………………………………….…..
7
Use of Income from Fees………………………………….……………....….
7 - 12
Implementing Rules and Regulations……………………………………......
12
Administrative Fines……………………………………….………………...
12 - 14Penal Provisions……………….…………………………………………..….
14
Dangerous and Ruinous Buildings or Structures…………….………….…. 14 - 15
Abatement of Dangerous Buildings………………………………………....… 15 - 16
Other Remedies……………………………………………….……………….
16
Procedure in Enforcing Administrative Sanctions
17 - 18
Procedure for Abatement/Demolition
19of Dangerous/Ruinous Buildings/Structures…………………………….
RULE III - PERMITS AND INSPECTION

301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309

Building Permits………………………………………………………………... 20 - 21
Application for Permits………………………………………………………..… 21 - 28
Processing of Building Permits………………………….………………....…. 28 - 32
Issuance of Building Permits....………………………….…………….…….… 32 - 33
Validity of Building Permits………………………………………………...…..
33
Non-issuance, Suspension or Revocation of Building Permits………..……
34
Appeal…………………………………………………………………………....
35
Inspection and Supervision of Work……………………………………..…..
35
Certificate of Occupancy……………………………………….…………..… 35 - 36
RULE IV - TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

401

Types of Construction……………………………………………………..…...

37

402
403

Changes in Types…..…………………………………..…….…………….….
37
Requirements on Type of Construction…………………………….………... 37 - 38
RULE V - REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE ZONES

501
502
503
504
505
506
507

Fire Zones Defined…………………………………………….…….…………..
39
Buildings Located in More than One Fire Zone………………………....….
39
Moved Buildings.……………………………………………………………….
39
Temporary Buildings/Structures…………………….…….…………………...
39
Center Lines of Streets……………………………………….……………..…..
39
Restrictions on Existing Buildings…………………………………………..... 39 - 40
Designation of Fire Zones……………………………………………………..
40
RULE VI - FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS IN
CONSTRUCTION

601
602
603
604

Fire-Resistive Rating Defined………………………………………………..
Fire-Resistive Time Period Rating…………………………………………..…
Fire-Resistive Standards……………………………………………………..…
Fire-Resistive Regulations………………………………………………….….

41
41
41
41

RULE VII - CLASSIFICATION AND GENERALREQUIREMENTS OF ALL BUILDINGS BY USE
OR OCCUPANCY
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709

Occupancy Classified……………………………………….…………….…… 42 - 75
Change in Use………………………………………………….…………….….
76
Mixed Occupancy……………………………………….….…………………... 76 - 77
Location on Property………………………………………….……………….... 77 - 79
Allowable Floor Areas…………………………………………………………. 79 - 82
Allowable Floor Area Increases..………………………….…………………..
83
Maximum Height of Buildings……………………………….……………….. 83 - 102
Minimum Requirements for Group A Dwellings………….………………... 102 - 103
Requirements for Other Group Occupancies…………….………………..…
104
Guidelines on Building Bulk, Development Control,
Buildings & Other Accessory Structures Within
Cemeteries and Memorial Parks………………………………………... 105 - 113
RULE VIII - LIGHT AND VENTILATION

801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811

General Requirements of Light and Ventilation……………………………..
114
Measurement of Site Occupancy……………………….…………….…….…
114
Percentage of Site Occupancy…………………………………………………114 - 120
Size and Dimensions of Courts……………………………………………..….
121 - 126
Ceiling Heights…………………………………………………………………
127
Sizes and Dimensions of Rooms………………………………………………
127
Air Space Requirements in Determining the Size of Rooms…………….....
127
Windows Openings………………………………………….………………... 127 - 128
Vent Shafts…………………………………………………………………….....
129
Ventilation Skylights…………………………………………………………..…
128
Artificial Ventilation……………………………………………………………....
128 - 129
Guidelines on Easements, View Corridors/Sight Lines,
Streets/Road Right-of-Way (RROW), Sidewalks,
Arcades, Basements, Lots, and Public Buildings/Structures……….….130 - 157
RULE IX - SANITATION

901
902
903

General Requirements………………………………….……………………..
Water Supply System.…………………….…………………………………....
Wastewater Disposal System……….………………….…….…………….….

158
158
158

904
905
906
907

Storm Drainage System.………………………….…………………………....158 - 159
Pest and Vermin Control.……………………………….…….…………….…..
159
Noise Pollution Control……………………………………………………….....
159
Pipes Materials…………………………………….……….…………………...
159
RULE X - BUILDING PROJECTION OVER PUBLIC
STREET

1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008

General Requirements………………………………….….………………..….
160
Projection into Alleys or Streets…………………………….………………...
160
Projection of Balconies and Appendages Over Streets…………………….
160
Arcades……………………………………………………….………………….
161
Canopies (Marquees)………………………………………………………..….
162
Movable Awnings or Hoods…………………………………………………....
162
Doors, Windows, and the Like…………………………….…………………..
162
Corner Buildings with Chaflans………………………….…………………....162 - 163
RULE XI - PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS DURING
CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION

1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108

General Requirements………………………………………………………...
164
Storage in Public Property…………………………………….……….……..
164
Mixing Mortar on Public Property…………………………………………….
164
Protection of Utilities………………………………………………………….…
164
Walkway…………………………….……………………….…………..……..
165
Pedestrian Protection………………………………….………….…………….165 - 170
Maintenance and Removal of Protective Devices………………………..….170 - 176
Demolition..………………………………………………….…………...…….. 176 - 181
RULE XII - GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTIONREQUIREMENTS

1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215

General Requirements……………………………………………………….…
182
Excavation, Foundation, and Retaining Walls……….……………………....182 - 185
Veneer………………………………………………………….………………....
185
Enclosure of Vertical Openings……………………………………………… 185 - 186
Floor Construction……………………………………………..……………....
186
Roof Construction and Covering………………………….…………………..186 - 187
Stairs, Exits, and Occupant Loads…………………………….…………….. 187 - 199
Skylights……………………………………………………………………….…199 - 200
Bays, Porches, and Balconies………………………….…………………..….
200
Penthouses and Roof Structures………………………………………….... 200 - 201
Chimneys, Fireplaces, and Barbecues………………….……………………201 - 205
Fire-Extinguishing Systems…………………………………………………...205 - 208
Stages and Platform…………………………………………..………………...208 - 209
Motion Picture Projection Rooms……………………….……………………..210 - 211
Lathing, Plastering, and Installation of Wall Boards………..…….…….…...
211
RULE XIII - ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICALREGULATIONS

1301
1302

Electrical Regulations……………………………………….……………….….212 - 217
Mechanical Regulations…………………………………….……………….....218 - 223
RULE XIV - PHOTOGRAPHIC AND X-RAY FILMS

1401
1402
1403

Storage and Handling……………………………………….…………………..
Classes of Film Exempted…………………………………..…………….…....
Fire Extinguishing System………………………………….………………....

224
224
224

RULE XV - PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTIONS
1501

Prefabricated Assembly………………………………………………..……..

225

RULE XVI - PLASTICS
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609

Approved Plastics….…………………………………………………………..
226
Installation….……………………………………….….……….……………..…
226
Glazing of Openings…..……………………………….……………………..…
226
Skylights…..…………………………………………….……………………... 226 - 227
Light-Transmitting Panels in Monitors and Sawtooth Roofs………………..
227
Plastic Light Diffusers in Ceilings………………………….………………..…227 - 228
Partitions….……………………………………………………………………...
228
Exterior Veneer….……………………………………….……………………....
228
Awnings and Canopies….……………………………….……………………..
228
RULE XVII - SHEET METAL PAINT SPRAY BOOTHS

1701
1702
1703
1704

Sheet Metal Paint Spray Booth……………………………………………....
229
Fire Protection….………………………………………….……………………..
229
Light….……………………………………………………….…………………
229
Ventilation….………………………………………….………………………....229 - 230
RULE XVIII - GLASS AND GLAZING

1801
1802
1803
1804
1805

General Requirements….……………………………….………………………
Area Limitation….……………………………….………….…………….…....
Glazing….…………………………………………..……….…………………....
Louvered Windows….…………………………………….………………....
Impact….…………………………………………………….………………....

231
231
232
232
232

RULE XIX - THE USE OF COMPUTERS
1901
1902
1903

General Rule……..………………………………………………………….......
Program Documentation………………………………….…………………....
Submission of Computer-Generated Computations…………………………

233
233
233

RULE XX - SIGNS
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006

General Requirements……………………………………….………………....
234
Maintenance………………………………………………….………………...
234
Design and Construction………………………………….…………………....
234
Supports and Anchorages………………………………….……………….….234 - 236
Projections and Clearances……………………………………………….…
236
Lighting…………………………………………………………..……………..…
237 - 239
RULE XXI - TRANSITORY AND FINAL PROVISIONS

2101
2102
2103

Separability Clause………………………………….…..…….………………
Repealing and Amending Clause……………………….……………………..
Effectivity…….……………………………………………..…………………....….

240
240
240

GLOSSARY………………………………………………………………….…..241 - 253

NEW SCHEDULE OF FEES AND OTHER CHARGES

254 - 270

NBC FORMS

272 - 341

LEGAL OPINIONS

342 - 351

P. D. 1096 (National Building Code of the Philippines)

352 - 416

R.A. 544 (Civil Engineering Law)

417 - 421

R.A. 9266 (Architecture Act of 2004)

422 - 434

NBC FORMS

PAGE

Building Permit/Accessory Permit and Other Forms:

272 - 302

NBC Form No. B - 01
NBC Form No. B - 02
NBC Form No. B - 03
NBC Form No. B - 04
NBC Form No. B - 05
NBC Form No. B - 06
NBC Form No. B - 07
NBC Form No. B - 08
NBC Form No. B - 09
NBC Form No. B - 10
NBC Form No. B - 11
NBC Form No. B - 12
NBC Form No. B - 13
NBC Form No. B - 14
NBC Form No. B - 15
NBC Form No. B - 16
NBC Form No. B - 17
NBC Form No. B - 18
NBC Form No. B - 19
NBC Form No. B - 20
NBC Form No. B - 21

Application for Building Permit/Building Permit…..……………...272 - 273
Excavation & Ground Preparation Permit………..……………....274 - 275
Fencing Permit……………………………………….……………..…
276 - 277
Sidewalk Construction Permit……………………………….……...
278 - 279
Temporary Sidewalk Enclosure & Occupancy Permit………….....
280 - 281
Scaffolding Permit…………………………………………………...282 - 283
Sign Permit………………………………………………………….…
284 - 285
Demolition Permit……………………………………………….…..286 - 287
Notice of Violation…………………………………………………....
288
Certificate of Completion…………………………………………..…
289 - 290
Application for Certificate of Occupancy…………………….……...
291
Application for Change of Use or Occupancy…………………..….
292
Certificate of Occupancy………………………………………….....
293
Certificate of Use……………………………………………………… 294
Construction Log Book Sheet……………………………………..…
295
Order of Payment……………………………………………………
296
Endorsement to C/MFM
297
Re- Application for Building Permit…………….…………….……...
Endorsement to C/MFM
Re- Completion of Construction…………………...……………..…. 298
Certificate of Annual Inspection…………………………………..…
299
Notice of Construction……………………………………………..…. 300
Inspection Report………………………………………………….. 301 - 302

Ancillary Permit Forms:
NBC Form No. A - 01
NBC Form No. A - 02
NBC Form No. A - 03
NBC Form No. A - 04
NBC Form No. A - 05
NBC Form No. A - 06
NBC Form No. A - 07

303 - 316

Architectural Permit…………………………………………………303 - 304
Civil/Structural Permit………………………………………………..
305 - 306
Electrical Permit………………………………………………….…....
307 - 308
Mechanical Permit…………………………………………………....
309 - 310
Sanitary Permit…………………………………………………..... 311 - 312
Plumbing Permit…………………………………………………….313 - 314
Electronics Permit…………………………………………………....
315 - 316

Electrical Forms:
NBC Form No. E - 01
NBC Form No. E - 02
NBC Form No. E - 03
NBC Form No. E - 04
NBC Form No. E - 05
NBC Form No. E - 06
NBC Form No. E - 07
NBC Form No. E - 08
NBC Form No. E - 09
NBC Form No. E - 10
NBC Form No. E - 11
NBC Form No. E - 12
NBC Form No. E - 13
NBC Form No. E - 14

Mechanical Forms:
NBC Form No. M - 01
NBC Form No. M - 02
NBC Form No. M - 03
NBC Form No. M - 04
NBC Form No. M - 05
NBC Form No. M - 06
NBC Form No. M - 07
NBC Form No. M - 08
NBC Form No. M - 09
NBC Form No. M - 10317 - 331
Notice of Unsafe Electrical Installation…………………………....
317
Notice of Illegal Electrical Installation…………………………...…..
318
Permit for Temporary Service Connection……………………… 319 - 320
Certificate of Electrical Inspection for
Temporary Power Connection…………………….……………..….. 321
Certificate of Final Electrical Inspection………………………..…...
322
Certificate of Annual Electrical Inspection…………………….……
323
Certificate of Operation: Indoor/Outdoor
Station Transformer………………………………………….…….…
324
Certificate of Operation: HV/MV
Primary Disconnecting Means…………………….……………..….. 325
Certificate of Operation: Incoming Low
Voltage Switchgear………………………………….……………..…
326
Certificate of Operation:
Power Distribution Panels………………………………………..…..
327
Certificate of Operation:
Lighting Distribution Panels………………………….………….…...
328
Certificate of Operation: Generator/UPS………………………..….
329
Certificate of Operation: Motor Control Centers………………..….
330
Certificate of Operation:
Automatic/Manual Transfer Switch…………….………………...….
331

332 - 341
Notice of Illegal Mechanical Installations…………………………
Notice of Mechanical Requirements…………………………….
Certificate of Inspection: Steam Boiler/
Certificate of Operation: Steam Boiler…………………..……….....
Certificate of Inspection: Unfired Pressure Vessels/Certificate of Operation: Unfired Pressure Vessels………………..
Certificate of Inspection: Gas Pipe and/or Burner/
Certificate of Operation: Gas Pipe and/or Burner……………..…..
Certificate of Operation: Internal Combustion Engine………….…
Certificate of Operation: Machinery…………………………….…...
Certificate of Operation: Elevator/Dumbwaiter….…………….…...
Certificate of Operation: Escalator………………………………..…
Certificate of Operation:
Air-Conditioning/Refrigeration……………………………………...

332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341

FOREWORD

Presidential Decree 1096, popularly known as the National Building Code of the Philippines,
which was issued on February 19, 1977 has achieved the purpose of enforcing uniform standards andrequirements on building design, construction, use, occupancy and maintenance in line with the policyof the state to safeguard life, health, property and public welfare.
The original rules and regulations of the Code were issued on various dates in 1977-1979
through Memorandum Orders by the defunct Ministry of Public Works, Transportation andCommunications. These rules and regulations were then compiled by the then Ministry of Public
Works, now the Department of Public Works and Highways. This compilation was subsequently
approved as the “Implementing Rules and Regulations” (IRR) of the Code.
The need to update and amplify various provisions of the existing IRR has become imperative
to be realistic and relevant in the present times as demanded by technological changes in building
design and construction, rapid urbanization, development of mega cities characterized by high-risebuildings/structures and the relevant requirements of related laws and other government agencies.
This revised IRR includes additional provisions so that each of the Chapters of PD 1096 now
has its corresponding rules and regulations. For the purpose of clarity, continuity and homogeneity,
the rules and regulations are rearranged following the same sequence and numbering as those of the
Chapters and Sections of the Code. Included also in this publication are Permit Forms relevant in theimplementation and enforcement of PD 1096.
The realization of this revised IRR is made possible through the efforts of the National
Building Code Review Committee and its Board of Consultants and the National Building CodeDevelopment Office of the Department of Public Works and Highways.
It is hoped that this publication will contribute to a uniform and clearer interpretation andunderstanding of the Code for its effective enforcement.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Our profound gratitude to all the representatives of the accredited technical professional organizations andother agencies of the government who shared their expertise, materials, time and effort in realization of the revised
Implementing Rules and Regulations of PD 1096 otherwise known as the National Building Code of the Philippines.
Likewise, our sincere appreciation to all those responsible for drafting this revised IRR, we commend our esteem
and deference in recognition of their contribution, particularly to the following:
NATIONAL BUILDING CODE REVIEW COMMITTEE (NBCRC)RAUL C. ASIS
Assistant Secretary
Chairman
ANTONIO V. MOLANO, JR.
Director IV, Bureau of Researchand Standards

NESTOR V. AGUSTIN
Director IV, PMO-Special Buildings

GILBERTO S. REYES
OIC, Director IV, Bureau of Design

WALTER R. OCAMPO
Director III, Bureau of Construction

CAMILO G. FORONDA
OIC, Director III, Legal Service

EMMANUEL P. CUNTAPAY
Architect V, Bureau of Design
BOARD OF CONSULTANTS (BOC)
ANGEL LAZARO, JR.
ChairmanOversight Committee

Archt. Armando D. N. Alli
Archt. Lorenzo P. Espeleta
Engr. Agustin S. Torres
Engr. Julius F. Villanueva

Engr. Alberto J. Azarcon, Jr.
Col. Rafael E. Rueda, Jr.
Atty. Teresita G. Vidamo
Archt. Elmor V. Vita
BOC Members:

Archt. Ramon L. AbieraEngr. Romulo R. Agatep
Engr. Porthos P. Almajose
Engr. Antonio A. Avila
Engr. Fe. M. Barrientos
Engr. Ernesto J. Battad, Jr
Engr. Rodolfo N. Ferrer
Archt. Eugene G. Gan
Ms. Patricia M. Gomez
Atty. Merceditas N. Gutierrez
Engr. Antonio Janubas
Engr. Antonio E. Kaimo
Engr. Antonio Jerome Lara
Archt. Prosperidad C. LuisComm. Roque Magno

Archt. Francisco Mapalo, Jr.
Engr. Joel J. Marciano
Engr. Edward L. Mendoza
Engr. Emilio M. Morales
Ms. Belen S. Morey
Ms. Delia R. Pabalan
Dr. Benito M. Pacheco
Archt. Aquiles Paredes
Dr. Raymundo S. Punongbayan
Engr. Laurentino R. Punzalan
Dr. Arthur Saldivar-Sali
Engr. Eluderio S. Salvo
Archt. Fernando L. Santos
Archt. Michael V. Tomeldan
Engr. Pablo M. Magpily, Jr.

Technical Staff and Secretariat:
Asst. Director Judy F. Sese, Archt. Mariano C. del Castillo, Engr. Teodoro S. Landicho, Archt. Alpha F. Azarcon,
Archt. Ellison M. de Guzman, Marilyn A. Oba, , Miriam O. Santos, Yolanda L. Gallardo, Emelita Jorge, Gregoria
R. Flores, Ma. Dioscora L. Salomon, Evangeline P. Cruz, Milagros B. Perez, and Maria L. Bernardo.
Republic of the Philippines

9

Republic of the Philippines
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND HIGHWAYSOFFICE OF THE SECRETARY
Bonifacio Drive, Port Area, Manila

Jul 06 2005

SPECIAL ORDER43

SUBJECT:

NO.___________
Series of 2005
x-x-x-x-x-x-x-x-x-x-x

COMPOSITION OF THE
NATIONAL BUILDING CODE
DEVELOPMENT OFFICE(NBCDO)

Pursuant to Department Order No. 82 series of 2000 reactivating and reconstituting the Building Researchand Development Staff and renaming it as the National Building Code Development Office (NBCDO) the following
personnel shall compose the NBCDO as per attached approved organizational chart.
EMMANUEL P. CUNTAPAY-

Acting Executive Director, NBCDOIn Concurrent capacity andChief, Architectural Division,
Bureau of Design

DANTE B. POTANTE-

Acting Deputy Executive Director
Project Manager
OIC, Director III, Bureau of Design

TECHNICAL STAFF:
1. Wilfredo S. Lopez
2. Mariano C. Del Castillo
3. Jaime A. Avellaneda
4. Jaime S. Pedro
5. Eriberto Sioson
6. Josephine P. Isturis
7. Valeriano L. Esquibal
8. Jacinto B. Sebastian
9. Rodolfo Somera
10. Ferdinand Briones
11. Ellison M. De Guzman
12. Lucia B. Vargas
13. Mario E. Palileo
14. Emmanuel R. Martinez
15. Vincent A. Beran
16. Joyce P. Banatao-

Bureau of Design
Bureau of Design
Bureau of Design
Bureau of Design
Bureau of Design
Bureau of Design
Bureau of Design
Bureau of Design
Bureau of Construction
Bureau of Design
Bureau of Design
National Capital Region
Bureau of Research & Standard
Legal Service
Bureau of Design
Bureau of Design

ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF:
1. Marilyn A. Oba
2. Gregoria R. Flores
3. Frances Xyra R. Flores

4. Marlon B. Turingan
5. Donna Leuterio

The assignment of the members of the technical and administrative staff shall be on full-time basis.
However, they will continue to draw their salaries/wages from their mother unit
This Order shall take effect immediately

NBCDO/EPC/ylg
Special Order – Composition of NBCDO

10

11

Pursuant to the authority vested in the Secretary of the Department of Public Works andHighways (DPWH) under Chapter 2 of the National Building Code of the Philippines (PD 1096), thefollowing Rules and Regulations are hereby promulgated and issued:

RULE I – GENERAL PROVISIONSSECTION 101. Title
These Rules shall be known and cited as the “Revised Implementing Rules and Regulations of
the National Building Code of the Philippines (P.D. 1096)” and shall be referred to as the “IRR”.

SECTION 102. Declaration of Policy
It is hereby declared to be the policy of the State to safeguard life, health, property, and publicwelfare, consistent with the principles of sound environmental management and control; and to thisend, make it the purpose of the Code to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework ofminimum standards and requirements to regulate and control their location, site, design, quality ofmaterials, construction, use, occupancy, and maintenance.

SECTION 103. Scope and Application
1. The scope of this IRR shall cover the following disciplines: architectural, civil/structural, electrical,
mechanical, sanitary, plumbing, and electronics. This shall also apply to the design, location, siting,construction, alteration, repair, conversion, use, occupancy, maintenance, moving, demolition of, andaddition to public and private buildings and structures, except traditional indigenous family dwellings,
and those covered by Batas Pambansa Bilang 220 otherwise known as the “Economic andSocialized Housing Projects”.
2. Existing buildings or structures without appropriate building permits/certificates of occupancy may belegalized and issued the necessary permits and certificates, provided, they are made to conform tothese rules and regulations. However, they shall be subject to the imposition of penalties,
surcharges, fines and other appropriate measures.
3. The applicable and consistent provisions of the allied professional codes and other government
agency codes as approved by the DPWH Secretary shall serve as the referral codes of PD 1096 andthis IRR.

SECTION 104. General Building Requirements
1. All buildings or structures as well as accessory facilities thereto shall conform in all respects to theprinciples of safe construction and must be suited to the purpose for which they are designed.
2. Buildings or structures intended to be used for the manufacture and/or production of any kind ofarticle or product shall observe adequate environmental safeguards.
3. Buildings or structures and all parts thereof as well as all facilities found therein shall be maintained insafe, sanitary and good working condition.

12

SECTION 105. Site Requirements
The land or site upon which will be constructed any building or structure, or any ancillary or auxiliary
facility thereto, shall be sanitary, hygienic or safe. In case of sites or buildings intended for use as humanhabitation or abode, the same shall be at a safe distance, as determined by competent authorities, fromstreams or bodies of water and/or sources of air considered to be polluted; from a volcano or volcanic site
and/or any other building considered to be a potential source of fire or explosion.

SECTION 106. Definitions
1. For purposes of this IRR, the following definitions shall apply:
ADDITION – Any new construction which increases the height and/or floor area of existingbuildings/structures.
AGENCY OF THE GOVERNMENT – Refers to any of the various units of the government including adepartment, bureau, office, instrumentality, or government owned or controlled corporation.
ALTERATION – Works in buildings/structures involving changes in the materials used, partitioning,location/size of openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does not increase thebuilding height and/or floor area.
APPLICATION FORMS – A preformatted prescribed application form duly accomplished and notarized
by the respective design professional with validation matrices related to other building rules andregulations.
APPLICANT/PERMITTEE – Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, head of government or private
institution, organization of any character applying for the issuance of permits and certificates.
BUILDING OFFICAL – the Executive Officer of the OBO appointed by the Secretary.
BUILDING PERMIT – A document issued by the Building Official (BO) to an owner/applicant to proceedwith the construction, installation, addition, alteration, renovation, conversion, repair, moving, demolitionor other work activity of a specific project/building/structure or portions thereof after the accompanying
principal plans, specifications and other pertinent documents with the duly notarized application are foundsatisfactory and substantially conforming with the National Building Code of the Philippines (the Code)and its Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR).
CODE – PD 1096, otherwise known as the National Building Code of the Philippines.
CONSTRUCTION – All on-site work done in the site preparation, excavation, foundation, assembly of all
the components and installation of utilities, machineries and equipment of buildings/structures.
CONVERSION – A change in the use or occupancy of buildings/structures or any portion/s thereof, which
has different requirements.
DEMOLITION – The systematic dismantling or destruction of a building/structure, in whole or in part.
DEPARTMENT – The Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH).
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR – The Executive Officer or Head of the NBCDO.
MOVING – The transfer of buildings/structures or portion/s thereof from original location or position toanother, either within the same lot or to a different one.
OFFICE OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL (OBO) – The Office authorized to enforce the provisions of theCode and its IRR in the field as well as the enforcement of orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

13

REFERRAL CODES – The applicable provisions of the various agency and technical professional codesthat are supplementary to the Code.
RENOVATION – Any physical change made on buildings/structures to increase the value, quality,
and/or to improve the aesthetic.
REPAIR – Remedial work done on any damaged or deteriorated portion/s of building/structure to restore
to its original condition.
SECRETARY – Head or Chief Executive Officer of DPWH.
STAFF – The personnel of the National Building Code Development Office (NBCDO).

2. As used in this IRR, other words, terms and phrases enumerated in the Glossary hereof shall havethe meaning or definition correspondingly provided therein.

14

RULE II – ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENTSECTION 201. Responsibility for Administration and Enforcement
The administration and enforcement of the provisions of the Code and this IRR, including theimposition of penalties for administrative violations thereof, is hereby vested in the Secretary.

SECTION 202. Technical Staff
The National Building Code Development Office (NBCDO) created through DPWH Department Order,
shall serve as the technical staff of the Secretary. The functions thereof are as follows:
1. Assist the Secretary in the administration and enforcement of the provisions of the Code and its IRR.
2. Review, evaluate and take final action on various technical and legal problems forwarded to the
Office of the Secretary.
3. Conduct seminar/workshops on the Code, its IRR, and Batas Pambansa Blg. 344 (Accessibility Law).
4. Undertake such other duties and tasks as may be assigned by the Secretary from time to time.

SECTION 203. General Powers and Functions of the Secretary
1. Formulate policies, plans, standards and guidelines on building design, construction, use, occupancy
and maintenance, in accordance with the Code.
2. Issue and promulgate additional rules and regulations in the form of Memorandum Circulars to
implement the provisions of the Code and ensure compliance with policies, plans, standards andguidelines and issue office guidelines or Memorandum Circulars to guide the actions of the Building
Official in the performance of his duties and responsibilities.
3. Exercise appellate jurisdiction over the decisions and orders of the Building Official. The order or
decision of the Secretary shall be final and executory subject only to review by the Office of the
President of the Republic.
4. Evaluate, review, approve and/or take final action on changes and/or amendments to existing
Referral Codes as well as on the incorporation of other referral codes, which are not yet expressly
made supplementary to the Code and its IRR.
5. Prescribe and impose the amount of fees and other charges as may be deemed necessary that the
Building Official shall collect in connection with the performance of regulatory functions.
6. Appoint a Building Official, separate and distinct from the Office of the City/Municipal Engineers in all
Cities and Municipalities.

SECTION 204. Professional and Technical Assistance
The Secretary may secure professional, technical, scientific and other services including testinglaboratories and facilities from other agencies of the National Government when deemed necessary. He
may also engage and compensate within available appropriations, such number of consultants, experts
and advisers on full or part-time basis, as may be necessary, coming from the government or private
business, entities or associations to carry out the provisions of the Code and this IRR.

15

SECTION 205. Building Officials

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Building Official shall be responsible for carrying out theprovisions of the Code in the field as well as the enforcement of orders and decisions made pursuant
thereto.
All Building Officials appointed or designated other than by the Secretary, shall continue to act as the
Building Official until such time that the Secretary appoints the Building Official. Offices of the Building
Officials already established, separate and distinct from the office of the City/Municipal Engineers in cities
and municipalities may continue to exist until such time that a regular office is created. (Fig. II.1.)

SECTION 206. Qualifications of Building Officials
No person shall be appointed as Building Official unless he possesses the following qualifications:
1. A Filipino citizen and of good moral character.
2. A duly registered architect or civil engineer.
3. A member of good standing of a duly accredited organization of his profession for not less than five(5) years endorsed or recommended by the accredited professional organization.
4. Has at least five (5) years of diversified and professional experience in building design andconstruction.
5. Has attended and successfully completed a seminar workshop on PD 1096 and its IRR conducted by
the DPWH.

SECTION 207. Duties of the Building Official
The Building Official shall have the following duties:
1. Be primarily responsible for the enforcement of the provisions of the Code and its IRR, as well as
circulars, memoranda, opinions and decisions/orders issued pursuant thereto. His actions shallalways be guided by appropriate orders/directives from the Secretary.
2. Have overall administrative control and/or supervision over all works pertinent to buildings/structuresin his area of responsibility and shall be charged with the processing of all permit applications andcertificates as well as the issuance of the same.
3. Ensure that all changes, modifications, and alterations in the design plans during the construction
phase shall not start until the modified design plan has been evaluated and the necessary
amendatory permit issued.
4. Undertake annual inspections of all buildings/structures and keep an up-to-date record of their status.

16Figure II.1.

17

5. Upon complaint or motu propio and after due notice/s and hearing, initiate action towards:a.

Non-issuance, suspension, revocation and/or invalidation of a building permit or certificate ofoccupancy;b.

Issuance of work stoppage order, or an order for discontinuance of the use or occupancy of thebuilding/structure or portion thereof;c.

Declaration of a building/structure as ruinous or dangerous; and/ord.

The imposition of appropriate fines/penalties.

6. Submit a quarterly situational report to the Secretary through the NBCDO, on the status of all existing,on-going, and proposed public as well as private building/structure activities. (See Communication
Flow Chart, Fig. II.2.)
7. Undertake such other duties and tasks as may be assigned by the Secretary from time to time.

SECTION 208. Fees
1. The Secretary, thru Memorandum Circulars, shall prescribe the rates of fees and formulate guidelines
in the imposition and collection of fees.
2. Subject to existing budgetary, accounting and auditing rules and regulations, the Building Official shallretain not more than 20% of the income/collection derived from permit fees and other charges for theoperating expenses of his office. The remainder of 100% shall accrue to the general fund of therespective city/municipality.
3. Every Building Official shall keep a permanent record and accurate account of all fees and othercharges fixed and authorized to be collected and received.

SECTION 209. Exemption
Public buildings and traditional indigenous family dwellings shall be exempt from payment of building
permit fees.
As used in the Code, the term “traditional indigenous family dwelling” means a dwelling intended
for the use and occupancy by the family of the owner only and constructed of native materials such asbamboo, nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos (P15,000.00).

SECTION 210. Use of Income from Fees

The procedure for the proper reporting and recording of collections and disbursements ofthe funds of the General Fund Special Account 151 of the Office of the Secretary of the
Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH) is hereby prescribed.
1. Recording of Collections
a. Every Building Official shall keep a permanent record and accurate account of all fees and othercharges fixed and authorized to be collected by him.
b. The Order of Payment issued by the Building Official shall show the breakdown of the totalcollections indicating the share of the local government concerned - 80% and the share of thenational government - 20%.

18

Figure II.2.

19

c.

Every Building Official shall keep a separate record from the DPWH Central Office of all
allotments (Special Allotment Release Order (SARO) and Notice of Cash Allocation (NCA), or Funding
Checks), received by him out of budgeted amounts released by the Department of Budget andManagement (DBM). The funds shall cover all the necessary operating expenses of the OBO, including
the purchase of equipment, supplies and materials, traveling expenses, obligation expenses and sheriffs’
fees and payment of other prior years’ obligations not adequately funded, subject to existing budgetary
and auditing rules and regulations.

d.

He shall render the reports required under the Centralized Accounting System.

2. Disposition of Collectionsa.

The collection shall be made by the Local Treasurer, and the Official Receipt shall show the
breakdown of the total collections indicating the share of the local government concerned - 80%
and the share of the national government - 20%.

b.

Subject to existing budgetary, accounting and auditing rules and regulations, the Local
Treasurer shall remit to the Bureau of the Treasury, the 20% of his collection. The remaining 80%
shall be deposited with the Authorized Government Depository Bank (AGDB) for the account of
the Local Government and shall accrue to the general funds of the City or Municipality concerned.

c.

Pursuant to Sec. 21, Volume I of the New Government Accounting System (NGAS) Manual asprovided under COA Circular No. 2001-004 dated October 30, 2001, the Local Treasurer thru hiscollecting officer or cashier shall deposit the 80% share of collections to the AGDB for theaccount of the Local Government concerned. He shall remit the 20% of the collections to the
Bureau of the Treasury thru any AGDB branch nearest the locality to the credit of the Departmentof Public Works and Highways (DPWH), Office of the Secretary with Code No. B5702 andSpecial Account No. 151.

d.

Distribution of validated remittance advices and deposit slips of the 20% collections thru any
Authorized Government Depository Bank shall be in accordance with COA Circular 2001-004, towit:

Original- to be retained by the bank branch.

Duplicate- to be submitted by the Local Treasurer to the OBO.

Triplicate-

to be retained by the bank branch for submission to the Provincial
Treasury Fiscal Examiner assigned to the province where the bank islocated.

20

Quadruplicate- to be returned to the Local Treasurer for submission to the DPWHCentral Office (CO) Chief Accountant with his monthly report ofcollections.

Quintuplicate- to be returned to the Local Treasurer for submission to the Field/Local
Auditor.

e. The Local Treasurers and the Treasury Vault/Bank Auditor shall have the following responsibilities:f.

i.

Local Treasurer. Since the distribution of copies of the validated remittance advices and deposit
slips for the Agency/Field Auditor of the Local Treasurers shall be undertaken by the
National/Treasury/Bank Branch thru its Treasury Vault Auditor/Bank Auditor, all Local Treasurers
shall indicate on the face of the remittance advice, the name and office address of theirrespective Agency/Field Auditors to facilitate matters.

ii.

Treasury Vault/Bank Auditor. Upon receipt of the validated remittance advices, the Treasury
Vault Auditor/Bank Auditor shall confirm and transmit said remittance advices every end of theweek to the corresponding agency/field auditor of the Local Treasurer concerned. In cases
where there is no bank auditor assigned in a particular locality, confirmation shall be undertakenby the officer designated by the Head of the Bank branch.

Reporting of Collections and Deposits
At the close of each business day, the collecting officers (Local Treasurers) shall accomplish theReport of Collections and Deposits (RCD) in accordance with the NGAS Manual. The reports shallbe prepared by the Local Treasurer in five copies, distributed as follows after verification by the fieldauditor:Original- to the DPWH-CO Auditor (thru the DPWHCO Accountant for recording).

Duplicate (with duplicate official
receipts and validated quintuplicate
remittance advices)- to the Field/Local Auditor for final custody.

Triplicate (with validated quadruplicate
remittance advices)-

Quadruplicate- to be retained by the Local Treasurer.

Quintuplicate- local office accounting file.

to the DPWH-CO Accountant (forposting to the corresponding subsidiaryledgers).

The Local Treasurer shall certify all the copies of the report and submit the first three (3) copies to
his Field Auditor within three (3) days after the end of the month for audit. The Field Auditor shallverify the report, cross-check the remittances indicated therein against the quintuplicate copies ofremittance advices he receives/received from the Bank Auditor and indicate his certification thereon
and finally submits the original and triplicate copies thereof to the DPWH-CO Auditor thru the
DPWH-CO Chief Accountant within five (5) days from date of receipt from the Local Treasurer.
g. Crediting of Accounts of Local Treasurer
In the monthly report of collections, specifically at the back thereof, is a statement of account current
showing the accountability of the Local Treasurer. The DPWH-CO Chief Accountant shall crosscheck the validated quadruplicate remittance advices attached to the duplicate copy of the monthly
report of collections against the remittances made by the Local Treasurer with the National Treasury
or any of its authorized depository banks as appearing in the statement of account current. After the21

crosschecking, and in the absence of any discrepancy, the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant shall credit
the account of the Local Treasurer even without the monthly abstract of remittances from the
National Treasury.

h. Safeguards
i. Upon receipt of the monthly abstract of remittances from the National Treasury, the remittances
appearing therein shall be counter checked by the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant against the credits
already given the collecting officers concerned and any discrepancies discovered in the process
shall be verified and adjusted immediately.
ii. In case of retirement or resignation by the Local Treasurers, their clearances shall be held in
abeyance until their remittances have been fully cleared by the National Treasury.

i.

Centralized Accounting System
i. A centralized accounting system shall be maintained in the Office of the DPWH Secretary. Said
office shall set up and maintain a separate set of books of accounts to be used solely fortransactions pertaining to the implementation of the provisions of the National Building Code andits Implementing Rules and Regulations.
ii. Upon receipt of the SARO and the corresponding NCA, the Office of the DPWH Secretary shall inturn allocate the same together with the NCA or Funding Check to the Building Officials, and at
the same time obligate the allotment for the amount of expenditures.

iii. All deputized disbursing officers shall render the following reports:

Report of Checks Issued together with duplicate copies of checks issued for submission to theTreasury Provincial Fiscal Examiner in the region.
Report of Checks Issued as required by the NGAS for entry in the Checks Disbursement Journal
by DPWH-CO Chief Accountant.

iv. The Department Chief Accountant shall adjust obligations quarterly to actual liquidations as
required.

v. Deputized disbursing officers shall keep a record to control NCA/Funding Check separate fromother funds in his custody.

vi. Deputized disbursing officers shall prepare other statements or reports as may be required fromtime to time by the proper authorities.

vii. The Deputized Disbursing Officer (DDO) shall render a monthly report of accountability for checks
issued during the month and the balance at the end of the month. Copies of said report shall be
distributed as follows :22

Original-(Cash Operation Service)

Duplicate-to the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant

Triplicate-

to the Auditor, DPWH-CO

Quadruplicate-

Field Auditor

Quintuplicate-

File of Disbursing Officer

viii. The deputized disbursing officer authorized to requisition blank Modified Disbursement System(MDS) or Commercial checks shall prepare and submit requisition and issue voucher, and theInvoice and Receipt of Accountable Forms which shall be distributed as follows:j.

Original-

Treasury Provincial Fiscal Examiner

Duplicate-Cash Operations Service, Bureau of the Treasury

Triplicate-

COA Auditor of the DDO's Agency

Quadruplicate-

Accounting Unit of DDO

Quintuplicate-

DDO file

Sextuplicate-

Office of the Provincial/City Auditor Concerned

Turnover of Accountabilityi.

In case of change, transfer, resignation or retirement from the service of the Building Official,an inventory of all money and property accountabilities shall be taken jointly by the outgoingand incoming Building Official and a receipt passed on the basis of such inventory. Suchinventory shall be certified as accurate by the said officers, witnessed by the local auditor
thereat.

ii.

The preceding procedure shall also apply to a deputized disbursing officer other than the
Building Official with respect to money and property accountabilities in his custody.

iii. Application for clearance of the Building Official and other deputized disbursing officers shallbe coursed to the Office of the DPWH Secretary, to check their unpaid obligations with the
OBO.

k.

Other Provisions

i. Compensation of consultants, experts and advisers whose services were secured shall befunded from the 20% income derived from the building permit fees and other charges.

ii.

Any circular/s that may subsequently be issued by the proper authorities revoking or
amending provisions or certain portions of circular/s incorporated in the above rules andregulations shall automatically revoke or amend such corresponding portions that areinconsistent therewith.

23

SECTION 211. Implementing Rules and Regulations
In the implementation of the provisions of the Code and its IRR, the Secretary shall formulate
necessary rules and regulations and adopt design and construction standards and criteria for buildings
and other structures. Such standards, rules and regulations shall take effect after their publication oncea week for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation.

SECTION 212. Administrative Fines
1.

Imposition of Administrative Fines
a. The Secretary or his duly authorized representative may prescribe and impose fines not exceeding ten thousand
pesos (P10, 000.00) in the following cases, subject to the terms and procedures as hereunder provided:i.

Erecting, constructing, altering, repairing, moving, converting, installing or demolishing a private
or public building/structure if without building/demolition permit.

ii.

Making any alteration, addition, conversion or repair in any building/structure/ appurtenances
thereto constructed or installed before the adoption of the Code, whether public or private,
without a permit.

iii.

Unauthorized change, modification or alteration during the construction in the duly submitted
plans and specifications on which the building permit is based.

iv.

Non-compliance with the work stoppage order or notice and/or orders to effect necessary
correction in plans and specifications found defective.

v.

Non-compliance with order to demolish building/structure declared to be nuisance, ruinous or
dangerous.

vi.

Use or occupancy of a building/structure without Certificate of Occupancy/Use even if
constructed under a valid building permit.

vii.

Change in the existing use or occupancy classification of a building/structure or portion thereof
without the corresponding Certificate of Change of Use.

viii. Failure to post or display the certificate of occupancy/use/operation in a conspicuous place on
the premises of the building/structure/appurtenances.
ix.

Change in the type of construction of any building/structure without an amendatory permit.

b. In addition to the imposed penalty, the owner shall correct/remove his violations of the provisions of the Code.
2. Determination of Amount of Finesa. In the determination of the amount of fines to be imposed, violations shall be classified as follows:i.

24Light Violations(a)

Failure to post Certificate of Occupancy/Use/Operation.

(b)

Failure to post Building Permit construction information sign.

(c)

Failure to provide or install appropriate safety measures for the protection of workers,
inspectors, visitors, immediate neighbors and pedestrians.

ii.

Less Grave Violations(a) Non-compliance with the work stoppage order for the alteration/addition/ conversion/repair
without permit.
(b) Use or occupancy ofOccupancy/Use/Operation.

iii.

building/structure

without

appropriate

Certificate

ofGrave Violations(a) Unauthorized change, modification or alteration during construction in the duly
submitted plans and specifications on which the building permit is based.
(b) Unauthorized change in type of construction from more fire-resistive to less fireresistive.
(c) Non-compliance with order to abate or demolish.
(d) Non-compliance with work stoppage order for construction/demolition without permit.
(e) Change in the existing
Occupancy/Use/Operation.

use

or

occupancy without

Certificate(f) Excavations left open without any work being done in the site for
hundred twenty (120) days.

of

Changeofmore than one

b. Amount of Fines
The following amount of fines for violations of the Code and this IRR is hereby prescribed:
Light Violations
Less Grave Violations
Grave Violations-

P 5,000.00-

P 8,000.00
P 10,000.00

c. Penalty
i. Without prejudice to the provisions of the preceding Sections, the Building Official is hereby also
authorized to impose a penalty or surcharge in the following cases in such amount and in themanner as hereunder fixed and determined:
For constructing, installing, repairing, altering or causing any change in the occupancy/use of any
building/structure or part thereof or appurtenances thereto without any permit, there shall be
imposed a surcharge of 100% of the building fees; Provided, that when the work in thebuilding/structure is started pending issuance of the Building Permit by the Building Official, theamount of the surcharge shall be according to the following:
Excavation forfoundation………………………………… - 10% of the building permit fees
Construction of foundation (including piledrivingandlayingofreinforcingbars)………………………………………. -25% of the building permit fees

Construction of superstructure up to 2.00
meters above established grade……….. -50% of the building permit fees

Construction of superstructure above
2.00 meters……………………………….. - 100% of the building permit fees
2 .For failure to pay the annual inspection fee within thirty (30) days from the prescribed date, asurcharge of 25% of the inspection fee shall be imposed.

25

SECTION 213. Penal Provisions
It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation, to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move,
improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, occupy, or maintain any building or structure or cause the same tobe done contrary to or in violation of any provision of the Code.
Any person, firm or corporation who shall violate any of the provisions of the Code and/or commit any act
hereby declared to be unlawful shall upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not more than twenty thousand pesos
or by imprisonment of not more than two years or by both such fine and imprisonment; Provided, that in the case ofa corporation firm, partnership or association, the penalty shall be imposed upon its officials responsible for such
violation and in case the guilty party is an alien, he shall immediately be deported after payment of the fine and/or
service of his sentence.
SECTION 214. Dangerous and Ruinous Buildings or Structures
Dangerous buildings are those which are herein declared as such or are structurally unsafe or notprovided with safe egress, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human life, or
which in relation to existing use, constitute a hazard to safety or health or public welfare because of
inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, obsolescence, or abandonment; or which otherwise contribute to
the pollution of the site or the community to an intolerable degree.
SECTION 215. Abatement of Dangerous Buildings
When any building or structure is found or declared to be dangerous or ruinous, the Building Official shallorder its repair, vacation or demolition depending upon the degree of danger to life, health, or safety. This iswithout prejudice to further action that may be taken under the provisions of Articles 482 and 694 to 707 of the Civil
Code of the Philippines. The condition or defects that render any building/structure dangerous or ruinous are as
follows: (See Procedure for Abatement/Demolition of Dangerous/Ruinous Buildings/Structures at the end of thisRule)
1. Structural Hazards
a. Whenever any building/structure or portion thereof has been damaged by fire, earthquake, wind, flood, or by
any other cause to such an extent that the structural strength or stability thereof is materially less than it was
before the catastrophe and is less than the minimum requirements of the National Structural Code of thePhilippines (NSCP) for new buildings of similar structure, purpose or location.
b. Whenever any portion or member or appurtenances thereof is likely to fall, or to become detached or
dislodged or to collapse and thereby injure persons or damage property.
c. Whenever any portion of a building/structure or any member, appurtenance or ornamentation on the exterior
thereof is not of sufficient strength or stability, or is not anchored, attached or fastened in place so as to becapable of resisting a wind pressure of one-half of that specified in the NSCP for such type of buildings.
d. Whenever any portion thereof has been wrecked, warped, buckled or settled to such an extent thatthe walls or other structural portions have materially less resistance to wind or earthquake than isrequired in the case of similar new construction.
e. Whenever the building/structure or any portion thereof, because of: (1) dilapidation, deterioration or decay;(2) faulty construction; (3) the removal, movement or instability of any portion of the ground necessary forthe purpose of supporting such building; (4) the deterioration, decay or inadequacy of its foundation; or (5)any other cause, is likely to partially or totally collapse.
f. Whenever the exterior walls or other vertical structural member lean or buckle to such an extent
that a plumb line passing through the center of gravity does not fall inside the middle one-third of
the base.
g. Whenever the building/structure, exclusive of the foundation, shows 33% or more damage ordeterioration of its supporting member or members, or 50% damage or deterioration of its nonsupporting members, enclosing or outside walls or coverings.

26

h. Whenever the building/structure has been so damaged by fire, wind, earthquake or flood, or has
become so dilapidated or deteriorated as to become: (1) an attractive nuisance to public; (2) aharbor for vagrants, criminals or immoral persons; or (3) a resort for purposes of committing
unlawful or immoral acts.
i. Whenever the building/structure which, whether or not erected in accordance with all applicablelaws or ordinances, has in any non-supporting part, member or portion, less than 50% or in any
supporting part, member or portion less than 66% of the: (1) strength; (2) fire-resisting qualities orcharacteristics; (3) weather-resisting qualities or characteristics required by law in the case of a
newly constructed building of like area, height and occupancy in the same location.
j. Whenever any portion of a building/structure remains on the site after its demolition or whenever
any building/structure or portion thereof is abandoned for a period in excess of twelve (12) months
so as to make it a nuisance or hazard to the public.
2. Fire Hazards
a. Any building/structure or portion thereof, device, apparatus, equipment material, or vegetation which may
cause fire or explosion, or provide a ready fuel or augment the speed and intensity of fire or explosion
arising from any cause.
b. All buildings/structures or portions thereof not provided with the required fire-resistive or fireprotective construction or fire-extinguishing system or equipment.
c. Whenever any door, aisle, passageway, stairway, or other means of exit is not of sufficient widthor size, or is not so arranged as to provide safe and adequate means of exit in case of fire andpanic.
d. Whenever any building/structure, because of obsolescence, dilapidated condition, deterioration,
damaged, inadequate exits, lack of sufficient fire-resistive construction, hazardous electric wiring,gas connections or heating apparatus, or other cause, in violation of the Fire Code of thePhilippines (PD 1185).
3. Unsafe Electrical Wiringa. All wiring systems or installations which do not conform to the rules and regulations embodied in the latest
Philippine Electrical Code.
b. Inadequately maintained or improperly used electrical wirings, outlets, devices and/or equipment.
4. Unsafe Mechanical Installation
a. Mechanical systems or installations which do not conform to the rules and regulations embodied in thePhilippine Mechanical Code.
b. Inadequately maintained or improperly used mechanical outlets, devices and/or equipment.
c. Lack of or improper operation of required ventilating equipment or air-conditioning systems.
d. Improperly installed or lack of protection and safety provisions on steam, gas and fuel supply lines.
5.

Inadequate Sanitation/Plumbing and Health Facilities
a. All sanitation and plumbing systems or installations which do not conform to the rules and regulations
embodied in the Code on Sanitation of the Philippines and the Revised National Plumbing Code.
b. Inadequately maintained or improperly used sanitation and plumbing facilities.
c. Infestation of insects, vermin or rodents and lack of adequate control for the same.
d. Lack of adequate garbage and rubbish storage and removal or disposal facilities.
e. Source of pollution.

27

6. Architectural Deficiency
a. All buildings/structures or portion thereof used or occupied for purposes other than their intended
uses.
b. Improper/Unauthorized Occupancy/Location.
c. Insufficient amount of natural light and ventilation due to inadequate open spaces such as courts
and yards as required.
d. Inadequate sizes of rooms and space dimensions and window openings.
e. Dilapidated, blighted and other unpresentable buildings/structures against generally acceptedaesthetic standards.

SECTION 216. Other Remedies
The rights, actions and remedies provided in the Code and in the IRR shall be in addition to any and allother rights of action and remedies that may be available under existing laws.

28

PROCEDURE IN ENFORCING ADMINISTRATIVE SANCTIONS
1.

The Building Official, motu propio or upon complaint, and after the notice and/or hearing, initiates action
towards the non-issuance, suspension, revocation or invalidation of a building permit/certificate ofoccupancy, issuance of a work stoppage or an order for the discontinuance of the use/occupancy of abuilding/structure or portion thereof and/or the imposition of appropriate fines under Section 212, Rule IIof this IRR.

2.

In case of a protest against a pending application or complaint alleging violation of any terms andconditions of a building permit/certificate of occupancy, or any provisions of the Code and this IRR, theBuilding Official shall immediately notify the respondent in writing and require him to submit a written
explanation/answer within a period of not less than five (5) days from the receipt of notice.

3.

If the explanation/answer of the respondent (applicant/permittee/building owner) is found satisfactory, theBuilding Official shall dismiss the protest/complaint. If found unsatisfactory, he shall personally conduct aformal investigation of the complaint, or designate an investigator to do the same.

4.

In any contested case or investigation, all parties shall be entitled to notice and hearing. The notice shallbe served at least five (5) days before the date of the hearing and shall state the date, time and place ofthe hearing. The parties shall also be given opportunity to present evidence and argument on all issues.

5.

In any investigation, the Building Official shall have the power to require the attendance of witnesses aswell as the production of documentary evidence and other pertinent data.

6.

In any investigation,a.

The Building Official may admit and give probative value to evidence as commonly accepted by reasonable
prudent men in the conduct of their affairs.

b.

Documentary evidence may be received in the form of copies or excerpts, if the original is not readily
available. Upon request, the parties shall be given opportunity to compare the copies with theoriginal. If the original is in the official custody of a public officer, a certified true copy thereof may be
accepted.

c.

Every party shall have the right to cross-examine witnesses and to submit rebuttal evidence.

d.

The investigator may take notice of judicially cognizable facts and of generally cognizable
technical/scientific facts within his or the witnesses’ specialized/ professional knowledge.

7.

Whenever the Building Official suspects that a building/structure poses imminent danger or risk to life,
limb or property and the public welfare, he shall immediately send an inspection team to conduct a
detailed inspection of the building/structure. The team shall submit a report within ten (10) days.

8.

Based on the findings and recommendations of the inspection team, in accordance with any or all of theconditions enumerated under Section 215, Rule II of this IRR, the Building Official may direct or order the
closure of the building/structure.

9.

The Building Official shall order the lifting of the closure only after the defects/deficiencies of the subject
building/structure have been duly corrected.

10.

Every decision, order or notice of non-issuance, suspension or revocation of a building permit/certificate
of occupancy shall be in writing, and shall state specifically the reason/s or ground/s therefor. The
Building Official shall decide each case within fifteen (15) days following the termination of theinvestigation. The parties concerned shall be notified of the decision in writing by courier or by registered
mail.

11.

The order of the Building Official shall become final and executory fifteen (15) days after receipt of a copy
thereof by the party adversely affected unless within that period, an administrative appeal has been29

perfected. In which case, the fifteen (15) day period shall be suspended accordingly. If the motion forreconsideration is denied, the movant shall have the right to perfect his appeal during the remainder ofthe period for appeal, reckoned from the date of receipt of the resolution of denial. If the order/decision isreversed on reconsideration, the aggrieved party, if there is any, shall have fifteen (15) days from thereceipt of the resolution within which to perfect his appeal.
12.

Within fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of notice or advice of the non-issuance, suspension or
revocation of permit/certificate of occupancy or any order/decision of the Building Official, theapplicant/permittee or any adversely affected party may file an appeal directly with the Secretary. For thispurpose, the Secretary may secure the technical assistance of the NBCDO to initially act on the appeal.

13.

The order/decision of the Secretary in any case brought to him on appeal shall be final and shall become
executory fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the parties concerned.

14.

For the enforcement and execution of any of his orders/decisions, the Building Official may secure theassistance of the local police or any peace officer in the locality or area where the building/structure islocated, in accordance with the Memorandum of Agreement between the DILG and DPWH.

15.

The rights, actions, remedies and procedures herein are without prejudice to further action that may betaken by the Building Official under the provisions of Articles 482 and 694 to 707 of the Civil Code of thePhilippines. Furthermore, all other rights and remedies that may be available under existing laws shall, if
applicable, have a supplementary effect thereto.

30

PROCEDURE FOR
STRUCTURESABATEMENT/DEMOLITIONOFDANGEROUS/RUINOUS

BUILDINGS/

1.

There must be a finding or declaration by the Building Official that the building/structure is a nuisance,
ruinous or dangerous.

2.

Written notice or advice shall be served upon the owner and occupant/s of such finding or declaration
giving him at least fifteen (15) days within which to vacate or cause to be vacated, repaired, renovated,demolished and removed as the case may be, the nuisance, ruinous or dangerous building/structure or
any part or portion thereof.

3.

Within the fifteen (15) day period, the owner may, if he so desires, appeal to the Secretary the finding or declarationof the Building Official and ask that a re-inspection or re-investigation of the building/structure be made.

4.

In case the owner should ask the Building Official for a reconsideration on his order, same shall be given not morethan not more than fifteen (15) days within which to render his final decision appealable to the Office of theSecretary.

5.

If the appeal is meritorious, the Secretary may designate a competent representative/s other than the Building
Official to undertake the re-inspection or re-investigation of the building/structure. The representative/s sodesignated shall make or complete his/their report/s within the period of thirty (30) days from the date of terminationof re-inspection or re-investigation.

6.

If after re-inspection, the finding is the same as the original one, the Secretary through the Building
Official shall notify the owner, giving him not more than fifteen (15) days from receipt of notice withaffirmed finding to vacate or cause to be vacated and make necessary repair, renovation, demolition andremoval of the subject building/structure or parts thereof, as the case may be.

7.

If the Building Official has determined that the building/structure must be repaired or renovated, the Order to beissued shall require that all necessary permits therefor be secured and the work be commenced physically withinsuch reasonable time as may be determined by the Building Official.

8.

If the Building Official has determined that the building/structure must be demolished, the Order shallrequire that the building/structure be vacated within fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of the Order;that all required permits be secured therefor within the same fifteen (15) days from the date of the Order,
and that the demolition be completed within such reasonable time as may be determined by the Building
Official.

9.

The decision of the Secretary on the appeal shall be final.

10.

Upon failure of the owner to comply with the Order of the Building Official or of the Secretary, in case of appeal, torepair, renovate, demolish and remove the building/structure or any part thereof after fifteen (15) days from the dateof receipt of the Order, the Building Official shall cause the building or structure to be repaired, renovated,demolished and removed, partly or wholly, as the case may be, with all expenses therefor chargeable to the owner.

11.

The building/structure as repaired or in case of demolition, the building materials gathered after the
demolition thereof shall be held by the OBO until full reimbursement of the cost of repair, renovation,
demolition and removal is made by the owner which, in no case, shall extend beyond thirty (30) days fromthe date of completion of the repair, renovation, demolition and removal. After such period, said building
materials of the building thus repaired, renovated or removed shall be sold at public auction to satisfy theclaim of the OBO. Any amount in excess of the claim of the government realized from the sale of thebuilding and/or building materials shall be delivered to the owner.

12.

The procedures, actions and remedies herein are without prejudice to further action that may be taken by the Building
Official against the owner/occupants of the building/structure found or declared to be nuisance/s, dangerous, and/or
ruinous under the provisions of Articles 482 and 694 to 707 of the Civil Code of the Philippines.

31

RULE III - PERMITS AND INSPECTIONSECTION 301. Building Permits
1. No person, firm or corporation, including any agency or instrumentality of the government shallconstruct, alter, repair, convert, use, occupy, move, demolish and add any building/structure or any
portion thereof or cause the same to be done, without first obtaining a building permit therefor fromthe Building Official assigned in the place where the subject building/structure is located or to be
done. The prescribed application for building permit form (NBC Form B-01) shall be used by all
applicants.
2. Permits supplementary to a Building Permit shall be applied for and issued by the Building
These include Ancillary and the Accessory Permits.

Official.

a. Ancillary Permits
The Ancillary Permits duly signed and sealed by the corresponding professionals and the plans andspecifications shall be submitted together with the duly notarized application for Building Permit. The
Building Permit is null and void if not accompanied by the Ancillary Permits. The prescribed Ancillary
and other Accessory Permits/forms shall likewise be used whenever applicable. The Ancillary Permits are
the following:i.

Architectural Permitii.

Civil/Structural Permit

iii.

Electrical Permit

iv.

Mechanical Permit

v.

Sanitary Permitvi.

Plumbing Permit

vii.

Electronics Permitb. Accessory Permits

32i.

Accessory Permits are issued by the Building Official for accessory parts of the project withvery special functions or use which are indicated in the plans and specifications that
accompany the building permit application. These may include, among others: bank andrecords vaults; swimming pools; firewalls separate from the building/structure; towers; silos;
smokestacks; chimneys; commercial/industrial fixed ovens; industrial kilns/furnaces;
water/waste treatment tanks, septic vaults; concrete and steel tanks; booths, kiosks andstages; and tombs, mausoleums and niches.

ii.

Accessory Permits are issued by the Building Official for activities being undertaken prior to or
during the processing of the building permit. The coverage is spelled out in the accessory permit
form including the expiry period. These shall be signed by the concerned owner/applicant and by
the concerned professionals. These permits include, among others, ground preparation andexcavation, encroachment of foundation to public area, fencing, for fence not exceeding 1.80 meters
high, sidewalk construction, temporary sidewalk enclosure and occupancy, erection of scaffolding,erecting, repair, removal of sign; and demolition.

3. Exemption From Building Permits
A building permit shall not be required for the following minor constructions and repairs, provided
these shall not violate any provision of the Code and this IRR.
a. Minor Constructionsi.

Sheds, outhouses, greenhouses, children’s playhouses, aviaries, poultry houses and thelike, not exceeding 6.00 sq. meters in total area, provided they are completely detachedfrom any other building and are intended only for the private use of the owner.

ii.

Addition of open terraces or patios resting directly on the ground, not exceeding 20.00 sq.
meters in total floor area, exclusively for the private use of the owner.

iii.

Installation of window grilles.

iv.

Garden pools for the habitation of water plants and/or aquarium fish not exceeding 500
millimeters in depth and exclusively for private use.

v.

Garden masonry walls other than party walls not exceeding 1.20 meters in height,
footpaths, residential garden walks and/or driveways.

b. Repair Worksi.

Repair works not affecting or involving any structural member, such as replacement ofdeteriorated roofing sheets or tiles, gutters, downspouts, fascias, ceilings and/or sidings.

ii.

Repair and/or replacement of non load-bearing partition walls.

iii.

Repair and/or replacement of any interior portion or a house not involving addition oralteration.

iv.

Repair and/or replacement work of doors and windows.

v.

Repair and/or replacement work of flooring.

vi.

Repair of perimeter fence and walls.

vii.

Repair and/or replacement of plumbing fixtures, fittings or pipings, such as toilet bowls,
sinks, lavatories, urinals, bidets, pipes, faucets, valves for single detached dwellings andduplexes.

SECTION 302.
1.

Application for Permits

Any person desiring to obtain a building permit and any ancillary/accessory permit/s together with a
Building Permit shall file application/s therefor on the prescribed application forms.

2. Together with the accomplished prescribed application form/s, the following shall be submitted to the
OBO:
a. In case the applicant is the registered owner of the lot:i.

Certified true copy of OCT/TCT, on file with the Registry of Deeds,ii.

Tax Declaration, andiii.

Current Real Property Tax Receipt.

b. In case the applicant is not the registered owner of the lot, in addition to the above; duly
notarized copy of the Contract of Lease, or Deed of Absolute Sale.

33

3. Five (5) sets of survey plans, design plans, specifications and other documents prepared, signed andsealed over the printed names of the duly licensed and registered professionals (Figs. III.1. and
III.2.):
a. Geodetic Engineer, in case of lot survey plans;b. Architect, in case of architectural documents; in case of architectural interior/interior design
documents, either an architect or interior designer may sign;c.

Civil Engineer, in case of civil/structural documents;

d. Professional Electrical Engineer, in case of electrical documents;
e. Professional Mechanical Engineer, in case of mechanical documents;
f.

Sanitary Engineer, in case of sanitary documents;

g. Master Plumber, in case of plumbing documents;
h. Electronics Engineer, in case of electronics documents.
4. Architectural Documents
a. Architectural Plans/Drawings

34

i.

Vicinity Map/Location Plan within a 2.00 kilometer radius for commercial, industrial, andinstitutional complex and within a half-kilometer radius for residential buildings, at any
convenient scale showing prominent landmarks or major thoroughfares for easy reference.

ii.

Site Development Plan showing technical description, boundaries, orientation and positionof proposed building/structure in relation to the lot, existing or proposed access road anddriveways and existing public utilities/services. Existing buildings within and adjoining the
lot shall be hatched and distances between the proposed and existing buildings shall be
indicated.

iii.

Perspective drawn at a convenient scale and taken from a vantage point (bird’s eye view or
eye level).

iv.

Floor Plans drawn to scale of not less than 1:100 showing: gridlines, complete identificationof rooms or functional spaces.

v.

Elevations, at least four (4), same scale as floor plans showing: gridlines; natural ground tofinish grade elevations; floor to floor heights; door and window marks, type of material andexterior finishes; adjoining existing structure/s, if any, shown in single hatched lines.

vi.

Sections, at least two (2), showing: gridlines; natural ground and finish levels; outline of cut
and visible structural parts; doors and windows properly labeled reflecting the direction of
opening; partitions; built-in cabinets, etc.; identification of rooms and functional spaces cut
by section lines.

vii.

Reflected ceiling plan showing: design, location, finishes and specifications of materials,
lighting fixtures, diffusers, decorations, air conditioning exhaust and return grills, sprinkler
nozzles, if any, at scale of at least 1:100.

STANDARD FORM (Type A0, A1, A2 and A3)
FOR BUILDING PLANS / CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
Figure III.1.

PRC No. .

Validity

IAPOA No.

O.R. No.

PTR No.

Date

Place

TIN

Date

MODEL TITLE BLOCK

FOR BUILDING PLANS/CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
Figure III.2.

35

viii.

Details, in the form of plans, elevations/sections:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)

Accessible ramps
Accessible stairs
Accessible lifts/elevators
Accessible entrances, corridors and walkways
Accessible functional areas/comfort rooms
Accessible switches, controls
Accessible drinking fountains
Accessible public telephone booths
Accessible audio visual and automatic alarm system
Accessible access symbols and directional signs
Reserved parking for disabled persons
Typical wall/bay sections from ground to roof
Stairs, interior and exterior
Fire escapes/exits
Built-in cabinets, counters and fixed furniture
All types of partitionsix.

Schedule of Doors and Windows showing their types, designations/marks, dimensions,materials, and number of sets.

x.

Schedule of Finishes, showing in graphic form: surface finishes specified for floors, ceilings,
walls and baseboard trims for all building spaces per floor level.

xi.

Details of other major Architectural Elements.

b. Architectural Interiors/Interior Designc.

i.

Space Plan/s or layout/s of architectural interior/s.

ii.

Architectural interior perspective/s.

iii.

Furniture/furnishing/equipment/process layout/s.

iv.

Access plan/s, parking plan/s and the like.

v.

Detail design of major architectural interior elements.

vi.

Plan and layout of interior, wall partitions, furnishing, furniture, equipment/appliances at ascale of at least 1:100.

vii.

Interior wall elevations showing: finishes, switches, doors and convenience outlets, crosswindow sections with interior perspective as viewed from the main entrance at scale of atleast 1:100.

viii.

Floor/ceiling/wall patterns and finishing details.

ix.

List of materials used.

x.

Cost Estimates.

Plans and specific locations of all accessibility facilities of scale of at least 1:100.

d. Detailed design of all such accessibility facilities outside and around buildings/structures including
parking areas, and their safety requirements all at scale of 1:50 or any convenient scale.
e. Fire Safety Documents

36

f.

i.

Layout plan of each floor indicating the fire evacuation route to safe dispersal areas,
standpipes with fire hose, fire extinguishers, first aid kits/cabinets, fire alarm, fire operations
room, emergency lights, signs, etc.

ii.

Details of windows, fire exits with grilled windows and ladders.

iii.

Details of fire-resistive construction of enclosures for vertical openings.

iv.

Details of fire-resistive construction materials and interior decorative materials with fireresistive/fire-retardant/fire-spread ratingsv.

Other Related Documents

Other related documents

5. Civil/Structural Documents
a. Site Development Plan
Site Development Plan showing technical description, boundaries, orientation and position of
proposed non-architectural horizontal structure such as: sewerage treatment plan (STP), silos,
elevated tanks, towers, fences, etc. building/structure in relation to the lot, existing or proposed
access road and driveways and existing public utilities/services. Existing buildings within andadjoining the lot shall be hatched and distances between the proposed and existing buildings
shall be indicated.
b. Structural Plans
i.

Foundation Plans and Details at scale of not less than 1:100.

ii.

Floor/Roof Framing Plans and Details at scale of not less than 1:100.

iii.

Details and Schedules of structural and civil works elements including those for deep wells,
water reservoir, pipe lines and sewer system.

c. Structural Analysis and Design for all buildings/structures except for one storey anddetached building/structure with a total floor area of 20.00 sq. meters or less.
d.

singleBoring and Load Tests
Buildings or structures of three (3) storeys and higher, boring tests and, if necessary, load tests
shall be required in accordance with the applicable latest approved provisions of the National
Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP). However, adequate soil exploration (including boring
and load tests) shall also be required for lower buildings/structures at areas with potential
geological/geotechnical hazards. The written report of the civil/geothecnical engineer including
but not limited to the design bearing capacity as well as the result of tests shall be submitted
together with the other requirements in the application for a building permit. Boring test or load
test shall also be done according to the applicable provisions of the NSCP which set forth
requirements governing excavation, grading and earthwork construction, including fills andembankments for any building/structure and for foundation and retaining structures.

e. Seismic Analysisf.

Other related documents37

6. Electrical Documents
Electrical plans and technical specifications containing the following:a. Location and Site Plans
b. Legend or Symbols
c.

General Notes and/or Specifications

d. Electrical Layoute. Schedule of Loads, Transformers, Generating/UPS Units (Total kVA for each of the preceding
items shall be indicated in the schedule)f.

Design Analysisg. One Line Diagram
7. Mechanical Documents

38a.

Location Plan and Key Planb.

General Layout Plan for each floor, drawn to a scale of not less than 1:100, indicating theequipment in heavier lines than the building outline with names of machinery and corresponding
brake horsepower shall be indicated.

c.

Longitudinal and Transverse Sections of building and equipment base on the section lines drawn
to scale of at least 1:100 showing inter-floor relations and defining the manner of support ofmachines/equipment. Sections shall run longitudinally and transversely through the building
length or width other than particularly detailed section for each machinery/equipment (fired andunfired pressure vessel, elevator, escalator, dumbwaiter, etc.).

d.

Isometric drawing of gas, fuel, oil system showing: Assembly of pipes on racks and supports,
Legend and General Notes, Capacity per outlet and Complete individual piping system.

e.

Plans drawn to scale of 1:100 indicating location of store rooms, fuel tanks, fire extinguishingsystems, fire doors, fire escape ladders and other protective facilities.

f.

Detailed drawings of all duct work installations, indicating dampers, controls, filters, fireproofing,
acoustical and thermal insulation.

g.

Detailed Plans of machinery foundations and supports drawn to scale of at least 1:50.

h.

Detailed Plans of boilers and pressure vessels with a working pressure of above 70 kPa
regardless of kilowatt rating.

i.

Design Computations and Detailed Plans of elevators, escalators, and the like drawn to scale of
1:50.

j.

For all installations, additions or alterations involving machinery of at most 14.9 kW, the signatureof a duly licensed Mechanical Engineer shall be sufficient except fired and unfired pressure
vessels, elevators, escalators, dumbwaiters, central/split/packaged type air conditioners andpiping systems of steam, gas or fuels.

k.

Detailed plans of fire suppression systems, location of automatic and smoke detectors and alarmand initiating devices use to monitor the conditions that are essential for the proper operation
including switches for the position of gate valves as well as alert and evacuation signals; thedetailed layout of the entire safe area to be protected and the heat/smoke ventilation system.

8. Sanitary Documentsa. For deepwell, water purification plants, water collection and distribution systems, reservoirs,
drainage and sewer systems, sewage treatment plants, malaria control structures, and sewage
disposal systems:i.

Location Plan and Site Planii.

Detailed Plan and layout drawings of minimum scale 1:100

iii.

Design Analysis and Technical Specifications

iv.

Cost Estimatesb. For pest and vermin control, sanitation, and pollution control facilities:i.

Detailed plan, layout and drawing of abatement and control device of minimum scale 1:100

ii.

Design analysis and technical specificationiii.

Cost Estimates

9. Plumbing Documents
For all plumbing installations, additions and/or alterations involving hot and cold water supply,
fixtures, sewage drainage and vent system, storm drainage and sewerage system within or adjacentto the building:a. Location Plan and Site Plan of minimum scale 1:2000
b. Plumbing Plans, Layouts and Details, of minimum scale 1:50
c.

Legend and General Notes

d. Isometric drawings of the systems
e. Design analysis and technical specificationsf.

Cost Estimates

10. Electronics Documents
Electronic plans and technical specifications for wired or wireless telecommunications systems,
broadcasting systems, including radio and TV broadcast equipment for commercial and training
purposes, cable or wireless television systems, information technology (IT) systems, security andalarm systems, electronic fire alarm systems, sound-reinforcement systems, navigational aids andcontrols, indoor and outdoor signages, electronically-controlled conveyance systems,
electronic/computerized process controls and automation systems, building automation, management
and control systems, including, but not limited to the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.

General layout plans with legends
Single line diagram
Riser diagram
Isometry of the system
Equipment specifications
Design analysis, as applicable
Cost estimates39

11. Geodetic documents
Lot Survey Plans, including but not limited to:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Vicinity Map/Location Plan
Lot Plan
Relocation Survey Plan and ReportLine and Grade
Detailed Topographic Plan of the site and immediate vicinity

12. Clearances from Other Agencies
a. A locational clearance shall be obtained by the owner/permittee from the City/Municipal Zoning
Administration.
b. Whenever necessary, written clearances shall be obtained from the various authorities exercisingand enforcing regulatory functions affecting buildings/structures. Application for said clearances
shall be requested by the owner/applicant and failure to receive reply within seven (7) days fromreceipt of the application for building permit shall be sufficient not to cause further delay inprocessing the building permit application by the Building Official. Such authorities who are
expected to enforce their own regulations are:i.
Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH)
ii.
Air Transportation Office (ATO)iii.
Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board (HLURB)
iv.
Local Government Unit (LGU)v.
Department of Tourism (DOT)vi.
Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR)
vii. Department of Transportation and Communication (DOTC)
viii. Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG)
ix.
Philippine Ports Authority (PPA)x.
Department of Education (DepEd)
xi.
Department of Health (DOH)xii. Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology (PHIVOLCS)
xiii. Laguna Lake Development Authority (LLDA)
xiv. Manila Waterworks and Sewerage System (MWSS)
xv. National Water Resources Board (NWRB)
xvi. Department of Agrarian Reform (DAR)
xvii. Department of Agriculture (DA)xviii. Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE)
xix. National Housing Authority (NHA)
xx. National Council for the Welfare of Disabled Persons (NCWDP)SECTION 303. Processing of Building Permits
The flow of processing of building permit shall follow the procedure shown in Figure III.3.

1. Building Permit Application

40a.

When satisfied that all plans, specifications and other documents are in order, the Building Official
gives due course to the application.

b.

The OBO verifies conformity of the proposed buildings/structures with the land use zoning
ordinance of the city/municipality. If the project has been issued a development permit such as
residential, commercial, industrial, institutional, memorial parks and other development by the
HLURB or the Sangguniang Bayan/Panglungsod, an individual locational clearance shall not be
required.

c.

The Building Official verifies whether applicants have secured the required section clearancesfrom other agencies mentioned in the preceding section.

d.

The owner/permittee for any existing building/structure that shall undergo alterations, additions,conversions, renovations and/or repair not covered by Section 301, Sub-Section 3 of this IRR
shall submit, in addition to other documents, the most recent Certificate of Occupancy when
applying for a building permit. Under any of this case, theLocational Clearance shall not be
required.

2. Line and Grade Verification

The Line and Grade Section/Unit of the OBO:

a. Verifies the lot plan as reflected in the Torrens Title, Original Certificate of Title (OCT)/Transfer
Certificate of Title (TCT) and its relation to the proposed buildings/structures.
b. Checks compliance to establish easements/setbacks and determines grades in relation to roadlots, property lines, streets or highways, whether existing or proposed as reflected in the land use
zoning or development plan of the city/municipality including road widening, construction ofvarious public utilities/services and other infrastructure projects along creeks, esteros, waterways,
subject to a written clearance from the DPWH.
c.

Verifies that at least one (1) side of the lot has direct access to a street/alley and that grades inrelation to road lots and streets or highways, whether existing or proposed conform to therequirements.

3. Architectural

The Architectural Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance totechnical requirements for:a. Types of Construction
b. Requirements of Fire Zones and Fire Resistive Regulationc.

Building projections over public streetsd. Access Streets/Roads and Alleys
e. Architectural Interior/Interior Designf.

Classification and General Requirements of all Buildings by Use or Occupancy

g. Maximum Height of Buildings/Structures
h. Parking and Loading/Unloading Space Requirement

41

42

Figure III.3.

i.

Corner Buildings with Chaflansj.

Occupant Loadk.

Glazing of Openingl.

Architectural Accessibility Features

m. Light and Ventilationn. Construction of Buildings/Structures within the obstacle limitation surfaces of Aerodromeso. Buildings and other Ancillary Structures within Cemeteries and Memorial Parks

4. Civil/Structural
The Civil/Structural Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technicalrequirements for:a. General Design and Construction Requirementsb. Structural Design Requirementsc.

Excavations, Foundations and Retaining Walls

d. Prefabricated Construction
e. Protection and Safety Requirements for Construction, Demolition andf.

Excavation

Abatement/Demolition of Buildings

g. Plastics
h. Signs
5. Electrical
The Electrical Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technicalrequirements for Electrical Regulations.
6.

Mechanical
The Mechanical Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technicalrequirements for Mechanical Regulations.

7. Sanitary
The Sanitary Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technicalrequirements under the Sanitary Engineering Law (RA 1364).
8. Plumbing
The Plumbing Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technicalrequirements under the Plumbing Law (RA 1378).
9. Electronics
The Electronics Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technicalrequirements.
10. Fire Safety Requirements
The Building Official shall refer one (1) set of plans and specifications to the City/Municipal Fire
Marshall (C/MFM), Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP), for his review and recommendations with respect
to fire safety and control requirements. The C/MFM shall submit his report and recommendations to43

the Building Official within five (5) working days from date of referral. Failure of the C/MFM to act
within said period shall mean that the plans and specifications conform to all the requirements of theFire Code of the Philippines (FCP). In case of non-issuance, suspension or revocation of the said
requirements by the C/MFM, he shall so state in writing the reasons or grounds therefor.
SECTION 304. Issuance of Building Permit
1. When the application for building permit and the plans and specifications submitted herewith
conforms to the requirements of the Code and its IRR, the Building Official shall within fifteen (15)days from payment of the required fees by the applicant, issue the building permit applied for.

2. The Building Official may issue a permit for the construction of only a part or portion of abuilding/structure whenever the plans and specifications submitted together with the application do
not cover the entire building/structure.
3. The Building Official may issue a Ground Preparation and Excavation Permit even while the building
permit application is still being processed subject to payment of the corresponding fees.
4. For excavations more than 50.00 cu. meters and more than 2.00 meters in depth, theowner/permittee shall post a cash bond of fifty thousand pesos (P50,000.00) for the first 50.00 cu.
meters and three hundred pesos (P300.00) for every cu. meters in excess of 50 cu. meters until thebuilding permit is issued, said excavations shall not exceed 100.00 cu. meters or 3.00 meters in depth
and shall not be left open without any work being done in the site for more than one hundred twenty(120) days, otherwise the cash bond shall be forfeited in favor of the government to cover the
expense for the backfilling of the excavation should the owner/permittee fail to restore the same. If
the bond is insufficient to effect the necessary restoration, additional cost to be incurred to complete
the restoration shall be charged to the account of the owner/permittee or to whoever shall assume
ownership of the property. If the owner/permittee refuses backfilling of the excavation, the Building
Official shall initiate legal proceedings.
5. Terms and Conditions of Permits
The issued building permit shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:44a.

That under Article 1723 of the Civil Code of the Philippines, the engineer or architect who drew up theplans and specifications for a building/structure is liable for damages if within fifteen (15) years from thecompletion of the building/structure, the same should collapse due to defect in the plans or specifications ordefects in the ground. The engineer or architect who supervises the construction shall be solidarily liablewith the contractor should the edifice collapse due to defect in the construction or the use of inferiormaterials.

b.

This permit shall be accompanied by the various applicable ancillary and accessory permits, plans andspecifications signed and sealed by the corresponding design professionals who shall be responsible for thecomprehensiveness and correctness of the plans in compliance to the Code and its IRR and to all applicablereferral codes and professional regulatory laws.

c.

That the proposed construction/erection/addition/alteration/renovation/conversion/
repair/moving/demolition, etc. shall be in conformity with the provisions of the National Building Code,and its IRR.
i.

That prior to commencement of the proposed projects and construction an actual relocation
survey shall be conducted by a duly licensed Geodetic Engineer.

ii.

That before commencing the excavation the person making or causing the excavation to bemade shall notify in writing the owner of adjoining property not less than ten (10) days
before such excavation is to be made and show how the adjoining property should beprotected.

iii.

That the supervising Architect/Civil Engineer shall keep at the jobsite at all times a logbookof daily construction activities wherein the actual daily progress of construction including
tests conducted, weather condition and other pertinent data are to be recorded, same shallbe made available for scrutiny and comments by the OBO representative during the
conduct of inspection his/her inspection pursuant to Section 207 of the Code.

iv.

That upon completion of the construction, the Owner shall submit the logbook duly signed
and sealed to the Building Official including as-built plans and other documents and shallalso prepare and submit a Certificate of Completion of the project stating that theconstruction of the building/structure conform to the provision of the Code, its IRR as wellas the plans and specifications.

v.

All such changes, modifications and alterations shall likewise be submitted to the Building
Official and the subsequent amendatory permit therefor issued before any work on saidchanges, modifications and alterations shall be started.

d.

That no building/structure shall be used until the Building Official has issued a Certificate of Occupancy
therefor as provided in the Code. However, a partial Certificate of Occupancy may be issued for the
Use/Occupancy of a portion or portions of a building/structure prior to the completion of the entire
building/structure.

e.

That this permit shall not serve as an exemption from securing written clearances from various government
authorities exercising regulatory function affecting buildings/structures.

f.

When the construction is undertaken by contract, the work shall be done by a duly licensed and registeredcontractor pursuant to the provisions of the Contractor’s License Law (RA 4566).

g. The Owner/Permittee shall submit a duly accomplished prescribed “Notice of Construction” to the
Office of the Building Official prior to any construction activity.
h.

The Owner/Permittee shall put a Building Permit sign which complies with the prescribed
dimensions and information, which shall remain posted on the construction site for the duration of
the construction. (Figs. III.4. and III.5).

SECTION 305. Validity of Building Permits
The issuance of a building permit shall not be construed as an approval or authorization to thepermittee to disregard or violate any of the provisions of the Code.
Whenever the issuance of a permit is based on approved plans and specifications which aresubsequently found defective, the Building official is not precluded from requiring permittee to effect thenecessary corrections in said plans and specifications or from preventing or ordering the stoppage of any
or all building operations being carried on thereunder which are in violation of the Code.
A building permit issued under the provisions of the Code shall expire and become null and void if thebuilding or work authorized therein is not commenced within a period of one (1) year after the issuance ofthe building permit, or is suspended or abandoned at any time after it has been commenced for a periodof one hundred twenty (120) days.

SECTION 306. Non-issuance, Suspension or Revocation of Building Permits
The Building Official may order or cause the non-issuance, suspension or revocation of building
permits on any or all of the following reasons or grounds:45

1. Errors found in the plans and specifications;
2. Incorrect or inaccurate data or information supplied;
3. Non-compliance with the provisions of the Code or any rules or regulations.

Notice of non- issuance, suspension or revocation of building permits shall always be made in writing,stating the reason or grounds thereof.

Figure III.4.

Figure III.5.

46

SECTION 307. Appeal
Within fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of advice of the non- issuance, suspension or
revocation of permits, the applicant/permittee may file an appeal with the Secretary who shall render his
decision within fifteen days from date of receipt of notice of appeal. The decision of the Secretary shall befinal subject only to review by the Office of the President.

SECTION 308. Inspection and Supervision of Work

1. The owner of the Building who is issued or granted a building permit under the Code shall engage theservices of a duly licensed architect or civil engineer to undertake the full time inspection andsupervision of the construction work.
2. Such architect or civil engineer may or may not be the same architect or civil engineer who is
responsible for the design of the building.
3. It is understood however that in either case, the designing architect or civil engineer is not precluded
from conducting inspection of the construction work to check and determine compliance with theplans and specifications of the building submitted.
4. There shall be kept at the jobsite at all times a logbook wherein the actual progress of construction
including tests conducted, weather conditions and other pertinent data are to be recorded.
5. Upon completion of the construction, the said licensed architect or civil engineer shall submit thelogbook, duly signed and sealed, to the Building Official. He shall also prepare and submit a
Certificate of Completion of the project stating that the construction of building conforms to theprovisions of the Code as well as with the approved plans and specifications.

SECTION 309. Certificate of Occupancy

1. The owner/permittee shall submit to the OBO an application of Certificate of Occupancy together witha duly notarized Certificate of Completion together with the construction logbook, as-built plans andspecifications and the Building Inspection Sheet all signed by whoever is the contractor (if theconstruction is undertaken by contract) and signed and sealed by the Owner’s duly licensed Architector Civil Engineer who undertook the full time inspection and supervision of the construction works.
Said Plans and Specifications shall reflect faithfully all changes, modifications and alterations madeon the originally submitted Plans and Specifications on file with the OBO which are the basis of theissuance of the original building permit. The as-built Plans and Specifications may be just an orderly
and comprehensive compilation of all the documents, which include the originally submitted plans andspecifications and all amendments thereto as actually built or they may be an entirely new set ofplans and specifications accurately describing and/or reflecting therein the building/structure as
actually built.
2. A notification to conduct final inspection shall be endorsed by the OBO to the C/MFM, BFP, who shallissue a Fire Safety Inspection Certificate within five (5) workings days if the Fire Safety requirement
shall have been complied. If, after the prescribed period no action is taken by the C/MFM, theBuilding Official may issue the Certificate of Occupancy with the condition that the Fire Safety
requirements shall be complied with, within the prescribed period set forth in the Fire Code of thePhilippines (PD 1185).
3. The OBO undertakes the final inspection, verification and/or review of the building/structure based on
the Certificate of Completion, construction logbook, building inspection sheets, original and as-built
plans and specifications, as the case may be and specifications on the prescribed standard form
according to the requirements set forth under Section 303.

47

4. Prior to the issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy, the OBO shall prepare the corresponding feesand order of payment. The Building Official then issues the Certificate of Occupancy in the form
prescribed therefor after all fees are paid.

48

a.

A partial Certificate of Occupancy may be issued for the use or occupancy of a portion or portionsof a building or structure prior to the completion of the entire building or structure, through theproper phasing of its major independent portions without posing hazards to its occupants, theadjacent building residents and general public.

b.

A building for which a Certificate of Occupancy has been issued may further be issued other
Certificates of Occupancy due to changes in use, whether partly or wholly, provided, that the newuse/s or character/s of occupancy conforms with the requirement of the Code and its IRR.

RULE IV - TYPES OF CONSTRUCTIONSECTION 401. Types of Construction
For purposes of the Code and its IRR, all buildings proposed for construction shall be classified
according to the following types:
1. Type I - shall be of wood construction. The structural elements may be any of the materials
permitted by the Code.
2. Type II - shall be of wood construction with protective fire-resistant materials and one-hour fireresistive throughout, except, that permanent non-bearing partitions may use fire-retardant treatedwood within the framing assembly with one-hour resistivity.
3. Type III - shall be of masonry and wood construction. Structural elements may be any of thematerials permitted by the Code provided, that the building shall be one-hour fire-resistive
throughout. Exterior walls shall be of incombustible fire-resistive construction.
4. Type IV - shall be steel, iron, concrete, or masonry construction and walls, ceiling and permanent
partitions shall be of incombustible fire-resistive construction, except, that permanent non-bearing
partitions of one-hour fire-resistive construction may use fire-retardant treated wood within theframing assembly.
5. Type V - shall be four-hour fire-resistive throughout and the structural elements shall be of steel,iron, concrete, or masonry construction.

SECTION 402. Changes in Types
No change shall be made in the type of construction of any building which would place the building in adifferent sub- type or type of construction unless such building is made to comply with the requirements
for such sub- type of construction: Except, when the changes is approved by the Building Official uponshowing that the new or proposed construction is less hazardous, based on life and fire risk, than theexisting construction.

SECTION 403. Requirements on Type of Construction
The following standards are prescribed:
1. Fire Resistive Requirementsa. Exterior bearing and non-bearing walls of Types II and III Constructions shall have one hour
fire-resistive rating, while those of Types IV and V shall have four-hour fire-resistive rating.
b. Interior bearing walls, permanent partitions, floors, and roofs of Types II, III and IV
Construction shall have one-hour fire-resistive rating while those of Type V shall have threehour fire-resistive rating for bearing walls and one-hour fire-resistive rating for verticalopenings, floors and roofs.
c.

Structural frames of Types II and III Construction shall have one-hour fire-resistive rating,while those of Type IV shall have two-hour fire-resistive rating and those of Type V shall havethree hour fire-resistive rating.

d. Exterior doors and windows shall have one hour fire-resistive rating for all Types.

49

2. Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes
a. Finishes for interior walls and ceilings of any building shall be classified according to their
flame-spread characteristic using generally accepted engineering standards. The smoke
density shall not be greater than that obtained from burning of untreated wood under similar
conditions when tested in accordance with the “Tunnel Test” in the way intended for use.
The products of combustion shall be no more toxic than the burning of untreated wood undersimilar conditions. These finishes include: interior wainscoting, paneling, or other finish
applied structurally or for decoration, acoustical correction, frames and trims of doors andwindows, surface insulation or similar purposes.
b. Requirements for flame-spread characteristics of finishes shall not apply to frames and trim ofdoors and windows and to materials which are less than 1.00 millimeter in thickness
cemented to the surface of walls or ceilings.
c.

Materials required to be flame-spread proofed shall be treated with a flame-retardant having
a flame-spread of fifty (50) or less as determined by the “Tunnel Test”.

3. Standards for materials use in structural framework, exterior walls and openings, floors, exits, stairs &roofs shall be governed by the pertinent provision of the Fire Code of the Philippines.

50

RULE V – REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE ZONESSECTION 501. Fire Zones DefinedFire zones are areas within which only certain types of buildings/structures are permitted to beconstructed based on their use or occupancy, type of construction, and resistance to fire.

SECTION 502. Buildings Located in More Than One Fire Zone
A building/structure which is located partly in one (1) fire zone and partly in another shall beconsidered to be in the more highly restrictive fire zone, when more than one third (1/3) of its total floorarea is located in such zone.

SECTION 503.

Moved Buildings

1. Any building/structure moved within or into any fire zone shall be made to comply with all therequirements for buildings/structures in that fire zone.
2. This shall also apply to pre-engineered or pre-fabricated buildings/structures that may bedismantled and re-assembled.

SECTION 504. Temporary Buildings/Structures
1. Temporary buildings such as reviewing stands and other miscellaneous structures conforming to
the requirements of the Code, and sheds, canopies and fences used for the protection of the
public around and in conjunction with construction work, may be erected in the fire zones byspecial permit from the Building Official for a limited period of time, and such buildings or
structures shall be completely removed upon the expiration of the time limit stated in suchpermits.
2. Erection of temporary buildings/structures to be located in restrictive and highly restrictive zones
and which do not conform with the type of construction allowed or permitted within such zones
may be allowed by the Building Official
for a given period of time provided that, fire
protective/preventive measures and fire suppression facilities are adequate.

SECTION 505. Center Lines of Streets
The center line of adjoining street or alley may be considered an adjacent property line. Distances
shall be measured at right angles to the street or alley.

SECTION 506. Restrictions on Existing Buildings
1. Existing buildings or structures in fire zones that do not comply with the requirements for a newbuilding erected therein shall not hereafter be enlarged, altered, remodeled, repaired or moved
except as follows:a. Such building is entirely demolished;b. Such building is to be moved outside the limits of the more highly restrictive Fire Zone to a zone
where the building meets the minimum standards;

51

c.

Changes, alterations and repairs may be made provided that in any 12- month period, the valueof the work does not exceed 20% of the value of the existing building, and provided that, suchchanges do not add additional combustible material, and do not, in the opinion of the Building
Official, increase the fire hazard;d. Additions thereto are separated from the existing building by fire walls, as set forth in Section 506(b);e. Damage from fire or earthquake, typhoons or any fortuitous event may be repaired, using thesame kind of materials of which the building or structure was originally constructed, provided that,the cost of such repair shall not exceed 20% of the replacement cost of the building or structure.

SECTION 507. Designation of Fire Zones
The legislative body of the LGU may enact ordinances for the purpose of designating fire zones
based on the parameters and guidelines set forth in this Section.
1. Designation of Fire Zones is purposely for management, prevention, control and suppression of
conflagration that may occur in population centers. The designation of fire zones is as follows:a. Non-Fire Restricted Zones: These are areas where siting of buildings/structures are permitted
without fire-resistivity measures, often located in the country sides or rural areas wherecommercial and industrial and other buildings are sparsely constructed, or may be clustered insmall groups like farm lands wherein dwellings are built of indigenous materials such as bamboo,
sawali, nipa, cogon, palm leaves and wood up to Types I and II Construction as classified in
Section 401 of the Code.
b. Fire Restrictive Zones: Areas wherein siting of buildings/structures are permitted withinprescribed fire-resistivity measures for exterior walls of at least two-hour fire resistivity. Usual
locations in suburban areas are permitted to be built with at least one-hour fire-resistivity
throughout as Types II, III to IV Constructions as prescribed in Section 401 of the Code.
c.

52

Highly Fire Restrictive Zones:
Areas wherein highly fire- resistive or non-combustiblebuildings/structures and/or construction assemblies of no less than three to four-hour fire-resistive
construction materials are used throughout, including exterior walls. Only Types IV and V
Constructions are permitted in the areas.

RULE VI - FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTIONSECTION 601. Fire- Resistive Rating DefinedFire-resistive rating means the degree to which a material can withstand fire as determined bygenerally recognized and accepted testing methods.

SECTION 602. Fire- Resistive Time Period Rating
Fire-resistive time period rating is the length of time a material can withstand being burned which
may be one- hour, two- hours, four- hours, etc.

SECTION 603. Fire-Resistive Standards
All materials of construction, and type of materials and assemblies or combinations thereof shallconform to the following fire-resistive ratings:
Type of Assembly and Material

Minimum thickness (in millimeter) for the
given fire resistance
4 hrs.

3 hrs.

2 hrs.

1hr.

Floor Construction
Solid R.C. slab
- Average cover to reinforcement- Overall Depth

25
150

25
150

20
125

15
100

Solid pre-stressed
Concrete slab
- Average cover to tendons- Overall Depth

65
150

50
150

40
125

25
100

175
200
300

175
175
250

150
150
200

125
125
150

75
100

50
75

38
55

25
38

50

38

20

12

Exterior Wall
- Solid concrete- Solid masonry- Hollow masonry

180
200
300

150
175
250

125
150
200

75
100
150

Column (all faces exposed)- Reinforced concrete

450

400

300

200

Partitions- Solid concrete- Solid masonry- Hollow unit masonryProtection for metal structural members- Concrete- Masonry- Metal lath with vermiculite or perlite
gypsum plaster

SECTION 604. Fire- Resistive Regulations
The Secretary shall prescribe standards and promulgate rules and regulations on the testing of
construction materials for flame-spread characteristics, tests on fire damages, fire tests of building
construction and materials, door assemblies and tinclad fire doors and window assemblies, theinstallation of fire doors and windows and smoke and fire detectors for fire protective signaling system,
application and use of controlled interior finish, fire-resistive protection for structural members, fireresistive walls and partitions, fire-resistive floor or roof ceiling, fire-resistive assemblies for protection of
openings and fire-retardant roof coverings.

53

RULE VII - CLASSIFICATION AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
OF ALL BUILDINGS BY USE OR OCCUPANCYSECTION 701. Occupancy Classified
1. There are 10 Groups of Occupancies sub-divided into 25 Divisions. The accompanying matrix shows
the Groupings and Divisions and the corresponding uses. The final column indicates the Zoning
Classification.
a. Buildings proposed for construction shall be identified according to their use or the character of its
occupancy and shall be classified as follows:i.

Group A – Residential Dwellings
Group A Occupancies shall include:
Division 1- Residential building/structure for exclusive use of single family occupants
including school or company staff housing; single (nuclear) family dwellings;
churches or similar places of worship; church rectories; community facilities
and social centers; parks, playgrounds, pocket parks, parkways, promenades
and play lots; clubhouses and recreational uses such as golf courses, tennis
courts, basketball courts, swimming pools and similar uses operated by thegovernment or private individuals as membership organizations for the benefitof their members, families, and guests and not operated primarily for gain.
Division 2- Residential building for the exclusive use of non-leasing occupants notexceeding 10 persons including single-attached or duplex or townhouses, eachprivately-owned; school dormitories (on campus); convents and monasteries;
military or police barracks/dormitories; pre-schools, elementary and highschools, provided that they do not exceed 16 classrooms; outpatient clinics,
family planning clinics, lying-in clinics, diagnostics clinics, medical and clinicallaboratories; branch library and museums; steam/dry cleaning outlets; party
needs and accessories (leasing of tables and chairs, etc.).

ii.

Group B – Residentials, Hotels and Apartments
Group B Occupancies shall be multiple dwelling units including boarding or lodging houses,
hotels, apartment buildings, row houses, convents, monasteries and other similar building
each of which accommodates more than 10 persons.

iii.

Group C – Education and Recreation

iv.

Group C Occupancies shall be buildings used for school or day-care purposes, involving
assemblage for instruction, education, or recreation, and not classified in Group I or in
Division 1 and 2 or Group H Occupancies.
Group D – Institutional
Group D Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 - Mental hospitals, mental sanitaria, jails, prisons, reformatories, and buildings
were personal liberties of inmates are similarly restrained.
Division 2 - Nurseries for full-time care of children under kindergarten age, hospitals,
sanitaria, nursing homes with non-ambulatory patients, and similar buildings
each accommodating more than five persons.

54Division 3 - Nursing homes for ambulatory patients, homes for children of kindergarten age
or over, each accommodating more than five persons: Provided, that Group D
Occupancies shall not include buildings used only for private or family groupdwelling purposes.
v.

Group E - Business and Mercantile
Group E Occupancies shall include:
Division 1- Gasoline filling and service stations, storage garages and boat storage
structures where no work is done except exchange of parts and maintenancerequiring no open flame, welding, or the use of highly flammable liquids.
Division 2- Wholesale and retail stores, office buildings, drinking and dining establishments
having an occupant load of less than one hundred persons, printing plants,
police and fire stations, factories and workshops using not highly flammable or
combustible materials and paint stores without bulk handlings.
Division 3- Aircraft hangars and open parking garages where no repair work is done
except exchange of parts and maintenance requiring no open flame, welding or
the use of highly flammable liquids.

vi.

Group F - Industrial
Group F Occupancies shall include: ice plants, power plants, pumping plants, cold storage,
and creameries, factories and workshops using incombustible and non-explosive materials,
and storage and sales rooms for incombustible and non-explosive materials.

vii.

Group G - Storage and Hazardous
Groups G Occupancies shall include:
Division 1- Storage and handling of hazardous and highly flammable material.
Division 2- Storage
and handling of flammable materials, dry cleaning plants using
flammable liquids; paint stores with bulk handling, paint shops and spraypainting rooms.
Division 3- Wood working establishments, planning mills and box factories, shops, factories
where loose combustible fibers or dust are manufactured, processed or
generated; warehouses where highly combustible materials is stored.
Division 4- Repair garages.
Division 5- Aircraft repair hangars.

viii.

Group H - Assembly Other Than Group I
Group H Occupancies shall include:
Division 1- Any assembly building with a stage and an occupant load of less than 1000 in
the building.
Division 2- Any assembly building without stage and having an occupant load of 300 or
more in the building.
Division 3- Any assembly building without a stage and having an occupant load of lessthan 300 in the building.

55

Division 4- Stadia, reviewing stands, amusement park structures not included within GroupI or in Division 1, 2, and 3 of this Group.

ix.

Group I – Assembly Occupant Load 1000 or MoreGroup I Occupancies shall be any assembly building with a stage and an occupant load of1000 or more in the building.

x.

Group J - Accessory
Group J Occupancies shall include:

Division 1- Agricultural structures.

Division 2- Private garages, carports, fences over 1.80 meters high, tanks, swimming
pools and towers.

Division 3- Stages, platforms, pelota, tennis, badminton or basketball courts, tombs,
mausoleums, niches, aviaries, aquariums, zoo structures, banks and record
vaults Other subgroupings or divisions within Groups A to J may be determinedby the Secretary. Any other occupancy not mentioned specifically in thisSection, or about which there is any question, shall be included in the Group
which it most nearly resembles based on the existing or proposed life and fire
hazard.

56

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure(Residentialbuilding/
structure for exclusive
use of single family
occupants)

Division A-1

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

PRINCIPAL

Indigenous family dwelling units
Single-detached units
School or company staff housing
Single (nuclear) family dwellings
Churches or similar places of worship
Church rectories
Community facilities and social centers
Parks, playgrounds, pocket parks,
parkways, promenades and playlots
9. Clubhouses and recreational uses suchas golf courses, tennis courts, basketballcourts, swimming pools and similar uses
operated by the government or private
individuals as membership organizations
for the benefit of their members, families,
and guests and not operated primarily for
gain.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6
7.
8.

PRINCIPALACCESSORY

U S E

1. Customary accessory uses incidental
to any of the principal uses housed in
the same Division A-1 (or R-1 class)building/structure, provided that suchaccessory uses shall not include any
activity conducted for monetary gain orcommercial purposes such as servants
quarter, private garage, guardhouse,
homelaundries,
non-commercial
garages, houses for pets such as
dogs, birds, rabbits and the like of not
more than 4.00 sq. meters in floorarea, pump houses and generator
houses.
2. Auxiliary uses customarily conducted indwellings and homes for the practiceof one's profession such as offices ofphysicians,
surgeons,
dentists,architects, engineers, lawyers andother professionals provided thatsuchprofessionals are members of thefamily residing in the premises;
provided further, that not
5.

4.

3.

2.

1.

Group A – Residential (Dwellings)

ACCESSORYU S E

CONDITIONALCONDITIONAL

Preparatory schools, provided thatthey do not exceed three (3) classrooms
and shall be located not less than 500
meters from nearest existing school
offering similar course and are equippedwith adequate parking or as provided in
the local zoning ordinance.
Boarding houses with no morethan eight (8) boarders.
Neighborhood convenience stores
selling miscellaneous items, provided
that such stores shall notexceed 10% of
the gross floor area (GFA) of thedwelling unit and provided that no liquor
shall be allowedfor sale.
Audio-video and computer rental shops,
provided that such shops shall not
exceed 10% of the totalfloor area of thedwelling unit.
Home occupation engaging in an inhouse business such as dressmaking,tailoring, and baking,provided that theTable VII.1. Schedule of Principal, Accessory and Conditional Use/Occupancy of Building/Structure

45

Zoning Classification

Residential R-1 - a lowdensity
residentialzone,
characterized mainly by singlefamily,
singledetached
dwellings with the usual
community ancillary uses on aneighborhood scale, such as
executive subdivisions andrelatively exclusive residential
communities which are notsubdivisions.

Zoning Classification

46

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

PRINCIPAL

createsnoise,
vibration,
glare,
fumes,odors
orelectricalinterference detectable to thenormal
senses and visual or audibleinterference in any radio or television
receivers or causes fluctuation in line
voltage of the premises.
3. Home industry classified as cottage
industry provided that such homeindustry shall not occupy more than
30% of the floor area of the dwelling
unit; there shall be no change oralteration in the outside appearance ofthe dwelling unit and shall not be ahazard/nuisance; allotted capitalization
shall not exceed the capitalization as

ACCESSORYU S E

more than three (3) semi-professional
assistants are employed at any time,that in no case thatmore than 20% of
the floor area of the building be used
for said professionalpractice or home
occupation for engaging an inhousebusiness such as dressmaking,tailoring, baking and the like, provided
that the number of persons engaged insuch business/industry shall not
exceed five (5), inclusive of the owner;
there shall be no change in the outside
appearance of the building or
premises; no home occupation shallbe conducted in any customaryaccessory usescited above;no traffic
shall be generated by such home
occupation in greater volumethan
would normally be expected in a
residential neighborhood and any needfor parkinggenerated by the conduct ofsuch home occupation shall be met off
the street and in aplace other than in arequired front yard; no equipment orprocess shall be used in such home
occupation which

30% of the gross floor area (GFA) of thedwelling unit with employees not toexceed five (5) persons and shall haveno change or alteration in the outside
appearance of the dwelling unit and shallnot be a hazard/nuisance; allotted
capitalization shall not exceed thecapitalization as set by the Department ofTrade and Industry (DTI); no homeindustry shall be conducted in any
customary accessory use; no traffic shallbe generated by such home industry ingreater volume than would normally be
expected in a residential neighborhood
and any need for parking generated by
the conduct of such home occupation

CONDITIONAL

area used shall not occupy more than
20% of the total floor area of the dwelling
unit; thenumber of persons engaged insuch business/industryshall not exceed
three (3) inclusive of theowner; there
shall be no change in the outside
appearance of the building/structure or
premises; no homeoccupation shall be
conducted in any customary accessory
use; no traffic shall begenerated by suchhome occupation in greater volume thanwould
normallybeexpectedinaresidential neighborhood and any needfor parking generated by the conduct ofsuch homeoccupation shall be met off
the street and in place other than in arequired front yard; no equipmentor
process shall be used in such home
occupation
which
createsnoise,
vibration, glare, fumes, odorsor electricalinterference detectable to the normal
senses and visual or audible interferencein anyradio or television receivers orcauses fluctuation in line voltage of thepremises.
7. Home industry classified as cottage
industry provided that such homeindustry
shall not occupy more thanZoning Classification

2

General(residentialbuilding forthe exclusive use of
non-leasing occupants
not exceeding 10
persons)

Division A-2

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

1. Single-attached or duplex or townhouses, each privately owned
2. School dormitories (on campus)
3. Convents and monasteries
4. Military or police barracks/ dormitories
5. All uses allowed in Division A-1 (or for R1 class) buildings/structures
6. Pre-schools, elementaryandhighschools, provided that they do not
exceed sixteen (16) classrooms
7. Outpatient clinics, family planning
clinics, lying-in clinics, diagnostic clinics,
medical and clinicallaboratories
8. Branch library and museum
9. Steam/ dry cleaning outlets
10. Party needs and accessories (leasingof tables and chairs, etc.)

PRINCIPAL

U S E

1. Customary incidental home occupations such as barber and beauty
shops, tailoring and dress shops,
neighborhood convenience stores,
retail drug stores

7. Pre-School
8. Sports club
9. Clinic, nursing and convalescing
home, health center
10. Plant nursery

ACCESSORY

U S E

set by theDepartment of Trade andIndustry (DTI); shall consider sameprovisions as enumerated in number 2,
Profession or Home Occupation, thisSection.
4. Recreational facilities for the exclusive
use of the members of the family
residingwithin the premises, such as
swimming pool, pelota court, etc.
5. Religious use
6. Multi-purpose/Barangay Hall

5.
6.

4.

3.

2.

1.

Ballet, dance and voice studios
provided that the classes or instructions
are
held
in
soundproofed
andairconditioned buildings
Sanitaria, nursery or convalescent
homes
Philanthropic or charitable institutions
upon approval of the Building Official
and subject to such conditions andsafeguards as deemed appropriate
Offices with no actual display, sale,transfer, or lending of the officecommodities in the premises and withsubject gross floor area (GFA) not
exceeding 30% of the building GFA
Apartment hotels/hometels
Processing, refilling and retailing ofbottled drinking water provided thatclearances from local health department
and certification of adequate supply fromthe water supply concessionaire shall be
secured.

CONDITIONAL

shall be met off the street and in a place
other than in a required front yard; noequipment or process shall be used insuch home industry which creates noise,
vibration, glare, fumes, odors or electricalinterference detectable to the normal
senses and visual or audible interferencein any radio or television receivers orcauses fluctuation in line voltage of thepremises.

Zoning Classification

a. Basic R-2 : single-attachedor duplex building/structure of
from one (1) storey up to three(3) storeys in height and witheach unit for separate

There shall be two (2) general
types of R-2 use or occupancy,
to wit:Residential R-2- a medium
density residential use or
occupancy,characterized
mainly as a low-rise singleattached, duplex or multi-levelbuilding/ structure for exclusive
use as multiple family dwellings.
This includes R-2 structures
withinsemi-exclusive
subdivisions and semi-exclusive
residential communities which
are not subdivisions.

Zoning Classification

2

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

Classification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

PRINCIPAL

PRINCIPALACCESSORYU S E

ACCESSORY

CONDITIONAL

Home occupation for the practice of
one's profession or for engaging in an
in-house business such as dressmaking,tailoring, baking, barber and beauty
shops and the like, provided that thearea in use shall not exceed 30% of thegross floor area (GFA) of the dwelling
unit with the number of persons
engaged in such business/industry notexceeding ten (10) inclusive of owner;
there shall be no change in the outside
appearance of the building or premises,
no home occupation shall be conductedin any customary accessory use; notraffic shall be generated by such home
occupation in greater volume than would
normally be expected in a residential
neighborhood and any need for parking
generated by the conduct of such home
occupation shall be met off the street
and in a place other than in a required
front yard; no equipment or process
shall be used in such home occupation
which creates noise, vibration, glare,
fumes, odors or electrical interference
detectable to the normal senses andvisual or audible interference in any
radio or television receivers or causes
fluctuation in line voltage of thepremises.
8. Car barns for not more than three (3)units.
9. LPG retailing with a maximum of twenty(20) units of LPG tanks at any given time
10. Recreational facilities such as resorts,
swimming pools, clubhouses and similar
uses except carnivalsand fairs
11. Bank branches, savings/loans/lending

7.

CONDITIONAL

Zoning Classification

b. Maximum R-2 : low-rise
multi-level building/structure of
from three (3) up to five (5)storeys in height and for use as
multiple family dwellings

use as single-family dwellings
and;

2

Division B-1

1. All uses permitted in Divisions A-1 and A2 (or for R-1 class and R-2 class)buildings/structures
2. Leased single-detached dwelling unit,
cottage with more than one (1)independent unit and duplexes.
3. Boarding and lodging houses

1. All customary accessory uses allowed
in Divisions A-1 and A-2 (or for R-1
class and R-2 class) buildings/
structures
2. Branch library and museum
3. Hometel
4. Vocational school
1. All conditional uses in R-1 and R-2 withappropriate regulations

Group B – Residential (Buildings/
Structures, Hotels and Apartments)

shops.
12. Driving range

condominium buildings thatare already commercial innature and scale. There
shall be two (2) general
types of R-3 use or
occupancy, to wit:a. Basic R-3 :rowhousebuilding/structure of fromone (1) storey up to three (3)storeys in height and witheach unit for separate use
as single-family dwellings;
andb. Maximum R-3 : medium-rise
multi-level building/ structureof from six (6) up to twelve(12) storeys in height and foruse as multiple family

Residential R-3 - a high-density
residentialuse or occupancy,characterized mainly as a lowrise or medium-rise building/
structure for exclusive use
asmultiple family dwellings with
mixed housing types. R-3
structure may include low-rise or
medium-rise residential

GeneralDivision C-1

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure51

1. Educational institutions like schools,
colleges, universities, vocational,
institutions, seminaries, convents,
including school auditoriums, gymnasia,
reviewing stands, little theaters, concert
halls, opera houses.
2. Seminar/workshop facilities
3. Training centers/facilities
4. Libraries, museums, exhibition halls andart galleries

1. Multi-family residential buildings such as
condominium,
high-rise
residentialbuildings/structures, multi-level apartments, tenements, mass housing, etc.
taller than five (5) storeys but not morethan twelve (12) storeys

PRINCIPALU S EGroup C – Education and Recreation

ACCESSORYU S E

CONDITIONAL

Zoning Classification

Residential R-5 - a very highdensity residential use or
occupancy,characterized
mainly as a medium-rise or
high-rise
condominium
building/structure for exclusive
use as multiple family dwelling.

individual lot (a townhouse unit)
and generally refers to theseries
or
rows
of
R-4
buildings/structures within a
subdivided lot or property (an R4 development).

Zoning Classification

Residential R-4 - a medium tohigh-density residential use or
occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise townhousebuilding/ structure for exclusive
use as multiple family dwellings.
The term R-4 specifically refers
to the building/structure on an

dwellings.

2(Institutional, where
personal liberties of inmates are restrained, or
quarters of thoserendering public

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure
Group D –Institutional(Government and
Health Services)
Division D-1

Division C-2

Classification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

Mental hospitals, mental sanitaria
and mental asylums
2.
Police and fire stations, guard
houses3.
Jails, prisons, reformatories andcorrectional institutions
4.
Rehabilitation centers

1.

PRINCIPAL

Amusement halls and parlors
Massage and sauna parlors
Health studios and reducing salonsBilliard halls, pool rooms, bowling alleys
and golf clubhouses
5. Dancing schools, disco pads, dance andamusement halls
6. Gymnasia, pelota courts and sports
complex

1.
2.
3.
4.

5. Civic centers, clubhouses, lodges,
community centers.
6. Churches, mosque, temples. shrines,
chapels and similar places of worship
7. Civic or government centers
8. Other types of government buildings

PRINCIPALACCESSORYU S E

Government centers to housenational, regional or local offices in
the area
Colleges, universities, professional
business schools, vocational andtrade schools, technical schools andother institutions of higher learning
General hospitals, medical centers,
multi-purpose clinics
Scientific, cultural and academic
centers and research facilities except
nuclear, radioactive, chemical andbiological warfare facilities
Convention centers and related
facilities
Religious structures, e.g., church,seminary, novitiates
Museums
Embassies/ consulate
Student housing, e.g., dormitories,
boarding house

1. Welfare homes, orphanages, boys andgirls town, home for the aged and thelike
2. Rehabilitation and vocational training
center for ex-convicts, drug addicts,
unwed mothers, physically, mentallyand emotionally handicapped, ex-

7.
8.
9.

6.

5.

4.

3.

2.

1.

ACCESSORY

CONDITIONALCONDITIONAL

community to national level of
institutional use or occupancy,characterized mainly as a lowrise, medium-rise or high-risebuilding/ structure for medical,

GI (General Institutional) - a

Zoning Classification

community to national level of
institutional use or occupancy,characterized mainly as a lowrise, medium-rise or high-risebuilding/structure for educational, training and related activities,e.g., schools and related
facilities and the like.

GI (General Institutional) - a

(Business andMercantile, where nowork is done except
change of parts andmaintenance requiringno open flames,
welding, or use of highly
flammable liquids)

Group E –Business andMercantile(Commercial)
Division E-1(Institutional,
forambulatory patients orchildrenoverkindergarten age)

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure
Division D-3

1. All uses allowed in Division B-1 (or for R3 class) buildings/ structures
2. Gasoline filling and service stations.
3. Storage garage and boat storage.
4. Commercial garages and parking
buildings, display for cars, tractors, etc.
5. Bus and railways depots and terminals
and offices
6. Port facilities
7. Airports and heliport facilities
8. All other types of transportation
complexes
9. All other types of large complexes for
public services

1. Nursing homes for ambulatory patients
2. School and home, for children overkindergarten age
3. Orphanages

PRINCIPAL

1. Hospitals, sanitaria, and homes for theaged
2. Nurseries for children of kindergarten
age or non-ambulatory patients
accommodating more than five (5)persons

Division D-2(Institutional, buildings
for health care)

5. Leprosaria and quarantine station

assistance andmaintaining peace andorder)

54
1. Office building
2. Office condominium
3. Department store/shopping center
4
Bookstore and office supply shop
5. Car shop
6. Home appliance store
7. Photo shop
8. Flower shop
9. Bakery and bake shop
10. Wine store
11. Grocery
12. Supermarket
13. Beauty parlor
14. Barber shop

ACCESSORYU S E

sanitaria inmates;and similar
establishments
3. Military camps/reservations/bases andtraining grounds
4. Penitentiary and correctional institution

1. Garage for jeepneys and taxis not greaterthan six (6) units in number
2. Garage for bus and trucks not greaterthan three (3) units in number
3. Retailing of CHBs, gravel and sand andother concrete products

CONDITIONAL

C-1 (Commercial One or Light
Commercial) - a neighborhoodorcommunity
levelofcommercial use or occupancy,characterized mainly as a lowrise building/structure for low
intensitycommercial/trade,
service and business activities,e.g., one to three (1 to 3) storey
shopping centers, small officesormixed-use/occupancy
buildings and the like.

Zoning Classification

government
serviceadministrative
andrelatedactivities, e.g., hospitals andrelated health care facilities,
government offices, military,
police and correctional buildings
and the like.

4

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

PRINCIPAL

12. Stores for construction supplies andbuilding materials such as electrical andelectronics, plumbing supplies, ceramicclay cement and other similar products
except CHBs, gravel and sand andotherconcrete products

11. Bakeshops and bakery goods stores

PRINCIPAL

10. Pawnshops, money shops, photo andportrait studios, shoeshine/repair stands,
retail drugstores, tailoring and dress
shops

34.
35.
36.
37.

Messengerial service
Security agency
Janitorial service
Bank and other financial institution

ACCESSORY

U S E

18. Playcourt, e.g., tennis, bowling,billiards
19. Swimming pool
20. Day/night club
21. Stadium, coliseum, gymnasium
22. Other sports and recreational
establishments
23. Restaurants and other eateries
24. Short term special education likedancing schools, schools for selfdefense, driving schools, speechclinics
25. Storeroom and warehouse but only
as may be necessary for the efficient
conduct of the business
26. Commercial housing like hotel,
apartment, apartel, boarding house,dormitory, pension house,clubhouse, motel
27. Commercial condominium (withresidential units in upper floors)
28. Embassy/ consulate
29. Library/museum
30. Filling station/service station
31. Clinic
32. Vocational/ technical school
33. Convention center and related
facilities

ACCESSORY

U S E

15. Sauna bath and massage clinic
16. Dressmaking and tailoring shops
17. Movie house/theater

CONDITIONALCONDITIONAL

Zoning Classificationand Services) – a range ofutilitarian/functional uses or
occupancies,
characterized
mainly as a low-rise or mediumrise building/structure for low tohighintensitycommunity
supportfunctions,e.g.,terminals/inter-modals/multimodals and depots

UTS (Utilities, Transportation

Zoning Classification

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure(Business andMercantile in nature)

Division E-2

57

PRINCIPAL

1. Wholesale and retail stores
2.
Shopping centers, malls andsupermarkets
3. Wet and dry markets
4.
Restaurants, drinking and dining
establishments with less than one
hundred (100) occupancies.
5. Day/night clubs, bars, cocktails,

ACCESSORYU S ERadio and television station
Building garage
Commercial job printing
Typing and photo engraving services
Repair of optical instruments andequipment and cameras
43. Repair of clocks and watches
44. Manufacture of insignia, badges andsimilar emblems except metal
45. Transportation terminal/garage
46. Plant nurseries
47. Scientific, cultural and academic
centers and research facilities
exceptnuclear, radioactive, chemicaland biological warfare facilities.
1.
All uses in C-1 class buildings/
structures may be allowed in C-2 classbuildings/structures
2. Repair shops like house appliances,motor vehicles and accessory, homefurnishing shops

38.
39.
40.
41.
42.

CONDITIONAL

1. Institutional uses as colleges anduniversities, vocational and technicalschools, general hospitals andspecialized
general welfare, charitable andgovernment institutions
2. Hauling services and garage terminals
for trucks, tow trucks, and buses not

Zoning Classification

C-2 (Commercial Two or
Medium Commercial) - a
municipal or city level ofcommercial use or occupancy,characterized mainly as a
medium-rise building/structure
for medium to high intensitycommercial/ trade, service and6GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

20.
21.
22.
23.

17.
18.
19.

13.
14.
15.
16.

12.

11.

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

PRINCIPAL

sing-along lounges, bistros, pubs, beer
gardens
Bakeries, pastry and bake shops.
Office buildings
Financial Institutions
Printing & publishing plants and offices
Engraving, photo developing andprinting shops
Photographer and painter studios,tailoring and haberdashery shops
Factories and workshops, using
less flammable or non-combustible
materials
Battery shops and repair shops
Paint stores without bulk handling
Funeral parlors
Memorial and mortuary chapels,crematories
Columbarium
Telephone and telegraph exchanges
Telecommunications, media and public
information complexes including radio
and TV broadcasting studios
Cell (mobile) phone towers
Battery shops and auto repair shops
Bakeries, pastry and bake shops
Police and fire stations

ACCESSORYU S E

CONDITIONAL

Transportation terminal/garage withexceeding three (3) units and storage
repair shops
facilities in support of commercial
4. Publishingestablishments
5. Medium scale junk shop
4. Auto sales and rentals, automotive
6. Machinery display shop/center
handicraft, accessory and spare parts
7. Gravel and sandshops, marine craft, aircraftand sales
8.
Lumber/hardware
yards
9.
Manufacture of ice, ice blocks,
5. Junk shops, scrap dealer shops
cubes, tubes, crushed except dry ice
10. Manufacture of signs and advertising
displays (except printed)
11. Chicharon factory
12. Welding shops
13. Machine shops service operations(repairing/rebuilding, or custom job
orders)14 Motorcycles/bicycles repair shops
15. Lechon stores
16. Biscuit factory - manufacture of
biscuits, cookies, crackers and othersimilardried bakery products
17. Doughnut and hopia factory
18. Factory for other bakery products notelsewhere classified (n.e.c.)19. Shops for repacking of food products
e.g. fruits, vegetables, sugar andother relatedproducts

3.

Zoning Classification

facilities not mentioned underregular uses/occupancies ofbuildings/structures such as
cemeteries, memorial parks andthe like

SPE (Special) – other verticalbusiness activities, e.g., three tofive (3 to 5) storey shopping
centers, medium to large officeor
mixed
use/occupancy
buildings/structures and the like.

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure59

PRINCIPAL

24. Glassware and metalware stores,
household equipment and applianceshops
25. Manufacture of insignia, badges andsimilar emblems except metal
26. General retail establishments such as
curio or antique shops, pet shops andaquarium stores, bookstores, art supplies
and novelties, jewelry shops, liquor wine
stores and fIower shops
27. Employment/recruitment agencies, news
syndicate services and office equipment
and repair shopsand other offices
28. Watch sales and services, locksmith andother related services
29. Other stores and shops for conducting
retail business and local shopping
establishments
30. Radio, television and other electricalappliance repair shops
31. Furniture, repair and upholstering job
32. Computer stores and video shops,
including repair
33. Internet cafes and cyber stations
34. Garment manufacturing with no more thantwenty (20) machines
34. Signboard and streamer painting and silk
screening

ACCESSORY

U S E

20. Funeral parlors, mortuaries andcrematory services and memorialchapels
21. Parking lots, garage facilities
22. Buildings/structures for othercommercial activities not elsewhereclassified (n.e.c.)

CONDITIONAL

Zoning Classification

8

Group F –Industrial (NonPollutive/ Non-(Business andMercantile, where no
repair work is done
except exchange ofparts and maintenancerequiring no open
flames, welding or useof highly flammableliquid)GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure
Division E-3

1. All permitted uses in Division E-1 (or for
C-1 and C-2 class) buildings/ structures
2. Aircraft hangars
3. Commercial parking lots and garages
4. Department stores, shopping malls/
centers, commercial and sports
complexes/ areas
5. Institutional uses as university complexes
6. Other commercial/ business activities notelsewhere classified (n.e.c.)

PRINCIPAL

35. Car barns for jeepneys and taxis not
more than six (6) units
36. Lotto terminals, off-fronton, on-line
bingo outlets and off-track betting
stations
37. Gardens and landscaping supply/
contractors
38. Printing, typesetting, copiers andduplicating services
39. Photo supply and developing
40. Restaurants, canteens, eateries,
delicatessen shops, confectionery shops
and automats/fastfoods
41. Groceries
42. Laundries and laundromats
43. Recording and film laboratories
44. Auto repair, tire, vulcanizing shops andcarwash with minimum 100 sq. metersservice area
45. Physical fitness gyms/centers

5.

3.
4.

2.

1.

All uses allowed in R-1, R-2 andR-3 Zones
All uses allowed in C-1, C-2 andC-3 Zones
Some uses allowed in I-1 Zones
All uses allowed in GI Zones
and SI Zones
Parks and Recreation andEntertainment class buildings/
structures

ACCESSORYU S E

CONDITIONAL

C-3 (Commercial Three orMetropolitan
Commercial)means a metropolitan level ofcommercial
use/occupancy,characterized mainly as a
medium-risetohigh-risebuilding/structure for high tovery high intensity commercial/trade, service and businessactivities, e.g., large to verylarge shopping malls, very large
office or mixed-use/occupancy
buildings and the like.

Zoning Classification

(Medium Industrial,
which shall include
storage and handling of
hazardous and highly
flammable materials)

Group G –Storage andHazardous
Industrial(Pollutive/ NonHazardous
industries and
Pollutive/
Hazardous
Industries Only)
Division G-1

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure(Light Industrial)

Hazardous
Industries and
Non-Pollutive/
Hazardous
Industries)
Division F-1

61

Storage tanks, buildings for storing
gasoline, acetylene, LPG, calcium,
carbides, oxygen, hydrogen, and the like2.
Armories, arsenals and munitions
factories
3.
Match and fireworks factories

1.

drainage, sewerage, irrigation and waste
treatment plants)
4.
Dairies and creameries
5.
Rice mills and sugar centrals
6.
Breweries,
bottling
plants,canneries, and tanneries
7.
Factories and workshops using
incombustible or non-explosive materials

PRINCIPAL

Ice plants and cold storage
buildings
2.
Power plants (thermal, hydro or
geothermal)
3.
Pumping plants (water supply,
storm

1.

Customary support facilities for industries
such as housing, community, utilities andservices

ACCESSORYU S E

Customary support facilities for industries
such as housing, community, utilities andserviceslesserBuilding/structure withenvironment impact

lesser

CONDITIONAL

Building/structure withenvironmental impact

negative

negativeindustrial use or occupancy,characterized mainly as a lowrise but sprawling building/
structure for medium intensity
manufacturing or production
activities.

I-2 (Industrial Two) - a medium

structure for low intensity
manufacturing or production
activities.

Zoning Classificationindustrial use or occupancy,characterized mainly as a lowrise but sprawling building/I-1 (Industrial One) - a light10(Medium Industrial
buildings for wood
working activities,
papers cardboard
manufactures, textile
and garment factories

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure
Division G-3(Medium Industrial
buildings for storage andhandling of flammablematerials)

Division G-2

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

Plastics resin plants (monomer
and polymer)
Plastics
compounding
andprocessing plants
Acetylene and oxygen generating
plantsCooking oil and soap processing
plants
Factories for highly flammablechemicals
Water and power generation/
distribution complexes
Liquid
and
solid
waste
management facilities
All other types of large complexes
for public utilities

5.
6.
7.

3.
4.

2.

1.

Wood working establishments,
lumber and timber yards
Planing mills and sawmills, veneer
plantsWood drying kilns
Pulp, paper and paperboard
factories
Wood and cardboard box factories
Textile and fiber spinning mills
Grains and cement silos

PRINCIPAL

All uses permitted in I-1 class
Dry cleaning plants using
flammable liquids
3.
Paint stores with bulk handling
4.
Paint shops and spray paintingrooms
5. Sign and billboard painting shops

1.
2.

11.

10.

9.

8.

7.

6.

5.

4.

PRINCIPAL

Customary support facilities for industries
such as housing, community, utilities andservices

ACCESSORYU S E

Customary support facilities for industries
such as housing, community, utilities andservices

ACCESSORYU S E

Building/structure with lesser negativeenvironment impact

CONDITIONAL

Building/structure with lesser negativeenvironment impact

CONDITIONAL

Zoning Classificationand Services) – a range ofutilitarian/functionaluses/
occupancies,
characterized
mainly by low-rise or mediumrise buildings/structures for low
to high intensity community
support functions, e.g., power
and
water
generation/
distribution
facilities,
telecommunication
facilities,
drainage/wastewaterandsewerage facilities, solid waste
handling facilities and the likeexcludingterminals/intermodals/multi-modals and depot

UTS (Utilities, Transportation

Zoning Classification

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure
Group H –Assembly for lessthan 1,000(Cultural and/ or
Recreational)(Medium Industrial, foraircraft facilities)

Division G-5(Medium Industrial, for
repairgaragesandengine manufacture)

Division G-4

64

Repair garages and shops
Factories for engines and turbines
and attached testing facilities

PRINCIPAL

Hangars
Manufacture and assembly plantsof aircraft engine
3.
Repairs and testing shops foraircraft engines and parts

1.
2.

1.
2.

Warehouses
wherehighlycombustible materials are stored.
9.
Factories where loose combustible
fiber or dirt are manufactured, processedor generated.
10. Garment and undergarment factories

8.

ACCESSORY

lesserlesser

CONDITIONAL

Building/structure withenvironment impact

Customary support facilities for industries
such as housing, community, utilities andservicesU S E

Building/structure withenvironment impact

Customary support facilities for industries
such as housing, community, utilities andservices

negative

negative

Zoning Classification

12

General(Recreational, which areassembly buildings withstage and having an
occupant load of lessthan 300)

Division H-3(Recreational, which areassembly buildings withstage and having an
occupant load of 300 or
more)

Division H-2

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure(Recreational, which areassembly buildings withstage and having an
occupant load of lessthan 1,000)

Division H-1

1. Dance halls, ballrooms
2. Skating rinks

1. Dance halls, cabarets, ballrooms
2. Skating rinks
3. Cockfighting arenas

PRINCIPAL

1. Theaters and auditoriums
2. Concert halls and open houses
3. Convention halls
4. Little theaters, audio-visual rooms

U S E

ACCESSORYU S E

CONDITIONAL

Zoning Classification

mainly as a low-rise or mediumrise building/ structure forcultural activities, e.g., cultural
centers, convention centers,
very large office or mixeduse/occupancy buildings andthe like.

Zoning Classification

CUL (Cultural) - a community
to national level of cultural use
or occupancy, characterized

PRE
(Park
Structures,
Recreation and Entertainment) a range of recreational uses or
occupancies,
characterized
mainly as a low-rise or mediumrise building/structure for low to
medium intensity recreational orentertainment functions related
to educational uses, e.g.,
structures on campuses or its
component parks/open spaces
and
all
other
kinds
of
recreationalorassemblybuildings/structures on campus
such as auditoria, mess halls,
seminar facilities, gymnasia,
stadia, arenas and the like.

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure(Recreational, Assembly
Buildings with stage andan occupant load of
1,000 or more in thebuilding)

Group I –Assembly forMore than 1,000(Cultural
and/orRecreational)Division I-1(Recreational, tourism
estate developments or
tourism-oriented
establishments, which
are structures notincluded in Divisions H1)

Classification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure
Division H-4

67

1.
2.
3.
4.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

PRINCIPAL

Colisea and sports complexes
Theaters and convention centers
Concert halls and open houses
Convention centers

Sports stands
Reviewing stands
Grandstand and bleachers
Covered amusement parks
Boxing arenas, jai-alai stadiums
Race tracks and hippodromes
All types of resort complexes
All other types of amusement andentertainment complexes

PRINCIPAL

6. Sports Club
7. Underground parking structures/
facilities

ACCESSORY

U S E

1. Parks/gardens
2. Resort areas, e.g., beaches, including
accessory uses
3. Open air or outdoor sports activities
and support facilities, including low risestadia, gyms, amphitheaters andswimming pools
4. Golf courses, ball courts, race tracks
and similar uses
5. Memorial/Shrines/monuments, kiosks
and other park structures

ACCESSORY

CONDITIONALCONDITIONAL

occupancies,
characterized
mainly as a low-rise or mediumrise building/ structure for low to
medium intensity recreational or

Zoning Classification

PRE
(Park
Structures,
Recreation and Entertainment) a range of recreational uses or

CUL (Cultural) - a community tonational level of cultural use or
occupancy,characterized
mainly as a low-rise or mediumrisebuilding/structureforcultural activities

14

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

Group J –Accessory(Agricultural andOther
Occupancies/
Uses notSpecificallyMentioned Under
Groups A throughI)

PRINCIPALACCESSORYU S E

CONDITIONAL

Zoning Classificationentertainment functions related
to educational uses, e.g.,
structures on campuses or its
component parks/open spaces
and
all
other
kinds
of
recreationalorassemblybuildings/structures on campus
such as auditoria, mess halls,
seminar facilities, gymnasia,
stadia, arenas and the like.

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

Division J-1

69

PRINCIPAL

1. Agricultural structures:a. Shedsb. Barnsc. Poultry housesd. Piggeries
e. Hatcheriesf. Stables
g. Greenhouses
h. Granaries
i. Silosbusiness/industry shall not exceed five(5), inclusive of the owner; there shallbe no change in the outside
appearance of the building premises;
no home occupation shall be
conducted in any customary accessory
uses cited above; no traffic shall be
generated by such home occupation in
greater volumethan would normally be
expected in a residential neighborhood
and anyneed for parking generated by
the conduct of such home occupation
shallbe met off the street in a place

ACCESSORY

U S E

1. Cultivation, raising and growing of
staple crops such as rice, corn,
camote, cassava and the like
2. Growing of diversified plants andtrees, such as fruit and flower bearing
trees, coffee, tobacco, etc.
3. Silviculture, mushroom culture, fishingand fish culture, snake culture,crocodile farm, monkey raising and thelike
4. Customary support facilities such as
palay dryers and rice threshers andstorage barns and warehouses
5. Ancillary dwelling units/farmhouses fortillers and laborers
6. Agricultural research andexperimentation facilities such as
breeding stations, fish farms,
nurseries, demonstration farms, etc.
7. Pastoral activities such as goat-raisingand cattle fattening
8. Home occupation for the practice of
one's profession or engaging homebusiness such as dressmaking,tailoring, baking, running a sari-saristore and the like, provided that, thenumber of persons engaged in such

CONDITIONAL

PUD(Planned
Unit
Development) -refers to landdevelopment or redevelopment
schemes for a new or built-up
project site wherein said project
site
must
have
a
Comprehensive Development
Master Plan (CDMP) or its
acceptable equivalent, i.e., aunitary development plan/site
plan that permits flexibility inplanning/urban
design,building/structure
siting,Zoning Classification

AI (Agro-Industrial) - an agroindustrial or related use or
occupancy,characterized
mainly as a low-rise building/
structure for low to high intensityagro-industrial
or
relatedactivities to include offices,educational, training, researchand related facilities for agroindustry.

A (Agricultural) - an agriculturalor agriculture-related use or
occupancy,characterized
mainly as a low-rise or mediumrise building/structure for low tohigh intensity agricultural or
related activities, e.g., poultry
houses, hatcheries, piggeries,
greenhouses, granaries and thelike as well as offices,educational, training, researchandrelatedfacilities
foragriculture and the like.

16

GeneralGeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

PRINCIPALU S E

there shall be no change or alterationin the outsideappearance of thedwelling unit and shall not be a hazard
or nuisance; allotted capitalization
shall not exceed the capitalization as
set by the Department of Trade andIndustry (DTI); such shall consider
same provisions as enumerated
inHome Occupation, this Section.
10. Backyard raising of livestock and fowl,
provided that for livestock- a maximumof 10 heads; for fowl. a maximum of
500 birds
11. All uses allowed in agriculture
12. Rice/ corn mills (single pass)
13. Drying,cleaning,
curingandpreserving of meat and its byproductsand derivatives
14. Drying, smoking and airing of tobacco
15. Flour mill
16. Cassava flour mill
17. Manufacture of coffee
18. Manufacture of unprepared animal
feeds, other grain milling, n.e.c.
19. Production of prepared feeds foranimals
20. Cigar and Cigarette factory
21. Curing and redrying tobacco leaves

ACCESSORYU S E

other than the required front yard;noequipment or process shall be used insuch occupation which createsnoise,
vibration, glare, fumes, odors andelectrical interference detectableto thenormal senses and visual or audibleinterference in any radio ortelevision
receiver or causes fluctuations in line
voltage of the premises.
9. Home industry classified as cottage
industry, e.g., mat weaving, pottery
making, food preservation, etc.
provided thatsuch home industry shallnot occupy more than 30% of floor
areaof the dwelling unit;

CONDITIONAL

Zoning Classification

Zoning Classification

complementarity of building
types and land uses, usable
open spaces for general public
use services andGeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

Classification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure72

PRINCIPAL

PRINCIPAL

40.

39.

38.

37.

Processing, preserving and canningof fish and other seafoods, n.e.c.
Manufacturing of desiccatedcoconut
Manufacture of starch and its
products
Manufacture of wines from juices of

ACCESSORY

U S E

22. Miscellaneous processing of tobacco
leaves, n.e.c.
23. Weaving hemp textile
24. Jute spinning and weaving
25. Manufacture of charcoal
26. Milk processing plants (Manufacturing
filled, reconstituted or recombinedmilk,
condensed or evaporated)
27. Butter and cheese processing plants
28. Natural fluid milk processing(pasteurizing, homogenizing,vitaminizing,bottling of natural animal
milk and cream related products)
29. Other dairy products, n.e.c.
30. Canning and preserving of fruits andfruit juices
31. Canning and preserving of vegetables
and vegetable juices
32. Canning and preserving of vegetablesauces
33. Miscellaneous canning and preservingof fruit and vegetables, n.e.c.
34. Fish canning
35. Patis factory
36. Bagoong factory

ACCESSORY

CONDITIONALCONDITIONAL

Zoning Classification

18

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

PRINCIPAL

48.

47.

43.
44.
45.
46.

42.

41.

ACCESSORYU S E

local fruits
Vegetable oiI mills, including
coconut oil
Sugarcane milling (centrifugal andrefines)
Sugar refining
Muscovado sugar mill
Cotton textile mill
Manufacture/processing of otherplantation
crops,
e.g.,
pineapple,bananas, etc.
Other commercial handicrafts andindustrial activities utilizing plantoranimal parts and/or products as
raw materials, n.e.c.
Other accessory uses incidental toagro-industrial activities

CONDITIONAL

Zoning Classification

Division J-2(Accessory)

74

5.

4.

1.
2.
3.

Private garages, carports
Towers, smokestacks and chimneys
Swimming pools including shower andlocker room
Fence over 1.80 meters high, separate
fire walls
Steel and/ or concrete tanks

1.

All uses/occupancy permitted in all other
Divisions (or classes of buildings/
structures) if such uses/occupancy arepart of the Planned Unit Development
(PUD)
PUD
(Planned
Unit
Development) -refers to landdevelopment or redevelopment
schemes for a new or built-up
project site wherein said project
site
must
have
a
Comprehensive Development
Master Plan (CDMP) or its
acceptable equivalent, i.e., aunitary development plan/site
plan that permits flexibility inplanning/
urban
design,building/structure
siting,complementarity of building
types and land uses, usable
open spaces for general public
use services and20

Division J-3

GeneralClassification of
Use/Character ofOccupancy of
Building/
Structure

5.

3.
4.

2.

1.

Stages,platforms
andsimilarstructures
Pelota, tennis, badminton or basketballcourtsTombs, mausoleums and niches
Aviaries and aquariums and zoo
structures
Banks and record vaults

PRINCIPALACCESSORYU S E

CONDITIONAL

Business activities and thepreservation of significant
natural land features if feasible,
whereby said CDMP must be
duly approved by the LGU
concerned.

Zoning Classification

SECTION 702. Change in Use
No change shall be made in the character of occupancy or use of any building which would place
the building in a different division of the same group of occupancy or in a different group of occupancies,
unless such building is made to comply with the requirements of the Code for such division or group ofoccupancy. The character of occupancy of existing buildings may be changed subject to the approval of
the Building Official and the building may be occupied for purposes set forth in other Groups: Provided
the new or proposed use is less hazardous, based on life and fire risk, than the existing use.

SECTION 703. Mixed Occupancy
1. General Requirements
When a building is of mixed occupancy or used for more than one occupancy, the whole building
shall be subject to the most restrictive requirement pertaining to any of the type of occupancy foundtherein except in the following:a. When a one-storey building houses more than one occupancy, each portion of the building shallconform to the requirement of the particular occupancy housed therein and;b. Where minor accessory uses do not occupy more than 10% of the area of any floor or a building,nor more than 10% of the basic area permitted in the occupancy requirements, in which case, themajor use of the building shall determine the occupancy classification.
2. Forms of Occupancy Separation
Occupancy separations shall be vertical or horizontal or both, or when necessary, of such other forms
as may be required to afford a complete separation between the various occupancy divisions in thebuilding.
3. Types of Occupancy Separation
Occupancy separation shall be classified as “One-Hour Fire-Resistive”, “Two-Hour Fire-Resistive”,“Three-Hour Fire-Resistive” and “Four-Hour Fire-Resistive.”a. A “One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than one-hour fireresistive construction. All openings in such separation shall be protected by a fire-assembly
having a one-hour fire-resistive rating.
b. A “Two-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than two-hour fireresistive construction. All openings in such separation shall be protected by a fire assembly
having a two-hour fire-resistive rating.
c.

A “Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than three-hour fireresistive construction. All openings in walls forming such separation shall be protected by a fire
assembly having a three-hour fire-resistive rating. The total width of all openings in any threehour fire-resistive occupancy separation wall in any one-storey shall not exceed 25% of the lengthof the wall in that storey and no single opening shall have an area greater than 10.00 sq. meters.
All openings in floors forming a “Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall beprotected by vertical enclosures extending above and below such openings. The walls of suchvertical enclosures shall be of not less than two-hour fire-resistive construction, and all openings
therein shall be protected by a fire assembly having a three-hour fire-resistive rating.

d. A “Four-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall have no openings therein and shall beof not less than four-hour fire-resistive construction.

21

4. Fire Rating for Occupancy Separation
Occupancy Separations shall be provided between groups, subgroupings, or divisions ofoccupancies. The Secretary shall promulgate rules and regulations for appropriate occupancy
separations in buildings of mixed occupancy; Provided, that, where any occupancy separation isrequired, the minimum shall be a “One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation”; and where theoccupancy separation is horizontal, structural members supporting the separation shall be protectedby an equivalent fire-resistive construction.

SECTION 704. Location on Property
1. Generala. No building shall be constructed unless it adjoins or has direct access to a public space, yard or
street on at least one of its sides.
b. For the purpose of this Section, the centerline of an adjoining street or alley shall be consideredan adjacent property line.
c.

Eaves over required windows shall not be less than 750 millimeters from the side and rearproperty lines.

2. Fire Resistance of Walls
Exterior walls shall have fire resistance and opening protection in accordance with the requirements
set forth by the Secretary. Projections beyond the exterior wall shall not exceed beyond a point onethird the distance from an assumed vertical plane located where the fire-resistive protection of
openings is first required to the location on property whichever is the least restrictive. Distance shallbe measured at right angles from the property line. When openings in exterior walls are required to
be protected due to distance from property line, the sum of the areas of such openings in any storey
shall not exceed 50% of the total area of the wall in that storey.
3. Buildings on Same Property and Buildings Containing Courts
For the purpose of determining the required wall and opening protection, buildings on the same
property and court walls shall be assumed to have a property line between them. When a newbuilding is to be erected on the same property with an existing building, the assumed property linefrom the existing building shall be the distance to the property line for each occupancy as set forth by
the Secretary; Provided, that two or more buildings on the same property may be considered as one
building if the aggregate area of such building is within the limits of allowable floor areas for a single
building, and when the buildings so considered, house different occupancies or are of different typesof construction, the area shall be that allowed for the most restrictive occupancy or construction.
4. Building Footprint and Firewall Requirements
a. The following rules shall be observed in the determination of the Allowable Maximum Building
Footprint (AMBF) for buildings and related habitable structures. If the stated rules are comparedwith (1) Rule VIII Table VIII.1.- Reference Table on Percentage of Site Occupancy and Maximum
Allowable Construction Area (MACA); (2) Rule VIII Tables VIII.2. and VIII.3. (setbacks, yards andcourts); or (3) with the applicable stipulations under this Rule and with the applicable stipulationsof the Fire Code, the more stringent but applicable regulation out of the aforementioned rules
should be observed;
b. If without a firewall, the footprint of a proposed building/structure shall be measured horizontallyfrom the property line to the outermost faces of the exterior walls of the building/structure;
Provided, that the distance measured from the property line shall conform with the applicablestipulations of this Rule and Rule VIII; The resultant area established at grade level upon which
the proposed building/structure may stand shall be the AMBF;

22

74
c.

Footprint Based on Firewall Provisionsi.

If with a firewall on one (1) side, the footprint of a proposed building/structure shall bemeasured horizontally from the property line with a firewall to the outermost faces of the
opposite exterior walls of the building/structure; Provided, that the applicable stipulations of
the Fire Code are strictly followed;ii.

If with a firewall on two (2) sides or on one (1) side and the rear property line, the footprintof a proposed building/structure shall be measured horizontally from the opposing propertylines in case of a firewall on two (2) sides or from the rear property line with a firewall to theoutermost faces of the opposite exterior walls of the building/structure; provided, that theapplicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed;iii.

Absolutely no firewalls are allowed for a low density residential (R-1) uses or occupancies;
an abutment of up to 3.20 meters from established grade level may however be permitted
but solely for the purpose of supporting a carport roof; provided further that such abutment
shall be constructed of perforated or decorative concrete blocks above 1.50 meters
measured vertically from the established grade level; such an abutment shall not be longer
than 7.00 meters or 50% of the side property line in total length, whichever is shorter.

iv.

For medium density residential (R-2) uses or occupancies, a firewall can be erected on a
maximum of 80% of the total length of a side property line; provided that only one (1) sideproperty line is used for a firewall in the case of a R-2 structure; and provided further thatthe applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed;v.

For high-density residential (R-3) uses or occupancies, two (2) types of firewall construction
may be permitted:

vi.

(a)

For a R-3 use or occupancy with a firewall on two (2) sides, a firewall can be erected
on a maximum of 85% of the total length of each side property line; provided that all
firewall construction shall not exceed 65% of the total perimeter of the R-3 property,
i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that firewalls in R-3 lots shall only beallowed for a maximum two (2) storey component structure; and provided further that
all the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed; and(b)

For a R-3 use or occupancy with a firewall on one (1) side property line and at therear property line, a firewall can be erected on a maximum of 90% of the total lengthof the side and rear property lines and up to 100% in case the rear property line isonly 4.00 meters wide; provided that all firewall construction at the side property lines
shall not exceed 50% of the total perimeter of the R-3 property, i.e., total length of allproperty lines; provided that firewalls in R-3 lots shall only be allowed for a maximum
two (2) storey structure but not at the rear property line where the maximum allowed
firewall height shall only be 3.20 meters measured vertically from established grade;and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly
followed.

For townhouse residential (R-4) uses or occupancies, firewalls on the two (2) sides of eachtownhouse unit may be permitted; the R-4 firewall can be erected on a maximum of 85% of
the total length of each side property line; provided that all firewall construction shall not
exceed 50% of the total perimeter of each R-4 property, i.e., total length of all propertylines; provided that firewalls in each R-4 use or occupancy shall be allowed for a maximum
three (3) storey structure; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire
Code are strictly followed;

vii.

For residential condominium (R-5) uses or occupancies, two (2) types of firewall
construction may be permitted:(a) For a R-5 use or occupancy with a firewall on two (2) sides, a firewall can be erected
on a maximum of 75% of the total length of each side property line; provided that all
firewall construction at the side property lines shall not exceed 50% of the total
perimeter of the R-5 property, i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that side
firewalls in R-5 uses or occupancies shall only be allowed for a maximum eight (8)storey component structure, i.e., the podium; and provided further that all the applicablestipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed; and(b) For a R-5 use or occupancy with a firewall on one (1) side and at the rear property line,
a firewall can be erected on a maximum of 65% of the total length of the side propertyline and on a maximum of 50% of the total length of the rear property line; provided that
all firewall construction shall not exceed 60% of the total perimeter of the R-5 property,
i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that the side firewalls in R-5 uses or
occupancies shall only be allowed for a maximum eight (8) storey component structure
and that at the rear property line, the maximum allowed firewall height shall only be
14.00 meters measured vertically from established grade; and provided further that all
the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed.

viii.

All existing openings on all firewalls shall be sealed completely to maintain the fire integrityof adjoining buildings/structures.

ix.

The provision of a fully functional sprinkler system and the installation of other fire-retardantor fire suppression devices in the case of commercial, institutional and industrial
buildings/structures may allow firewall construction for up to 70% of the total perimeter ofthe property lines provided that the prescribed setbacks, yards and courts fronting the Road
Right-Of-Way (RROW) are first fully complied with; and provided further that all theapplicable stipulations of the Fire Code, particularly on the number, type and locations offire exits are strictly followed.

SECTION 705.

Allowable Floor Areas

1.

General. The Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Areabuilding/structure shall only be as allowed under this Rule.

2.

rd
TGFA Limitation. In Table VII.1. hereafter, the percentages (%) indicated in the third (3 ) throughtheighth (8 ) columns, but excluding the multiplier numbers 3, 5, 12, 18, and 30 (which represent the
number of storeys/floors), are the percentages of the Total Lot Area (TLA) that may be used toinitially determine the Allowable Maximum TGFA for a proposed building/structure.

3.

Crosscheck of TGFA with Allowable Maximum Volume Building (AMVB). The Allowable Maximum
TGFA once established must be thoroughly crosschecked with the AMVB to find out if the AMVB is
not exceeded. If exceeded, the necessary adjustments on the Maximum Allowable TGFA must be
made since the AMVB must always prevail.

24(TGFA) of any proposed

74
Table VII.1.

Characterof Use/Occupancy

Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)
Based on the Allowed Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO)of the Total Lot Area (TLA)
Allowable Maximum
Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)*
by Type/ Location of Lot
Type of
Building/
Structure*Note: Building Height Limit (BHL) multiplied by the Allowable Maximum
Building Footprint (AMBF) expressed as a percentage (%) of the Total Lot
Area or TLA (with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction to comply
with the floor area component of the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building(AMVB). Refer to Table VII.1. to arrive at the percentage (%) of TLA.

Interior(or Rear)Lot
and
End Lot

Residential
GROUP
A-l
(without
firewalls)

Residential
GROUP
A-l
(with
firewalls)

Residen-tial
1
(R-1)

Basic
Residen-tial
2 (R-2)
Maximum
Residen-tial
2 (R-2)
Basic
Residen-tial
3 (R-3)
Maximum
Residen-tial
3 (R-3)
Residen-tial
4 (R-4)/Individual
Town-house
Lots/Units
Residen-tial
4 (R-4)/Individual
Town-house
Lots/Units
Residen-tial
5 (R-5)/Condominiums
Residen-tial
1(R-1)

CornerLot

ThroughLot(see Fig.
VIII.9. ofRule VIII)

(see
Fig.
VIII.10.
of RuleVIII)(see Fig.
VIII.11. ofRule VIII)

3 x50%of TLA

3 x70%of TLA

3 x70%of TLA

3 x70%of TLA

3 x70% ofTLA

3 x 70%3 x 60%3x
70%

3 x 70%3 x 70%3 x 70%5 x 70%5 x 60%5x70%

5 x 70%5 x 70%5 x 70%3 x 70%3 x 70%3x
70%

3 x 70%3 x70%

12x80%

12x80%

12x80%

12x80%(see Fig.
VIII.8. and
VIII.5.14.
of RuleVIII)
3 (floors/storeys)
x 60% ofTLA

12x80%

Inside(or Regular)Lot

12x80%

CornerThroughLot(see Fig.
VIII.12. ofRule VIII)

Corner Lot
Abutting 3
or MoreStreets, etc.
Rivers, Etc.
(see Fig.
VIII.13. ofRule VIII)

3 x70%

3 x 80%3 x 80%3x80%

3 x 80%3 x 80%3 x 80%3 x 80%3 x 80%3x80%

3 x 80%3 x 80%3 x 80%18x80%

18x80%

18x80%

18x80%

18x80%

NA

NA

NA

NA

18x80%

Not
applicable
(NA)

NA

Characterof Use/Occupancy

Commercial
GROUPS
B, C, E, H,
I

Allowable Maximum
Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)*
by Type/ Location of Lot
Type of
Building/
Structure

Basic
Residen-tial
2 (R-2)
Maximum
Residen-tial
2 (R-2)
Basic
Residen-tial
3 (R-3)
Maximum
Residen-tial
3 (R-3)
Residen-tial
4 (R-4)/Individual
Town-house
Lots/Units
Residen-tial
5 (R-5)/
Condominiums
Commer-cial
1(Com-1)

Commer-cial
2(Com-2)
Commer-cial
3(Com-3)
Commer-cial
1(Com-1) withSprinkler
System &Firewalls
Commer-cial
2(Com-2) withSprinkler
System &Firewalls
Commer-cial
3(Com-3) withSprinkler
System &Firewalls

26*Note: Building Height Limit (BHL) multiplied by the Allowable Maximum
Building Footprint (AMBF) expressed as a percentage (%) of the Total Lot
Area or TLA (with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction to comply
with the floor area component of the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building(AMVB). Refer to Table VII.1. to arrive at the percentage (%) of TLA.
3 x 75%3 x 70%3x75%

3 x 75%3 x 75%3 x 75%5 x 75%5 x 70%5x75%

5 x 75%5 x 75%5 x 75%3 x 80%3 x 80%3x80%

3 x 80%3 x 80%3 x 80%12x80%

12x80%

12x80%

12x80%

12x80%

12x80%

3 x 80%3 x 80%3x80%

3 x 80%3 x 80%3 x 80%18x80%

18x80%

18x80%

18x80%

18x80%

18x80%

5 x 80%5 x 75%5x80%

5 x 80%5 x 90%5 x 90%12x80%

12x75%

12x80%

12x80%

12x90%

12x90%

30 x 80%30x75%

30x80%

30x80%

30x90%

30x90%

5 x 85%5 x 85%5x90%

5 x 90%5 x 95%5 x 95%12x85%

12x85%

12x90%

12x90%

12x95%

12x95%

30x85%

30x85%

30x90%

30x90%

30x95%

30x95%

74
Characterof Use/Occupancy

Industrial
GROUPSF, G

Institutional
GROUP D

CulturalTransportation

Allowable Maximum
Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)*
by Type/ Location of Lot
Type of
Building/
Structure

Industrial 1(Ind-1)

Industrial 2(Ind-2)
Industrial 3(Ind-3)
Industrial 1(Ind-1) withSprinkler
System &Firewalls
Industrial 2(I-2) withSprinkler
System &Firewalls
Industrial 3(Ind-3) withSprinkler
System &Firewalls
Without
Sprinkler
System &Firewalls
With
Sprinkler
System &Firewalls
Without
Sprinkler
System &Firewalls
With
Sprinkler
System &Firewalls
Without
Sprinkler
System &Firewalls
With
Sprinkler
System &Firewalls*Note: Building Height Limit (BHL) multiplied by the Allowable Maximum Building
Footprint (AMBF) expressed as a percentage (%) of the Total Lot Area or TLA(with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction to comply with the floor area
component of the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB). Refer toTable VII.1. to arrive at the percentage (%) of TLA.
Dulyapproved
Building
Height Limit(BHL) x80% of
TLA
BHL
x 80%
BHL
x 80%
BHL
x
85%

BHL
x
75%
of TLABHLx80%
of TLABHLx80%
of TLABHLx
90%
of TLABHLx
90%
of TLA

BHL
x 75%
BHL
x 75%
BHL
x
85%

BHL
x 80%
BHL
x 80%
BHL
x
90%

BHL
x 80%
BHL
x 80%
BHL
x
90%

BHL
x 90%
BHL
x 90%
BHL
x
95%

BHL
X 90%
BHL
x 90%
BHL
x
95%

BHL
x
85%

BHL
x
85%

BHL
x
90%

BHL
x
90%

BHL
x
95%

BHL
x
95%

BHL
x
85%

BHL
x
85%

BHL
x
90%

BHL
x
90%

BHL
x
95%

BHL
x
95%

BHL
x
50%
of TLA
BHL
x
60%
of TLABHL
x 60%
of TLABHLx
50%
of TLA
BHL
x
60%
of TLABHL
x 60%
of TLA

BHL
x
60%
of TLABHLx
70%
of TLABHL
x 65%
of TLA

BHL
x
60%
of TLABHLx
70%
of TLABHL
x 65%
of TLA

BHL
x
60%
of TLABHLx
70%
of TLABHL
x 65%
of TLA

BHL
x
60%
of TLABHLx
70%
of TLABHL
x 65%
of TLA

BHL
x 70%

BHL
X 70%

BHL
x 70%

BHL
x 70%

BHL
x 70%

BHL
x 70%

BHL
x 50%
of TLABHL
x 50%
Of TLABHL
x 60%
of TLABHL
x 60%
of TLABHL
x 60%
of TLABHL
x 60%
of TLA

BHL
x 60%

BHL
x 60%

BHL
x 70%

BHL
x 70%

BHL
x 70%

BHL
x 70%

Note:
Maximum of sixty (60) storeys (180.00 meters) BHL for inland areas not close to airports.

SECTION 706. Allowable Floor Area Increases
The floor areas hereinabove provided may be increased in certain specific instances and underappropriate conditions, based on the existence of public space, streets or yards extending along andadjoining two or more sides of the building or structure subject to the approval of the Building Official.
(Refer to Guidelines on Determining Gross Floor Area and Total Gross Floor Area of a Building/Structure
at the end of this Rule)

SECTION 707. Maximum Height of Buildings
1. The maximum height and number of storeys of proposed building shall be dependent upon thecharacter of use or occupancy and the type of construction, considering end-user population density,
light and ventilation, width of RROW/streets particularly of its roadway/carriageway component,
building bulk, off-street cum off-site parking requirements, etc. and in relation to local land use planand zoning regulations as well as other environmental considerations, e.g., geological, hydrological,
meteorological, topographical, prevailing traffic conditions, the availability and capacity of public
utility/service systems, etc. (Refer to Guidelines on Building Bulk at the end of this Rule)2. Determination of Building Height:
a. BUILDING HEIGHT LIMIT (BHL) - the maximum height to be allowed for buildings/structures
based on their proposed use or occupancy; the BHL is generally determined after the applicationof other development controls (DC) and certain other parameters, i.e., considerations of site
conditions, view, etc. (Table VII.2. of this Rule). The BHL shall be generally measured from theestablished grade line to the topmost portion of the proposed building/structure. If applicable, the
BHL may be subject to clearance requirements of the Air Transportation Office (ATO) or of theconcerned military/security authorities. (Refer to Guidelines on Development Controls at the end
this Rule)BHL excludes the height of permitted/allowed projections above the roof of the building/structure,e.g., signage, mast, antenna, telecom tower, beacons and the like.
b. The Building Height Limit (BHL) of any proposed building/structure shall only be as allowed under
this Rule (as shown in table below) or under the duly approved city/municipal (local) zoning
ordinance, whichever is more restrictive.

28

74
Table VII.2. Building Height Limit (BHL) by Type of Use or Occupancy
Character of Use or
Occupancy
1. Residential

2. Commercial

Type of Building/
Structure
Residential 1 (R-1)
Residential 2 (R-2)
a. Basicb. Maximum
Residential 3 (R-3)
a. Basicb. Maximum
Residential 4(R-4)/
Townhouses(Individual lots/ units)
Residential 5(R-5)/
Condominiums
Commercial 1(C-1)
Commercial 2(C-2)
Commercial 3(C-3)

3. Industrial

3
5

10.00
15.00

3
12

10.00
36.00

3

10.00

12 - 1836.00 - 54.00

3-5

10.00 -15.00

6

18.00

16-60

48.00 -180.00

Industrial 1 (I-1)

15.00 meters but not exceed the duly-approved BHL in
the major zone it is part ofIndustrial 2 (I-2)

21.00 meters but not exceed the duly-approved BHL in
the major zone it is part ofIndustrial 3 (I-3)

27.00 meters but not exceed the duly-approved BHL in
the major zone it is part of)-

15.00 meters (or must follow the duly-approved BHL in
the major zone it is part of)-

30.00 meters (or must follow the duly-approved BHL in
the major zone it is part of)

4. Institutional

5. Cultural

6. Utility/Transportation/RROW/

Building Height Limit (BHL)
Number of allowable
Meters above highest
storeys/floors above
grade
established grade
3
10.00

15.00 meters (or must complement the duly-approved
BHL in the major zone it is part of)-Services
7. Parks and Open
Recreational
and Entertainment
Spaces
8. Agricultural/AgroIndustrial/Tourism
9. Planned Unit
Development
(PUD)

-

PUD at a reclamation
area close to an
operating airport
PUD at a reclamationarea
PUD at a coastal area
PUD at an inland area
close to an operating
airportPUD at an inland area

15.00 meters (or must complement the duly-approved
BHL in the major zone it is part of)

15.00 meters (or must complement the duly-approved
BHL in the major zone it is part of)

3 - 1510.00-45.00 (with ATOprescribed BHL as needed)

3 - 3010.00 – 30.00

16 - 4548.00 – 135.00

3 - 2510.00 - 75.00 (with ATOprescribed BHL as needed)

12 - 60

36.00 – 180.00

Notes:a.

Establishing Grade- In case of sloping grade where the edges of the building footprint (AMBF) running perpendicular to
the RROW has a difference in elevation of less than 3.00 meters, the highest adjoining natural
grade (ground surface) or finished grade (sidewalk surface) shall be considered the establishedgrade elevation (Figure VII.1.);- In case of sloping grade where the edges of the building footprint (AMBF) running perpendicular to
the RROW has a difference in elevation of more than 3.00 meters, the average grade level of thebuilding footprint (AMBF) shall be considered the established grade elevation (see Figure VII.3.);
and- The building/structure height shall be measured from the highest adjoining public sidewalk (finishedgrade) or ground surface (natural grade); Provided, that the height measured from the lowest
adjoining surface shall not exceed such maximum height by more than 3.00 meters; Except, that
towers, spires and steeples, erected as parts of the building and not used for habitation or storage
are limited as to the height only by structural design, if completely of incombustible materials, or
may extend but not exceed 6.00 meters above the prescribed building height limit (BHL) for each
occupancy group, if of combustible materials (Figures VII.2.).

30

74
Figure VII.1.

Figure VII.2.

Figure VII.3.

HEIGHT OF BUILDING / STRUCTURE

3. Other Considerations in Height Determinationa. In any given locality, the height of proposed buildings/structures shall be governed by thefollowing factors:i.

The designer/space planner must consider both the present and projected population
density within the project site and in the project’s location/area at full completion/operationof the project;ii.

For a given volume of building/structure (the building bulk), that which has a lesser
Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO) or area of ground coverage Allowable Maximum
Building Footprint (AMBF) or Maximum Allowable Construction Area (MACA) may be built
higher than that with a greater PSO, AMBF or MACA;

iii.

A proposed building/structure which has a greater TGFA requirement shall be built higher
than that with a lower TGFA requirement;iv.

A proposed building/structure on a lot with a higher FLAR designation/rights may be built
higher than that on a lot with a lower FLAR designation/rights; andv.

Lots that face a wider RROW and therefore with more RROW features/elements may
become the site of a taller building/structure as compared to a lot facing a narrow RROW.

b. The height of proposed buildings/structures shall also be governed by the following RROW-based
limitations:c.

i.

If only one (1) RROW services a lot and such is only 6.00 to 7.00 meters wide, a BHL ofthree (3) storeys (or 9.00 meters maximum) shall be observed regardless of use or
occupancy, lot size, lot dimensions, lot frontage and like considerations.

ii.

If only one (1) RROW services a lot and such is only 4.00 to 5.00 meters wide, a BHL
equivalent to 2 ½ storeys (or 7.50 meters maximum) shall be observed regardless of use or
occupancy, lot size, lot dimensions, lot frontage and like considerations. If only one (1)RROW services a lot and such is only 3.00 meters wide or less, a BHL equivalent to two (2)storeys (or 6.00 meters maximum) shall be observed regardless of use or occupancy, lot
size, lot dimensions, lot frontage and like considerations.

iii.

Taller buildings are allowed for duly approved high-density developments such as Planned
Unit Development (PUD) areas. Taller and bulkier buildings are better suited in such areas
due to higher end-user targets, more advanced and coordinated planning efforts and theapplication of more stringent development controls (DC) by the project proponents
themselves.

The following factors shall also be considered in the determination of the building height:
i.

Soil characteristics, lot location in relation to fault lines and earthquake belts or proximity tovolcanoes and other geological conditions.

ii.

Hydrological conditions such as the water table at the site and distance to waterways andshorelines.

iii.

Meteorological conditions such as the frequency and intensity of destructive
typhoons/monsoon winds/rains, prevailing wind speed and direction, relative humidity,
amount of precipitation and the prevailing ambient conditions.
Effect/s of environmental conditions on the building/structure and vice versa coupled withthe effective control of air, noise and thermal pollution, radiant heat, lights and shadows,
etc., and the optimization of natural light and ventilation.

iv.

v.

32

Effect/s of traffic conditions on the building/structure and vice versa and the satisfaction of
parking/loading requirements in accordance with this Rule.

74
vi.

Availability and capacity of public utility/service system considering the availability andadequacy of electric power, potable and non-potable water supply, drainage and sewerage,transportation and communications facilities, solid waste management system, etc.

vii.

Need for applicable building safety and maintenance systems, e.g., lightning arresters,
beacons, protective railings and barriers, gondolas, window washing systems, etc.

d. In accordance with the Standards and Recommended Practices (SARP’s) of the International
Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) where the Philippines is a member state, and Administrative
Order No. 5 (Civil Air Regulation) of the Air Transportation Office (ATO), the following rules andregulations shall govern the construction of buildings/structures within the 24-kilometer radius of
aerodromes where turbo-jet aircraft operate and within the 10-kilometer radius of aerodromes
where no turbo-jet aircraft operate. (Figs. VII.4. through VII.6.)i.

The height of buildings/structures within this area shall be limited by an imaginary line withslope of 2% (1:50) for aerodromes where turbo-jet aircraft operates, and 2.5% (1:40) for
aerodromes where no turbo-jet aircraft operates from the inner edge reckoned from thesurface of the runway. The dimensions of the isosceles trapezoidal are as shown on Table
VII.3.below:

Table VII.3. Dimensions of Isosceles Trapezoid

Inner Edge
Type of Aerodrome

Aerodromes where
turbo-jet aircraft
operates
Aerodromes where no
turbo-jet aircraft
operatesii.

(Start Base) (meters)Long Base(meters)

Distance
Between Bases(meters)

300

4,800

15,000150

4,650

15,000150

2,150

10,000100

2,100

10,000A height clearance permit shall be first secured from the Air Transportation Office (ATO)
before a building permit may be issued for the construction of buildings/structures located:(a) Within 4-kilometer radius of the runway ends of an aerodrome regardless of height;(b) From 4-kilometer to 24-kilometer radius of the runway ends of an aerodrome where
turbo-jet aircraft operate and exceeding 45.00 meters in height above the elevation of
the runway; and(c) From 4-kilometer to 10-kilometer radius of the runway ends of an aerodrome where
no turbo-jet aircraft operate and exceeding 45.00 meters in height above theelevation of the runway.

APP

OBSTACLE LIMITATION SURFACESFOR AERODROMES WHERE TURBO AND NO TURBO JETAIRCRAFT OPERATES
Figure VII.4.

34

Figure VII.5.

OBSTACLE LIMITATION SURFACESFOR AERODROMES WHERE TURBO AND NO TURBO JETAIRCRAFT OPERATES

74

36
Figure VII.6.

OBSTACLE LIMITATION SURFACESFOR AERODROMES WHERE TURBO AND NO TURBO JETAIRCRAFT OPERATES

74
4. Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading/Unloading Space Requirements

a. The parking slot, parking area and loading/unloading space requirements listed hereafter are
generally the minimum off-street cum on-site requirements for specific uses/occupancies forbuildings/structures, i.e., all to be located outside of the road right-of-way (RROW).
b. The size of an average automobile (car) parking slot must be computed at 2.50 meters by 5.00
meters for perpendicular or diagonal parking and at 2.15 meters by 6.00 meters for parallel
parking. A standard truck or bus parking/loading slot must be computed at a minimum of 3.60
meters by 12.00 meters. An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of 3.60 metersby 18.00 meters which should be sufficient to accommodate a 12.00 meters container van or bulk
carrier and a long/hooded prime mover. A jeepney or shuttle parking/loading/unloading slot must
be computed at a minimum of 3.00 meters by 9.00 meters. The parking slots shall be drawn toscale and the total number of which shall be indicated on the plans and specified whether or notparking accommodations are attendant-managed.
c.

The parking space ratings listed below are minimum off-street/off-RROW cum on-site
requirements for specific uses/occupancies for buildings/structures, i.e., all to be located outsideof the road right-of-way (RROW):

Table VII.4.

Minimum Required Off-Street (Off-RROW) cum On-Site Parking Slot, Parking Areaand Loading/Unloading Space Requirements by Allowed Use or Occupancy

Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Section 701 of this Rule)

1. GROUP A
1.1. Division A-1

Reference Uses or Characterof Occupancies
or Type of
Buildings/Structures

Minimum Required Parking
Slot, Parking Area andLoading Space
Requirements

Single family and multi-familydwelling
units[whethersingle-detached(R-1),
single-attached or duplex (R2) or rowhouse (R-3)], eachprivately owned or lots withdwelling units located inresidential
subdivisions/developments regardless ofnumber of hectares/dwellingunits

Units with a lot measuring32.00 to 72.00 sq. meters
and/or with a dwelling unit
having a gross floor area of
from 18.00 to 22.00 sq.
meters - a minimum of one(1) pooled off-street cum onsite parking slot* for every six(6) lots or lots with dwelling
units;
Units with a lot measuring50.00 to 96.00 sq. meters
and/or with a dwelling unit
having a gross floor area of
from 30.00 to 42.00 sq.
meters - a minimum of one(1) pooled off-street cum onsite parking slot* for every
four (4) lots or lots withdwelling units;

Note:* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part ofbuildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside thebuilding/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Section 701 of this Rule)

Reference Uses or Characterof Occupancies
or Type of
Buildings/Structures

Units located in town house(R-4) buildings/structures
regardless of number ofstoreys

Indigenous family dwelling
units; each privately owned

Minimum Required Parking
Slot, Parking Area andLoading Space
Requirements
Unit with a lot measuring100.00 to 120.00 sq. meters
and/or with a dwelling unit
having a minimum grossfloor area of from 30.00 to
42.00 sq. meters - aminimum of one (1) off-street
cum on-site parking slot* foreach lot or lot with dwelling
unit;
Unit with a lot measuring
more than 120.00 sq. meters
and/or with a dwelling unit
having a minimum grossfloor area of more than
42.00 sq. meters - minimumof one (1) off-street cum onsite parking slot* for each lot
or lot with dwelling unit;
Units with a gross floor areaof 50.00 sq. meters –provide one (1) pooled
parking slot*for every two (2)units or fraction thereof, i.e.,with more than two (2) but
not less than four (4) units;
Unit with a gross floor area
above 50.00 up to 150.00
sq. meters – provide one (1)parking slot* for each unit;
Unit with a gross floor area
above 150.00 sq. meters –provide two (2) parking
slots* for each unit.
At least one (1) car parking
slot* for every six (6)dwelling units and whichshall be provided outside of
the RROW (within property
or lot lines only)

Note:* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part ofbuildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside thebuilding/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.
**The following prohibitions on parking slots:
1. Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of parking spaces.
3. Encroachment on RROW.
4. Public utility and bulky vehicles.

Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Section 701 of this Rule)38

Reference Uses orCharacter of Occupancies
or Type of

Minimum Required Parking
Slot, Parking Area andLoading Space74
1.2. Division A-2

2. GROUP B
2.1. Division B-1

Buildings/Structures
Multi-family dwelling units
locatedinresidential
condominium(R-5)
buildings/structures
regardless of number ofstoreysRequirements
Units with a gross floor areaof from 18.00 to 22.00 sq.
meters - provide one (1)pooled parking slot* forevery eight (8) units or for afraction thereof, e.g., anotherslot* shall be provided if
there are more than eight (8)units but less than sixteen(16) units, etc.;
Units with a gross floor area
up to 50.00 sq. meters provide one (1) pooled
parking slot* for every six (6)medium cost units or for afraction
thereof,e.g.,
another slot* shall be
provided if there are morethan six (6) but less thantwelve (12) medium cost
units, etc., or provide one (1)parking slot* for each open
market unit (as defined
under the revised IRR of
PD 957);
Units with a gross floor area
above 50.00 sq. meters up
to 100.00 sq. meters provide one (1) pooled
parking slot* for every four(4) medium cost units, orprovide one (1) parking slot*
for each open market unit
(as defined under therevised IRR of PD 957); andUnits with a gross floor areaof more than 100.00 sq.
meters – one (1) parking
slot* for each unit.

HotelsOne (1) car parking slot forevery three (3) rooms or afraction thereof for highly
urbanized areas and one (1)car parking slot for every
seven (7) rooms or a fraction
thereof for all other areas;
and two (2) tourist bus
parking slots for each hotel;
provide at least one (1)loading slot for articulated
truck or vehicle

Note:* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part ofbuildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside thebuilding/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Section 701 of this Rule)

Reference Uses orCharacter ofOccupancies
or Type of
Buildings/Structures

Residential
apartels

hotelsandMotelsPension/boarding/lodging
houses3. GROUP C
3.1. Division C-1
3.2. Division C-2

Minimum Required Parking Slot,
Parking Area and Loading
Space Requirements
A 12.00 meters long container
van plus 4.00 meter length forthe prime mover and one (1)loading slot for a standard truckfor every 5,000.00 sq. meters ofgross floor area (GFA); andprovide truck maneuvering area
outside of the RROW (withinproperty or lot lines only)
One (1) car slot for every five (5)units or a fraction thereof; andone (1) bus parking slot for every
sixty (60) rooms/units or afraction thereof
One (1) car slot for every unit
One (1) car slot for every twenty(20) beds

Bowling alleys
Churches and similar placesof worship

Public elementary,
secondary, vocational andtrade school(GI)

Private elementary,
secondary, vocational andtrade school(GI)

One (1) car slot for every
four (4) alleys
One (1) car slot and one (1)jeepney/shuttle slot for every
50.00
sq.
metersofcongregation area
One (1) off-street cum onsite parking slot for every ten(10) classrooms; and one (1)off-RROW (or off-street)passenger loading spacethat can accommodate two(2) queued jeepney/shuttleslots
One (1) car slot for every
five (5) classrooms; one (1)off-RROW (or off-street)passenger loading spacethat can accommodate two(2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots; and one (1) school bus
slot for every one hundred(100) students

Note:* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part ofbuildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside thebuilding/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.
** The following prohibitions on parking slots:
1. Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of parking spaces.
3. Encroachment on RROW.
4. Public utility and bulky vehicles.

4074
Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Section 701 of this Rule)

Reference Uses orCharacter ofOccupancies
or Type of
Buildings/Structures
Public colleges anduniversities(GI)

Private colleges anduniversities(GI)

4. GROUP D
4.1. Division D-1

4.2. Division D-2

Mental hospitals,
sanitaria and mental
asylums and like uses

Public hospital

Minimum Required Parking Slot,
Parking Area and Loading Space
Requirements
One (1) car slot for every five (5)classrooms; one (1) off-RROW (or offstreet) passenger loading space that
can accommodate two (2) queued
jeepney/shuttle slots; and one (1)school bus slot for every two hundred(200) students
One (1) car slot for every three (3)classrooms; one (1) off-RROW (or offstreet) passenger loading space that
can accommodate two (2) queued
jeepney/shuttle slots; and one (1)school bus slot for every one hundred(100) students
One (1) off-street cum on-site car
parking slot for every twenty five (25)beds; and one (1) off-RROW (or offstreet) passenger loading space that
can accommodate two (2) queued
jeepney/shuttle slots
One (1) off-street cum on-site car
parking slot for every twenty five (25)beds; and one (1) off-RROW (or offstreet) passenger loading space that
can accommodate two (2) queued
jeepney/shuttle slots; provide at leastone (1) loading slot for articulated
truck or vehicle (a 12.00 meter longcontainer van plus 6.00 meter length
for a long/hooded prime mover) andone (1) loading slot for a standard
truck for every 5,000.00 sq. meters ofgross floor area (GFA); and provide
truck maneuvering area outside of the
RROW (within property or lot lines
only)

Note:
* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part ofbuildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside thebuilding/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.
**The following prohibitions on parking slots:
1. Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of parking spaces.
3. Encroachment on RROW.
4. Public utility and bulky vehicles.

Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Section 1.3 of this Rule)4.3. Division D-3

5. GROUP E
5.1. Division E-1

Reference Uses orCharacter of Occupancies
or Type of
Buildings/Structures
Private hospital

Nursing homes forambulatory patients, schooland home, for children overkindergarten age,orphanages and the like

Terminals, Inter-modals orMulti-modals, Depots and the
like
(UTS)

Minimum Required Parking Slot,
Parking Area and Loading
Space Requirements
One (1) off-street cum on-site
car parking slot for every twelve(12) beds; and one (1) offRROW (or off-street) passenger
loading
space
that
can
accommodate two (2) queed
jeepney/shuttle slots; provide atleast one (12) loading slot forarticulated truck or vehicle (a12.00 meters long container vanplus 6.00 meters length for along/hooded prime mover) andone (1) loading slot for astandard
truck
for
every
5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA; andprovide truck maneuvering area
outside of the RROW (withinproperty or lot lines only)
One (1) off-street cum on-site
car parking slot for every twelve(12) beds; and one (1) offRROW (or off-street) passenger
loading
space
that
can
accommodate two (2) queued
jeepney/shuttle slots

One (1) car slot for every
500.00 sq. meters of grossfloor area or for a fraction
thereof; and one (1) offRROW(or
off-street)passenger loading space that
can accommodate two (2)queued jeepney/shuttle slots
or two (2) queued bus slots
whicheverisapplicable;
maneuvering area of buses,
trucks and like vehicles shallbe outside of the RROW
(within property or lot lines
only)

Note:
* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part ofbuildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside thebuilding/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

42

74Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Section 1.3 of this Rule)5.2. Division E-2

Reference Uses orCharacter of Occupancies
or Type of
Buildings/Structures
Transit Stations and the
like
(UTS)

Minimum Required Parking
Slot, Parking Area andLoading Space Requirements
Provide on each side of the
RROW one (1) off-RROW (oroff-street) passenger loading
space that can accommodate
four(4)queuedjeepney/shuttle slots or three(3)
queuedbus
slots
whichever is applicable; incase of elevated mass transit
stations,
on-roadway
terminals
oron-RROW
terminals on both sides of the
RROW may be considered

Neighborhood shopping
center/supermarket(C-1)

One (1) car slot for every
100.00 sq. meters of
shopping floor area

Public Markets(C)

One (1) customer (buyer)
jeepney/shuttle parking slot
for every 150.00 sq. meters of
wet and dry market floor area
and one (1) vendor (seller)
jeepney/shuttle parking slot orloading space for every
300.00 sq. meters of wet anddry market floor area; andone (1) off-RROW (off-street)
terminalthatcanaccommodate at least two (2)jeepneys and six (6) tricycles
for every 1,000.00 sq. metersof wet and dry market floorarea
One (1) car slot for every
30.00 sq. meters of customerarea

Restaurants, fast-foodcenters, bars andbeerhouses(C)
Nightclubs, super clubs
and theater-restaurants(C)

One (1) car slot for every 20
sq. meters of customer area:
and two (2) tourist parking
slots for tourist bus parking
slots foreach
theaterrestaurant

Note:* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part ofbuildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside thebuilding/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Section 1.3 of this Rule)

Reference Uses orCharacter of Occupancies
or Type of
Buildings/Structures
Nightclubs, super clubs
and theater-restaurants(C)
Units located in office,commercial or mixed-use
condominium
buildings/
structures regardless ofnumber of storeys

Columbarium
5.3. Division E-3

6. GROUP F
6.1. Division F-1

Aircraft hangars, open
parking carports andgarages, etc.

Industrial buildings, mills,
breweries, etc.
(I)

Minimum Required Parking
Slot, Parking Area andLoading Space Requirements
One (1) car slot for every
30.00 sq. meters of customerarea
Units with a gross floor area of
from 18.00 to 40.00 sq. meters– provide one (1) pooled
parking slot* for every two (2)units or for a fraction thereof;
Unit with a gross floor area of
from 41.00 to 70.00 sq. meters– provide one (1) parking slot*
for each unit; andUnit with a gross floor area ofmore than 70.00 sq. metersprovide one (1) parking slot*
for every 70.00 sq. meters andfor a fraction thereof;
One (1) car slot for every
compartment niche
One (1) car slot for every
1,000.00 sq. meters of grossfloor area and one (1) bus slot
for every one hundred (100)workers; if number of workers
exceed two hundred (200),
provide one (1) off-RROW (oroff-street) passenger loading
space that can accommodate
two (2) queued jeepney/shuttleslots
One (1) car slot for every
1,000.00 sq. meters of grossfloor area and one (1) bus
slot for every one hundred(100) workers; if number ofworkers
exceedtwo
hundred (200), provide one(1) off-RROW (or off-street)passenger loading spacethat can accommodate two(2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots; provide at least one(1) loading slot for

Note:* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part ofbuildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside thebuilding/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

44

74Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Section 1.3 of this Rule)

Reference Uses orCharacter of Occupancies
or Type of
Buildings/Structures

Minimum Required Parking
Slot, Parking Area andLoading Space Requirements
truck or vehicle (a 12.00 meterlong container van plus 6.00
meterslengthforalong/hooded prime mover) andone (1) loading slot for astandard truck for every
5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA;
and provide truck maneuvering
area outside of the RROW
(within property or lot lines
only)

7. GROUP G
7.1. Division G-1

Industrial buildings,
factories, manufacturing
establishments,
mercantile buildings,
warehouses, storagebins, power and water
generation/distribution
facilities

One (1) car slot for every
1,000.00 sq. meters of grossfloor area and one (1) bus slot
for every one hundred (100)workers; if number of workers
exceed two hundred (200),
provide one (1) off-RROW (oroff-street) passenger loading
space that can accommodate
two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots; provide at least one (1)loading slot for articulated
truck or vehicle (a 12.00 meterlong container van plus 6.00
meters length for a long/hooded prime mover) and one(1) loading slot for a standard
truck for every 5,000.00 sq.
meters of GFA; and provide
truck
maneuveringarea
outside of the RROW (withinproperty or lot lines only)

7.2. Division G-2

-do-

-do-

7.3. Division G-3

-do-

-do-

7.4. Division G-4

-do-

-do-

-do-

-do-

7.5. Division G-5
Note:* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part ofbuildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside thebuilding/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.
**The following prohibitions on parking slots:
1. Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of parking spaces.
3. Encroachment on RROW.
4. Public utility and bulky vehicles.

Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Section 1.3 of this Rule)

8. GROUP H
8.1. Division H-1

8.2 Division H-2

8.3 Division H-3
8.4 Division H-4

9. GROUP I
9.1. Division I-1

10. GROUP J
10.1. Division J-1

Reference Uses orCharacter of Occupancies
or Type of
Buildings/Structures

Minimum Required Parking
Slot, Parking Area andLoading Space Requirements

Public recreational
assembly buildings suchas theaters/cinemas,
auditoria, etc.

One (1) car slot and one (1)jeepney/shuttle slot for every
50.00 sq. meters of spectatorarea; and one (1) bus parking
slot for every two hundred(200) spectators

Dance halls, cabarets,
ballrooms, skating rinks
and cockfighting arenas,
etc.
Dance halls, ballrooms,
skating rinks, etc.
Covered amusement
parks, amusement andentertainment complexes,
etc.
Clubhouses, beachhouses and the like-do--doone (1) car slot for every 50.00
sq. meters of gross floor area

one (1) slot for every 100.00
sq. meters of gross floor area

Recreational or similar
public assembly buildingssuch as stadia, sports
complexes, convention
centers, etc.

One (1) car slot and one (1)jeepney/shuttle slot for every
50.00 sq. meters of spectatorarea; and one (1) bus parking
slot for every two hundred(200) spectators.

Agriculture-related uses
or occupancies (A)Not required if located outside
urbanized area; if locatedwithin urbanized area, provide
one (1) car slot for every
1,000.00 sq. meters of grossfloor area and one (1) bus slot
for every one hundred (100)workers; if number of workers
exceed two hundred (200),
provide one (1) off-RROW (oroff-street) passenger loading
space that can accommodate
two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots; provide at least one (1)loading slot for articulated
truck or vehicle

Note:* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part ofbuildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside thebuilding/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.
**The following prohibitions on parking slots:
1.
2.
3.
4.

46

Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
Reduction of parking spaces.
Encroachment on RROW.
Public utility and bulky vehicles.

74
Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Section 1.3 of this Rule)

Reference Uses orCharacter of Occupancies
or Type of
Buildings/Structures

10.2. Division J-2

Other uses not classified inprevious sections(PUD, etc.)

Minimum Required Parking
Slot, Parking Area andLoading Space
Requirements
(a
12.00
meter
long
container van plus 6.00
meterslengthforalong/hooded prime mover)
and one (1) loading slot fora standard truck for every
5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA;
andprovidetruck
maneuvering area outside of
the RROW (within property
or lot lines only)
Provide parking
requirements stipulated formost similar or most related
uses/occupancies

Note:* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part ofbuildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside thebuilding/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

d. In computing for parking slots, a fraction of 50% and above shall be considered as one (1) car
parking slot to be provided. In all cases however, a minimum of one (1) car parking slot shall be
provided unless otherwise allowed under this Rule.
i. Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building/structure
within 200.00 meter radius, provided at least 80% of the parking requirements are compliedwith and integrated in the building design.
ii. Special Provision on the Handicapped: For buildings/structures to be provided with featuresintended for the use or occupancy of the handicapped, the minimum provisions of Batas
Pambansa (BP) Bilang 344 and its Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) with respect toparking shall be strictly observed.
e. Allowed Off-RROW/Off-Street cum Off-Site Parking Provision:i. In addition to on-site cum off-RROW (off-street) parking provisions mandated under this Rule,off-site cum off-street parking facilities may be allowed and considered part of a projectprovided that such facilities specifically consist of reserved or leased parking slots within apermanent parking building/structure and not in a vacant parking lot or parking
structure/space for a commercial development and provided further that such parking slots
are located no more than 100.00 meters away from a residential building project or are
located no more than 200.00 meters away from an office or commercial building project.
ii. Direct access of parking/loading/utility slots and terminals to the RROW shall be generally
disallowed to prevent the usage of the RROW as a maneuvering area.
iii. Traffic generating buildings such as shopping malls or similar facilities that have very highvolumes of pedestrian and vehicular traffic may be located at major intersections or within
100.00 meters of such intersections, provided that the distance between the street curb of theingress/egress of such a commercial lot/property (nearest the intersection) and the straightcurb of the intersection shall not be less than 50.00 meters. (Fig. VII.7.)

Fig.VII.7.

iv. For R-2, R-3, GI, C, C-2 and C-3 uses or occupancies, front yards abutting RROW are not to
be used for long-term off-street parking. Due to the very public nature of these uses (highvehicular and pedestrian concentrations), the front yard (a transition space between the
RROW and the building/structure) shall be used exclusively for driveways, off-RROW loading
spaces, short-term off-RROW parking and landscaping (hardscape and softscape) treatment.
Temporary or short-term off-street parking, particularly on driveways, shall preferably be only
for visitors to these buildings/structures.
v. For Basic R-2 and Basic R-3 uses or occupancies (for single family dwelling units only), up to
50% of the front yard abutting the RROW may be paved/hardscaped, i.e., converted into a
courtyard for carport use. Such use shall not be permitted in all other uses or occupancies.

SECTION 708. Minimum Requirements for Group A Dwellings
1. Dwelling Location and Lot Occupancy
The dwelling shall occupy not more than 90% of a corner lot and 80% of an inside lot, and subject tothe provisions on Easements of Light and View of the Civil Code of Philippines, shall be at least 2.00
meters from the property line.
2. Light and Ventilation
Every dwelling shall be so constructed and arranged as to provide adequate light and ventilation asprovided under Section 805 to Section 811 of the Code.
3. Sanitation
Every dwelling shall be provided with at least one sanitary toilet and adequate washing and drainage
facilities.

48

74
4. Foundation
Footings shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and shall be atleast 250 millimeters thick and 600 millimeters below the surface of the ground.
5. PostThe dimensions of wooden posts shall be those found in Table VII.5.: Dimensions of Wooden Posts.
Each post shall be anchored to such footing by straps and bolts of adequate size.

Table VII.5.: Dimensions of Wooden Posts or Suportales

Type Building
1-Storey Shed
1-Storey Shed
1-Storey Shed
1-Storey House or
Chalet2-Storey House
2-Storey House
2-Storey House
2-Storey House

Maximum
Height of
1st Floor(meters)-

Maximum
HeightTotal(meters)
4.00
3.00
5.00

Maximum
Spacing ofPost(meters)
3.50
4.00
4.00

Required Maximum
Finished Size ofSuportales(millimeters)
100 X 100
100 X 100
125 X 125

1.00 - 3.00

5.50

3.60

125 X 125

3.00
4.50
5.00
-

6.00
7.00
8.00
9.00

3.00
4.00
4.50
4.50

125 X 125
120 X 120
175 X 175
200 X 200

Logs or tree trunk suportales may be used as post in indigenous traditional type of construction,
provided that these are of such sizes and spacing as to sustain vertical loading equivalent at least to
the loading capacities of the posts and spacing in this Table.
6. Floor
The live load of the first floor shall be at least 200 kilograms per sq. meter and for the second floor, atleast 150 kilograms per sq. meter.
7. RoofThe wind load for roofs shall be at least 120 kilograms per sq. meter for vertical projection.
8. Stairs
Stairs shall be at least 750 millimeters in clear width, with a rise of 200 millimeters and a minimum runof 200 millimeters.
9. Entrance and Exit
There shall be at least one entrance and another one for exit.
10. Electrical Requirements
All electrical installations shall conform to the requirements of the Philippine Electrical Code.
11. Mechanical Requirements
Mechanical systems and/or equipment installations shall be subject to the requirements of thePhilippine Mechanical Engineering Code.

SECTION 709. Requirements for Other Group Occupancies

Subject to the provisions of the Code, the Secretary shall promulgate rules and regulations for eachof the other Group Occupancies covering: allowable construction, height, and area; location on property,
exit facilities, light and ventilation, sanitation; enclosures of vertical openings; fire extinguishing systems;
and special hazards.

50

74
GUIDELINES ON BUILDING BULK, DEVELOPMENT CONTROLS, BUILDINGS AND OTHERACCESSORY STRUCTURES WITHIN CEMETERIES AND MEMORIAL PARKS

A. DETERMINING BUILDING BULK
1. General. Building bulk (a volume quantity) shall be generally determined by the application of the
Floor-Lot Area Ratio (FLAR), vertically projecting the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint(AMBF), establishing the Outermost Faces of Building (OFB) and quantifying the Allowable
Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB). The building bulk may be ultimately governed by the widthof the RROW and other applicable provisions for light and ventilation (including incremental
setbacks as a result of satisfying natural light and ventilation requirements for RROW and front
yards as partly shown in Table VII.G.1. hereafter).
2. Application of the FLAR. The FLAR (Table VII.G.1.) shall be the primary or initial determinant of
the building bulk.

Table VII.G.1. Reference Table of Floor to Lot Area Ratio (FLAR) Designations/Rights
Type of Use or
Occupancy
Residential

Type of Building/Structure
Residential 1 (R-1)
Residential 2 (R-2)
a. Basic R-2
b. Maximum R-2
Residential 3 (R-3)
a. Basic R-3
b. Maximum R-3

Commercial

Individual Lot for Residential 4(R-4)/Townhouses
Residential 5(R-5)/
Condominiums
Commercial 1 (Com-1)
Commercial 2 (Com-2)
Commercial 3 (Com-3)

Industrial

Institutional
CulturalUtility/Transportation/Road Rightsof Way (RROW)/ Services
Parks and Open
Recreational Spaces
Agricultural/Agro-Industrial/Tourism
Planned Unit Development (PUD)

CemeteryIndustrial 1 (Ind-1)
Industrial 2 (Ind-2)
Industrial 3 (Ind-3)-

FLAR Designation/Rights
1.50(at a 3-storey or 10.00 m BHL)
1.30 up to 1.50
(at a 3-storey or 10.00 m BHL)
2.10 up to 3.00
(at a 5-storey or 15.00 m BHL)
1.80 up to 2.10
(at a 3-storey or 10.00 m BHL)
7.10 up to 8.10
(at a 12-storey or 36.00 m BHL)
1.60 up to1.80(at a 3-storey or 10.00 m BHL)
6.00 up to 9.00
(at an 18-storey or 54.00 m BHL)
1.70 up to 3.00
(at a 5-storey or 15.00 m BHL)
3.60 up to 9.00
(at a 15-storey or 45.00 m BHL)
9.00 up to 34.00(at a 60-storey or 180.00 m BHL)
1.50 up to 2.50
2.50 up to 3.00
3.00 up to 5.00
2.50
3.50

-

2.00 up to 3.00

PUD at a reclamation area close
to an operating airport
PUD at a reclamation area
PUD at a coastal area
PUD at an inland area very
close to an operating airport
PUD at an inland area

0.50 up to 1.00
1.80 up to 2.20-

6.00
6.00 up to 12.00
12.00 up to 18.00
6.00 up to 18.00
9.00 up to 34.00(at a 60-storey or 180.00 m BHL)
0.80

Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls. . . .

Table VII.G.2. Conversion Table of Gross Floor Area (GFA) to Total Gross Floor Area
Excluded Floor Areas
Multiplier toType of Building/Structure based on(non-GFA) as a
Convert the GFA
Use/Occupancy
Percentage (%) of
to TGFA
the TGFA
Residential 133%
1.50
Residential 2 (Basic), Residential 3
20%
1.25(Basic) and Residential 4
Residential 2 (Maximum), Residential 3
16%
1.20(Maximum) and Residential 5
Commercial 120%
1.25
Commercial 225%
1.33
Commercial 333%
1.50
Industrial 125%
1.33
Industrial 2 and 3
33%
1.50
Transportation, Utility and Service Areas
33%
1.50
Agricultural and Agro-Industrial
2%-5%
1.03-1.06(TGFA)

3. Establishing the OFB. The OFB shall be primarily determined by the vertical projections of theoutermost faces of the AMBF up to a height prescribed by the applicable BHL. Figure VII.G.1. shows thedetermination of the angular planes needed to establish the outer limits for walls and projections of the
proposed building/structure facing RROW and for their corresponding roof configurations. Table VII.G.3.
also shows the recommended angles or slopes for the angular planes originating from the centerline of
the RROW for R-1 and C-3 properties only. Angles or slopes for other permitted uses/occupancies canbe extrapolated from the two (2) examples. (Figs. VIII.G.1. and VIII.G.2.)
Table VII.G.3. Reference Table of Angles/Slopes* To Satisfy Natural Light andRequirements Along RROW and Front Yards

Type ofUse or
Occupancy

Width of
Road Rightof-Way(RROW)

Residential 1(R-1)

8.00 meters10.00 meters12.00 meters14.00 meters16.00 meters18.00 meters20.00 meters

Commercial 3(C-3)

8.00 meters10.00 meters

52

Angle or Slope of Angular
Plane for
Buildings/Structures Without
Projections**
Angle
from
Ratio
Centerline(Slope)of RROW(Degrees)
9 m:8.5m
46.5(1.06)
9 m:9.5m
43.0(0.95)
9 m:10.5m
40.0(0.86)
9 m:11.5m
38.0(0.78)
9 m:12.5m
35.0(0.72)
9 m:13.5m
33.5(0.67)
9 m:14.5m
31.0(0.62)
48 m:16.5m
71.0(2.90)
48 m:17.5m
69.5(2.74)

Ventilation

Angle or Slope of Angular Plane for
Buildings/Structures With
Projections*Angle fromCenterline of
RROW(Degree)
50.0
46.0
43.0
39.0
36.0
33.0
32.0

Ratio
(Slope)
7.5 m:6.25m(1.20)
7.5 m:7.25m(1.03)
7.5 m:8.25m(0.91)
7.5 m:9.25m(0.81)
7.5m:10.25m(0.73)
7.5m:11.25m(0.67)
7.5m:12.25m(0.61)

-

-

-

-

74
Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls. . . .
Continuation Table VII.G.3. . . .

Type ofUse or
Occupancy

Width of
Road Rightof-Way(RROW)

Commercial 3(C-3)

12.00 meters14.00 meters16.00 meters18.00 meters20.00 meters

Angle or Slope of Angular
Plane for Buildings/Structures
Without Projections**
Angle
from
Ratio
Centerline of(Slope)RROW(Degrees)
48 m:18.5m
68.0(2.59)
48 m:19.5m
65.5(2.46)
48 m:20.5m
63.6(2.34)
48 m:21.5m
61.7(2.23)
48 m:22.5m
60.0(2.13)

Angle or Slope of Angular Plane for
Buildings/Structures With
Projections*

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

NOTE:
* To be used for plotting the angular plane from the grade level centerline of the RROW. The angularplane can also help determine the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB) as well as thealternative incremental setback lines. Only the uses/occupancies with the least and heaviest
developments (R-1 and C-3 respectively are shown). The angles/slopes of angular planes for all otheruses/occupancies in between can be extrapolated.
**

Considered projections from the outermost face of the building/structure are eaves, medias aguas(canopy for windows), cantilevers, heavy sign supports (only for applications permitted or consistent
with the Code) and the like.
4.

Quantifying the AMVB. The AMVB shall be primarily determined by the following:a.

Multiply the AMBF (in square meters) for the lot by the applicable BHL (in meters) for the lot
to arrive at the initial AMVB (in cubic meters); the result of this step is the imaginary footprint
prism;

b. Superimpose the angular plane originating from the center of the RROW on the footprint
prism; this shall result in the reduction of the initially computed building volume due to theapplication of incremental setbacks and of roof configuration dictated by the angular plane;
the result of this step is the AMVB;
c. To crosscheck the AMVB against the Allowable Maximum TGFA (separately determined),convert the AMVB into its approximate area equivalent (in sq. meters) by dividing it with the
BHL. Before converting the AMVB to its area component, check for the effects of theincremental setbacks on the TGFA for each floor of the proposed building/structure.

B. Application of Development Controls (DC)(To Determine the Maximum Development Potential of a Lot)
1. Sizing the Building/Structure. To determine the allowed/appropriate building bulk (volume), thefollowing series of steps using the DC under this Guideline and other Rules in the Code shall befollowed:
a. Refer to Rule VIII for prescribed setbacks, yards, courts (at grade level), etc. applicable to the
lot/project site; determine the extent of firewall construction if required and/or if permitted;
refer to Rule VIII for the Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO); compute for the Allowable
Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) under this Rule by using the formula:Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls. . . .

Allowable Maximum
Building/
Footprint or AMBF(in sq. meters)

=

Total
Lot
Area
(TLA)

Land area
required foryards/ courts_+(prescribedunder Rule VIII)

Additional buildable lot
area due to Firewall
construction(if permitted
under this Rule)b. Check resultant building footprint against applicable PSO under Reference Table VIII.1. ofRule VIII and consult existing/applicable and/or duly approved zoning ordinances; to check,use the formula:
Percentageof SiteOccupancy (PSO)

Allowable Maximum Building
Footprint or AMBF(in square meters)

=

÷

Total
Lot Area(TLA)

c. Compute for the resultant height of the building/structure by referring to Table VII.2. of this Ruleand by using the formula:
Resultant Heightof the building/structure(in meters)

Building Height Limit or the
BHL(as expressed in number offloors/storeys)=X

DesiredFloor to Floor
Height(in meters)d.

Check the resultant height against the BHL (refer to Table VII.2. of this Rule); if a greaterbuilding/structure height is desired, consult existing zoning ordinances or other applicable laws
for possible relief; if relief cannot be sought, explore sub-grade (basement level) solutions or
reduce the desired floor to floor heights in case it is greater than 3.00 meters;e.

Establish the Outermost Faces of Building (OFB) to help determine the Allowable Maximum
Volume of Building (AMVB) and to satisfy natural light and ventilation requirements for
RROW and front yards abutting RROW; an imaginary prism within which the proposedbuilding/structure must fit shall result, unless specifically allowed under the Code; thereafter,
establish the Outermost Limits of Building Projections (OLBP) to fully comply with otherapplicable light and ventilation provisions;f.

Initially determine building bulk by computing for the maximum allowable Gross Floor Area
(GFA) for the building/structure using the formula:

Gross Floor Area (GFA) of thebuilding/structure(in square meters)

=

Total
Lot Area(TLA)

X

Recommended
Floor to Lot Area Ratio (FLAR)*NOTE: * Refer to Table VII.G.1. of this Guideline (Recommended FLAR Designations/Rights) and/or consult
existing/applicable and duly-approved zoning ordinances.

i.

GROSS FLOOR AREA (GFA) - the total floor space within the perimeter of thepermanent external building walls (inclusive of main and auxiliary buildings) such as
office areas, residential areas, corridors, lobbies and mezzanine level/s. The GFA shallalso include building projections which may serve as floors or platforms that are directly
connected to/integrated with areas within the building/structure, e.g., balconies (Refer to
Section 1004 of Rule X of this IRR) and the GFA excludes the following:(a) Covered areas used for parking and driveways, services and utilities;(b) Vertical penetrations in parking floors where no residential or office units are present;
and

54

74
Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls. . . .

(c) Uncovered areas for helipads, air-conditioning cooling towers or air-conditioning
condensing unit (ACCU) balconies, overhead water tanks, roof decks, laundry areasand cages, wading or swimming pools, whirlpools or jacuzzis, terraces, gardens, courts
or plazas, balconies exceeding 10.00 sq. meters, fire escape structures and the like.
g.

Determine the Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA) to approximate building
volume using the formula hereafter. In particular, determine the minimum required off-street
cum on-site parking provisions, driveways and related access systems, particularly for new
developments and/or re-developments whereby provisions of this Guideline shall apply.

Total Gross Floor Area
(TGFA) of the building/
structure(in sq. meters)=

Gross Floor
Area (GFA) ofthe building/
structure(in square
meters)+Non-GFA
areas*_All requirements for courts
at all floors (above grade)
under
Rule VIII(in square meters)

NOTE: * Compute for all other areas not covered by the FLAR or by the GFA using Table VII.G.2.
i.

TOTAL GROSS FLOOR AREA (TGFA) - the total floor space within the main andauxiliary buildings primarily consisting of the GFA and all other enclosed support areas
together with all other usable horizontal areas/surfaces above and below establishedgrade level that are all physically attached to the building/s which shall consists of thefollowing:(a) Covered areas used for parking and driveways, services and utilities.
specifically excludes provisions for courts above grade level;

The TGFA(b) Vertical penetrations in parking floors where no residential or office units are present;(c) Uncovered areas for helipads, air-conditioning cooling towers or ACCU balconies,
overhead water tanks, roof decks, laundry areas and cages, wading or swimming
pools, whirlpool or jacuzzis, terraces, gardens, courts or plazas, balconies exceeding
10.00 sq. meters, fire escape structures and the like; and(d) Other building projections which may additionally function as floors or platforms if
properly reinforced, e.g., the top surfaces of roof extensions/eaves, sun-breakers, large
roofed or cantilevered areas such as porte cocheres, canopies and the like.

Figure VII.G.1.

Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls. . . .

56

74
Figure VII.G.2.

NOTE: EXAMPLE SHOWING NO BUILDINGPROJECTION (EAVES, BALCONY, ETC.) FOR
WHICH A DIFFERENT ANGLE (∝∝ ) IS
SPECIFIED (REFER TO TABLE VII.G.3. AND
TO FIGURE VII.G.1.)

Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls. . . .

ESTABLISHING THE OUTMOST FACES OF BUILDING (OFB) FOR A TYPICAL R-1
USE / OCCUPANCY THROUGH THE USE OF THE AMBF, THE BHL, THE AMVBAND THE ANGULAR PLANE ALONG THE RROW (14.00 M WIDE RROW)Guidelines on Buildings and Other Accessory Structures Within Cemeteries and Memorial Parks……

C. BUILDINGS AND OTHER ACCESSORY STRUCTURES WITHIN CEMETERIES AND MEMORIAL
PARKS
1. Location of Cemeteries/Memorial Parksa.

Cemeteries and Memorial Parks shall be located in accordance with the approved land use planof the city/municipality concerned. Prior clearance shall be obtained from the Department of
Health, the National Water Resources Council, the Department of Environment and Natural
Resources and the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board.

2. Protective Enclosuresa. The cemetery shall be totally enclosed by a perimeter fence/wall of strong material, and all gatesshall be provided with a strong door and lock. Perimeter wall shall not exceed 3.00 meters inheight.
b. Where a cemetery is enclosed by a solid reinforced concrete wall at least 2.00 meters high, it isallowed to construct tombs, vaults, mausoleums or other types of sepulchres for the dead up to
the walls. Otherwise, a clearance of 5.00 meters shall be maintained between the perimeter
fence and the nearest interment plot.
3. Interments, Burials and Entombmentsa. For ground interments, there shall be a minimum depth of excavation of 1.50 meters fromground level to base of excavation. However, if concrete vaults are used, the minimum depthof excavation from base of vault to ground level shall be 1.00 meter, depending on the depthof ground water table.
b. Ground interments shall be allowed only in designated graveyard areas of the cemetery andmay be provided with suitable markers, headstones or memorials.
c. Vaults for tombs and mausoleums for aboveground interments shall be of solid reinforced
concrete. Concrete hollow blocks or any unit masonry construction of ceramics, adobe or the
like shall not be allowed for the construction of above-ground vaults; tombs or mausoleums.
Mausoleums may be provided with ossuaries and/or cineraria along the interior walls.
d. Multi-level interment niches shall only be of solid reinforced concrete construction, of not lessthan 150 millimeters thickness in which case they may be allowed to abut walls of thecemetery, provided, the walls are of solid reinforced concrete construction. Concrete hollow
blocks, or any unit masonry construction of ceramics, adobe or the like shall not be allowed.
e. Before construction is started on any mausoleum, canopy over a tomb, or multi-level niches,a building permit shall be secured therefor from the OBO.
f.

Horizontal divisions of columbaria shall be of reinforced concrete of at least 50 millimeters
thickness. Vertical divisions may be of concrete hollow blocks of at least 100 millimeters
thickness, in which case, cement mortar shall be applied evenly to present a non-porous
surface. Minimum dimensions of individual cinerarium shall be 300 millimeters by 300
millimeters by 460 millimeters. Cinerary remains shall be placed inside tightly sealed urns.

4. Accessory Structuresa.

58

A chapel with a floor area of at least 50.00 sq. meters shall be constructed at a convenient
location within the cemetery where funeral ceremonies may be held, and incidentally serveas haven for funeral participants against sun and rain.

74
Guidelines on Buildings and Other Accessory Structures Within Cemeteries and Memorial Parks……

b.

Wake chaplets with a minimum area of 50.00 sq. meters for thirty (30) persons and at least
1.60 sq. meters for each additional person may be provided.

c.

Administrative Office - a 64.00 sq. meters lot shall be allocated for anbuilding office for memorial parks with an area of above one (1) hectare.

d.

Electrical Power Supply - Distances of lampposts for street lighting shall be placed at a
maximum of 100.00 meters or as prescribed by the power firm servicing the area. Utility
poles shall be installed along sides of streets and pathways.

e.

Parking Area - Parking area equivalent to a minimum of five 5% of the gross area ofmemorial park/cemetery shall be provided over and above the required parking area/facility
for any structures to be constructed within the premises of the memorial park/cemetery.

administrationf. Comfort Rooms - Adequate and clean comfort rooms with facilities for disabled persons shallbe provided in properly located areas.

NOTE: Refer also to the latest applicable HLURB Guidelines regarding Cemeteries and Memorial Parks.

RULE VIII - LIGHT AND VENTILATIONSECTION 801. General Requirements of Light and Ventilation
1. Subject to the provisions of the Civil Code of the Philippines on Easements of Light and View, and to
the specific provisions of the Code, every building shall be designed, constructed, and equipped toprovide adequate light and ventilation. (Refer to Guidelines on Easements, View Corridors/Sight
Lines and Basements at the end of this Rule)
2. All buildings shall face a street or public alley or a private street which has been duly approved.
(Refer to Guidelines on Streets/RROW and Sidewalks at the end of this Rule)
3. No building shall be altered nor arranged so as to reduce the size of any room or the relative area of
windows to less than that provided for buildings under this Rule, or to create an additional room,
unless such additional room conforms to the requirements of this Rule.
4. No building shall be enlarged so that the dimensions of the required court or yard would be less thanwhat is prescribed for such building lot.

SECTION 802. Measurement of Site Occupancy
1. The measurement of site occupancy or lot occupancy shall be taken at the ground level and shall be
exclusive of courts, yards, and light wells.
2. Courts, yards, and light wells shall be measured clear of all projections from the walls enclosing suchwells or yards with the exception of roof leaders, wall copings, sills, or steel fire escapes notexceeding 1.20 meters in width.

SECTION 803. Percentage of Site Occupancy
1. The measurement of the percentage (%) of site occupancy (or lot occupancy) shall be taken at the
ground level and shall be exclusive of courts, yards and light wells. Courts, yards, and light wells
shall be measured clear of all projections from the walls enclosing such wells or yards with the
exception of roof leaders, wall copings, sills, or steel fire escapes not exceeding 1.20 meters in width.
2. In case of proposed additional construction on a lot on which another building/structure alreadystands, the Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO) arising out of such existing buildings/structures
must be included in the computation of the PSO for the Total Lot Area (TLA). In case of discrepancy
between the specified Maximum Allowable PSO and the other light and ventilation provisions under
this Rule, the resulting lesser building/structure footprint or gross floor area at the ground floor (or at
grade level) must prevail.
3. Maximum site occupancy shall be governed by use, type of construction, and height of the building
and the use, area, nature and location of the site; and subject to the provisions of the local zoning
requirements and in accordance with the following types of open spaces:
a. Public open spaces – streets, alleys, easements of sea/lakeshores, rivers, creeks, esteros,
railroad tracks, parks/plazas, playgrounds, and the like.
b. Total Open Spaces within Lot (TOSL) – courts, yards, gardens, light wells, uncovered driveways,
access roads and parking spaces consisting of two (2) types:i.

60

Paved or tiled (hardscaped areas); sub-classification of open space shall fall under Maximum
Allowable Impervious Surface Areas (ISA) within the Total Lot Area (TLA); and

74
ii.

Unpaved areas within the lot that are with exposed soil and planted (softscaped), i.e., theUnpaved Surface Areas (USA); this sub-classification is the true open space.

4. The following Table illustrates the manner in determining the Maximum Allowable Percentage of Site
Occupancy (PSO), Maximum Allowable Impervious Surface Area (ISA), Maximum Allowable
Construction Area (MACA), Minimum Unpaved Surface Area (USA), and the Total Open Space within
Lot (TOSL) with reference to Type of Land Use Zoning per Lot.
Table VIII.1. Reference Table of Maximum Allowable PSO, Maximum Allowable ISA, the MACA, theMinimum USA and the TOSL by Type of Land Use Zoning per Lot
Building/
Structure Useor
Occupancy(or Land Use)a
Residential% of Total Lot Area (TLA)
Duly-Approved
Zoning b
Basic
Residential 2 (R2)/Medium
Density Housing[single familydwelling unit witha Building Height
Limit (BHL) of
10.00 meters]
Maximum R-2/Medium Density
Housing (multiple
family dwelling
units within one
building/ structurewith a BHL of
15.00 meters)

Basic
Residential 3 (R3)/High Density
Housing (single
family dwelling
unit with a BHL of
10.00 meters)
Maximum R-3/High Density
Housing (multiple
family dwelling
units within one
building/ structurewith a BHL of
36.00 meters)
Residential 4 (R4)/ Individual
Townhouse Units
Residential 5 (R5)/ Condominiums
Commercial
Building/

Commercial 1(Com-1)

Maximum
Allowable
PSO c,dMaximum
Allowable
ISAc(Paved OpenSpaces)Minimum USA(Unpaved
Open Spaces)

TOSL d(ISA +
USA)

55 e

30

15

45

60 f

30%

10

40

60 e

30

10

40

70 f

20

10

30

65 e

20

15

35

70 f

20

10

30

70 e

20

10

30

80 f

10

10

20

70 e

20

10

30

80 f

10

10

20

70 e

20

10

30

80 f
70 e
80 f

10
20
10

10
10
10

20
30
20

% of Total Lot Area (TLA)Structure Useor
Occupancy(or Land Use)a

Industrial

Commercial 2(Com-2)75 eMaximum
Allowable
ISAc(Paved OpenSpaces)
20

85 f

10

5

15

Commercial 3(Com-3)

80 e

15

5

20

90 f

5

5

10

Industrial 1(Ind-1)

70 e

20

10

30

80 f

10

10

20

Industrial 2(Ind-2)

70 e

15

15

30

80 f

5

15

20

Industrial 3(Ind-3)

70 e

15

15

30

80 f

5

15

20

50 e

20

30

50

Duly-Approved
Zoning b

Institutional
CulturalUtility/Transportation/
Services
Sidewalks/
Arcades at
RROW

Parks andOpen
Recreational
SpacesPlanned Unit
Development(PUD)

Cemetery-Maximum
Allowable
PSO c,dMinimum USA(Unpaved
Open Spaces)

TOSL d(ISA +
USA)

5

25

60 f

20

20

40

60 e

20

20

40

70 f

20

10

30

50 e

40

10

50

60 f

30

10

40

11.11
(of total widthof RROW as
Unpavedportion of
sidewalk)

-

-

22.22
(of total widthof RROW as
Paved portionof sidewalk)

-

20

30

50

80

70

15

15

30

70

15

15

30

70

15

15

30

70

10

20

30

70

10

20

30

85

10

5

15

PUD at areclamation area
close to an
operating airport
PUD at areclamation area
PUD at a coastal
area
PUD at an inlandarea close to an
operating airport
PUD at an inland
area
-

33.33
(of total widthof RROW)

Notes:
a) per duly-approved City/ Municipal Comprehensive Land Use Plan (CLUP)b) per duly-approved City/Municipal Zoning Ordinance (ZO) and its IRRc) PSO + ISA = MACA (Maximum Allowable Construction Area)d) PSO + TOSL = TLA (Total Lot Area).
e) without firewallf) with firewall

62

74
4.

Minimum Requirements for Total Open Spaces within Lot (TOSL)
a. Total Open Spaces within Lot (TOSL) are portions of the Total Lot Area (TLA) not occupied by
the Maximum Allowable PSO. The TOSL may consist of either the Maximum Allowable ISA(hardscaped areas) or the USA (exposed and planted/softscaped soil) or may also be the
combination of both types of open spaces. (Figure VIII.1.)
b. Group A buildings or Residential 1 (R-1) uses/occupancies shall follow the minimum yard
standards in Table VIII.2. to comply with the TOSL requirement.
c.

Abutments for Basic Uses/Occupancies forming part of new developments shall be basicallysimilar to the restrictions prescribed for firewalls under Rule VII, to wit:i. Absolutely no abutments are allowed at any property line for any R-1 lot type/location.

ii.

Abutments shall be allowed on only one (1) side for any R-2 lot type/location. There shall be
no firewalls/abutments on the front and rear property lines for any R-2 lot type/ location.

iii.

Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and the rear property
line/ boundary for any R-3 lot type/location. There shall be no abutments on the front
property line for any R-3 lot type/location.

iv.

Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only for any R-4 lot type/location. There shallbe no firewalls/abutments on the front and rear property line for any R-4 lot type/location.

v.

Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and the rear property
line/boundary for any R-5 lot type/location. There shall be no abutments on the front
property line for any R-5 lot type/location.

vi.

Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and the rear property
line/boundary for any C-3 lot type/location. There shall be no abutments on the front
property line for any C-3 lot type/location.

d. Lot Type/Location
Only seven (7) types of lots and their respective locations are described under this Rule.
(Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8.)
e. Variance
When the lots as described in Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8. are too narrow or too shallow suchthat the public open space, e.g., RROW, alley or the like on which they abut can adequately
supply light and ventilation to every room therein subject to the requirements on window
opening, the requirements on the minimum Total Open Space within Lot (TOSL) above may be
waived (Figures VIII.9. through VIII.11.), provided however, that for lots abutting on only one (1)public open space, the depth of the open space to be provided shall not be more than 8.00
meters; and for those lots abutting two (2) or more public open spaces, the depth of the open
space to be provided shall not be more than 12.00 meters.

Figure VIII.1.

64

74

Figure VIII.2.

Figure VIII.3.

Figure VIII.4.

Figure VIII.5.

Figure VIII.6.

Figure VIII.7.

Figure VIII.8.

LOT TYPES

Figure VIII.9.

Figure VIII.10.

Figure VIII.11.
LOT TYPES

66

74
SECTION 804. Sizes and Dimensions of Courts
1. Minimum sizes of courts and yards and their least dimensions shall be governed by the use, type of
construction, and height of the building as provided hereunder, provided that the minimum horizontal
dimension of said courts and yards shall be not less than 2.00 meters. All inner courts shall beconnected to a street or yard, either by a passageway with a minimum width of 1.20 meters or by adoor through a room or rooms.
2. The required open space shall be located totally or distributed anywhere within the lot in such amanner as to provide maximum light and ventilation into the building. (Figures VIII.12. throughVIII.15.)
3. YARD – the required open space left between the outermost face of the building/structure and theproperty lines, e.g., front, rear, right and left side yards. The width of the yard is the setback. Yards
prescribed for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional and Recreational Buildings are shown in Table
VIII.3. hereafter.
Table VIII.2. Minimum Setbacks for Residential Buildings/Structures

YARD

Front

R–1
(meters)

Type of Residential Use/ Occupancy
R-2
R-3
R-4
(individual
Basic
MaximuBasic
Maximulot/unit)(metersm(metersm(meters))(meters))(meters)

4.50

3.00

8.00 *

R - 5****(meters)

3.00

8.00 *

4.50

6.00

2.00
(optional)

3.00

2.00

3.00

Side

2.00

2.00 **

2.00 *****

2.00(optional)

Rear

2.00

2.00

2.00

***

2.00

Notes:a)
The setback requirements in Table VIII.2. above are for newly-developed subdivisions.
b) * Total setback only at grade (or natural ground) level, i.e., 3.00 meters + 5.00 meters = 8.00
meters (to accommodate part of the minimum parking requirement outside the designated area
for the front yard). The second and upper floors and mezzanine level shall thereafter comply withthe minimum 3.00 meters setback unless otherwise provided under the Code.
c) **Setback required for only one (1) side. Setbacks on two sides shall be optional.
d) *** Abutments on two sides and rear property lines may be allowed with conditions as enumerated
under Section 804, Subsection 10 of this Rule.
e) **** Mixed-Use Buildings/Structures in R-5 lots shall be considered a commercial use or occupancy if
a substantial percentage, i.e., 55% of the Gross Floor Area (GFA) is commercial.
f)
In cases where yards/setbacks are impossible to attain or where frontage and depth of lots are
similar to that of Open Market or Medium Cost Housing Projects, abutments on the sides and rearproperty lines may be allowed and 1.50 meters front yard is left open as transition area.
Table VIII.3. Setbacks for Commercial*, Industrial, Institutional and Recreational BuildingsRoad Right-of-Way(RROW) Width(meters)

Front(meters)Side(meters)

Rear(meters)

30.00 & above
25.00 to 29.00
20.00 to 24.00
10.00 to 19.00
Below 10.00

8.00
6.00
5.00
5.00
5.00

5.00
3.00
3.00
2.00
2.00

5.00
3.00
3.00
2.00
2.00

Note:
* Mixed-Use Buildings/Structures in R-5 lots may be considered a commercial development if asubstantial percentage of the GFA is commercial.

Figure VIII.12.

Figure VIII.13.

a - OPEN SPACE
b - ALTERNATE LOCATIONS

Figure VIII.14.

Figure VIII.15.

REQUIRED OPEN SPACE LOCATIONS

68

74
4. The setback requirements in Table VIII.3. above are for newly-developed thoroughfares. For highly
built-up urban areas with duly established lines and grades reflecting therein proposed road widening
and elevation, the requirements in Table VIII.3. above may not be imposed and the face of thebuilding may abut on the side and/or rear property lines provided that all the requirements on open
space, window opening, artificial ventilation, if any, and firewalls (Rule VII) are first fully complied with.

5. Every court shall have a width of not less than 2.00 meters for one (1) or two (2) storey buildings.
However, if the court is treated as a yard or vice versa, this may be reduced to not less than 1.50
meters in cluster living units such as quadruplexes, rowhouses and the like, with adjacent courts withan area of not less than 3.00 sq. meters. Provided further, that the separation walls or fences, if any,
shall not be higher than 2.00 meters. Irregularly–shaped lots such as triangular lots and the like,whose courts may be also triangular in shape may be exempted from having a minimum width of notless than what is required in Table VIII.3. and as shown in Figures VIII.16., VIII.17., VIII.18. and
VIII.19.

6. For buildings of more than two (2) storeys in height, the minimum width of the rear or side court shallth
be increased at the rate of 300 millimeters for each additional storey up to the fourteenth (14 ) storey(Figure VIII.20. showing incremental setbacks). For buildings exceeding fourteen (14) storeys inheight, the required width of the court shall be computed on the basis of fourteen (14) storeys.

7. Uncovered Driveways, Access Roads and Parking Spaces may be considered part of the open spaceprovided that they are open and unobstructed from the ground upward as in courts and yards.

8. A carport shall not be considered part of the Total Open Space within Lot (TOSL) particularly if it isentirely roofed or roofed with overhangs. In such a case, it must be counted as an integral
component of the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF).

9. A front yard may be partly paved/hardscaped (converted into a courtyard) to serve as a carport but
only for a basic R-2 or basic R-3 or R-4 (individual lot) use or occupancy, i.e., all for single-familydwelling units only. All other uses/occupancies shall not be allowed to use the front yard for a carport
nor for parking.

10. For Basic R-3, abutments on two sides and rear property lines may be allowed provided the following
requirements are first complied with:a. Open space as prescribed in Reference Table for Maximum PSO, TOSL, and Table VIII.2. of thisRule are satisfied.

b. Window opening as prescribed in Section 808 of this Rule are satisfied.

c.

Firewall with a minimum of two-hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum heightclearance of 400 millimeters above the roof. (Figure VIII.21)

11. In case of conflict in the provisions on lighting and ventilation under this Rule or under the Code, themore stringent restrictions must prevail.

Figure VIII.16.

Figure VIII.17.

Figure VIII.18.

Figure VIII.19.
OPEN COURT / YARD

70

74
NOTE:
FOR RECOMMENDED
INCREMENTAL FRONTYARD SETBACK OF C-3
BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES
ALONG A 14.00 m RROW,REFER TO FIG. VIII.G.13.,
GUIDELINES ON RROW

Figure VIII.20.

72
Figure VIII.21.

ABUTMENTS (FIREWALLS) ON THE SIDE & REAR PROPERTY LINES

74
SECTION 805. Ceiling Heights
1. Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling heights not less than
2.40 meters measured from the floor to the ceiling; provided that for buildings of morethan one (1) storey, the minimum ceiling height of the first storey shall be 2.70 meters
and that for the second story 2.40 meters and the succeeding stories shall have anunobstructed typical head-room clearance of not less than 2.10 meters above thefinished floor. Above-stated rooms with natural ventilation shall have ceiling heights of
not less than 2.70 meters.
2. Mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than 1.80 meters above andbelow it.

SECTION 806. Sizes and Dimensions of Rooms
1. Minimum sizes of rooms and their least horizontal dimensions shall be as follows:a.

Rooms for Human Habitations – 6.00 sq. meters with a least dimension of 2.00 meters;b.

Kitchen – 3.00 sq. meters with a least dimension of 1.50 meters; andc.

Bath and toilet – 1.20 sq. meters with a least dimension of 900 millimeters.

SECTION 807. Air Space Requirements in Determining the Size of Rooms
1. Minimum air space shall be provided as follows:a.

School Rooms – 3.00 cu. meters with 1.00 sq. meter of floor area per person;b.

Workshop, Factories, and Offices – 12.00 cu. meters of air space per person; andc.

Habitable Rooms – 14.00 cu. meters of air space per person.

SECTION 808. Window Openings
1. Rooms intended for any use, not provided with artificial ventilation system, shall be provided
with a window or windows with a total free area of openings equal to at least 10% of the floorarea of the room, provided that such opening shall be not less than 1.00 sq. meter. However,
toilet and bath rooms, laundry rooms and similar rooms shall be provided with window or
windows with an area not less than 1/20 of the floor area of such rooms, provided that suchopening shall not be less than 240 sq. millimeters. Such window or windows shall open
directly to a court, yard, public street or alley, or open watercourse.
2.

Required windows may open into a roofed porch where the porch:a. Abuts a court, yard, public street or alley, or open watercourse and other public open
spaces;b. Has a ceiling height of not less than 2.70 meters;c.

3.

Has one of the longer sides at least 65% open and unobstructed.
Eaves, canopies, awnings (or media agua) over required windows shall not be less than
750 millimeters from the side and rear property lines.

4. There shall absolutely be no openings on/at/within/through all types of abutments (suchas firewalls) erected along property lines except for permitted vent wells. This Rule strictly
applies to all new and existing developments.
5. In locating window openings it should be borne in mind that in cases of extreme
emergencies windows must serve as emergency egress to vacate the premises oraccess for rescue operations. Such windows shall meet the following requirements:
a. They can be opened from the inside without the use of any tools;b. the minimum clear opening shall have a width not less than 820 millimeters and a heightof 1 meter;c.

The bottom of the opening should not be more than 820 millimeters from the floor;

d. Where storm shutters, screens or iron grilles are used, these shall be provided with quick
opening mechanism so that they can be readily opened from the inside for emergency
egress and shall be so designed that when opened they will not drop to the ground;e. All areas immediately outside a fire exit window/grille must be free of obstacles and must
lead to a direct access down into the ground or street level.

SECTION 809. Vent Shafts
1. Ventilation or vent shafts shall have a horizontal cross-sectional area of not less than
1.00 sq. meter for every meter of height of shaft but in no case shall the area be less than
1.00 sq. meter. No vent shaft shall have its least dimension less than 600 millimeters.
2. Unless open to the outer air at the top for its full area, vent shafts shall be covered by askylight having a net free area or fixed louver openings equal to the maximum required
shaft area.
3. Air ducts shall open to a street or court by a horizontal duct or intake. Such duct or intake
shall have a minimum unobstructed cross-sectional area of not less than 0.30 sq. meterwith a minimum dimension of 300 millimeters. The openings to the duct or intake shall be
not less than 300 millimeters above the street surface or level of court.
SECTION 810. Ventilation Skylights
1. Ventilation skylights shall have a glass area not less than that required for the windowsthat are replaced. They shall be equipped with movable sashes or louvers with anaggregate net free area not less than the parts in the replaced window that can be
opened, or else provide artificial ventilation of equivalent effectiveness.
SECTION 811. Artificial Ventilation
1. Rooms or spaces housing industrial or heating equipment shall be provided with artificial
means of ventilation to prevent excessive accumulation of hot and/or polluted air.
2. Whenever artificial ventilation is required, the equipment shall be designed to meet thefollowing minimum requirements in air changes as shown in Table VIII.4. hereafter.

74

74

Table VIII.4. Minimum Requirements for Air Changes

Apartment
Banking Space
Barber Shop
Beauty Parlor
Broker’s Board Room
Cafeteria
Cocktail Bar
Churches
Department Stores
Director’s RoomDrugstore (no counter)
Drugstore (w/counter)
Funeral Parlor
Gambling Rooms
Hospital Room
Hotel RoomLaboratories
OfficeRestaurant Kitchen
Shop, Retail
Theaters

Cubic Meter
Per Minute
Per Person
Min.
Max.
0.29
0.43
0.22
0.29
0.22
0.29
0.22
0.29
0.57
0.85
0.43
0.57
0.57
0.85
0.14
0.22
0.22
0.43
0.85
0.14
0.22
0.29
0.29
0.43
0.14
0.22
0.57
0.85
0.29
0.43
0.29
0.43
0.43
0.57
0.29
0.43
0.34
0.43
0.22
0.29
0.14
0.22

2.40
3
3
3
3
8
6
8
3
3
8
3
5
3
6
3
3
6
4
5
3
-

Air Changes Per Hour
Ceiling Height(meters)
3.00
3.70
4.90
2
1-½
1
2
1-½
1
2
1-½
1
2
1-½
1
6
4-½
3
4-½
3-½
2-½
6
4-½
3
2
1-½
1
2
1-½
1
6
4-½
3
2
1-½
1
3-¾
3
2
2
1-½
1
6
4-½
3
2
1-½
1
2
1-½
1
4-½
3-½
2-½
3
2-¼
1-½
3-¾
3
2
2
1-½
1
-

6.10
¾
¾
¾
¾
2-½
1-¾
2-¼
¾
¾
2-¼
¾
1-½
¾
2-¼
¾
¾
1-¾
1
1-½
¾
-

3. For other rooms or spaces not specifically covered under this Section, see applicable provisions of
the pertinent referral code/s.
EXCEPTION:
1. Variances, exception or deviations from the provision of light and ventilation may be allowed only when
the following term and conditions are fully complied with:a. In case of variances
When the property is unique and different from other properties and because of its uniqueness suchthe owner cannot comply with the open space requirements, variances shall be applied to relax theapplication of the following provisions:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.

setback;
ventilation and window opening requirements;
percentage of site occupancy;
floor area ratio; andbuilding height limit (BHL).
At least two (2) conditions must be satisfied for exception to be granted.

b. In case of exceptionsi.

The exception must not adversely affect public health, safety and welfare and must be in
keeping with the general pattern of development in the community.

ii.

The exception must not alter the essential character of the district where the exception sought
is located, and will be in harmony with the general purpose of this IRR.

GUIDELINES ON EASEMENTS, VIEW CORRIDORS/SIGHT LINES, STREETS/ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY(RROW), SIDEWALKS, ARCADES, BASEMENTS, LOTS, AND PUBLIC BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES

A. EASEMENTS
1. As it is situated outside of private property limits, the easement is public land, i.e., publicdomain, that should be equally enjoyed by all members of the community. The easement
is not to be used for any form of building/structure that may go against its public
recreational character and as such, the following uses and others similar thereto are
absolutely prohibited:
a. Residential and like uses whether temporary or permanent;b. Long-term or overnight vehicle parking, i.e., unless duly designated as day and/or night payparking zones;c.

As a depository of stalled, wrecked or abandoned vehicles, mechanical devices and the like;d. The conduct of specific commercial, institutional and/or industrial activities not compatible with
its stated character;e. Unauthorized recreational or entertainment usage and the like which will only benefit certain
entities and which will ultimately result in inconvenience/ nuisance/safety problems to thegeneral public; norf.

Any other form of private use, gain, enjoyment or profit at the expense of the motoring or
walking public.

2. Allowed or Encouraged Structures/Developments Within Easementsa. If wider than 9.00 meters, the easement may include a roadway/carriageway component on
which vehicles can pass or on which the same may temporarily park, e.g., an esplanade andthe like. (Fig. VIII.G.1.)
b. Pedestrian access-ways and the like and to be located at/ above/below the easement may also
be developed for public use, e.g., a promenade and the like. (Fig. VIII.G.2.)
Table VIII.G.1. Easement* Along Water Bodies/Way by Location
Location of Water Body/Way
Urban Areas
Agricultural Areas
Forest Areas

Easement
3.00 meters per side of waterway(Fig.VIII.G.3.)
20.00 meters per side of waterway
40.00 meters per side of waterway* Source: Water Code of the Philippinesc.

76

The allowed structures/developments include:i.

Hardscaped (paved) pedestrian access-ways such as walks, footpaths or arcades (covered
or roofed sidewalks without any habitable structures above or below it); temporary or
movable hardscape elements such as gazebos, sheds, fountains and like structures withlarge footprints must not encroach on the easement;ii.

Softscaped (paved) developments such as park strips, linear parks and the like as well as
small tree farms are encouraged for recreational, livelihood and soil stabilization/protection
purposes;

74

Figure VIII.G.1.

Guidelines on Easements . . . .

Guidelines on Easements . . . .

Figure VIII.G.2.

Figure VIII.G.3.

78

74
Guidelines on Easements, View Corridors/Sight Lines, Streets/RROW . . . .
iii. Concrete steps leading down to the water or wooden boardwalks are allowed, provided that
all necessary safety precautions are taken, e.g., non-slip finishing for surfaces, handrails
and railings;
iv. Other
forms
of
soil
stabilization/protection
includinganti-erosion/scouring
measures/structures within the easement are allowed, e.g., rip-rapping, embankment
protection, etc., provided that no enclosed/semi-enclosed habitable structures are built on,
above or below such structures; andv.

Permanent utility/service lines (power, water, telecommunications, gas, etc.) are allowed
within the easement provided that these are either below grade (underground) or above
grade (overhead).

3. Disallowed and Prohibited Structures/Developments Within Easements
a. No portion of the easement whether at grade (on the ground), below grade or above grade
may be leased or developed by the government or by private entities for purposes
inconsistent with its character and intended function. In particular, any form of semipermanent/permanent or semi-enclosed/enclosed residential, commercial, industrial,
institutional or government structure/use and like, structures/uses at any portion of the public
easement is prohibited;b. All semi-enclosed or enclosed, semi-permanent or permanent habitable building projections(particularly arcade structures) or any other building projection or structural element (eaves,roof, cantilevered beams, foundations and the like) located above or below the easement are
absolutely prohibited; andf.

All forms of enclosures such as fences, perimeter walls and the like, intended to limit the useof the easement for private enjoyment/benefit or to restrict full access to the public easement
are absolutely prohibited unless the same are erected for reason of public safety.

B. VIEW CORRIDORS AND/OR SIGHT LINES
1. Preservation of View Corridors and/or Sight Linesa. The carriageway/roadway portion of the RROW shall be free of structures, particularlycommercial signs that will impede the view corridor and sight lines within the RROW. (SeeFig. VIII.G.4)
b. To dignify very important public or historical/culture buildings/structures, all forms ofcommercial signs intruding into RROW leading to or away from such buildings/structures
shall not be allowed. Specifically disallowed from such RROW are commercial signs
supported from any building projection (such as arcades).
c.

View corridors or sight lines from buildings/structures on a higher or lower lot shall not be
entirely blocked by the intervening property to allow some sight lines to exist.

d. In case of allowed structures within the RROW for transportation, e.g., elevated ramps,
flyovers, tracks, stations, terminals and the like, the appropriate designs shall be adopted tomaximize light, ventilation and view.
C. STREETS/ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW)
1. General. No building shall be constructed unless it adjoins or has direct access to public space,yard or street/road on at least one (1) of its sides. All buildings shall face a public street, alley ora road, which has been duly approved by the proper authorities for residential, institutional,
commercial and industrial groups.

80

Figure VIII.G.4.

UNOBSTRUCTED VIEW CORRIDORS / SIGHT LINES

Guidelines on Streets/RROW, View Corridors/Sight Lines . . . .

74Guidelines on Streets/RROW . . . .

a. Allowed or Encouraged Structures/Developments Within the RROWi.

The RROW at all its physical levels may only be used for the following types ofstructures/uses or others similar to them, to wit:(a)Transportation structures and like uses whether temporary or permanent, e.g., masstransit alignments (particularly light and heavy rail) at grade, mass transit stations andterminal facilities above grade (RROW air rights utilization) or below grade and thelike; these also include waiting sheds, traffic outposts and the like;(b)

Limited commercial structures/uses above grade (RROW air rights utilization) or
below grade provided that these are ancillary or supplementary/complementary to thetransportation structures/uses allowed in the previous paragraph, and the like;commercial signages on the exterior of the commercial structure are disallowed andprohibited;(c)

Improvements on the RROW and on all its components/elements found at all its
physical levels, e.g., sidewalks, arcades, roadway/carriageway, medians, planting
strips, street furniture, elevated or underground crossings or access-ways, noncommercial traffic and directional signages and the like; and(d)Public utility/service structures/uses (power, water, drainage, sewerage,
telecommunications, gas, etc.) at all physical levels of the RROW provided that these
do not restrict nor impede the movement of people and vehicles and provided further
that the rights to utilize the RROW are properly secured and permitted.

b. Disallowed and Prohibited Structures/Developments at RROWi.

If situated outside of private property limits, the RROW is public land, i.e., publicdomain, which should be equally enjoyed by all members of the community. The
RROW is not to be used for the following types of buildings/structures/
occupancies or others similar to them:(a)

Any form of semi-permanent/permanent or semi-enclosed/enclosed commercial
structure/use and like structures/uses;(b)

Any form of temporary, semi-permanent/permanent or semi-enclosed/ enclosed
residential structure/use and like structures/uses;(c)

Government structures/use unless the same are located below or above grade; insuch cases, the proposed structure must be properly planned/designed andconstructed;(d)Long-term or overnight vehicle parking, i.e., unless duly designated as day and/ornight pay-parking zones;(e)

As a depository of stalled, wrecked or abandoned vehicles, mechanical devices andthe like;(f)

The conduct of other commercial/business/industrial activities incompatible with thecharacter of the RROW;(g)

Unauthorized recreational or entertainment usage and the like which will only benefit
certain entities and which will ultimately result in inconvenience/ nuisance/safety
problems to the general public; nor

Guidelines on Street/RROWS . . . .
(h)Any other form of private use, gain, enjoyment or profit at the expense of the motoring
or walking public.

Table VIII.G.2. Suggested Median and Lane Widths Within Alleys/Roadways/Carriageways by
Minimum RROW Width and by Suggested Vehicle Speeds

Range of Total
Alley or
RROW
Width
(meters)

3.00 to 6.00

6.10 to 20.00

20.10 to 40.00

40.10 to60.00 andabove

Suggested
Minimum
Required
Width of
Alley or
Roadway/
Carriageway(meters)
2.00(for 3.00
meters Alley
ROW)
4.00
(for
6.00
meters RROW)
4.81
(for
6.01
meters RROW)
13.40(for 20.00
meters RROW)
13.50(for 20.10
meters RROW)
26.80
(for
40.00
meters RROW)
26.90(for 40.10
meters RROW)
40.00(for 60.00
meters RROW)

Range of
Suggested
Minimum to
Maximum
Vehicle Speeds
Along Alley orRoadway(kilometers/hour)

Suggested
Minimum to
Maximum
MedianWidths(meters)

None
1.00
to
15.00

16.00
to
30.00

31.00
to
60.00

61.00
and
above

d.

Minimum Access Requirementsi.

RROW/access streets or alleys shall have the following widths:

Suggested
Minimum to
Maximum
Lane Widths(meters)

2.00
one way
car passage

None

2.10
each way

None

2.40
each way

1.20 to 2.00

2.80 to 3.00

1.20 to 4.50

3.00 to 3.30

1.20 to 4.80

3.3 to 3.50

1.50 to 5.00

3.50 to 3.80

1.50 to 5.50

3.80
4.00

(a) Interior or rear lots shall have a RROW/access street with a minimum width depending upon the number ofbuildings or units which it serves provided, however, that said RROW/access street shall not be less than
3.00 meters in width and provided further that such RROW shall be provided with a minimum 4.00 meters
wide chaflan at its intersect with the main RROW and provided, finally, that such RROW shall not be used
for any form of parking.
(b) Multiple living units on same lot on which apartments, rowhouses or accessorias or a group of singledetached buildings are built be provided with a RROW/access street directly connecting said buildings orunits to a public street/road or alley following the schedule as shown in Table VIII.G.3.
(c) For commercial or industrial areas, sufficient lane widths, shoulders and maneuvering spaces for longbodied/articulated vehicles should be considered within the RROW.
(d) Privately-owned RROW/access streets shall be duly registered and annotated in the lot title as such for as
long as the apartments, rowhouses, etc., using said RROW/access streets, still exist.

82

74
Guidelines on Streets/RROWS, Sidewalks, Arcades . . . .
(e) Alignment of RROW/access streets shall be integrated into the existing street/ road network,
particularly with the provision of chaflans of the appropriate width.
(f) No obstruction should exist within the RROW/access streets servicing multiple housing of more than
75 units.
(g) All kinds of subdivisions and residential condominiums may generally refer to this Guideline
concerning access streets/roadways. (Figs. VIII.G.5. through VIII.G.10.)
Table VIII.G.3. Minimum Road Right-of-Way (RROW) Provisions for Developments with Multiple
Dwelling Units

Number of
Dwelling Units
Up to six (6) units
Seven (7) up to fifteen (15) units
Sixteen (16) up to
Twenty-five (25) units
Twenty-six (26) up to
Thirty-five (35) units
More than thirty-five (35) unitsd.
ii.

Minimum
Width of
Carriageway/
Roadway(meters)
3.00
4.00

Minimum
Width ofSidewalk
on each side
(meters)
0.60
1.00

Minimum
Total Width ofthe
RROW(meters)
4.20
6.00

5.00

1.00

7.00

6.00

1.00

8.00

6.70

1.00

8.70

The RROW consists of three (3) different physical levels as follows:

RROW ABOVE GRADE - refers to the portion of the RROW reckoned from the finished surface of the
roadway/carriageway and/or the sidewalk/arcade all the way up to the air. If this level of the RROW is
utilized for whatever purpose, the Air Rights or the right to develop, benefit and profit from the use of
the RROW above grade is given up by the government/general public and should therefore becompensated, i.e., leased and paid for by the proponent/end-user/beneficiary of the proposedbuilding/structure (Figs. VIII.G.11. and VIII.G.12.). The minimum clear height for the utilization of air
rights above RROW shall be 4.27 meters from the finished crown elevation of the
roadway/carriageway.

iii. RROW AT GRADE - refers to the portion of the RROW reckoned from the natural grade line up to thefinished surface of the roadway/carriageway and/ or the sidewalk/arcade. This portion of the RROW
is generally utilized for the movement of the general public (motorists and pedestrians). If this level ofthe RROW is utilized for whatever purpose, the right to develop, benefit and profit from the use of the
RROW at grade is given up by the government/general public and should therefore be compensated,i.e., leased and paid for by the development proponent/end-user/ beneficiary. (Figs. VIII.G.11. and
VIII.G.12.)
iv. RROW BELOW GRADE - refers to the portion of the RROW reckoned from the finished surface ofthe roadway and/or the sidewalk all the way down into the ground. If this level of the RROW is utilized
for whatever purpose, the right to develop, benefit and profit from the use of the RROW below grade
is given up by the government/general public and should therefore be compensated, i.e., leased andpaid for by the development proponent/end-user/beneficiary. (Figs. VIII.G.11. and VIII.G.12.)

Guidelines on Streets/RROW, Sidewalks . . . .

NOTE: WHEN NUMBER OF INDEPENDENTLIVINGUNITSWITH
INDIVIDUALENTRANCES IS INCREASED AS IN MULTISTOREY APARTMENTS, THE WIDTH OF THE
ACCESS ROAD SHALL BE INCREASEDCORRESPONDINGLY
AS
PER
TABLE
VIII.G.3. PARKING SPACE SHALL BE
PROVIDED EXCLUSIVE OF ACCESS ROAD
REQUIREMENT.

Figure VIII.G.5.

Figure VIII.G.6.

84

74
Guidelines on Streets/RROW . . . .

Figure VIII.G.7.

Figure VIII.G.8.

Figure VIII.G.10.

Figure VIII.G.9.

ALL PRIVATE ROADS OR ACCESSTO INTERIOR LOTS SHALL BE
ACCESSIBLE
TO
STREET
OR
PUBLIC SPACE OR YARD AND
SUCH SHALL CONFORM TO SUCHPROVISIONS AS TO YARDS ANDTABLE VIII.G.3.

Figure VIII.G.11.

Guidelines on Streets/RROW . . . .

86

74

Fig.ure VIII.G.12.

Guidelines on Streets/RROW, Arcades . . . .

Guidelines on Streets/RROW . . . .

NOTE:SEE FIGURE VIII.20. RULE VIII FOR RELATED REAR
AND SIDE INCREMENTAL SETBACK AND OFB OF C-3
BUILDINGS/ STRUCTURES.

Figure VIII.G.13.

88

74

Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades. . . .
D.

SIDEWALKS

1. Subject to existing laws and regulations, the local planning authority shall determine which street
shall have an open sidewalk or an arcaded (covered) sidewalk, or a combination of both.
2. The minimum width of the sidewalk for a RROW width of 9.00 meters or more shall be 1.20 meters oneach side of the RROW or a total of 2.40 meters on both sides of the RROW (Fig. VIII.G.14.). For theminimum width of sidewalk for RROW of less than 9.00 meters wide, refer to Table VIII.G.3.
3. Sidewalk widths shall be based on the following considerations:a. Volume of pedestrians (end-users, visitors and the like) who will use the sidewalk on a regularbasis;
b. Type, intensity or level of operation and size/expanse of the allowed uses/ occupancies along
the RROW;c.

The types and volume of street furniture, e.g., street lighting and traffic signs/signal supports,
pedestrian barriers/aids, etc., and other urban design elements that will be allowed aspermanent developments design elements that will be allowed as permanent developments
within the width of the sidewalk;d. The width of the planting strips;
e. The spatial needs for servicing utility/service lines underneath the sidewalk and for
utility/service poles;f.

Compliance with accessibility requirements as stipulated under Batas Pambansa Blg. 344(Accessibility Law);

g. Provisions for commuters, e.g., waiting sheds, loading/unloading areas and the like;h. Provisions for vehicle crossings/driveways between the roadway/carriageway and the front
yards of lots or buildings/structures or provisions for loading/unloading platforms if allowed;
i.

Need for introduction of allowed uses/ elements within the sidewalk area only if there issufficient sidewalk width, e.g., bicycle lanes, jogging lanes and the like; andj.

Climate, light, ventilation, safety, security and overall maintenance of the sidewalk and all its
surface areas.

4. Sidewalks shall be of uniform width throughout the entire length of the street. The sidewalk width
grade and finish of the dominant use/occupancy along the RROW shall be generally observed.
5. The width of the sidewalk shall be as follows:
Table VIII.G.4.

Range of Required Sidewalk and Planting Strip Widths(total at both sides of RROW) by RROW Width

Road Right-Of-Way(RROW) Width

Range of Required Sidewalk Widths(Total at both sides of RROW)

30.00 meters & above
25.00 - 29.00 meters20.00 - 24.00 meters10.00 - 19.00 meters
Below 10.00 meters

From 1/6 up to 1/4 of RROW Width
From 1/6 up to 1/3 of RROW Width
From 1/6 up to 1/3 of RROW Width
From 1/4 up to 1/3 of RROW Width
From 1/4 up to 1/3 of RROW WidthGuidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . .

6. The width of the sidewalk shall include both the paved and unpaved (planted) portions. (see Table
VIII.G.5.)
Table VIII.G.5. Minimum Planting Strip Widths by RROW Width
Road Right-Of-Way(RROW) Width
30.00 meters & above
25.00 - 29.00 meters20.00 - 24.00 meters10.00 - 19.00 meters

Total Minimum Widths of Planting Strip within RROW*(width per sides of RROW)(meters)
1.20(0.60 )
0.60
(0.30)
0.60(0.30)
0.40(0.20)
Optional

Below 10.00 meters
Note:*
Minimum width of planting strip (for grass and shrubs) is 200 millimeters for each side of the
RROW. The minimum width of planting strip (for trees) is 300 millimeters for each side of the RROW.

7. For allowed, disallowed and prohibited structures/developments at RROW, refer to Sections C.1. (a)and C.1. (b) of this Guideline.
8. The sidewalk pavement shall have a non-slip surface and shall slope down from the building line
towards the curb line at not more than 1/50 and shall level off with the curb. (Fig. VIII.G.14.)
9. Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not lessthan 800 millimeters in width up to a maximum of 1/3 of the allowed sidewalk width, separating the
curb from the sidewalk pavement. The planting strip must always be near the curbline. (Fig.
VIII.G.15.)
10. Combined open and arcaded sidewalks shall be provided with a planting strip of not less than 800
millimeters in width up to a maximum of 1/3 of the allowed sidewalk width, as a separating strip
between the arcaded portion and the open portion of the sidewalk. (Fig. VIII.G.16.)
11. Grade of Sidewalks
a. Sidewalks shall, as much as possible, be level and of uniform grade throughout the entire lengthof the street.
b. Whenever the slope of the street does not exceed 1/12 the sidewalk grade shall follow the levelor slope of the street. (Fig. VIII.G.17.)c. Whenever the slope of the street is 1/10, the sidewalk shall be maintained level for every 20.00
to 40.00 meters of run (Fig. VIII.G.18.). Sidewalks of different levels shall be joined by means ofa ramp having any convenient slope not exceeding 1/6. (Fig. VIII.G.18.)
d. When the grade of two (2) connecting sidewalks are between 1/10 and 1/8, the two sidewalks
shall be joined by means of a ramp having any convenient slope not exceeding 1/10.

90

74

Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . .

Figure VIII.G.14.

Figure VIII.G.15.

SIDEWALKS & PLANTING STRIPSGuidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . .

Figure VIII.G.16.
SIDEWALKS & PLANTING STRIPS

Figure VIII.G.17.

Figure VIII.G.18.
GRADE OF SIDEWALKS

92

74

Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . .

12. Driveways, Entrances and Exitsa.

Driveways Across Sidewalksi.

To maximize the use of the sidewalk area, the surface of the sidewalk and thedriveway shall as much as possible, be at the same plane. The entry ramp of thedriveway connecting the roadway surface to the sidewalk surface shall have a slope
ranging from 1/3 to 1/4. (Figs. VIII.G.19. and VIII.G.20.)

ii.

Whenever the height of the curb is more than 200 millimeters, driveways may beconstructed across the entire width of the sidewalk, provided that the driveway shallbe joined to the sidewalk by means of a ramp of rough finish have a slope of not
more than 1/8. The driveway and the ramp shall be made of the same materials asthat of the sidewalk. (Figs. VIII.G.19., VIII.G.20., and VIII.G.21.)

iii.

Entrances and exits of buildings abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or
steps.

iv.

Entrance and exits ramps shall have a slope not exceeding 1/10. (Fig. VIII.G.22.)

v.

Entrance or exit steps shall have treads of not less than 300 millimeters. The
minimum number of steps shall be two (2) with risers not exceeding 100 millimeters.

vi.

No portion of either entrance or exit ramps or steps shall intrude into the sidewalk
pavement.

13. Obstruction on Sidewalksa.

Under no circumstances shall obstruction of any kind be allowed onsidewalks, whether open or arcaded. This specifically refers to all forms ofcommercial signs and commercial structures that impede sight lines orpedestrian traffic along the sidewalk.

b.

Planted areas forming part of the sidewalk or arcade shall not be fenced in
to allow passage of pedestrians and disabled in transit.

14. Curb Configurationsa.

Mountable curbs shall only be allowed if the sidewalk width on each side of
the RROW is at a minimum of 5.00 meters wide.

b.

For greater protection of pedestrians and the disabled, raised curbs areencouraged for use along sidewalks that are less than 5.00 meters in width.

Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . . .

Figure VIII.G.19.

Figure VIII.G.20.

Figure VIII.G.21.

Figure VIII.G.22.

DRIVEWAYS ACROSS SIDEWALKS

94

74

Guidelines on Lots. . . .
E. TOTAL OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS ON LOTS BY USE/OCCUPANCY, TYPE/LOCATION
AND SUGGESTED MINIMUM LOT SIZES, LOT DIMENSIONS & TYPES BY USE/OCCUPANCY
Table VIII.G.6. Minimum TOSL Requirements by Lot Type/Location

Note: Higher Percentages (%) may apply for lots with Minimum Total Lot Area (TLA).
MINIMUM
PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACEBY OCCUPANCY TYPE**(for Proposed Developments
without Firewalls or Abutments)
LOT TYPE/LOCATION*

Interior orRear Lot (Lotlocated in theinterior of a
block madeaccessible
from a public
street or
alley bymeans of a
privateaccessroad); see
Figure VIII.2.

A & B (Residential
or Institution-al)& C, D, E-2
and H(Institutional)

H-1, H-2,
H-4 and I(Cultural)and E-1 andE-3(Transportation/
Utility)

40%(for R-1 use or
occupancy only),

40%(for allclasses ofcultural use
oroccupancy)

30%(for R-2 use or
occupancy only)and30%(for otherresidential uses or
occupancy);
andAll Other
Uses/
Occupancy

and50%(for allclasses oftransportation/ utility use
oroccupancy)

50%(for all classes of
institutional uses
or occupancy)

20%

MINIMUM
PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACEBY OCCUPANCY TYPE**(for Proposed Developmentswith Permitted Firewalls or Allowed
Abutments)
A&B(Residential orInstitution-al)& C, D,
E-2
and H(Institutional)

H-1, H-2,
H-4 and I(Cultural) andE-1 and E-3(Transportation/Utility)

All Other
Uses/
Occupancy*

30% #(for all cultural)

15%

25%**
(for R-2)

20%***(for otherresidential)

40% ##(for all transportation/ utility/
services)

40%****(for allinstitutional)

Notes :*

with absolutely no firewalls/abutments allowed for R-1 use.

**with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side property line and absolutely no firewall/abutment at
front and rear property lines for R-2 use.

***with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) side property lines only or on one (1) side property line andthe rear property line and absolutely no firewall/abutment at front property lines for R-3 and R-5 uses;
and with firewalls/ abutments allowed on two (2) side property lines only and absolutely nofirewall/abutment at the front and rear property lines for R-4 use.

****with firewalls/abutments for all classes of institutional uses.

###with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side for all classes of cultural uses.
with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and rear boundary for allclasses of transportation/utility uses.

+

Refer to Rule VIII - Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8. for lot type/location.

++

Refer to Rule VII for occupancy grouping.

Guidelines on Lots. . . .
Continuation of Table VIII.G.6. . . .

LOT TYPE/MINIMUM
PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACEBY OCCUPANCY TYPE**(for Proposed Developments
without Firewalls or Abutments)

LOCATION*

Inside Lototherwise referred
to as a Regular Lot(Non – corner orsingle frontage lot);
see Figure VIII.3.

A&B(Residential orInstitutional)& C, D, E-2
and H(Institutional)

H-1, H-2,
H-4 and I(Cultural) andE-1 andE-3(Transportation/Utility/Ser
vices)

50%(for R-1 use or
occupancyonly),

40%(for all classesof cultural use
or occupancy)

40%(for R-2 use or
occupancy
only)
and

and

30%
(for otherresidential uses
or occupancy);
and50%(for all classes
of institutional
uses oroccupancy)

Corner Lot+ or
Through
Lot; see Figures
VIII.4. and VIII.5.
+Note: For cornerlots, the largest
setbackrequirement shallapply to the two (2)sides serviced by
the
RROW.

30%
(for R-1 and allotherresidential uses
or occupancy);
and40%(for all classes
of institutional
uses oroccupancy)

All
Other
Uses/
Occupancy

25%

MINIMUM
PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACEBY OCCUPANCY TYPE**(for Proposed Developmentswith Permitted Firewalls or Allowed
Abutments)
A&B(Residential orInstitutional)& C, D, E-2
and H(Institutional)

H-1, H-2,
H-4 and I(Cultural) andE-1 andE-3(Transportation/Utility/Ser
vices)*

30% #(for all cultural)

All Other
Uses/
Occupancy

15%

30%**
(for R-2)

50%(for all classesof transportation/utility use
or occupancy)

20%***(for otherresidential)

40% ##(for alltransportation/utility/ services)

40%****(for allinstitutional)

35%(for all classesof cultural use
or occupancy)
and40%(for allclasses oftransportation/ utility use
or occupancy)

20%

*

30% #
(for all cultural)

10%

25%**
(for R-2)
20%***(for otherresidential)
30%****(for allinstitutional)

30% ##(for alltransportation/utility/ services)

Notes:*

with absolutely no firewalls/abutments allowed for R-1 use.

**with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side property line and absolutely no firewall/abutment at front and rear property lines for R-2
use.

***

with firewalls/ abutments allowed on two (2) side property lines only or on one (1) side property line and the rear property line and absolutely
no firewall/abutment at front property lines for R-3 and R-5 uses; and with firewalls/ abutments allowed on two (2) side property lines only andabsolutely no firewall/abutment at the front and rear property lines for R-4 use.

****with firewalls/abutments for all classes of institutional uses.

#
##
+
++

96

with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side for all classes of cultural uses.
with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and rear boundary for all classes of transportation/utility uses.
Refer to Rule VIII - Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8. for lot type/location.
Refer to Rule VII for occupancy grouping.

74

Guidelines on Lots. . . .
Continuation of Table VIII.G.6. . . .
MINIMUM
PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACEBY OCCUPANCY TYPE**(for Proposed Developments
without Firewalls or Abutments)

MINIMUM
PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACEBY OCCUPANCY TYPE**(for Proposed Developmentswith Permitted Firewalls or Allowed Abutments)

LOT TYPE/ LOCATION*

End Lots bounded on
two (2) or more sides
by the property line of
the subdivision or by
public open spaces
such as easements oflake/sea-shores, rivers,
esteros,
etc. and accessible
only through one (1)side of the lot;
see Figure VIII.8.

A&B(Residential orInstitutional)& C, D, E-2
and H(Institutional)

H-1, H-2,
H-4 and I(Cultural) andE-1 and E-3(Transportation/Utility/Service)40%(for R-1 use or
occupancyonly),

40%(for all classesof cultural use
or occupancy)

30%(for R-2 use or
occupancy
only)
and

and

30%
(for otherresidential uses
or occupancy)

All Other
Uses/
Occupancy

20%

A&B(Residential orInstitutional)& C, D, E-2
and H(Institutional)

H-1, H-2,
H-4 and I(Cultural) andE-1 and E-3(Transportation/Utility/Service)

*

30% #
(for all cultural)

All Other
Uses/
Occupancy

15%

25%**
(for R-2)

50%(for all classesof transportation/utility use
or occupancy)

20%***(for otherresidential)

40% ##(for alltransportation/utility /services)and50%(for all classes
of institutional
uses oroccupancy)
Corner-Through Lotsor Corner Lots+
abutting three (3) ormore public open
spaces such as
streets, alleys, easement of lake/seashores, rivers, esteros,etc.; see Figures VIII.6. and VIII.7.
+Note: For corner lots,
the largest setback
requirement shall apply
to the two (2) sides
serviced by the
RROW.

40%****(for allinstitutional)

30%(for R-1 and allotherresidential andcommercial
uses oroccupancy)

35%(for all classesof culturaluse oroccupancy)

and

40%
(for all classesof transportation/ utility use
or occupancy)

40%(for all classes
of institutional
uses oroccupancy)

and

10%

*

30% #
(for all cultural)

25%**(for R-2)
20%***(for otherresidential andcommercial)

30%****(for allinstitutional)

30% ##(for alltransportation/utility/
services)

Note: See preceding page for typical Notes/Legends

5%

Guidelines on Lots. . . .
Table VIII.G.7. Suggested Minimum Lot Sizes, Lot Dimensions and Types
by Use or Occupancy
Use or
Occupancy(preferably
based on
DulyApproved
Local Zoning
Ordinance)

Lot Location/TypeInterior(or Rear)
Lot

Inside(or Regular)
Lot

CornerLot orThrough Lot

End Lot(See Rule VIIIFigure VIII.2.)(See Rule VIIIFigure VIII.3.)(See Rule VIIIFigures
VIII.4.& VIII.5.)(See Rule VIIIFigure VIII.8.)

301.00 sq.
meters301.00 sq.
meters365.00 sq.
meters

548.00 sq.
meters365.00 sq.
meters21.50 meters
wide (w) x
14.00 meters
deep (d)14.00 meters(w)
x 21.50
meters (d)17.00 meters(w)
x 21.50
meters (d)25.50 meters(w)
x 21.50
meters (d)17.00 meters(w)
x 21.50
meters(d)BasicResidential 2(R-2)
Medium Density
Housing (single
family dwelling
unit with a BHLof 10.00 meters)

Not
Allowed80.00 sq.
meters96.00 sq.
meters140.00 sq.
meters96.00 sq.
meters8.00 meters(w)
x 10.00
meters (d)9.60 meters(w)
x 10.00
meters (d)14.00 meters(w)
x 10.00
meters (d)9.60 meters(w)
x 10.00
meters (d)Maximum
R-2
Medium Density
Housing(multiple
family dwelling
units within one
building/
structure with a
BHL of 15.00
meters)Not
Allowed

192.00 sq.
meters261.00 sq.
meters378.00 sq.
meters261.00 sq.
meters12.00 meters(w)
x 16.00
meters (d)14.50 meters(w)
x 18.00
meters (d)21.00 meters(w)
x 18.00
meters (d)14.50 meters(w)
x 18.00
meters (d)BasicResidential 3(R-3)
High Density
Housing (single
family dwelling
unit with a BHLof 10.00 meters)

Not
Allowed50.00 sq.
meters

75.00 sq.
meters200.00 sq.
meters

75.00 sq.
meters4.00 meters(w)
x 12.50
meters (d)6.00 meters(w)
x 12.50
meters(d)16.00 meters(w)
x 12.50
meters (d)6.00 meters(w)
x 12.50
meters (d)Residential 1
(R-1)

98

CornerThroughLot or Corner
Lot Abutting 3
or MoreStreets, etc.
Rivers, etc.
(See Rule VIIIFigs. VIII.6. &VIII.7.)

74

Guidelines on Lots. . . .
Continuation of Table VIII.G.7. . .
Use or Occupancy(preferably basedon Duly-Approved
Local Zoning
Ordinance)

Lot Location/TypeInterior(or Rear)
Lot(See Rule VIIIFigure VIII.2.)

End Lot(See Rule VIIIFigures VIII.4. &VIII.5.)(See Rule VIIIFigure VIII.8.)

400.00 sq.
meters475.00 sq.
meters700.00 sq.
meters475.00 sq.
meters16.00 meters(w)
x 25.00 meters(d)19.00 meters(w)
x 25.00 meters(d)28.00 meters(w)
x 25.00 meters(d)19.00 meters(w)
x 25.00 meters(d)96.00 sq.
meters120.00 sq.
meters180.00 sq
meters120.00 sq.
meters8.00 meters (w)x 12.00 meters(d)15.00 meters(w)
x 12.00 meters(d)945.00 sq.
meters10.00 meters(w)
x 12.00 meters(d)540.00 sq.
meters35.00 meters(w)
x 27.00 meters(d)
NotAllowed20.00 meters(w)
x 27.00 meters(d)238.00 sq.
metersNot
Allowed14.00 meters(w)
x 17.00 meters(d)365.00 sq.
metersNot
Allowed17.00 meters(w)
x 21.50 meters(d)813.00 sq.
meters(See Rule VIIIFigure VIII.3.)

Maximum R-3
High Density
Housing (multiple
Family dwelling units
within one building/
structure with a BHL
of 36.00 m)

Not
AllowedResidential 4(R-4)
Individual
Townhouse Lots

Not
AllowedResidential 5
(R-5)

Not
Allowed

500.00 sq.
meters10.00 meters(w)
x 12.00 meters(d)540.00 sq.
metersNot
Allowed18.50 meters(w)
x 27.00 meters(d)204.00 sq.
meters20.00 meters(w)
x 27.00 meters(d)238.00 sq.
metersNot
Allowed12.00 meters(w)
x 17.00 meters(d)301.00 sq.
meters14.00 meters(w)
x 17.00 meters(d)365.00 sq.
metersNot
Allowed14.00 meters(w)
x 21.50 meters(d)600.00 sq.
meters17.00 meters(w)
x 21.50 meters(d)813.00 sq.
meters20.00 meters(w)
x 30.00 meters(d)25.00 meters(w)
x 32.50 meters(d)Commercial 1(Com-1)

Commercial 2(Com-2)

Commercial 3*(Com-3)

Corner-ThroughLot or Corner
Lot Abutting 3 orMore Streets,
etc. Rivers, etc.
(See Rule VIIIFigs. VIII.6. &VIII.7.)

CornerLot orThrough Lot

Inside(or Regular) Lot

25.00 meters(w)
x 32.50 meters
(d)

Note:
* Suggested minimum lot sizes, lot dimensions, types and restrictions forCommercial 3 (C-3) lots may also apply to Industrial (I), General Institutional (GI)and Cultural (C) Uses or Occupancies.

Guidelines on Basements. . . .

F. BASEMENTS
1. Maximum Configuration of Basement Levels
While basements may be developed for medium to very high density residential, commercial,
institutional and mixed-use developments, its planning, design and construction shall observe thefollowing limitations:a. The minimum road right-of-way (RROW) width that services the lot on which the basement
can be constructed should be at least 10.00 meters wide;b. For basements to be allowed, the prescribed setbacks and yards must be satisfied for thebuilding/structure above grade inasmuch as the very same setbacks shall apply below grade
to determine the maximum depth or width of the basement level;c.

If the Code prescriptions for introducing natural light and ventilation into all basement levels
are first satisfied (refer to Fig. VIII.G.23.), the maximum depth of the basement can then be
made equal to one-half of the height of the building above grade; if the prescriptions fornatural lighting and ventilation are satisfied, the basement depth can therefore be as much as
one-third of the combined height of the building to be constructed above grade and below
grade;

d. The center portion of all basement levels shall be reserved for the satisfaction of thebasement level may extend by a minimum clear distance of 1.40 meters from the outermost
face of the building (OFB) at grade level;
e. The OFB at the second and lower basement levels shall follow the line of the OFB at gradelevel; andf.

All drainage structures below grade shall not exceed the OFB below grade.

2. Minimum Provisions for Natural Lighting and Ventilation at Basement Levels
If basements are to be developed, the following minimum provisions for natural light andventilation shall be satisfied:a. A primary or main natural light and ventilation shaft (vertical) with a clear distance of at least
3.00 meters shall be located at the center of the building and shall traverse the entire
combined height of the building above and below grade; (refer to Fig. VIII.G.23)
b. Secondary or support natural light and ventilation shaft/s (angular) with a clear distance of atleast 1.20 meters shall emanate from the front and rear perimeters of the building and shalltraverse the entire depth of the basement; the angular shaft/s shall be at an angle of 60º fromthe horizontal, consistent with the maximum Philippine solar angle; separate angular shafts
emanating from the side perimeters of the building are encouraged; andc.

100

Both the vertical and angular shafts shall only be used for natural air and light intake andshall not be used for any form of exhaust or air exchange to keep the temperature inside theshafts at a minimum.

74

Guidelines on Basements. . . .

Figure VIII.G.23.

Guidelines on Public Buildings/Structures. . . .

G. DESIGN OF PUBLIC BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES
1.

Generala. Public buildings/structures are permanent edifices owned by the government, whether
national or local, its agencies, including government-owned and/or controlled corporations.
b. Design of public buildings/structures shall conform to the applicable provisions of thepreceding rules and regulations. Aside from being logically functional and structurally sound,should promote, enhance and express the aesthetic presentability, customs and traditions,socio-economic values environmental quality and cultural heritage of the region concerned
towards evolving a distinct Filipino Architecture.
c.

The architectural character of public buildings/structures must fully express the nature of theirfunction, use or occupancy and should reflect their identity as public buildings/structurescompatible with their total macro and microenvironment.

d. Public buildings/structures should be designed for permanence but with maximized flexibility
to allow for future adjustments in their uses/occupancies.
e. Use of indigenous and/or locally manufactured/produced materials such as marble, stone,
adobe, clay tiles, wood, coco wood, kapis shells, should be maximized unless theirproduction or usage are banned or regulated by the government to promote the efforts toconserve natural resources.
f.

Use of natural light and ventilation by means of proper orientation, cross ventilation,
convection, sun control devices and the like should be maximized.

g. Choice of finishes should aim to minimize maintenance costs.
h. The architectural plan and design must basically reflect the functional manner or spatial
utilization and/or the evolving Filipino, Asian or International usage of spaces that need to be
projected if required or used, more than just attention to pure forms/images.

102

i.

Only the use of good to high quality materials, labor, technologies and construction methods
within the approved budget, must be specified by its planners and designers to ensure
permanence, long continued use and low maintenance cost of public buildings or structures.

j.

Plans and designs of all public buildings must fully comply with all of the planning and design
requirements under the Code and this IRR including the Fire Code of the Philippines and theAccessibility Law (BP Blg. 344).

k.

Strictly consider proper landscaping analysis and design not only for aesthetics but more sofor the prevention of erosion of its site and immediate vicinity, and for ecological balance.

l.

These requirements are not intended to limit the creativity of the designer nor preclude theuse of advanced or innovative technology particularly in instances wherein mandated
compliance under this Guideline shall present a major difficulty in or hamper the proper
execution of the plan, design or architectural concept.

74

Guidelines on Public Buildings/Structures. . . .
2. Site Selection
a. Where a project site is yet to be selected, the potential site must be compatible with the
project usage. The site should be accessible, and near power, water, sewerage, drainage aswell as transportation, communication and solid waste management system for practical andeconomic considerations.
b. Site analysis should show an accurate and thorough understanding of the site. It should
include, but not limited to, consideration of topography, point of access, existingbuildings/structures/utilities/services, trees, soil characteristics, existing and approved land
uses, views and vulnerabilities to flooding, erosion, seismic activity or other threats.
c.

The site must be properly and completely described, clearly defining its technical boundaries,
showing access thereto such as highway, road or alley and indicating easements,
encroachments,
approvedbuildinglines,
proposedroadwidening,
existingbuildings/structures, utilities/services and trees. For site on rolling grounds or steep slope, its
contour lines must be shown at convenient intervals.

3. Site Development
a. Location and Orientation - Locate and orient the buildings to maximize the use of naturalventilation and lighting and minimize energy consumption within the constraints of thefunctional requirements, the topography and site configuration. North-south exposure ofbuildings has the advantage of maximizing the cooling effect of prevailing winds coming fromthe southeasterly and southwesterly directions. Such exposures minimize the effect ofafternoon solar heat at the same time.
b. Site Drainage - Drainage is a basic site design consideration and must be done inconjunction with siting and orientation of buildings, location of parking lots and roads,
consideration of topography and compliance with functional site requirements. Parking lots,
roads and walks must be graded to assure positive drainage for each major site element andmust be coordinated into a total drainage system. Existing drainage ways, if any, should be
utilized to retain the original character of the site and to avoid unnecessary earthwork.
c.

Grading Design - Balance the cut and fill for the entire site as closely as possible toeliminate the need for hauling earth on or off the site. If topography for areas required forparking, roadways and other site features require cut and fill, selection of finished elevations
for backfilling of the entire site should be well studied and appropriate.

d. Vehicular and Pedestrian Access and Circulation - Access and circulation patterns to andwithin the site must be studied in the process of site planning. Easy and direct access andsmooth circulation should be provided for vehicles and pedestrians including for disabled
persons.

e. Site Utilities and Services - Provide adequate underground utilities and services such asconcrete or masonry trench with retractable covers for maintenance and avoid diggings of
new roads. The trench alignments shall be coordinated with paving of roads and landscape,including future extensions, to avoid conflicts with these site elements.
Provide mosteconomical run, and minimize the possibility of utility relocation. Coordinate the location ofunderground site utilities and services such as power, water supply, seweragecommunications and drainage systems to reduce the possibility of utility/service crossing andcontaminatio

RULE IX - SANITATIONSECTION 901. General Requirements
Subject to the provisions of Book II of the Civil Code of the Philippines on Property, Ownership, andits Modification, all buildings hereafter erected, altered, remodeled, relocated or repaired for humanhabitation shall be provided with adequate and potable water supply, plumbing installation, and suitablewastewater treatment or disposal system, storm water drainage, pest and vermin control, noise
abatement device, and such other measures required for the protection and promotion of health of
persons occupying the premises and others living nearby.

SECTION 902. Water Supply System
1. Whenever available, the potable water requirements for a building used for human habitation shall be
supplied from existing municipal or city waterworks system.
2. The quality of drinking water from meteoric, surface or underground sources shall conform to thecriteria set in the latest approved National Standards for Drinking Water Standards.
3. The design, construction and operation of deepwells for the abstraction of groundwater shall be
subject to the provisions of the Water Code of the Philippines (PD 1067).
4. The design, construction and operation of independent waterwork systems of private housing
subdivisions or industrial estates shall be governed by existing laws relating to local waterworks
system.
5. The water piping installation for water supply and distribution to each fixture including the wastewaterdrainage with proper venting inside building and premises, shall conform to the provision of the
Revised National Plumbing Code of the Philippines.

SECTION 903. Wastewater Disposal System
1. Sanitary sewage from buildings and neutralized or pre-treated industrial wastewater shall bedischarged directly into the nearest street sanitary sewer main of existing municipal or city sanitary
sewerage system in accordance with the criteria set by the Code on Sanitation of the Philippines andthe Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR).
2. All buildings located in areas where there are no available sanitary sewerage system shall dispose
their sewage to “Imhoff” or septic tank and subsurface absorption field or to a suitable waste water
treatment plant or disposal system in accordance with the Code on Sanitation of the Philippines andthe Revised National Plumbing Code of the Philippines.
3. Sanitary and industrial plumbing installations inside buildings and premises shall conform to theprovisions of the Revised National Plumbing Code of the Philippines.

SECTION 904. Storm Drainage System
1. Rainwater drainage shall not discharge to the sanitary sewer system.
2. Adequate provisions shall be made to drain rainwater from low areas in buildings and their premises.
3. The drainage pipe installation and sewerage system of any premises and/or connection with any
public disposal or any acceptable terminal shall conform to the Revised National Plumbing Code of
the Philippines.

104

74
SECTION 905. Pest and Vermin Control
1. All buildings with hollow and/or wood construction shall be provided with rat-proofing.
2. Garbage bins and receptacles shall be provided with ready means for cleaning and with positive
protection against entry of pests and vermins.
3.

Dining rooms for public use without artificial ventilation shall be properly screened.

SECTION 906. Noise Pollution Control
1. Industrial establishments shall be provided with positive noise abatement devices to tone down thenoise level of equipment and machineries to acceptable limits set down by the Department of Laborand Employment and the Department of Environment and Natural Resources.
2. Noise as an unwanted sound both in quality and intensity and excessive vibration whose sources inbuilding/structure construction shall conform to acceptable limits the required emission standards of
DENR.

SECTION 907. Pipes Materials
All pipe materials to be used in buildings/structures shall conform to the standard specifications of the
Bureau of Product Standards (BPS) of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI).

RULE X – BUILDING PROJECTION OVER PUBLIC STREETSSECTION 1001. General Requirements
1. No part of any building or structure or any of its appendages, shall project beyond the building line
except as provided herein.
2. The projection of any structure or appendage over a public property shall be the distance measured
horizontally from the property line to the outermost point of the projection.
SECTION 1002. Projection into Alleys or Streets
1. No part of any structure or its appendage shall project into any alley or street, national road or public
highway except as provided in the Code.
2. Footings located at least 2.40 meters below grade along national roads or public highway may project
not more than 300 millimeters beyond the property line provided that said projection shall not obstruct
any existing utilities/services such as power, water, sewer, gas, communication, and drainage lines,
etc, unless the owner concerned shall pay the corresponding entities for the rerouting of the parts of
the affected utilities.
3. Foundations may be permitted to encroach into public sidewalk areas to a width not exceeding 500
millimeters; provided that the top of the said foundation is not less than 600 millimeters below theestablished grade; and provided further, that said projection shall not obstruct any existing
utilities/services such as power, water, sewer, gas, communication and drainage lines, etc., unlessthe owner concerned shall pay the corresponding entities for the rerouting of the parts of the affectedutilities.
SECTION 1003. Projection of Balconies and Appendages Over Streets
1. The extent of any projection over an alley or street shall be uniform within a block and shall conform to
the limitations set forth in Table X.1. as shown below:
TABLE X.1. Projection of Balconies and Appendages

Width of Streets

Total Projections

Over 3.00 meters but less than 6.00 meters6.00 meters to less than 10.00 meters10.00 meters to less than 11.00 meters11.00 meters to less than 12.00 meters12.00 meters to less than 13.00 meters13.00 meters to less than 14.00 meters14.00 meters or over

.60 meter.90 meter
1.00 meter1.10 meters1.30 meters1.40 meters1.50 meters

2. The clearance between the established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk and the lowest undersurface of any part of the balcony shall not be less than 3.00 meters.
3. In case the projection is a neon sign and the like, the same shall be in accordance with Rule XX –Signs.

106

74
SECTION 1004. Arcades
1.

Whenever required by existing building and zoning regulations, arcades shall be constructed onsidewalks of streets. The width of the arcade and its height shall be uniform throughout the street
provided that in no case, shall an arcade be less than 3.00 meters above the established sidewalk
grade. (Fig. X.1.)

2. Arcaded pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of 3.00 meters. (Fig. X.1.)
3. Driveways crossing arcaded pedestrian walkways shall be at the same level with that of the arcades
for the safety of the pedestrians. (Fig. X.2.)

Figure X.1.

Figure X.2.

ARCADESSECTION 1005. Canopies (Marquees)
1.Canopy or Marquee is a permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported by thebuilding and projecting over a wall or sidewalk. This includes any object or decoration attachedthereto.
2. Projection and Clearances. The horizontal clearance between the outermost edge of the marqueeand the curb line shall be not less than 300 millimeters. The vertical clearance between the pavement
or ground line and the undersurface of any part the marquee shall not be less than 3.00 meters.
3. Construction. A marquee shall be constructed of incombustible material or materials of not less than
two- hours fire- resistive construction. It shall be provided with necessary drainage facility.
4. Location. Every marquee shall be so located as not to interfere with the operation of any exterior
standpipe connection or to obstruct the clear passage from stairway exits from the building or the
installation or maintenance of electroliers.

SECTION 1006. Movable Awnings or Hoods
1. Awning is a movable shelter supported entirely from an exterior wall of a building and of a type which
can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supporting building.
2. Clearance. The horizontal clearance between the awning and the curb line shall not be less than 300
millimeters. The vertical clearance between the undermost surface of the awning and the pavement or
ground line shall be not less than 2.40 meters. Collapsible awnings shall be so designated that theyshall not block a required exit when collapsed or folded.

SECTION 1007. Doors, Windows, and the Like
Doors, windows, and the like less than 2.40 meters above the pavement or groundline shall not, when
fully opened or upon opening, project beyond the property line except fire exit doors.

SECTION 1008. Corner Buildings with Chaflans
1. Every corner building or solid fence on a public street or alley less than 3.60 meters in width shall betruncated at the corner. The face of the triangle so formed shall be at right angle to the bisector of theangle of the intersection of the street lines, provided, that in no case shall the length of the chaflan beless than 4.00 meters. (Fig. X.3.)
2. Corner buildings or solid wall fences to be built abutting property lines on corners of public alley orstreet intersections shall be provided with chaflans to afford a clear view.
3. If the building is arcaded, no chaflan is required notwithstanding that the width of the public street or
alley is less than 3.60 meters. (Fig. X.4.)

108

74
Figure X.3.

Figure X.4.

CHAFLANSRULE XI - PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS DURING CONSTRUCTION
OR DEMOLITIONSECTION 1101. General Requirements
1. No person shall use or occupy a street, alley or public sidewalk for the performance or work coveredby a building permit except in accordance with the provisions of this Rule.
2. No person shall perform any work or any building/structure adjacent to a public way in general use forpedestrian travel, unless the pedestrians are protected as specified in this Rule.
3. Any material, building/structure temporarily occupying public property, including fence, canopies andwalkways, shall be adequately lighted between sunset and sunrise.

SECTION 1102. Storage in Public Property
1. Materials and equipment necessary for work to be done under a permit when placed or stored on
public property shall not obstruct free and convenient approach to and use of any fire hydrant, fire orpolice alarm box, utility box, catch basin, or manhole and shall not interfere with any drainage of any
street or alley, gutter, and with the safe and smooth flow of vehicular and pedestrian traffic.
2. Materials to be stored at or near construction sites shall be piled or stacked in an orderly manner toavoid toppling over or being otherwise displaced. No materials shall be piled or stacked higher than
1.80 meters, except in yards or sheds intended especially for storage. When piles exceed 1.20
meters in height, the material shall be so arranged that the sides and ends of the piles taper back.

SECTION 1103. Mixing Mortar on Public Property
The mixing of mortar, concrete, or similar materials on public streets shall not be allowed.

SECTION 1104. Protection of Utilities
1. All public or private utilities and services above or below the ground shall be protected from any
damage by any work being done under the permit.
2. The protection shall be maintained while such work is being done and shall not obstruct the normal
functioning of any such utility.
3. Temporary Light and Powera. Temporary wiring for light, heat and/or power shall be adequately protected against mechanicalor over-current failures. All conductive materials enclosing fixed or portable electric equipment, or
forming a part of such equipment, shall be properly grounded.
b. Temporary electric service poles shall be self-supporting or adequately braced or guyed at all
times.

110

74
SECTION 1105. Walkway
1. When the Building Official authorizes a sidewalk to be fenced or closed, or in case there is no
sidewalk in front of the building/structure site during construction or demolition, a temporary walkway
of not less than 1.20 meters shall be provided.
2. Such walkway shall be capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650.00 kilogram per sq. meters.
3. Durable wearing surface shall be provided and must remain safe throughout the construction period.
4. Where the sidewalk is permitted by the Building Official to be fully occupied and fenced-off or
enclosed, a temporary walkway adjacent to the curb line shall be required. Where the street has nosidewalk, a temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not less than 600 millimeters wide shall be
provided. Where the RROW is 5.00 meters or less, no temporary walkway shall be allowed.
5. Where only partial occupancy and fencing-off of the sidewalk is necessary, a temporary walkway will
not be required provided that a width of at least 600 millimeters of the sidewalk with protective railingon road side shall be left open for the use of pedestrians.

SECTION 1106. Pedestrian Protection
1. Where the walkway occupies part of the roadway or is adjacent to an excavation, protective railingson the street side or on the side of the excavation shall be required.
2. Railings where required, shall be built substantially strong and sturdy and shall not be less than 1.00
meters in height.
3. Fences
Fences shall entirely enclose the construction/demolition site and shallbeerected onthebuilding side of sidewalks or walkways and shall be made of approved materials (e.g. G.I. sheet,wooden boards and/or planks, plywood or Lawanit, sawali), not less than 2.40 meters in height above
the curb line. Fences shall be built solid for its full length except for such openings as may benecessary for proper execution of the work. Such openings shall be provided with doors, which shallbe kept closed at all times except when in actual use.
a. When the horizontal distance between the outermost face of the building/structure area and theinner edge of the sidewalk is more than one-half (1/2) the height of the building, a 2.40 meters
fence is required. (Figure XI.1.)
b. When the horizontal distance between the outermost face of the building and the inner edge ofthe sidewalk is equal to or less than one-half (1/2) the height of the building, a canopy shall be
required in addition to a fence. (Fig. XI.2.)
4. Canopiesa.

The
protective
canopy shall have a clear unobstructed height of 2.40 meters above thewalkway and shall be made of sufficient strength and stability to sustain safely the weight ofmaterials that may be placed thereon, and to withstand shocks incident to the handling of suchmaterials or their preparation for use, and accidental jars from trucks passing or delivering
materials.

b. When the canopy is used for the storage of materials or for the performance of work of any kind,
substantial railings not less than 1.00 meters high and solid toe boards not lessthan 300 millimeters high shall be placed along the street side and ends of the canopy. The
canopy shall be capable of safely sustaining a load of 4800 Pascal or the intended load to beplaced thereon, whichever is bigger.

c.

The deck flooring of a canopy shall consist of planking not less than 50 millimeters in thickness,closely laid. All members of the canopy shall be adequately braced and connected to resist
displacement of members or distortion of the framework.

d. Canopies shall be constructed solid for its entire length except for such openings as may benecessary for loading purposes. Such openings shall be kept closed at all times except during
actual loading operation.
e. Unless the top deck of the canopy is built solidly against the face of the building/structure to beconstructed/demolished, the vertical face of the canopy supports next to the building shall besolidly fenced throughout, except for such openings as may be necessary for the execution ofwork. Such openings shall be provided with sliding or swinging gates which shall be kept closed
at all times except when in actual use. (Figs. XI.3., XI.4., XI.5., XI.6.).
f.

The street side of the canopy shall be kept open for a height of not less than 2.40 meters above
the curb. The underside of the canopy shall be properly lighted at night with not less than 100Watts bulb every 6.00 meters of its length and at each change of grade or elevation of the
sidewalk surface.

g. When a wall of the building abuts or fronts a street, fans or catch platforms shall be erected alongthat wall at the level of the first floor of the building above the street level. Fans or catch
platforms shall be erected at the level of other floors of the building as may be necessary to
prevent nuisance from dust or danger from falling debris or materials.
h. When the horizontal distance between the outermost face of the building and the outer edge ofthe sidewalk is less than one-half (1/2) the height of the building, a protective device such as a
net or screen extending from the uppermost part of the construction/demolition to ground level
shall be required in addition to a fence and canopy. (Fig. XI.7.)
i.

Wherever required, protective netting/covering shall be of approved and substantially strong
material such as 2 millimeters diameter G.I. wire, 38 millimeters mesh nylon net, or canvas.

j.

Where a wall of the building abuts or fronts a street, dust screens shall be erected to cover theentire wall so as to prevent nuisance from dust.

k.

For medium and high-rise buildings six (6) storeys and higher, all protective and safety
devices/facilities shall be completely installed including safety belts, safety nets and canopies forthe safety of workers, pedestrians, nearby residents and motorists.

5. Warning Signs and Lights
a. At every construction/demolition site, warning signs shall be conspicuously posted around theproperty. Warning signs shall be adequately illuminated at night for the protection of unwary
pedestrians.
b. All entrances/exits to and from the construction/demolition site shall be kept closed at all times
except during actual passage of men, materials or equipment.
c.

112

All warning signs and lights shall be properly maintained even when operations are not inprogress.

74

Figure XI.1.

Figure XI.2.

PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS,NEARBY RESIDENTS AND THE PUBLIC
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION

Figure XI.3.

FULL OCCUPANCY
OF SIDEWALK

Figure XI.4.

PARTIAL OCCUPANCY
OF SIDEWALK

Figure XI.5.

PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS,NEARBY RESIDENTS AND THE PUBLIC
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION

114

74

Figure XI.6.

Figure XI.7.

PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS,NEARBY RESIDENTS AND THE PUBLIC
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMO

d. All areas of danger in demolition operations shall be properly enclosed and danger signs posted.
Watchmen shall be provided to warn workers of impending dangers and all unauthorized persons
shall be excluded from places where demolition is in progress.

SECTION 1107. Maintenance and Removal of Protective Devices
1.

Maintenance. All protective devices shall be properly maintained in place kept in good order for theentire length of time pedestrians may be endangered.
a. Average Light Intensity and Illuminationi.

All parts of buildings/structures under construction/demolition, and all sheds, scaffolds,
canopied walkways, work or storage areas, and equipment used in connection with suchoperations shall have sufficient light to insure safety and protection of life and property. In
passageways, stairways and corridors, the average light intensity measured at floor level
shall be not less than 200 LUX.

ii.

At locations where tools and/or machinery are used, the average light intensity measured atfloor level shall be not less than 500 LUX. Natural or artificial illumination shall be provided
in such a manner that glare and shadows will not adversely affect the safety and protectionof the public, workers and property.

b. Welding and Cutting

116

i.

Gas welding and cutting and arc welding in construction/ demolition operations shall be
restricted to experienced workers accredited by the Technical Education Skills
Development Authority (TESDA). Suitable goggles, helmets and gloves shall be provided
for and worn by workers engaged in gas welding or cutting or arc welding. Incombustible
shields shall be provided to protect the workers when exposed to falling hot metal oxide.

ii.

Gas welding or cutting or arc welding shall not be done above pedestrians and workers.
When unavoidable, an incombustible shield shall be provided between the work andworkers below. A watchman shall be stationed to give warning at places where
pedestrians and workers, in the course of their activity, are likely to pass under a gas
welding or cutting or an arc welding operation.

iii.

Gas welding or cutting shall not be carried out in any place where ample ventilation is notprovided or from which quick escape is difficult. When unavoidable, workers engaged insuch work in confined spaces shall be allowed frequent access to fresh air. A relief worker
shall be stationed close at hand to assist the worker in case of accident and to shut off thegases.

iv.

Tanks of fuel gas shall not be moved or allowed to stand for any extended period when not
in use unless the caps of such tanks are in place.

v.

Suitable cradles shall be used for lifting or lowering oxygen or fuel tanks, to reduce to aminimum the possibility of dropping tanks. Ordinary rope slings shall not be used.

vi.

Tanks supplying gases for welding or cutting shall be located at no greater distance fromthe work than is necessary for safety.

vii.

Such tanks shall be securely fastened in place and in upright position. They shall be stored
or set in place for use so that they are not exposed to the direct rays of the sun or to hightemperature.

74
viii.

Before steel beams or other structural shapes or elements of construction are cut by meansof a gas flame, they shall be secured by cables or chains to prevent them from dropping or
swinging.

ix.

Where, in the course of demolition work, steel work or ironwork is being cut, released or
dismantled, all necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from sudden twist,
spring or collapse.

c. Special Typhoon Precautionsi.

Whenever a typhoon is expected to pass at or near the construction site, all construction
materials and equipment shall be secured against displacement by wind forces.

ii.

Construction sheds, construction materials and equipment shall be secured by guying,shoring, or by tying down.

iii.

Where a full complement of personnel is employed or engaged for such protection
purposes, normal construction activity or uses of materials or equipment may continue,
allowing such reasonable time as may be necessary to secure such materials andequipment before winds of gale force are anticipated, in accordance with warnings oradvisories issued by the Philippine Atmospherical Geophysical Astronomical Services
Administration (PAGASA).

d. Hoisting Machineryi.

Every hoisting engine shall be provided with adequate brakes capable of holding the
maximum load at any point of travel.

ii.

Hoisting machinery shall be enclosed to exclude unauthorized persons. If placed outside
the building, further protection against falling objects shall be provided.

iv.

Guards shall be provided with exposed gears and other moving parts and around hoisting
cables at all points to prevent workers from tripping or getting their clothing caught.
Ample room shall be provided around hoisting engines, motors or machineries or apparatus
to allow the free and safe movement of the operators.

v.

vi.

When hoisting machinery is set on an elevated platform, such platform shall be of
substantial and sturdy construction. Guardrails and toe boards shall be provided along all
open sides of such platform.

vii.

Electrical machinery and equipment to be used for construction work shall be installed andoperated in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code.

viii.

Steam boilers used in construction work shall be installed, equipped and maintained inaccordance with the Philippine Mechanical Code.

ix.

A tag line or guide rope shall be used on all loads being hoisted or lowered.

e. Platform Hoistsi.

Platform hoists for the handling of materials in buildings under construction shall have the
car substantially constructed and provided with covers, either solid or wire mesh.

ii.

If suitable overhead protection is provided, the covers may be omitted.

iii.

Hoists shall be equipped with a broken-rope safety device.

f.

g.

118

iv.

Where wheelbarrows or buggies are used for handling material on platform hoists, cleats
shall be nailed to the platform to fix the proper position so that handles shall not project
beyond platform edges.

v.

Supports for the overhead sheave of the hoist shall be designed to carry two (2) times theweight of the hoist and its maximum load.

Hoist Towersi.

Hoist towers erected in connection with construction work shall be substantially constructed.
All members shall be so proportioned that the stresses shall not exceed those specified forthe material when carrying the dead load of the tower plus two times the weight of theplatform or bucket or its maximum load.

ii.

Every hoist tower shall rest on a sufficiently solid foundation to prevent injurious settlement
or distortion of its framework.

iii.

The base of every hoist tower shall be screened or otherwise protected on all sides to aheight of not less than 1.80 meters.

iv.

Every hoist tower shall be secured in not less than four (4) directions against swaying or
tipping at intervals of not more than 10.00 meters in its height, by steel cable guys
adequately anchored or by other satisfactory means.

v.

Such towers which are constructed adjacent to buildings shall be secured to the building
frame at each floor as the construction progresses.

vi.

Hoist towers erected within the building, but not occupying the entire opening throughwhich they pass, shall be completely enclosed on all sides and shall be provided with doors
at the unloading points unless the platform hoist is solidly enclosed on all sides to theheight to which material is to be loaded or unloaded.

vii.

Landing platforms in hoist towers or platforms connecting a hoist tower to a building orother structure shall be provided with guardrails and toe boards.

Derricks and Cranesi.

Derricks shall be so designed and assembled that no part shall be stressed beyond thesafe working stress for the material under its maximum rated load in any possible position.
Such maximum load shall be conspicuously posted on each derrick.

ii.

The foot-block of every derrick shall be firmly secured against motion in any direction.

iii.

Guy derricks shall have the top of the mast held by not less than six (6) steel guy cables
secured by firm anchorages and so placed that the angle of the guy with the mast shall be
as large as possible.

iv.

The moving parts of derricks and cranes shall be kept well lubricated. All parts shall beinspected at least every other day.

v.

Use and operation of cranes shall be in accordance with Rule XIII.

vi.

In the operation of cranes and similar devices, a standard signal system shall be used andall men assigned to the operation of such equipment shall be fully instructed on the signals.

74
h. Cables, Ropes, Chains and Blocksi.

i.

All ropes andcablesusedinconnection with scaffolds, derricks and hoisting
apparatus shall be tested before being put to use and at least once every thirty (30) days
while in use, to insure their safety and suitability for the purpose.

ii.

Cables, ropes, chains and blocks shall be of such size that the maximum load supported bythem will not exceed one-sixth (1/6) of their breaking strength.

iii.

Blocks designed for use with abaca ropes shall not be used for steel cables.

iv.

Blocks used at or near floors or in other exposed places to change the direction of cables
shall be enclosed or otherwise effectively guarded.

v.

Chains shall not be used for slings, bridles or other similar purposes, but shall be restricted
to only a straight pull.

vi.

Hooks shall not be used for hoisting buckets, cages or skips.

Ladders and Temporary Stairwaysi.

Except where either permanent or temporary stairways or runways are required, ladders shallbe provided to give access to all floors, stagings or platforms where work is being done
more than five (5) storeys above ground or above a permanent or temporary floor.

ii.

Ladders shall not be extended by joining two (2) or more together. No single ladder shallexceed 6.00 meters in length. When greater heights are to be reached, intermediate
platforms shall be erected.

iii.

Ladder landings shall be at least 1.20 meters square and equipped with handrails and toe
boards.

iv.

Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly and as near to 300 millimeters as practicable.

v.

Ladders leading to floors, stagings or platforms shall extend at least 900 millimeters above
the level of such floors, stagings or platforms.

vi.

When used temporarily in place of stairways or runways, ladders serving traffic in both
directions simultaneously shall be at least 1.00 meters wide. If separate ladders areprovided for going up and coming down, they shall be marked "UP" and "DOWN"
respectively at each floor and platform level.

vii.

All ladders, when in use, shall be set up in a manner to be secured and to prevent slipping.
Ladders, except stepladders or other self-supporting ladders, shall be securely fastened toa permanent support at the top, and if necessary, at the bottom, and braced to prevent
swaying, bending or shaking.

viii.

Ladders shall not be placed or used in shafts of operative elevators or hoists except byworkers engaged in the erection, construction, alteration or repair of any such shafts,
hoistways or equipment.

ix.

Ladders shall not be painted, but may be oiled or treated with preservatives so as to permit
the detection of faults.

x.

Every ladder shall be inspected by the superintendent or foreman in charge before being
put to use on a construction operation and thereafter at least once every thirty (30) days
while in continued use.

j.

xi.

Permanent stairways shall be installed in all buildings under construction as soon as
conditions will permit.

xii.

When the work on a building has progressed to a height in excess of 18.00 meters and it
has not been practicable to install the permanent stairways, at least one temporary stairway
shall be provided for the full height and continued upward as rapidly as the work
progresses.

xiii.

Stairs and stairways shall be of sufficient strength to support a load of at least 4800 Pascal.
All stairways shall be guarded on all open sides with handrails and toe boards.

xiv.

Temporary stairs shall be constructed so that treads and risers are uniform in width andheight in any one (1) flight.

xv.

The sum of the height of the two (2) risers and the width of one (1) tread shall be not lessthan 460 millimeters nor more than 700 millimeters.

xvi.

Temporary stairways shall be not less than 900.00 millimeters wide.

xvii.

Landings shall be not less than 750 millimeters long. No flight of stairs of temporary
stairways shall have a vertical rise in excess of 3.60 meters. Whenever necessary,intermediate landings shall be provided.

xviii.

Temporary and permanent stairways shall be adequately lighted.

xix.

Permanent stairs that are to be used during construction and on which treads are to be
filled in later shall have wooden treads firmly fitted in place for the full area of the tread.

xx.

The top surfaces of the temporary treads shall be maintained above the tops of the risers or
nosings.

xxi.

No door shall open directly onto a flight of stairs, but a landing equal at least the width ofthe door shall be provided between the door and the stairs.

Runways and Rampsi.

Runways and ramps used in connection with scaffolds or extending from storey to storey orotherwise located and maintained for an extended period of time or for the transfer of bulky
material shall be constructed of at least three (3) 25 x 250 millimeters planks laid closelyside by side and substantially supported and braced to prevent unequal deflection andspringing action.

ii.

Runways and ramps shall have a slope not greater than one is to three (1:3). The total riseof a runway or ramp between landings shall not exceed 1.80 meters.

iii.

When the rise is steeper than 1:3, runways or ramps shall be provided with cleats spaced
not more than 20 millimeters apart.

iv.

Runways and ramps having a total rise of more than 1.80 meters, or passing over or nearfloor openings, high tension wires or other dangerous places, shall be provided withguardrails and toe boards.

h. Scaffoldsi.

120

Properly constructed scaffolds shall be provided for all works which cannot be done safely
by workmen standing on permanent or solid construction, except when such work can bedone safely from ladders. All such scaffolds shall be substantially constructed to support at
least four (4) times the maximum load, and shall be secured to prevent swaying.

74
ii.

Planks used in the construction of stationary scaffolds shall be not less than 50 millimeters
nominal thickness. Where such planks overlap at the ends, the overlap shall be not lessthan 150 millimeters. Planks shall be so placed that they cannot tip under the weight of theworker at any point. All nails shall be driven full strength. No nails shall be subject to direct
pull.

iii.

Ropes, cables and blocks shall sustain at least six (6) times the maximum loads to which
they will be subjected. Where acids are likely to come in contact with them, ropes shall not
be used but steel cables properly protected by grease or oil or other effective methods shallbe used instead.

iv.

Every scaffold, the platform level of which is more than 1.80 meters above the ground, orabove a permanent or temporary floor, other than iron workers' scaffolds and carpenters'
bracket scaffolds, shall be provided with guard rails and toe boards extending the full lengthof the scaffold and along the ends except where ramps or runways connect with them,unless otherwise enclosed or guarded. On suspended, swinging and pole scaffolds, thespace between guardrails and toe boards shall be fitted with wire mesh screens securely
attached.

v.

Where objects are likely to fall on a scaffold from above, a substantial overhead protection
shall be provided not more than 3.00 meters above the scaffold platform, and at doorways,
passageways or other points. Where workers must pass under scaffolds, a substantial
overhead protection shall be provided.

vi.

No materials or equipment other than required by the workers shall be placed on scaffold
platforms.

vii.

Roof brackets, roof scantling, crawling boards and similar forms of supports shall be
substantial in construction and securely fastened in place when in use.

viii.

Barrels, boxes or other similar unstable objects shall not be used as supports.

ix.

When used over public sidewalks or other places of public use, scaffolds used for minorbuilding repairs, alterations, or painting, shall be equipped with drop cloths to effectively
prevent the falling of paint or debris.

x.

Scaffolds used for sandblasting and guniting operations shall be entirely and effectively
enclosed, and the determination of effective enclosure shall be the completed absence ofparticles of materials of operation in the air at a horizontal distance of 15.0 meters from thepoint of operation.

k. Temporary Flooringi.

In buildings of skeleton construction, the permanent floor, except for necessary hoistway
openings, shall, when possible, be constructed as the building progresses. There shall be
not more than three (3) unfilled floors below the highest permanent floor.

ii.

In buildings of skeleton construction, the entire working floor shall be planked over, except
spaces required for raising or lowering materials, and for stairways or ladders. Planks shallnot tip under the weight of a worker at any point and secured, so that they cannot slip out ofplace.

iii.

In buildings of wood joist construction, the immediate underfloor shall be laid for each floor
as the building progresses.

l.

Floor Openingsi.

All floor openings used as hoistways or elevator shaftways shall be protected on all sides,
except the side being used for loading or unloading. Protection shall be in the form of
barricades or guardrails not less than 900 millimeters high placed not less than 600
millimeters distant at all points from the edges of such openings. If guardrails are used, toeboards shall be provided along the edges of the openings. Sides left open for loading or
unloading shall be guarded by similar solid doors or gates.

ii.

All floor openings used as stairways or for the accommodation of ladders or runways shallbe guarded by railings and toe boards.

iii.

All floor openings shall be protected on all sides by solid barriers or railings with toe boards
not less than 900 millimeters high or shall be planked over by temporary construction
capable of sustaining safely such loads as are likely to come thereon.

iv.

Barriers for the protection of openings used as hoistways or for elevators shall be
constructed so that workers cannot thrust head, arms or legs through them, and loosematerials cannot fall or be pushed into the shaftway.

v.

Barriers and guardrails around floor openings shall remain in place until permanent
enclosures or protection are otherwise provided.

m. Guardrails and Toe Boardsi.

Guardrails, when required under this Rule, shall have the top rail not less than 900
millimeters with an intermediate rail provided between the top rail and the platform.

ii.

All
guardrails shall have supports not more than 2.40 meters apart, constructed towithstand a horizontal force of 30 kilograms per sq. meters.

iii.

Toe boards, whenever required under this Rule, shall extend not less than 150 millimeters
above the platform level and shall be placed to fit close to the edges of the platform. They
shall be adequately secured along the entire length to resist the impact of workers' feet andthe shifting of materials.

iv.

Toe boards of metal shall be not less than 25 millimeters nominal thickness, with supports
not more than 1.20 meters apart.

v.

Toe boards of metal shall be not less than 30 millimeters thick, with supports not more than
1.20 meters apart.

2. Removal. Every protective fence or canopy shall be removed within 30 days after such protection is nolonger required as determined by the Building Official.
SECTION 1108. Demolition
1. If the work is of a difficult or dangerous nature, it should be done by a contractor experienced in suchwork.
2. Before demolition is commenced, notice of intention to proceed should be given to the adjoining
owners of the buildings.
3. Before commencing to demolish a building or repair a badly damaged building, shoring, tying, andstrutting are necessary to prevent movement.

122

74
4. For the purposes of arranging shores, ties, and other security measures, a survey of the existingbuilding and the adjoining owner’s building should be made prior to demolition and, where possible,
particulars of existing wall foundations and of the subsoil should be obtained.
5. Demolition should be done as much as possible, floor-by-floor.
6. Care should be taken to dispose of debris as it arises. If this is not done, there is a great risk ofoverloading the floors, which may result in a collapse. All debris arising from demolition should be
kept damp by means of spraying water from a hose with a fine spray to prevent dust arising andcausing inconvenience to adjoining owners and pedestrians.
7. Fans or catch platforms should be provided over public footways, etc., to protect workmen andoccupants of adjoining building and the general public from falling debris during demolition. One fanstat the first (1 ) floor level should be sufficient for buildings of three (3) storeys. Building of more than
three (3) storeys should have additional fans at higher levels, generally at alternate floor levels.
8. Precautions Before Demolitiona. Before commencing the work of demolition of a building/structure, all gas, electric, water andother utility meters shall be removed and the supply and service lines disconnected by thecorresponding utility/service companies, who should be notified in advance.
b. All fittings attached to the building/structure and connected to any street lighting system, electricalsupply or other utilities shall be removed.
c.

All electric power shall be shut off and all electric service lines shall be cut and disconnected by
the power company at or outside the property line.

d. No electric cable or other apparatus, other than those especially required for use in connection
with the demolition work, shall remain electrically charged during demolition operations. When it
is necessary to maintain any power, water, gas, or other utility/service lines during the process ofdemolition, such lines shall be temporarily relocated and protected with substantial covering to
the satisfaction of the utility/service company concerned.
e. All necessary steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons arising from fire or explosion
from leakage or accumulation of gas or vapor, and from flooding from uncapped water mains,sewers and/or culverts.
f.

All entrances/exits to and from the building shall be properly protected so as to prevent any
danger to persons engaged in the demolition work using such entrances/exits in the performanceof their works.

g. Glazed sashes and glazed doors shall be removed before the start of demolition operations.
9. Chutes
a. Chutes for the removal of materials and debris shall be provided in all parts of demolition
operations, which are more than 6.00 meters above the point from which material is to be
removed. Chutes shall be so situated and constructed so as not to pose any danger to the public
or to workmen.
b. Chutes shall be completely enclosed and shall be equipped, at intervals of 6.00 meters or less,with substantial stops to prevent descending materials from attaining dangerous speeds. Proper
tools shall be provided and kept available to loosen materials or debris jammed in the chute. No
materials or debris shall be dropped from any part of a building under demolition to any point
outside the walls of the building except through properly enclosed wooden or metal chutes.

c.

oChutes which are at an angle of more than 45 from the horizontal shall be completely enclosed
on all four (4) sides, except for openings at or about floor level at each floor, for the receiving ofmaterials or debris.

od. Chutes at an angle of less than 45 with the horizontal may be left open on the upper side.
oHowever, where such a chute discharges into another chute steeper than 45 with the horizontal,
the top of the steeper chute shall be covered at the junction point of the two (2) chutes to preventthe spillage of materials or debris.

e. Openings into which materials or debris are dumped at the top of a chute shall be protected by a
substantial guardrail extending at least 1.80 meters above the level of the floor.
f.

At chute openings where materials or debris are dumped from wheelbarrows, a toe board or
bumper not less than 150 millimeters high and 50 millimeters nominal thickness shall be
provided.

g. Any space between the chute and edges of floor openings through which the chute passes shallbe solidly planked over.
h. Chutes, as well as floors, stairways and other places, shall be effectively wet down at frequentintervals, whenever the dust from demolition operations would cause a menace or hardship toresidents of adjoining buildings or premises.
i.

The bottom of each chute shall be equipped with an adjustable gate or stop for regulating the flowof materials.

j.

Except when in actual use in the discharge of materials, the gate or stop shall be kept closed. A
reliable person shall be designated to control the gate and the backing up and loading of trucks.
He shall see to it that no person is allowed to stand or pass under the discharge end of the chuteat any time.

k.

The area at the discharge end of each chute shall be completely enclosed with a substantial
fence at all times or otherwise made inaccessible. A danger sign shall be placed at the discharge
end of every chute.

10. Demolition of Walls and Chimneysa. No wall, chimney or other construction shall be allowed to fall in mass, except under competentsupervision.
b. Scaffolds or stagings shall be erected for workers if walls or other elements of the structure are
too thin or too weak to work on. Heavy structural members, such as beams or columns, shall becarefully lowered and not allowed to fall freely.
c.

Masonry walls or sections of masonry walls shall not be permitted to fall upon the floors of thebuilding in such masses as to exceed the safe carrying capacity of the floors.

d. No walls or section of walls whose height is more than twenty-two (22) times its thickness shall bepermitted to stand without lateral bracing unless such wall is in good condition and was originallydesigned to stand to a greater height without such lateral support.
e. Workmen shall not be permitted to work on top of a wall when weather conditions constitute a
hazard.

124

74
f.

Before demolishing any interior or exterior wall which is within 3.00 meters of any opening
in the floor immediately below, such opening shall be substantially planked over unless all
workmen are removed from all floors below and access to such floors is positively prevented.

g. At the completion of each day’s work, all walls undemolished shall be left stable and in no dangerof overturning or falling.
h. Foundation walls which serve as retaining walls to support earth and adjoining structures shall not
be demolished until such adjoining structures have been underpinned or braced, and earth either
removed or supported by sheet piling or other suitable materials.
i.

In the demolition of brick and/or masonry chimneys which cannot safely be toppled or dropped, allmaterials shall be dropped down through the inside of such chimneys.

j.

The loading point at the discharge end chute, at or near the bottom of a chimney, shall becompletely protected by means of any overhead timber canopy.

k.

To enable workmen to reach or leave their work on any wall or scaffold, walkways shall be
provided. Such walkways shall not be less than three (3) planks, properly tied or nailed tobearers of not less than 560 millimeters in width, such that the planks do not deflect more than 50
millimeters under normal loading.

l.

In buildings of skeleton construction, the steel framing may be left in place during the demolitionof masonry work. When this is done, all steel beams, girders and the like shall be cleared of allloose materials as the demolition progresses.

11. Demolition of Floorsa.

Before the demolition of floors and floor beams, the floors and beams shall be completely
supported by temporary planking and supports.

b.

When the load is transferred to lower floors, these floors shall be carefully propped.

c.

Demolition of floors shall not be started until the surrounding floor area to a distance of 6.00
meters have been entirely cleared of debris and other unnecessary materials.
No floor, roof or other part of a building that is being demolished shall be so overloaded withdebris or materials as to render it unsafe.

d.

e.

Where workmen are engaged in the removal of floors, planks of ample strength which aresupported independently of the flooring shall be provided for the workmen to step on. The planks
shall be so placed as to give the workmen a firm support in case the floor gives way or collapses
unexpectedly. Where it is necessary for a workman to straddle a space between two planks,
such space shall not exceed 400 millimeters. To enable workmen to reach any workplace without
the necessity of walking on exposed beams, planks shall be provided to serve as catwalks.

f.

Planks used for temporary protection shall be sound, and at least 25 millimeters thick. They
shall be laid close together, with the ends overlapping by at least 100 millimeters over solid
bearings to prevent tipping under a load.

g.

Where floors are being removed, no workmen shall be allowed to work in the area directly
underneath. Such areas shall be barricaded to prevent access to it.

h.

Structural or load-supporting
members at any floors shall not be cut or removed until all
stories above that floor have been demolished and removed.

i.

Where any floor has been removed, the entire tier of beams on which any device is supported
shall be completely planked over, except for such openings as are required for the handling ofmaterials or equipment.

j.

Stairs andpracticable.

k.

Steps and landings shall be kept free from debris and obstructions.

stairrailings

shall

be

kept in place and in usable condition as long as it is

12. Other Safeguards
a. Where applicable, the Building Official shall require strict compliance with the minimum safety
standards as prescribed under Administrative Order of DOLE. The construction, alteration andremoval of scaffolds and the application, installation and setting up of safeguard devices shall bedone by skilled workmen under the supervision of a person, qualified by experience or training forsuch work.
b. A device or piece of equipment, which is unsafe, shall be reported to the superintendent orforeman, who shall take immediate steps to remedy such condition or remove such device orequipment.
c.

Scaffolds, ladders, stairs, fuel gas tanks and other devices or equipment falling within the scopeof this Rule shall be maintained in a good, safe and usable conditions as long as in use.

d. Scaffolds, temporary floors, ramps, stairway landings, stair treads, and all other walkway surfaces
shall be kept free from protruding nails/splinters.
e. Protruding nails and tie wire ends shall be removed, hammered in or bent in a safe condition.
f.

Electric lines, moving ropes and cable gears, or similar hazards with which a person might comein contact with shall be encased or protected.
g. No person, firm or corporation, either personally or through an employee or agent of another,shall operate or move any machinery, equipment, materials, scaffolds, closer than 5.00 meters toany energized high voltage overhead electrical facilities unless authorized by the ElectricalInspector.
h. All workmen on any demolition job shall be required to wear industrial safety helmets and bodyprotective gears.
i.

Construction sheds and toolboxes shall be so located as to protect persons from dangerous
falling walls and objects.

j.

The Building Official may permit the use of alternative methods and/or devices depending on
local conditions provided that the minimum standard of safety sought to be achieved under thisRule is not jeopardized.

k.

In Fire Zones of Types I, II and III Construction, only heaters with enclosed flames shall be used
for the heating of any roofing or other similar materials.

l.

Wherever any enclosed flame heaters or open fires are used, there shall be a workman inconstant attendance, whose duty shall be to have such heater or fire under proper control at all
times.

m. In all buildings in which standpipes are required, such standpipes shall be installed as theconstruction progresses in such a manner that they are always ready for Fire Department use, tothe topmost constructed floor. Such standpipes shall be provided with a Siamese twin dry
standpipe outside the building and with one (1) outlet at each floor connected to a fire hosecabinet.

126

74
n. In every construction operation, wherever a tool house, storeroom or other shanty is built or aroom or space is used for storage, dressing room or workshop, at least one (1) approved hand
pump, tank or portable chemical or dry powder fire extinguisher shall be provided and maintainedin an accessible location.

o. During construction operations, free access from the street to fire hydrants and to outsideconnections for standpipes, sprinklers or other fire extinguishing equipment, whether permanentor temporary shall be provided and maintained at all times. No material or construction
equipment shall be placed within 3.00 meters of such hydrant or connection, nor between it andthe centerline of the street.
p. Toilet facilities at the construction/demolition site, as an ancillary to the bunkhouse and operation,
shall be maintained in a clean/sanitary condition for the use of the workers.
q. Supply of potable water and sanitary washing facilities shall be provided for workers’ and otheruses during workdays.

r.

At every construction/demolition operation, arrangements shall be made for prompt medical
attention in case of an accident. An ample supply of first aid medicine shall be provided andmaintained in a clean/sanitary cabinet, which shall be available at all times under the direction of
the superintendent or a person designated by hims.

Unless competent medical attention is quickly available, where more than two hundred (200)workers are employed, a properly equipped first-aid room shall be provided, and a physician orcompetent nurse shall be in constant attendance.

RULE XII - GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 1201. General Requirements
1. Buildings proposed for construction shall comply with all the regulations and specifications including
safety standards embodied in the Administrative Order of DOLE herein set forth governing quality,
characteristics and properties of materials, methods of design and construction, type of occupancy
and classification.
2. The various applicable referral codes shall supplementally guide the planning, design, layout, content,
construction, location/siting, installation and maintenance of all buildings/structures.
3. For the guidance of the general public, the Secretary shall periodically issue generic lists of approved,
strictly regulated or banned items, procedures, usages and the like relative to the design, construction
and use/occupancy of buildings/structures:
a. Materials for construction;b. Processes for the production of materials, their installation or construction;c.

Procedures/methodologies/systems for both design and construction;d. Organizational structures/hierarchies for construction;e. Types of occupancy; andf.

Classifications relative to design, construction and occupancy.

4. All buildings/structures shall be placed in or upon private property or duly designated public land andshall be securely constructed in conformance with the requirements of the Code.

SECTION 1202. Excavation, Foundation, and Retaining Walls
1. Subject to the provisions of Articles 684 to 686 of the Civil Code of the Philippines on lateraland subjacent support, the design and quality of materials used structurally in excavation,footings, and in foundations shall conform to accepted engineering practice.
2. Excavation and Fills
a. Excavation and fills for buildings or structures shall be so constructed or protected thatthey do not endanger life or property.
b. Whenever the depth of excavation for any construction is such that the lateral andsubjacent support of the adjoining property or existing structure thereon would be
affected in a manner that the stability or safety of the same is endangered, the person
undertaking or causing the excavation to be undertaken shall be responsible for the
expense of underpinning or extending the foundation or footings of the aforementioned
property or structure.
c. Excavation and other similar disturbances made on public property shall, unlessotherwise excluded by the Building Official, be restored immediately to its former
condition within 48 hours from the start of such excavation and disturbances by
whosoever caused such excavation or disturbance.

128

74
d. Before undertaking excavation works, drilling or otherwise disturbing the ground, the persons
doing the work, or causing such work to be done, shall contact all public utilities/services todetermine the possible location of underground facilities, to avoid hazard to public safety, healthand welfare caused by the inadvertent disruption of such facilities.
e. Protection of Adjoining Property. Any person making or causing an excavation to be made below
existing grade shall protect the excavation so that the soil of adjoining property will not cave-in or
settle and shall defray the cost of underpinning or extending the foundation of buildings on
adjoining properties. Before commencing the excavation, the person making or causing the
excavation to be made shall notify in writing the owners of adjoining buildings not less than ten(10) days before such excavation is to be made and that the adjoining buildings will be protectedby him. The owners of the adjoining properties shall be given access to the excavation for the
purpose of verifying if their properties are sufficiently protected by the person making the
excavation. Likewise, the person causing such excavation shall be given access to enter theadjoining property for the purpose of physical examination of such property, prior to thecommencement and at reasonable periods during the progress of excavation. If the necessaryconsent is not accorded to the person making the excavation, then it shall be the duty of theperson refusing such permission to protect his buildings or structure. The person causing the
excavation shall not be responsible for damages on account of such refusal by the adjoining
property owner to permit access for inspection. In case there is a party wall along a lot line of thepremises where an excavation is being made, the person causing the excavation to be madeshall at his own expense, preserve such party wall in as safe a condition as it was before the
excavation was commenced and shall, when necessary, underpin and support the same byadequate methods.
f.

At an early stage, and before work is commenced, a careful and accurate survey of any cracks inthe existing adjoining owner’s premises should be made, and, where possible, photographs
should be taken, recorded, and agreed between the parties concerned. Where necessary, telltales should be fixed to cracks with the object of showing any further movements during
demolition and excavation. Tell-tales should preferably be in the form of fixed points built in oneach side of the crack and should be capable of being measured by a micrometer or verniercaliper. They should be of such a nature that both horizontal and vertical movements could berecorded.

g. Cut slopes for permanent excavations shall not be steeper than two (2) horizontal to one (1)vertical and slopes for permanent fills shall not be steeper than two (2) horizontal to one (1)vertical. Deviation from the foregoing limitations for slopes shall be permitted only upon thepresentation of a geotechnical/geological investigation report acceptable to the Building Official.
h. On a large site that is at a considerable distance from the surrounding properties and public
highways, deep excavation may be carried out in the open in bulk, leaving slopes around theperimeter. It is important to ensure that no serious failures of the banks will occur to endanger
those working on the site or the public. The safe angle of the cut slope shall be determined by anappropriate geotechnical/geological site investigation acceptable to the Building Official.
i.

In cases where the excavation passes through a permeable water-bearing stratum overlying animpervious bed, a bench should be formed at the junction of the strata to carry an intermediate
intercepting drain.

j.

If groundwater is standing at a considerable head around the excavation, measures shall be
undertaken to reduce this head by a system of weepholes at the lowest 1/3 section of the
excavation wall or by enclosing the site with suitable sheet piling or if a water-sealing stratum canbe reached within a reasonable distance at the bottom of the excavation.

k. In fine sands or silts where sheet piling alone is relied upon, it will be necessary to watch
the pumping very carefully because, in fine-grained materials, the removal of even asmall volume of water may cause “blows” in the bottom of the excavation or may resultin disturbance to adjoining structures.
l.

Except in excavation inside sloping banks, rock, or within caissons, all excavations
should be lined with shotcrete, boards, runners or sheet piles supported laterally, if
necessary, by framings of wallings and struts, which may be of timber, steel, or
reinforced concrete, to a sufficient extent to prevent the excavation from becoming
dangerous to life or limb by movement or caving in of the adjoining soil.

m. All linings and framings should be inserted as the excavation proceeds, and should betightened up against the adjoining soil by wedging or jacking and secured by cleats orother suitable means.
n. Every trench, 1.50 meters or deeper, shall be provided with suitable means of exit orescape at least every 7.50 meters of its length.
o. Where workers are employed adjacent to an excavation on work other than that directly
connected with the excavation, sufficient railings or fences shall be provided to prevent
such workers from falling into the excavation.
p. Excavations that may be left open for any length of time, periodic inspections oftimbering or strutting should be made and wedges tightened as found necessary.
q. In long excavation for walls, it may be found expedient and safe to arrange the
excavation in a series of alternate sections in order to avoid a long, continuous
excavation supported only on temporary strutting. Such sections should be arranged inconvenient lengths (depending on the total length to be done) and of a width sufficient toconstruct a unit of the retaining wall that will be adequate to afford permanent support tothat portion of the ground; the wall unit should be completed before proceeding with theadjacent section of the excavation.
r.

Where water is encountered in excavation, a sump should be maintained below the levelof the excavation in order that surface and groundwater can be led into it and pumped
out; provided that the inflow of water does not carry much soil in suspension and does
not require continuous pumping to keep the risk of settlement of the surrounding ground.

s. No fill or other surcharge loads shall be placed adjacent to any building/structure unlesssuch building/structure is capable of withstanding the additional loads caused by the fillor surcharge.
t.

Existing footings or foundations which may be affected by any excavation shall be
underpinned adequately, or otherwise protected against settlement, and shall beprotected against lateral movement.

u. Fills to be used to support the foundations of any building/structure shall be placed inaccordance with accepted engineering practice. A soil investigation report and a reportof satisfactory placement of fill, shall be both acceptable to the Building Official.

130

74

3. Footings, Foundations, and Retaining Walls
a. Footings and foundations shall be of the appropriate type, of adequate size, andcapacity in order to safely sustain the superimposed loads under seismic or any
condition of external forces that may affect the safety or stability of the structure. It shallbe the responsibility of the architect and/or engineer to adopt the type and design of thesame in accordance with the standards set forth by the Secretary.
b. Whenever or wherever there exist in the site of the construction an abrupt change in the
ground levels or level of the foundation such that instability of the soil could result,retaining walls shall be provided and such shall be of adequate design and type of
construction as prescribed by the Secretary.

SECTION 1203. Veneer
1. Veneer is a nonstructural facing of brick, concrete, tile, metal, plastic, glass, or other similar
approved materials attached to a backing or structural components of the building for the
purpose of ornamentation, protection, or enclosure that may be adhered, integrated, or
anchored either on the interior or exterior of the building or structure.
2. Design Requirements. The design of all veneer shall comply with the following:a. Veneer shall support no load other than its own weight and the vertical dead load ofveneer immediately above.
b. Surfaces to which veneer is attached shall be designed to support the additional verticaland lateral loads imposed by the veneer.
c. Consideration shall be given to differential movements of the supports including thosecaused by temperature changes, shrinkage, creep, and deflection.
d. Adhered veneer and its backing shall be designed to have a bond to the supporting
elements sufficient to withstand shearing stresses due to their weights including seismic
effects on the total assemblage.
e. Anchored veneer and its attachment shall be designed to resist horizontal forces equal
to twice the weight of the veneer.
f.

Anchors supports and ties shall be non-combustible and corrosion-resistant.

SECTION 1204. Enclosure of Vertical Openings
1. General.
Vertical openings shall be enclosed depending upon the fire resistive
requirements of a particular type of construction as set forth in the Code.
2. Elevator Enclosures. Walls and partitions enclosing elevators and escalators shall be of
not less than the fire-resistive construction required under the Types of Construction.
Enclosing walls of elevator shafts may consist of wire glass set in metal frames on theentrance side only. Elevator shafts extending through more than two storeys shall beequipped with an approved means of adequate ventilation to and through the main roof ofthe building; Provided, that in those buildings housing Groups F and G Occupancies
equipped with automatic fire-extinguishing systems throughout, enclosures shall not be
required for escalators; Provided, further that the top of the escalator opening at eachstorey shall be provided with a draft curtain. Such draft curtain shall enclose the perimeterof the unenclosed opening and shall extend from the ceiling downward at least 300
millimeters on all sides. Automatic sprinklers shall be provided around the perimeter of the
opening and within a 600 millimeters of the draft curtain. The distance between thesprinkles shall not exceed 1.80 meters center-to-center.
3. Other Vertical Openings. All shafts, ducts, chutes, and other vertical openings not coveredin paragraph above shall have enclosing walls conforming to the requirements specified
under the type of construction of the building in which they are located. In other than GroupA Occupancies, rubbish and linen chutes shall terminate in rooms separated from theremainder of the building by a One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation. Openings
into the chutes shall not be located in required exit corridors or stairways.
4. Air Ducts. Air ducts passing through a floor shall be enclosed in a shaft. The shaft shall be
as required in this Code for vertical openings. Dampers shall be installed where ducts pierce
the shaft enclosure walls. Air ducts in Group A Occupancies need not be enclosed in ashaft if conforming to the mechanical provisions of the Code.

SECTION 1205. Floor Construction
1.

Floors shall be of such materials and construction as specified under Rule V - Fire
Zones and Fire-Resistive Standards and under Rule IV - Types of Construction.

2.

All floors shall be so framed and secured into the framework and supporting walls as toform an integral part of the whole building.

3. The types of floor construction used shall provide means to keep the beam and girders fromlateral buckling.

SECTION 1206. Roof Construction and Covering
1. Roof Covering. Roof covering for all buildings shall be either fire-retardant or ordinary
depending upon the fire-resistive requirements of the particular type of construction. The
use of combustible roof insulation shall be permitted in all types of construction provided it iscovered with approved roof covering applied directly thereto.
2. Roof Trusses. All roofs shall be so framed and tied into the framework and supporting walls
so as to form an integral part of the whole building. Roof trusses shall have all joints wellfitted and shall have all tension members well tightened before any load is placed in thetruss. Diagonal and sway bracing shall be used to brace all roof trusses. The allowable
working stresses of materials in trusses shall conform to the Code. Camber shall be
provided to prevent sagging.

3. Attics.
a. Access. An attic access opening shall be provided in the ceiling of the top floor of buildings with a
combustible ceiling or roof construction. The opening shall be located in a corridor or hallway ofbuildings of three (3) or more storeys in height and readily accessible in buildings of any height.
An opening shall not be less than 600 millimeters square or 600 millimeters in diameter. The
minimum clear headroom of 800 millimeters shall be provided above the access opening. For
ladder requirements, refer to the Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code.

132

74
b. Area Separation.
Enclosed attic spaces of combustible construction shall be divided into
horizontal areas not exceeding 250 sq. meters by fire-resistive partitions extending from theceiling to the roof. Except, that where the entire attic is equipped with approved automatic fireextinguishing system, the attic space may be divided into areas not to exceed 750 sq. meters.
Openings in the partitions shall be protected by self-closing doors.
c.

Draft Stops. Regardless of the type of construction, draft stops shall be installed in trusses roofs,
between roof and bottom chords or trusses, in all buildings exceeding 2000 sq. meters. Draft
stops shall be constructed as for attic area separations.

d. Ventilation. Enclosed attics including rafter spaces formed where ceilings are applied direct tothe underside or roof rafters shall be provided with adequate ventilation protected against theentrance of rain.

4. Roof Drainage Systema. Roof Drains. Roof drains shall be installed at low points of the roof and shall be adequate in size
to discharge all tributary waters.
b. Overflow Drains and Scuppers. Where roof drains are required, adequate overflow drains shallbe provided.
c.

Concealed Piping. Roof drains and overflows drains, when concealed within the construction of
the building, shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of the National Plumbing Code.

d. Over Public Property. Roof drainage water from a building shall not be permitted to flow overpublic property, except for Group A and J Occupancies.

5. Flashing. Flashing and counterflashing shall be provided at the juncture of the roof
and vertical surfaces.
SECTION 1207. Stairs, Exits, and Occupant Loads
1. General. The construction of stairs and exits shall conform to the occupant load requirements ofbuildings, reviewing stands, bleachers, and grandstands.
a. Determination of Occupant Loads. The occupant load permitted in any building or portion thereof
shall be determined by dividing the floor area assigned to that use by the unit area allowed per
occupant as shown on Table XII.1. and as determined by the Secretary.
i.

When the unit area per occupant for any particular occupancy is not provided for in Table
XII.1., the Building Official shall determine the same based on the unit area for occupancy,
which it most nearly resembles.

ii.

The occupant load of any area having fixed seats shall be determined by the number of
fixed seats installed. Aisles serving the fixed seats in said area shall be included indetermining the occupant load.

iii.

The occupant load permitted in a building or portion thereof may be increased above thatspecified in Table XIII.1. if the necessary exits are provided.

iv.

In determining the occupant load, all portions of a building shall be presumed to beoccupied at the same time.

EXCEPTION: Accessory areas, which ordinarily are only used by persons who occupy themain areas of occupancy, shall be provided with exits as though they were completely
occupied. However, in computing the maximum allowable occupant load for thefloor/building, the occupant load of the accessory area/s shall be disregarded.
b. Exit Requirements. Exist requirements of a building or portion thereof used for different purposes
shall be determined by the occupant load which gives the largest number of persons. No
obstruction shall be placed in the required width of an exit except projections permitted by the
Code.
c.

Posting of Room Capacity. Any room having an occupant load of more than fifty (50) where fixedseats are not installed, and which is used for classroom, assembly, or similar purpose shall havethe capacity of the room posted in a conspicuous place near the main exit from the room.

d. Changes in Elevation. Except in Group A Occupancies, changes in floor elevations of less than
300 millimeters along any exit serving a tributary occupant load of ten (10) or more shall be bymeans of ramp.

Table XII.1. General Requirements for Occupant Loads and Exits*(*In all occupancies, floors above the first (1st) storey having an occupant load of more than ten(10) shall have at least two (2) exits)

Use or Occupancy

Unit Area per
Occupant(sq. meters)

Minimum of Two (2) Exits Other than
Elevators are Required Where Numberof Occupants is Over

Dwellings

28.00

10

Hotels18.60

10Apartments

18.60

10

Dormitories

18.60

10

Classrooms

1.80

50

Conference Rooms

1.40

50

Exhibit Rooms

1.40

50

Gymnasia

1.40

50

School Shops

4.60

50

Vocational Institutions

4.60

50

Laboratories

4.60

50

Hospitals**, Sanitaria**

8.40

5

Nursing Homes**

7.40

5

Children’s Homes**

7.40

5

Homes for the Aged**

7.40

5

3.25

6

(**Institutional Sleeping Departments shall bebased on one (1) occupant per 11.00 sq.
meters of the gross floor area; In-patient
Institutional Treatment Departments shall bebased on one (1) occupant per 22.00 sq.
meters of gross floor area)
Nurseries for Children

134

74
Unit Area per Occupant
Use or Occupancy(sq. meters)

Dwellings
Stores-Retail Sales Rooms
Basement
Ground Floor
Upper Floors
Offices
Aircraft Hangars (no repair)
Parking Garages
Drinking Establishments
Kitchens (commercial)

Warehouses
Mechanical Equipment Rooms
Garages
Auditoriums
Theaters
Churches and chapels
Dance Floors
Reviewing Stands
StadiaMinimum of Two (2) Exits Other than
Elevators are Required Where Number ofOccupants is Over

28.00

10

2.80

50

2.80

50

5.60

10

9.30

30

46.50

10

18.60

30

1.40

30

18.60

50

28.00

30

28.00

30

9.30
0.65
0.65
0.65
0.65
0.65
0.65

10
50
50
50
50
50
50

2. Exits
a. Number of Exits. Every building or usable portion thereof shall have at least one (1) exit. In all
occupancies, floors above the first storey having an occupant load of more than ten (10) shall nothave less than two (2) exits. Each mezzanine floor used for other than storage purposes, if
greater in area than 185 sq. meters or more than 18.00 meters in any dimension, shall have atleast two (2) stairways to an adjacent floor. Every storey or portion thereof, having an occupantload of 500 to 999 shall have at least three (3) exits. Every storey or portion thereof having an
occupant load of one thousand (1000) or more shall have at least four (4) exits. The number ofexits required from any storey of a building shall be determined by using the occupant loads offloors which exit through the level under consideration as follows: 50% of the occupant load in
the first adjacent storey above (and the first adjacent storey below, when a storey below exits
through the level under consideration) and 25% of the occupant load in the storey immediately
beyond the first adjacent storey. The maximum number of exits required for any storey shall bemaintained until egress is provided from the structures. For purposes of this Section basement orcellars and occupied roofs shall be provided with exits as required for storeys. Floors above thesecond storey, basements and cellars used for other than service of the building shall have notless than two (2) exits.
b. Width. The total width of exits in meters shall not be less than the total occupant load served
divided by one hundred sixty five (165). Such width of exits shall be divided approximately
equally among the separate exits. The total exit width required from any storey of a building shallbe determined by using the occupant load of that storey plus the percentage of the occupantloads of floors which exits through the level under consideration as follows: 50% of the occupantload in the first adjacent storey above (and the first adjacent storey below when a storey below
exits through the level under consideration) and 25% of the occupant load in the storey
immediately beyond the first adjacent storey. The maximum exit width from any storey of abuilding shall be maintained.

c. Arrangement of Exits. If only two (2) exits are required, they shall be placed a distanceapart to not less than one-fifth (1/5) of the perimeter of the area served measured in astraight line between exits. Where three (3) or more exits are required, they shall bearranged a reasonable distance apart so that if one becomes blocked, the others will beavailable.
d. Distance to Exits. No point in a building without a sprinkler system shall be more than
45.00 meters from an exterior exit door, a horizontal exit, exit passageway, or an
enclosed stairway, measured along the line of travel. In a building equipped with acomplete automatic fire extinguishing system, the distance from exits may be increased
to 60.00 meters.
3. Doors. The provisions herein shall apply to every exit door serving an area having an
occupant load of more than ten (10), or serving hazardous rooms or areas.
a. Swing. Exit door shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous
areas or when serving an occupant load of fifty (50) or more. Double acting doors shallnot be used as exits serving a tributary occupant load of more than one hundred (100);
nor shall they be used as a part of fire assembly, nor equipped with panic hardware. A
double acting door shall be provided with a view panel of not less than 1,300 sq.
centimeters.
b. Type of Lock or Latch. Exit door shall be openable from the inside without the use of a
key or any special knowledge or effort: Except, that this requirement shall not apply to
exterior exit doors in a Group E or F Occupancy if there is a conspicuous, readily visible
and durable sign on or adjacent to the door, stating that the door is to remain unlocked
during business hours. The locking device must be of a type that will readily be
distinguishable as locked. Flush bolts or surface bolts are prohibited.
c. Width and Height. Every required exit doorway shall be of a size as to permit the
installation of a door not less than 900 millimeters in width and not less than 2.00 metersin height. When installed in exit doorways, exit doors shall be capable of opening atleast 90 degrees and shall be so mounted that the clear width of the exitway is not lessthan 700 millimeters. In computing the required exit width the net dimension of theexitway shall be used.
d. Door Leaf Width. No leaf of an exit door shall exceed 1.20 meters in width.
e. Special Doors. Revolving, sliding, and overhead doors shall not be used as required
exits.
f.

Egress from Door. Every required exit door shall give immediate access to an approvedmeans of egress from the building.

g. Change in Floor Level at Doors. Regardless of the occupant load, there shall be a flooror landing on each side of an exit door. The floor or landing shall be leveled with, or not
more than 50 millimeters lower than the threshold of the doorway: Except, that in GroupA and B Occupancies, a door may open on the top step of a flight of stairs or an exterior
landing provided the door does not swing over the top step or exterior landing and thelanding is not more than 200 millimeters below the floor level.
h. Door Identification. Glass doors shall conform to the requirements in Section 1802.
Other exit doors shall be so marked that they are readily distinguishable from theadjacent construction.

136

74

i.

Additional Doors. When additional doors are provided for egress purposes, they shallconform to all provisions in the following cases: Approved revolving doors having leaves
which will collapse under opposing pressures may be used in exit situations; provided;that such doors have a minimum width of 2.00 meters or they are not used in
occupancies where exits are required to be equipped with panic hardware or at least one
conforming exit door is located adjacent to each revolving doors installed in a building
and the revolving door shall not be considered to provide any exit width.

4. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies. The provisions herein shall apply to every corridor
and exterior exit balcony serving as a required exit for an occupant load of more than ten(10).
a. Width. Every corridor or exit balcony shall not be less than 1.10 meters in width.
b. Projections. The required width of corridors and exterior exit balconies shall be
unobstructed. Except, that trim handrails, and doors when fully opened shall not reduce
the required width by more than 200 millimeters. Doors in any position shall not reduce
the required width of the corridor by more than one-half (1/2).
c. Access to Exits. When more than one (1) exit is required, they shall be so arranged toallow going to either direction from any point in the corridor or exterior exit balcony to a
separate exit, except for dead ends permitted by the Code.
d. Dead Ends. Corridors and exterior exit balconies with dead ends are permitted when
the dead end does not exceed 6.00 meters in length.
e. Construction.
Walls and ceilings of corridors shall not be less than one-hour fireresistive construction. Provided, that this requirement shall not apply to exterior exit
balconies, railings, and corridors of one-storey building housing a Group E and F
Occupancy occupied by one (1) tenant only and which serves an occupant load of thirty(30) or less, nor to corridors, formed by temporary partitions. Exterior exit balconies
shall not project into an area where protected openings are required.
f.

Openings. Where corridor wall are required to be one-hour fire-resistive construction,
every interior door opening shall be protected as set forth in generally recognized andaccepted requirements for dual-purpose fire exit doors. Other interior openings except
ventilation louvers equipped with approved automatic fire shutters shall be 7 millimeters
thick fixed wire glass set in steel frames. The total area of all openings other than doors,in any portion of an interior corridor wall shall not exceed 25% of the area of the corridor
wall of the room being separated from the corridor.

5. Stairways. Except stairs or ladders used only to access equipment, every stairway serving
any building or portion thereof shall conform to the following requirements:a. Width. Stairways serving an occupant load of more than fifty (50) shall not be less than
1.10 meters. Stairways serving an occupant load of fifty (50) or less may be 900
millimeters wide. Private stairways serving an occupant load of less than ten (10) may
be 750 millimeters. Trim and handrails shall not reduce the required width by more than
100 millimeters.
b. Rise and Run. The rise of every step in a stairway shall not exceed 200 millimeters andthe run shall not be less than 250 millimeters. The maximum variations in the height ofrisers and the width of treads in any one flight shall be 5 millimeters: Except, in case ofprivate stairways serving an occupant load of less than ten (10), the rise may be 200

millimeters and the run may be 250 millimeters, except as provided in sub-paragraph (c)below.
c.

Winding Stairways. In Group A Occupancy and in private stairways in Group B Occupancies,
winders may be used if the required width of run is provided at a point not more than 300
millimeters from the side of the stairway where the treads are narrower but in no case shall any
width of run be less than 150 millimeters at any point.

d. Circular Stairways. Circular stairs may be used as an exit provided the minimum width of run is
not less than 250 millimeters. All treads in any one flight between landings shall have identicaldimensions within a 5 millimeters tolerance.
e. Landings. Every landing shall have a dimension measured in the direction of travel equal to thewidth of the stairway. Such dimension need not exceed 1.20 meters when the stairs has astraight run. Landings when provided shall not be reduced in width by more than 100 millimeters
by a door when fully open.
f.

Basement Stairways. Where a basement stairway and a stairway to an upper storey terminate in
the same exit enclosure, an approved barrier shall be provided to prevent persons fromcontinuing on to the basements. Directional exit signs shall be provided as specified in the Code.

g. Distance Between Landings. There shall be not more than 3.60 meters vertical distance between
landings.
h. Handrails. Stairways shall have handrails on each side and every stairway required to be morethan 3.00 meters in width shall be provided with not less than one intermediate handrail for each
3.00 meters of required width. Intermediate handrails shall be spaced approximately equal within
the entire width of the stairway. Handrails shall be placed not less than 800 millimeters nor morethan 900 millimeters above the nosing of treads, and ends of handrails shall be returned or shallterminate in newel posts or safety terminals: Except, in the following cases: Stairways 1.10
meters or less in width and stairways serving one (1) individual dwelling unit in Group A or B
Occupancies may have one handrail, except that such stairway, open on one or both, sides shallhave handrails provided on the open side or sides: or stairways having less than four (4) risers
need not have handrails.

138

i.

Exterior Stairway Protection. All openings in the exterior wall below or within 3.00 meters,
measured horizontally, of an exterior exit stairway serving a building over two storeys in height
shall be protected by a self-closing fire assembly having a three-fourth - hour fire-resistive rating;
Except, that openings may be unprotected when two separated exterior stairways serve an
exterior exit balcony.

j.

Stairway Constructioni.

Stairway Construction - Interior. Interior stairways shall be constructed as specified in thisCode. Where there is enclosed usable space under the stairs the walls and soffits of theenclosed space shall be protected on the enclosed side as required for one-hour fire
resistive construction.

ii.

Stairway Construction - Exterior. Exterior stairways shall be of incombustible material:
Except, that on Type III buildings which do not exceed two storeys in height, which arelocated in less fire-restrictive Fire Zones, as well as on Type I buildings which may be ofwood not less than 50 millimeters in nominal thickness. Exterior stairs shall be protected
as required for exterior walls due to location on property as specified in the Code. Exterior
stairways shall not project into an area where openings are required to be protected.
Where there is enclosed usable space under stairs, the walls and soffits of the enclosed
space shall be protected on the enclosed side as required for one-hour fire-resistive
construction.

74

k. Stairway to Roof. In every building four (4) or more storeys in height, one (1) stairway
shall extend to the roof unless the roof has a slope greater than 1 in 3.
l.

Headroom. Every required stairway shall have a headroom clearance of not less than
2.00 meters. Such clearance shall be established by measuring vertically from a plane
parallel and tangent to the stairway tread nosing to the soffit above all points.

6. Ramps. A ramp conforming to the provisions of the Code may be used as an exit. The
width of ramps shall be as required for corridors.
7. Horizontal Exit. If conforming to the provisions of the Code, a horizontal exit may beconsidered as the required exit. All openings in a separation wall shall be protected by a fire
assembly having a fire-resistive rating of not less than one hour. A horizontal exit shall notlead into a floor area having a capacity for an occupant load not less than the occupant load
served by such exit. The capacity shall be determined by allowing 0.30 sq. meter of net
floor area per ambulatory occupant and 1.90 sq. meters per non-ambulatory occupant. The
dispersal area into which the horizontal exit leads shall be provided with exits as required by
the Code.
8. Exit Enclosure. Every interior stairway, ramp, or escalator shall be enclosed as specified in
the Code; Except, that in other than Group D Occupancies, an enclosure will not be required
for stairway, ramp, or escalator serving only one adjacent floor and not connected withcorridors or stairways serving other floors. Stairs in Group A Occupancies need not be
enclosed.
a. Enclosure walls shall not be less than two-hour fire-resistive construction. There shallbe no openings into exit enclosures except exit doorways and openings in exterior walls.
All exit doors in an exit enclosure shall be appropriately protected.
b. Stairway and ramp enclosures shall include landings and parts of floors connecting
stairway flights and shall include a corridor on the ground floor leading from the stairway
to the exterior of the building. Enclosed corridors or passageways are not required forunenclosed stairways.
c. A stairway in an exit enclosure shall not continue below the grade level exit unless anapproved barrier is provided at the ground floor level to prevent persons from
accidentally continuing into the basement.
d. There shall be no enclosed usable space under stairways in an exit enclosure, nor shallthe open space under such stairways be used for any purpose.
9. Smokeproof Enclosures
A smokeproof enclosure shall consist of a vestibule and a continuous stairway enclosed
from the highest point to the lowest point by walls of two-hour fire-resistive construction. In
buildings five (5) storeys or more in height, one of the required exits shall be a smokeproof
enclosure.
a. Stairs in smokeproof enclosures shall be of incombustible construction.
b. There shall be no openings in smokeproof enclosures, except exit doorways andopenings in exterior walls. There shall be no openings directly into the interior of thebuilding. Access shall be through a vestibule with one (1) wall at least 50% open to theexterior and having an exit door from the interior of the building and an exit door leadingto the smokeproof enclosure. In lieu of a vestibule, access may be by way of an open
exterior balcony of incombustible materials.
c. The opening from the building to the vestibule or balcony shall be protected with a selfclosing fire assembly having one-hour fire-resistive rating. The opening from thevestibule or balcony to the stair tower shall be protected by a self-closing fire assembly
having a one-hour fire-resistive rating.
d. A smokeproof enclosure shall exit into a public way or into an exit passageway leading
to a public way. The exit passageway shall be without other openings and shall havewalls, floors, and ceilings of two-hour fire-resistance.
e. A stairway in a smokeproof enclosure shall not continue below the grade level exit
unless an approved barrier is provided at a ground floor level to prevent persons from
accidentally walking into the basement.
10. Exit Outlets, Courts, and Passageways
Every exit shall discharge into a public way, exit court, or exit passageway. Every exit
court shall discharge into a public way or an exit passageway. Passageways shall be
without openings other than required exits and shall have walls, floors, and ceilings of thesame period of fire-resistance as the walls, floors and ceilings of the building but shall not beless than one-hour fire-resistive construction.
a. Width
Every exit court and exit passageways shall be at least as wide as the required total
width of the tributary exits, such required width being based on the occupant load
served. The required width of exit courts or exit passageways shall be unobstructed
except as permitted in corridors. At any point where the width of an exit court is reduced
from any cause, the reduction in width shall be affected gradually by a guardrail at least
900 millimeters in height. The guardrail shall make an angle of not more than 30º withthe axis of the exit court.
b. Slope
The slope of exit courts shall not exceed 1 in 10. The slope of exit passageway
shall not exceed 1 in 8.
c. Number of Exits
Every exit court shall be provided with exits as required in the Code.
d. Openings
All openings into an exit court less than 3.00 meters wide shall be protected by fire
assemblies having not less than three-fourth - hour fire-resistive rating. Except, that
openings more than 3.00 meters above the floor of the exit court may be unprotected.
11. Exit Signs and Illuminations
Exits shall be illuminated at any time the building is occupied with lights having an
intensity of not less than 10.7 LUX at floor level; Except, that for Group A Occupancies, theexit illumination shall be provided with separate circuits or separated sources of power (butnot necessarily separate from exit signs when these are required for exit sign illumination).

140

74

12. Aisles
Every portion of every building in which are installed seats, tables, merchandise,equipment, or similar materials shall be provided with aisles leading to an exit.
a. Width
Every aisle shall be not less than 800 millimeters wide if serving only one side, andnot less than 1.00 meter wide if serving both sides. Such minimum width shall bemeasured at the point farthest from an exit, cross aisle, or foyer and shall be increasedby 30 millimeters for every meter in length towards the exit, cross aisle or foyer.
Side aisles shall not be less than 1.10 meters in width.
b. Exit DistanceIn areas occupied by seats and in Groups H and I Occupancies without seats, theline of travel to an exit door by an aisle shall be not more than 45.00 meters. With
standard spacing, as specified in the Code, aisles shall be so located that there will be
not more than seven (7) seats between the wall and an aisle and not more than fourteen(14) seats between aisles. The number of seats between aisles may be increased tothirty (30) where exits doors are provided along each side aisle of the row of seats at therate of one (1) pair of exit doors for every five (5) rows of seats, provided further that the
distance between seats back to back is at least 1.00 meter. Such exit doors shallprovide a minimum clear width of 1.70 meters.
c. Cross Aisles
Aisles shall terminate in a cross aisle, foyer, or exit. The width of the cross aisle
shall be not less than the sum of the required width of the widest aisle plus 50% of thetotal required width of the remaining aisle leading thereto. In Groups C, H and E
Occupancies, aisles shall not be provided a dead end greater than 6.00 meters in length.
d. Vomitories
Vomitories connecting the foyer or main exit with the cross aisles shall have a total
width not less than the sum of the required width of the widest aisles leading thereto plus
50% of the total required width of the remaining aisles leading thereto.
e. Slope
The slope portion of aisles shall not exceed a fall of 1 in 8.
13. Seatsa. Seat Spacing
With standard seating, the spacing of rows of seats from back-to-back shall be notless than 840 millimeters. With continental seating, the spacing of rows of unoccupiedseats shall provide a clear width measured horizontally, as follows: 450 millimeters clear
for rows of eighteen (18) seats or less; 500 millimeters clear for rows of thirty five (35)seats or less; 525 millimeters clear for rows of forty five (45) seats or less; and 550
millimeters clear for rows of forty six (46) seats or more.

b.

Width
The width of any seat shall be not less than 450 millimeters.

14. Reviewing Stands, Grandstands, and Bleachersa. Height of Stands
Stands made of combustible framing shall be limited to eleven (11) rows or 2.70 metersin height.
b. Design Requirements
The minimum unit live load for reviewing stands, grandstands, and bleachers shallbe 500 kilograms per square meter of horizontal projection for the structure as a whole.
Seat and footboards shall be 180 kilograms per linear meter. The sway force, applied toseats, shall be 35 kilograms per linear meter parallel to the seats and 15 kilograms per
linear meter perpendicular to the seats.
Sway forces need not be applied
simultaneously with other lateral forces.
c. Spacing of Seatsi.

Row Spacing
The minimum spacing of rows of seats measured from back-to-back shall be: 600
millimeters for seats without backrests in open air stands; 750 millimeters for seatswith backrests; and 850 millimeters for chair seating. There shall be a space of notless than 300 millimeters between the back of each seat and the front of the seat
immediately behind it.

ii.

Rise Between Rows
The maximum rise from one row of seats to the next shall not exceed 400
millimeters.

iii.

Seating Capacity
For determining the seating capacity of a stand, the width of any seat shall not beless than 450 millimeters nor more than 480 millimeters.

iv.

Number of Seats Between Aisles
The number of seats between any seat and an aisle shall not be greater thanfifteen (15) for open air stands with seats without backrests, a far open air stands
with seats having backrests and seats without backrests within buildings and six(6) for seats with backrests in buildings.

d. Aisles
i.

142

Aisles Required
Aisles shall be provided in all stands; Except, that aisles may be omitted when all
the following conditions exist: Seats are without backrests; the rise from row to row
does not exceed 300 millimeters per row; the number of rows does not exceed
eleven (11) in height; the top seating board is not over 3.00 meters above grade;and the first seating board is not more than 500 millimeters above grade.

74
ii.

Obstructions
No obstruction shall be placed in the required width of any aisle or exitway.

iii.

Stairs Required
When an aisle is elevated more than 200 millimeters above grade, the aisle shall be
provided with a stairway or ramp whose width is not less than the width of the aisle.

iv.

Dead EndNo vertical aisle shall have a dead end more than sixteen (16) rows in depth regardless ofthe number of exits required.

v.

Width
Aisles shall have a minimum width of 1.10 meters.

e. Stairs and Ramps
The requirements in the Code shall apply to all stairs and ramps except for portions that pass throughthe seating area.
i.

Stair Rise and Run
The maximum rise of treads shall not exceed 200 millimeters and the minimum width of therun shall be 280 millimeters. The maximum variation in the width of treads in any one (1)flight shall not be more than 5 millimeters and the maximum variation in one (1) height oftwo (2) adjacent rises shall not exceed 5 millimeters.

ii.

Ramp Slope
The slope of a ramp shall not exceed 1 in 8. Ramps shall be roughened or shall be of
approved non-slip material.

iii.

Handrails
A ramp with a slope exceeding 1 in 10 shall have handrails. Stairs for stands shall have
handrails. Handrails shall conform to the requirements of the Code.

f.

Guardrailsi.

Guardrails shall be required in all locations where the top of a seat plank is more than 1.20
meters above the grade and at the front of stands elevated more than 600 millimeters
above grade. Where only sections of stands are used, guardrails shall be provided as
required in the Code.

ii.

Railings shall be 1.10 meters above the rear of a seat plank or 1.10 meters above the rearof the steps in an aisle when the guardrail is parallel and adjacent to the aisle; Except, thatthe height may be reduced to 900 millimeters for guardrails located in front of the
grandstand.

iii.

A midrail shall be placed adjacent to any seat to limit the open distance above the top of
any part of a seat to 250 millimeters where the seat is at the extreme end or at the extreme
rear of the bleachers or grandstand. The intervening space shall have one additional rail
midway in the opening; Except, that railings may be omitted when stands are placed
directly against a wall or fence giving equivalent protection; stairs and ramps shall be
provided with guardrails. Handrails at the front of stands and adjacent to an aisle shall bedesigned to resist a load of 75 kilograms per linear meter applied at the top rail. Other
handrails shall be designed to resist a load of 40 kilograms per linear meter.
g. Foot BoardsrdFootboards shall be provided for all rows of seats above the third (3 ) row or beginning at such point
where the seating plank is more than 600 millimeters above grade.
h. Exitsi.

Distance to Exit
The line of travel to an exit shall not be more than 45.00 meters. For stands with seatswithout backseats, this distance may be measured by direct line from a seat to the exit fromthe stand.

ii.

Aisle Used as Exit
An aisle may be considered as only one (1) exit unless it is continuous at both ends to alegal building exit or to a safe dispersal area.

iii.

Two (2) Exits RequiredstA stand with the first (1 ) seating board not more than 500 millimeters above grade of floor
may be considered to have two (2) exits when the bottom of the stand is open at both ends.
Every stand or section of a stand within a building shall have at least two means of egress
when the stand accommodates more than fifty (50) persons. Every open air stand havingseats without backrests shall have at least two (2) means of egress when the standaccommodates more than three hundred (300) persons.
iv.

Three (3) Exits Required
Three (3) exits shall be required for stands within a building when there are more than 300
occupants within a stand and for open air stands with seats without backrests where astand or section of a stand accommodates more than one thousand (1000) occupants.

v.

Four (4) Exits Required
Four (4) exits shall be required when a stand or section of a stand accommodates morethan 1000 occupants; Except, that for an open air stand with seats without backrest four (4)exits need not be provided unless there are accommodations for more than three thousand(3000) occupants.

vi.

Width
The total width of exits in meters shall not be less than the total occupant load served
divided by one hundred sixty five (165); Except, that for open air stands with seats withoutbackrest the total width of exits in meters shall be not less than the total occupant load
served divided by five hundred (500) when exiting by stairs, and divided by six hundred fifty(650) when exiting by ramps or horizontally. When both horizontal and stair exits are used,
the total width of exits shall be determined by using both figures as applicable. No exit
shall be less than 1.10 meters in width. Exits shall be located at a reasonable distanceapart. When only two (2) exits are provided, they shall be spaced not less than one-fifth(1/5) of the perimeter apart.

144

74

i.

Securing of Chairs

Chairs and benches used on raised stands shall be secured to the platforms upon which
they are placed; Except, that when less than twenty five (25) chairs are used upon a single
raised platform the fastening of seats to the platform may be omitted. When more than five
hundred (500) loose chairs are used in connection with athletic events, chairs shall befastened together in groups of not less than three (3), and shall be tied or staked to theground.
j.

Safe Dispersal Area

Each safe dispersal area shall have at least two (2) exits. If more than six thousand(6000) persons are to be accommodated within such an area, there shall be a minimum of
three (3) exits, and for more than nine thousand (9000) persons there shall be a minimum offour (4) exits. The aggregate clear width of exits from a safe dispersal area shall be
determined on the basis of not less than one (1) exit unit of 600 millimeters for each five
hundred (500) persons to be accommodated and no exit shall be less than 1.10 meters inwidth, a reasonable distance apart that shall be spaced not less than one-fifth (1/5) of theperimeter of the area apart from each other.
15. Special Hazards
a. Boiler Rooms
Except in Group A Occupancies, every boiler room and every room containing an
incinerator or liquefied petroleum gas or liquid fuel-fired equipment shall be provided withat least two (2) means of egress, one of which may be a ladder. All interior openings
shall be protected as provided for in the Code.
b. Cellulose Nitrate Handling
Film laboratories, projection rooms, and nitro-cellulose processing rooms shall havenot less than two exits.

SECTION 1208. Skylights
1. All skylights shall be constructed with metal frames except those for Groups A and J
Occupancies. Frames of skylights shall be designed to carry loads required for roofs. All
skylights, the glass of which is set at an angle of less than 45º from the horizontal, if locatedabove the first storey, shall be set at least 100 millimeters above the roof. Curbs on which
the skylights rest shall be constructed of incombustible materials except for Types I or II
Construction.
2. Spacing between supports in one direction for flat wired glass in skylights shall not exceed
625 millimeters. Corrugated wired glass may have supports 1.50 meters apart in the
direction of the corrugation. All glass in skylights shall be wired glass; Except, that skylights
over vertical shafts extending through two (2) or more storeys shall be glazed with plain
glass as specified in the Code; Provided, that wired glass may be used in ventilation equal
to not less than one-eight (1/8) the cross-sectional area of the shaft but never less than 1.20
meters provided at the top of such shaft. Any glass not wired glass shall be protected aboveand below with a screen constructed of wire not smaller than 2.5 millimeters in diameter witha mesh not larger than 25 millimeters. The screen shall be substantially supported below
the glass.

3. Skylights installed for the use of photographers may be constructed of metal frames andplate glass without wire netting.
4. Ordinary glass may be used in the roof and skylights for greenhouses, Provided, that heightof the greenhouses at the ridge does not exceed 6.00 meters above the grade. The use ofwood in the frames of skylights will be permitted in greenhouses outside of highly restrictive
Fire Zones if the height of the skylight does not exceed 6.00 meters above the grade, but inother cases metal frames and metal sash bars shall be used.
5. Glass used for the transmission of light, if placed in floors or sidewalks, shall be supported
by metal or reinforced concrete frames, and such glass shall not be less than 12.5
millimeters in thickness. Any such glass over 100 sq. centimeters in area shall have wire
mesh embedded in the same or shall be provided with a wire screen underneath as
specified for skylights in the Code. All portions of the floor lights or sidewalk lights shall beof the same strength as required for floor or sidewalk construction, except in cases where
the floor is surrounded by a railing not less 1.10 meters in height, in which case theconstruction shall be calculated for not less than roof loads.

SECTION 1209. Bays, Porches, and Balconies
Walls and floors in bay and oriel windows shall conform to the construction allowed forexterior walls and floors of the type of construction of the building to which they are attached.
The roof covering of a bay or oriel window shall conform to the requirements of the roofing of
the main roof. Exterior balconies attached to or supported by wall required to be of masonry,
shall have brackets or beams constructed of incombustible materials. Railings shall be provided
for balconies, landings, or porches which are more than 750 millimeters above grade.

SECTION 1210. Penthouses and Roof Structures
1. Height
No penthouse or other projection above the roof in structures of other than Type V
construction shall exceed 8.40 meters above the roof when used as an enclosure for tanks
or for elevators which run to the roof and in all other cases shall not extend more than 3.60
meters in height with the roof.
2.

Area
The aggregate area of all penthouses and other roof structures shall not exceed one
third (1/3) of the area of the supporting roof.

3. Prohibited Uses
No penthouse, bulkhead, or any other similar projection above the roof shall be used for
purposes other than shelter of mechanical equipment or shelter of vertical shaft openings in
the roof. A penthouse or bulkhead used for purposes other than that allowed by this Section
shall conform to the requirements of the Code for an additional storey.

146

74

4. Construction
Roof structures shall be constructed with walls, floors, and roof as required for the main
portion of the building except in the following cases:a. On Types III and IV constructions, the exterior walls and roofs of penthouses which are 1.50
meters or more from an adjacent property line may be of one-hour fire-resistive
incombustible construction.
b. Walls not less than 1.50 meters from an exterior wall of a Type IV construction may be of
one-hour fire-resistive incombustible construction.
The above restrictions shall not prohibit the placing of wood flagpoles or similar structureson the roof of any building.
5. Towers and Spires
Towers and spires when enclosed shall have exterior walls as required for the building towhich they are attached. Towers not enclosed and which extend more than 20.00 meters
above the grade shall have their framework constructed of iron, steel, or reinforced
concrete. No tower or spire shall occupy more than one-fourth (1/4) of the street frontage ofany building to which it is attached and in no case shall the base area exceed 150.00 sq.
meters unless it conforms entirely to the type of construction requirements of the building towhich it is attached and is limited in height as a main part of the building. If the area of thetower and spire exceeds 10.00 sq. meters on any horizontal cross section, its supporting
frames shall extend directly to the ground. The roof covering of the spires shall be as
required for the main room of the rest of the structure. Skeleton towers used as radio masts,neon signs, or advertisement frames and placed on the roof of any building shall be
constructed entirely of incombustible materials when more than 7.50 meters in height, andshall be directly supported on an incombustible framework to the ground. No such skeleton
towers shall be supported on roofs of combustible framings. They shall be designed towithstand a wind load from any direction in addition to any other loads.
SECTION 1211. Chimneys, Fireplaces, and Barbecues
1. Chimneysa. Structural Design
Chimneys shall be designed, anchored, supported, reinforced, constructed, and installed inaccordance with generally accepted principles of engineering. Every chimney shall becapable of producing a draft at the appliance not less than that required for the safe
operation of the appliance connected thereto. No chimney shall support any structural loadother than its own weight unless it is designed to act as a supporting member. Chimneys ina wood-framed building shall be anchored laterally at the ceiling line and at each floor line
which is more than 1.80 meters above grade, except when entirely within the framework or
when designed to be free standing.
b. Walls
Every masonry chimney shall have walls of masonry units, bricks, stones, listed masonrychimney units, reinforced concrete or equivalent solid thickness of hollow masonry and linedwith suitable liners in accordance with the following requirements:

i.

Masonry Chimneys for Residential Type Appliances
Masonry chimneys shall be constructed of masonry units or reinforced concrete with walls
not less than 100 millimeters thick; or of rubble stone masonry not less than 300 millimeters
thick. The chimney liner shall be in accordance with the Code.

ii.

Masonry Chimneys for Low Heat Appliances

Masonry chimneys shall be constructed of masonry units or reinforced concrete with walls notless than 200 millimeters thick; Except, that rubble stone masonry shall be not less than 300 millimeters
thick. The chimney liner shall be in accordance with the Code.
iii.

Masonry Chimneys for Medium-Heat Appliances
Masonry chimneys for medium-heat appliances shall be constructed of solid masonry unitsof reinforced concrete not less than 200 millimeters thick, Except, that stone masonry shallbe not less than 300 millimeters thick and, in addition shall be lined with not less than 100
millimeters of firebrick laid in a solid bed of fire clay mortar with solidly filled head, bed, andwall joints, starting not less than 600 millimeters below the chimney connector entrance.
Chimneys extending 7.50 meters or less above the chimney connector shall be lined to the
top.

iv.

Masonry Chimneys for High-Heat Appliances
Masonry chimneys for high-heat appliances shall be constructed with double walls of solid
masonry units or reinforced concrete not less than 200 millimeters in thickness, with an air
space of not less than 50 millimeters between walls. The inside of the interior walls shallbe of firebrick not less than 100 millimeters in thickness laid in a solid bed of fire clay mortar
with solidly filled head, bed, and wall joints.

v.

Masonry Chimneys for incinerators installed in Multi-Storey Buildings (Apartment-Type
Incinerators)
Chimneys for incinerators installed in multi-storey buildings using the chimney passageway
as a refuse chute where the horizontal grate area of combustion chamber does not exceed
0.80 sq. meter shall have walls of solid masonry or reinforced concrete, not less than 100
millimeters thick with a chimney lining as specified in the Code. If the grate area of such an
incinerator exceeds 0.80 sq. meter, the walls shall not be less than 100 millimeters offirebrick except that higher than 9.00 meters above the roof of the combustion chamber,common brick alone 200 millimeters in thickness may be used.

vi. Masonry Chimneys for Commercial and Industrial Type Incinerators
Masonry chimneys for commercial and industrial type incinerators of a size designed for not
more than 110 kilograms of refuse per hour and having a horizontal grate area notexceeding 0.50 sq. meter shall have walls of solid masonry or reinforced concrete not lessthan 100 millimeters thick with lining of not less than 100 millimeters of firebrick, whichlining shall extend for not less than 12.00 meters above the roof of the combustion
chamber. If the design capacity of grate area of such an incinerator exceeds 110 kilograms
per hour and 0.80 sq. meter respectively, walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters thick,lined with not les than 100 millimeters of firebrick extending the full height of the chimney.

148

74
c.

Linings
Fire clay chimney lining shall not be less than 15 millimeters thick. The lining shall extend from
200 millimeters below the lowest inlet or, in the case of fireplace, from the throat of the fireplace
to a point above enclosing masonry walls. Fire clay chimney linings shall be installed ahead of
the construction of the chimney as it is carried up, carefully bedded one on the other in fire clay
mortar, with close-fitting joints left smooth on the inside. Firebrick not less than 500 millimeters
thick may be used in place of fire clay chimney.

d. Area
No chimney passageway shall be smaller in area than the vent connection of the applianceattached thereto.
e. Height
Every masonry chimney shall extend at least 600 millimeters above the part of the roof throughwhich it passes and at least 600 millimeters above the highest elevation of any part of a building
within 3.00 meters to the chimney.
f.

Corbeling
No masonry chimney shall be corbeled from a wall more than 150 millimeters nor shall amasonry chimney be corbeled from a wall which is less than 300 millimeters in thickness unlessnd
it projects equally on each side of the wall. In the second (2 ) storey of a two-storey building ofGroup A Occupancy, corbeling of masonry chimneys on the exterior of the enclosing walls may
equal the wall thickness. In every case the corbeling shall not exceed 25 millimeters projection
for each course of brick.

g. Change in Size or ShapeNo change in the size or shape of a masonry chimney shall be made within a distance of 150
millimeters above or below the roof joints or rafters where the chimney passes through the roof.
h. Separation
When more than one passageway is contained in the same chimney, masonry separation atleast 100 millimeters thick bonded into the masonry wall of the chimney shall be provided toseparate passageways.
i.

InletsEvery inlet to any masonry chimney shall enter the side thereof and shall be of not less than 3
millimeters thick metal or 16 millimeters refractory material.

j. Clearance
Combustible materials shall not be placed within 50 millimeters of smoke chamber or masonrychimney walls when built within a structure, or within 25 millimeters when the chimney is built
entirely outside the structure.
k. Termination
All incinerator chimneys shall terminate in a substantially constructed spark arrester having amesh not exceeding 20 millimeters.
l.

Cleanouts
Cleanout openings shall be provided at the base of every masonry chimney.

Fireplaces and Barbecues
Fireplaces, barbecues, smoke chambers, and fireplace chimneys shall be of solid
masonry or reinforced concrete and shall conform to the minimum requirements
specified in the Code.
a. Fireplace Walls
Walls of fireplaces shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness. Walls offireboxes shall not be less than 250 millimeters in thickness; Except, that where alining of firebrick is used, such walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters inthickness. The firebox shall not be less than 500 millimeters in depth. The
maximum thickness of joints in firebrick shall be 10 millimeters.
b.

Hoods
Metal hoods used as part of a fireplace or barbecue shall be not less than No. 18
gauge copper, galvanized iron, or other equivalent corrosion-resistant ferrous
metal with all seams and connections of smokeproof unsoldered construction.
The hoods shall be sloped at an angle of 45° or less from the vertical and shallextend horizontally at least 150 millimeters beyond the limits of the firebox. Metal
hoods shall be kept a minimum of 400 millimeters from combustible materials.

c. Circulators
Approved metal heat circulators may be installed in fireplaces.
d. Smoke Chamber
Front and side walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness. Smokechamber back walls shall not be less than 150 millimeters in thickness.
e. Fireplace Chimneys
Walls of chimneys without flue lining shall not be less than 200 millimeters inthickness. Walls of chimneys with flue lining shall not be less than 100
millimeters in thickness and shall be constructed in accordance with therequirements of the Code.
f. Clearance to Combustible Materials
Combustible materials shall not be placed within 50 millimeters of fireplace,smoke chamber, or chimney walls when built entirely within a structure, or within
25 millimeters when the chimney is built entirely outside the structure.
Combustible materials shall not be placed within 150 millimeters of the fireplace
opening. No such combustible material within 300 millimeters of the fireplace
opening shall project more than 3 millimeters for each 25 millimeters clearance
from such opening. No part of metal hoods used as part of a fireplace, barbecueor heating stoves shall be less than 400 millimeters from combustible material.
This clearance may be reduced to the minimum requirements set forth in the
Code.

150

74

g. Area of Flues, Throats, and Dampers
The net cross-sectional area of the flue and of the throat between the firebox andthe smoke chamber of a fireplace shall not be less than the requirements to be set
forth by the Secretary. Where dampers are used, they shall be of not less thanNo. 12 gauge metal. When fully opened, damper opening shall be not less than
90% of the required flue area. When fully open, damper blades shall not extend
beyond the line of the inner face of the flue.
h. Lintel
Masonry over the fireplace opening shall be supported by a non-combustible
lintel.
i. HearthEvery fireplace shall be provided with a brick, concrete, stone, or other approved
non-combustible hearth slab at least 300 millimeters wider on each side than thefireplace opening and projecting at least 450 millimeters therefrom. This slab
shall not be less than 100 millimeters thick and shall be supported by a noncombustible
material or reinforced to carry its own weight and all imposed loads.
SECTION 1212. Fire-Extinguishing Systems
1. Fire-Extinguishing Systems – Where required, standard automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall be
installed in the following places, and in the manner provided in the Code.
a. In every storey, basement or cellar with an area of 200.00 sq. meters or more which is used for
habitation, recreation, dining, study, or work, and which has an occupant load of more than twenty(20).
b. In all dressing rooms, rehearsal rooms, workshops or factories, and other rooms with an occupantload of more than ten (10) or assembly halls under Group H and I Occupancies with occupant load of
more than five hundred (500), and if the next doors of said rooms are more than 30.00 meters fromthe nearest safe fire dispersal area of the building or opening to an exit court or street.
c. In all rooms used for storage or handling of photographic x-ray nitrocellulose films and otherinflammable articles.
2. Dry Standpipes – Every building four (4) or more storeys in height shall be equipped with one or more
dry standpipes.
a. Construction and Tests – Dry standpipes shall be of wrought iron or galvanized steel and together
with fittings and connections shall be of sufficient strength to withstand 20 kilograms per squarecentimeter of water pressure when ready for service, without leaking at the joints, valves, or fittings.
Tests shall be conducted by the owner or the building contractor in the presence of a representativeof the Building Official whenever deemed necessary for the purpose of certification of its proper
function.
b. Size – Dry standpipes shall be of such size as to be capable of delivering 900 liters of water per
minute from each of any three (3) outlets simultaneously under the pressure created by one (1) fireengine or pumper based on the standard equipment available.
c. Number Required – Every building four (4) or more storeys in height where the area of any floorrd
above the third (3 ) floor is 950 sq. meters or less, shall be equipped with at least one (1) dry
standpipe and an additional standpipe shall be installed for each additional 950 sq. meters or fraction
thereof.

d.

Location – Standpipes shall be located within enclosed stairway landings or near suchstairways as possible or immediately inside of an exterior wall and within 300 millimeters ofan opening in a stairway enclosure of the balcony or vestibule of a smokeproof tower or an
outside exit stairway.

e. Siamese Connections - Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (b) all 100 millimeters dry
standpipes shall be equipped with a two-way Siamese fire department connection. All 125
millimeters dry standpipes shall be equipped with a three-way Siamese fire department
connection, and 150 millimeters dry standpipes shall be equipped with four-way Siamese
fire department connections. All Siamese inlet connections shall be located on a street-frontof the building and not less than 300 millimeters nor more than 1.20 meters above the grade
and shall be equipped with a clapper-checks and substantial plugs. All Siamese inlet
connections shall be recessed in the wall or otherwise substantially protected.
f. Outlets - All dry standpipes shall extend from the ground floor to and over the roof and shallbe equipped with a 63 millimeters outlet nor more than 1.20 meters above the floor level at
each storey. All dry standpipes shall be equipped with a two-way 63 millimeters outlet
above the roof. All outlets shall be equipped with gate valves.
g. Signs – An iron or bronze sign with raised letters at least 25 millimeters high shall be rigidly
attached to the building adjacent to all Siamese connections and such signs shall read:“CONNECTION TO DRY STANDPIPE”.
3. Wet Standpipes – Every Group H and I Occupancy of any height, and every Group C
Occupancy of two (2) more storeys in height, and every Group B, D, E, F and G Occupancyof three (3) or more storeys in height and every Group G and E Occupancy over 1800 sq.
meters in area shall be equipped with one or more interior wet standpipes extending fromthe cellar or basement into the topmost storey; Provided, that Group H buildings having nostage and having a seating capacity of less than five hundred (500) need not be equippedwith interior wet standpipes.
a. Construction – Interior wet standpipes shall be constructed of the same materials as thoserequired for dry standpipes.
b. Sizec.

i.

Interior wet standpipes shall have an internal diameter sufficient to deliver 190
liters of water per minute under 2.00 kilograms per square centimeter pressure at
the hose connections. Buildings of Group H and I Occupancy shall have wet
standpipes systems capable of delivering the required quantity and pressure fromany two (2) outlets simultaneously; for all other Occupancies only one (1) outlet
need be figured to be opened at one time. In no case shall the internal diameter ofa wet standpipe be less than 50 millimeters, except when the standpipe is attached
to an automatic fire-extinguishing system.

ii.

Any approved formula which determines pipe sizes on a pressure drop basis may
be used to determine pipe size for wet standpipe systems. The Building Official
may require discharge capacity and pressure tests on completed wet standpipe
systems.

Number required – The number of wet standpipes when required in the Code shall be sodetermined that all portions of the building are within 6.00 meters of a nozzle attached to ahose 23.00 meters in length.

152

74

d. Location – In Group H and I Occupancies, outlets shall be located as follows: one (1) oneach side of the stage, one (1) at the rear of the auditorium, and one (1) at the rear of thebalcony. Where occupant loads are less than five hundred (500) the above requirements
may be waived; Provided, that portable fire extinguishers of appropriate capacity and typeare installed within easy access from the said locations. In Group B, C, D, E, F and G
Occupancies, the location of all interior wet standpipes shall be in accordance with therequirement for dry standpipes; Provided, that at least one (1) standpipe is installed tocover not more than 650 sq. meters.
e. Outlets. All interior wet standpipes shall be equipped with a 38 millimeter valve in eachstorey, including the basement or cellar of the building, and located not less than 300
millimeters nor more than 1.20 meters above the floor.
f.

Threads. All those threads used in connection with the installation of such standpipes,
including valves and reducing fittings shall be uniform with that prescribed by the
Secretary.

g. Water Supply. All interior wet standpipes shall be connected to a street main not less than
100 millimeters in diameter, or when the water pressure is insufficient, to a water tank ofsufficient size as provided in subparagraph (h). When more than one (1) interior wet
standpipe is required in the building, such standpipe shall be connected at their bases or attheir tops by pipes of equal size.
h. Pressure and Gravity Tanks – Tanks shall have a capacity sufficient to furnish at least 1,500
liters per minute for a period of not less than 10 minutes. Such tanks shall be located so as
to provide not less than 2 kilograms per square centimeter pressure at the topmost baseoutlet for its entire supply. Discharge pipes from pressure tanks shall extend 50 millimeters
into and above the bottom of such tanks. All tanks shall be tested in place after installationand proved tight at a hydrostatic pressure 50% in excess of the working pressure required.
Where such tanks are used for domestic purposes the supply pipe for such purposes shallbe located at or above the center line of such tanks. Incombustible supports shall be
provided for all such supply tanks and not less than a 900 millimeters clearance shall bemaintained over the top and under the bottom of all pressure tanks.
i. Fire pumps. Fire pumps shall have a capacity of not less than 1,000 liters per minutewith a pressure not less than 2 kilograms per square centimeter at the topmost hose outlet.
The source of supply for such pump shall be a street water main of not less than 100
millimeters diameter or a well or cistern containing a one-hour supply. Such pumps shall be
supplied with an adequate source of power and shall be automatic in operation.
j. Hose and Hose Reels – Each hose outlet of all interior wet standpipes shall be suppliedwith a hose not less than 38 millimeters in diameter. Such hose shall be equipped with asuitable brass or bronze nozzle and shall be not over 23.00 meters in length. An approved
standard form of wall hose reel or rack shall be provided for the hose and shall be locatedso as to make the hose readily accessible at all times and shall be recessed in the walls orprotected by suitable cabinets.
4. Basement Pipe Inlets – Basement pipe inlets shall be installed in the first (1st) floor of every
store, warehouse, or factory where there are cellars or basements under same; Except,
where in such cellars or basements there is installed a fire-extinguishing system as specified
in the Code or where such cellars or basements are used for banking purposes, safe
deposit vaults, or similar uses.

a. Material – All basement pipe inlets shall be of cast iron, steel, brass, or bronze with lidsof cast brass or bronze and shall consist of a sleeve not less than 200 millimeters indiameter through the floor extending to and flush with the ceiling below and with a top
flange, recessed with an inside shoulder, to receive the lid and flush with the finished floor
surface. The lid shall be a solid casting and shall have a ring lift recessed on the top
thereof, so as to be flushed. The lid shall have the words “FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT
ONLY, DO NOT COVER UP” cast on the top thereof. The lid shall be installed in such amanner as to permit its removal readily from the inlet.
b. Location. Basement pipe inlets shall be strategically located and kept readily accessibleat all times to the Fire Department.
5. Approval – All fire-extinguishing systems, including automatic sprinklers, wet and dry
standpipes, automatic chemical extinguishers, basement pipe inlets, and the appurtenances
thereto shall meet the approval of the Fire Department as to installation and location andshall be subject to such periodic test as it may require.
SECTION 1213. Stages and Platform
1. Stage Ventilators – There shall be one (1) or more ventilators constructed of metal or otherincombustible material near the center and above the highest part of any working stage
raised above the stage roof and having a total ventilation area equal to at least 5% of thefloor area within the stage walls. The entire equipment shall conform to the following
requirements:
a. Opening Action – Ventilators shall open by spring action or force of gravity sufficient toovercome the effects of neglect, rust, dirt, or expansion by heat or warping of theframework.
b. Glass – Glass, if used in ventilators, must be protected against falling on the stage. A
wire screen, if used under the glass, must be so placed that if clogged it cannot reduce
the required ventilating area or interfere with the operating mechanism or obstruct the
distribution of water from the automatic fire extinguishing systems.
c. Design – Ventilators, penthouses, and supporting framework shall be designed inaccordance with the Code.
d. Spring Actuation – Springs, when employed to actuate ventilator doors, shall be capableof maintaining full required tension indefinitely. Springs shall not be stressed more than
50% of their rated capacity and shall not be located directly in the air stream, nor
exposed to elements.
e. Location of Fusible Links – A fusible link shall be placed in the cable control system on
the underside of the ventilator at or above the roof line or as approved by the Building
Official, and shall be so located as not to be affected by the operation of fireextinguishing systems.
f.

154

Control – Remote, manual or electrical control shall provide for both opening and closingof the ventilator doors for periodic testing and shall be located at a point on the stage
designated by the Building Official. When remote control of ventilator is electrical, power
failure shall not affect its instant operation in the event of fire. Hand winches may be
employed to facilitate operation of manually controlled ventilators.

74

2. Gridirons –a. Gridirons, fly galleries, and pin-rails shall be constructed of incombustible materials andfire protection of steel and iron may be omitted. Gridirons and fly galleries shall be
designed to support a live load of not less than 367 kilograms per sq. meter. Each loft
block well shall be designed to support 373 kilograms per linear meter and the head
block well shall be designed to support the aggregate weight of all the loft block wells
served. The head block well must be provided with an adequate strongback or lateralbrace to offset torque.
b. The main counterweight sheave beam shall be designed to support a horizontal andvertical uniformly distributed live load sufficient to accommodate the weight imposed by
the total number of loft blocks in the gridiron. The sheave blocks shall be designed toaccommodate the maximum load for the loft or head blocks served with a safety factor offive (5).
3. Rooms Accessory to Stage – In a building having a stage, the dressing room sections,workshops, and storerooms shall be located on the stage side of the proscenium wall andshall be separated from each other and from the stage by not less than a One-Hour FireResistive Occupancy Separation.
4. Proscenium Walls – A stage shall be completely separated from the auditorium by aproscenium wall of not less than two-hour incombustible construction. The proscenium wall
shall extend not less than 1.20 meters above the roof over the auditorium. Proscenium
walls may have, in addition to the main proscenium openings, one (1) opening at theorchestra pit level and not more than two (2) openings at the stage floor level, each of whichshall be not more than 2.00 sq. meters in area. All openings in the proscenium wall of stage
shall be protected by a fire assembly having a one and one-half - hour fire-resistive rating.
The proscenium opening, which shall be the main opening for viewing performances, shallbe provided with a self-closing fire-resistive curtain as specified in the Code.
5. Stage Floor – The type of construction for stage floors shall depend upon the requirements
based on the Type of Occupancy and the corresponding fire-resistive requirements. All
parts of the stage floor shall be designed to support not less than 620 kilograms per square
meters. Openings through stage floors shall be equipped with tight-fitting trap doors ofwood of not less than 50 millimeters nominal thickness.
6. Platforms – The type of construction for platforms shall depend upon the requirements
based on the Type of Occupancy and corresponding fire-resistive requirements. Enclosed
platforms shall be provided with one (1) or more ventilators conforming to the requirementsof stage ventilators; Except, that the total area shall be equal to 5% of the area of theplatform. When more than one (1) ventilator is provided, they shall be so spaced as toprovide proper exhaust ventilation. Ventilators shall not be required for enclosed platforms
having a floor area of 45.00 sq. meters or less.
7. Stage Exits – At least one (1) exit not less than 900 millimeters wide shall be provided fromeach side of the stage opening directly or by means of a passageway not less than 900
millimeters in width to a street or exit court. An exit stair not less than 750 millimeters wide
shall be provided for egress from each fly gallery. Each tier of dressing rooms shall be
provided with at least two (2) means of egress each not less than 750 millimeters wide andall such stairs shall be constructed in accordance with the requirement specified in theCode. The stairs required in this Sub-section need not be enclosed.

SECTION 1214. Motion Picture Projection Rooms
1. General Requirements – The provisions of this Section shall apply only where ribbon type motion
picture films in excess of 22-millimeter width and electric projection equipment are used. Everymotion picture machine using ribbon type film in excess of 22 millimeter width and electric arc
projections equipment, together with all electrical devices, rheostats, machines, and all such films
present in any Group C, I, or H Occupancy, shall be enclosed in a projection room large enough topermit the operator to walk freely on either side and back of the machine.
2. Construction – Every projection room shall be of not les than one-hour fire-resistive construction
throughout and the walls and ceiling shall be finished with incombustible materials. The ceiling shallbe not less than 2.40 meters from the finished floor. The room shall have a floor area of not less than
7.00 sq. meters and 3.50 sq. meters for each additional machine.
3. Exit – Every projection room shall have at least two doorways separated by not less than one-third
the perimeter of the room, each at least 750 millimeters wide and 2.00 meters high. All entrances toa projection room shall be protected by a self-closing fire assembly having a three-fourth - hour fireresistive rating. Such doors shall open outward and lead to proper exits as required in the Code andshall not be equipped with any latch. The maximum width of such door shall be 750 millimeters
4.

Ports and Openings – Ports in projection room walls shall be of three (3) kinds: projection ports;
observation ports; and combination ports used for both observation and for stereopticon, spot or
floodlight machines.
a. Ports Required – There shall be provided for each motion picture projector not more than one (1)projection port, which shall be limited in area to 750 sq. centimeters, and not more than one (1)observation port, which shall be limited in area to 1,300 sq. centimeters. There shall be not morethan three (3) combination ports, each of which shall not exceed 750 millimeters by 600
millimeters. Each port opening shall be completely covered with a pane of glass; Except, thatwhen acetate safety film is used, projection ports may be increased in size to an area not toexceed 4,500 sq. centimeters.
b. Shutters – Each port and every other opening in projection room walls, including, any fresh-air
inlets but excluding exit doors and exhaust ducts, shall be provided with a shutter of not less than
2.4 millimeters thick sheet metal or its equivalent large enough to overlap at least 25 millimeters on
all sides of such openings. Shutters shall be arranged to slide without binding in guides
constructed of material equal to the shutters in strength and fire-resistance. Each shutter shall beequipped with a 74° fusible link, which when fused by heat will cause closure of the shutter bygravity. Shutters of a size greater than 1,300 sq. centimeters shall be equipped with a counterbalance. There shall also be a fusible link located over the upper magazine of each projector,
which upon operating, will close all the shutters. In addition, there shall be provided suitablemeans for manually closing all shutters simultaneously from any projector head and from a point
within the projection room near each exit door. Shutters on openings not in use shall be kept
closed; Except, that shutters may be omitted when only acetate safety film is used.

5. Ventilationa. Inlet – A fresh-air inlet from the exterior of the building not less than 900 sq. centimeters andprotected with wire netting, shall be installed within 50 millimeters of the floor in every projection
room, the source of which shall be remote from other outside vents or flues.
b. Outlets – Ventilation shall be provided by one (1) or more mechanical exhaust systems whichshall draw air from each arc lamp housing to out-doors either directly or through an incombustible
flue used for no other purpose. Exhaust capacity shall not be less than 0.50 cu. meter nor morethan 1.40 cu. meter per minute for each arc lamp plus 5.60 cu. meters for the room itself. Systems
shall be controlled from within the enclosure and shall have pilot lights to indicate operation. The
exhaust systems serving the projection room may be extended to cover rooms associatedtherewith such as rewind rooms. No dampers shall be installed in such exhaust systems.
Ventilation of these rooms shall not be connected in any way with ventilating or air-conditioning
systems serving other portions of the building. Exhaust ducts shall be of incombustible material

156

74
and shall either be kept 25 millimeters from combustible material or covered with 10 millimeters ofincombustible heat-insulating material.
6. Regulation of Equipment – All shelves, fixtures, and fixed equipment in a projection room shall be
constructed of incombustible materials. All films not in actual use shall be stored in metal cabinets
having individual compartments for reels or shall be in generally accepted shipping containers. No
solder shall be used in the construction of such cabinets.
SECTION 1215. Lathing, Plastering, and Installation of Wall Boards
The installation of lath, plaster and gypsum wall board shall conform to the fire-resistive rating
requirements and the type of construction of building.

RULE XIII - ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL REGULATIONSSECTION 1301. Electrical Regulations
All electrical systems, equipment and installations mentioned in the Code shall conform to theprovisions of the Philippine Electrical Code Part 1 (PEC-1) and Part 2 (PEC-2), as adopted by the Boardof Electrical Engineering pursuant to Republic Act 7920, otherwise known as the Philippine ElectricalEngineering Law.
1. Overhead Service Entrance
In Subdivisions, Housing Projects, Commercial and Industrial Buildings, overhead transmission anddistribution voltages are required to supply power source including transformers, poles andsupporting structures.
2. Attachments on and Clearances from Buildingsa. An Attachment Plan approved by professional electrical engineer shall cover power lines andcables, transformers and other electrical equipment installed on or in buildings and shall be
submitted to the local Building Official.
b. Where building/s exceed 15.00 meters in height, overhead lines shall be arranged wherepracticable so that clear space or zone at least 1.80 meters (horizontal) will be left adjacent to thebuilding or beginning not over 2.45 meters (horizontal) from the building, to facilitate the raising ofladders where necessary for fire fighting.
EXCEPTION:

This requirement does not apply where it is the rule of the local fire department to
exclude the use of ladders in alleys or other restricted places, which are
generally occupied by supply lines.

3. Open Supply Conductors Attached to Buildings
Where the permanent attachment of open supply conductors to any class of buildings is necessary
for service entrance, such conductors shall meet the following requirements:a. Conductors of more than 300 volts to ground shall not be carried along or near the surface of thebuilding unless they are guarded or made inaccessible.
b. To promote safety to the general public and to employees not authorized to approach conductors
and other current-carrying parts of electric supply lines, such parts shall be arranged so as toprovide adequate clearance from the ground or other space generally accessible, or shall be
provided with guards so as to isolate persons effectively from accidental contact.
c.

Ungrounded service conduits, metal fixtures and similar noncurrent-carrying parts, if located inurban districts and where liable to become charged to more than 300 volts to ground, shall be
isolated or guarded so as not to be exposed to accidental contact by unauthorized persons. Asan alternative to isolation or guarding noncurrent-carrying parts shall be solidly or effectively
grounded.

d. Service drops passing over a roof shall be securely supported by substantial structures. Where
practicable, such supports shall be independent of the building.
4. Conductors Passing By or Over Buildingsa. Unguarded or accessible supply conductors carrying voltages in excess of 300 volts may beeither beside or over buildings. The vertical or horizontal clearance to any buildings or its
attachments (balconies, platforms, etc.) shall be as listed in Table XIII.1. The horizontal
clearance governs above the roof level to the point where the diagonal equals the vertical

158

74
clearance requirements. This Rule should not be interpreted as restricting the installation of atrolley contact conductor over the approximate centerline of the track it serves. (Figure XIII.1.)
b. Supply conductors of 300 volts or more, when placed near enough to windows, verandas, fireescapes, or other ordinarily accessible places, shall be properly guarded by grounded conduitand barriers.
c.

Where the required clearances cannot be obtained, supply conductors shall be grouped orbundled and supported by grounded messenger wires.

5. Clearance of Service Drops

a. Service drop conductors shall not be readily accessible and when not in excess of 600 volts, shallconform to the following:i.

Conductors shall have a clearance of not less than 2.50 meters from the highest point ofroofs over which they pass with the following exceptions:(a) Where the voltage between conductors does not exceed 300 volts and the roof has aslope of not less than 100 millimeters in 300 millimeters, the clearance may not be lessthan 1.00 meter.

(b) Service drop conductors of 300 volts or less which do not pass over other than amaximum of 1.20 meters of the overhang portion of the roof for the purpose ofterminating at a through-the-roof service raceway or approved support may be
maintained at a minimum of 500 millimeters from any portion of the roof over which
they pass.

b.

Conductors shall have a clearance of not less than 3.00 meters from the ground or fromplatform or projection from which they might be reached.

any

c.

Conductors shall have a horizontal clearance of not less than 1.00 meter from windows, doors,porches, fire escapes, or similar locations and shall be run less than 1.00 meter above the top
level of a window or opening.

d. Service drop of conductors, when crossing a street, shall have a clearance of not less than 5.50
meters from the crown of the street or sidewalk over which it passes; and shall have a minimum
clearance of 3.00 meters above ground at its point of attachment to the building or pedestal.
e. No parts of swimming and wading pools shall be placed under existing service drop conductors or
any other overhead wiring; nor shall such wiring be installed above the following:i.

Swimming and wading pools and the area extending 3.00 meters outward horizontally fromthe inside of the walls of the pool;ii. Diving structures;iii. Observation stands, towers or platforms.

TABLE XIII.1.

Clearance of Wires, Conductors, Cables and Unguarded Rigid Energized Parts
Adjacent but not Attached to Buildings and Other Installations Except Bridges

Insulated
Communication
conductors andcables;messengers;
surge protection
wires; grounded
guys; neutral
conductors

Supplycables of
0 to 750
V

Unguarded rigid
energized parts,
0 to 750 V; noninsulated
communication
conductors

Supplycables over
750 V; open
supplyconductors,
0 to 750 V

Open
supplyconductors,
over 750 V
to 22 kV

Unguardedrigid
energized
parts, over
750 V to 22
kV

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

1400

1500

1500

1700

2300

2000

1400

1500

1500

1700

2300

2000

1400

1500

1500

1700

2300

2000

900

1070

3000

3200

3800

3600

3200

3400

3400

3500

4100

4000

3200

3400

3400

3500

4100

4000

4700

4900

4900

5000

5600

5500

a. Horizontal

900

1070

1500

1700

2300

2000

b. Vertical over or
under

900

1070

1700

1800

2450

2300

Clearance of

1. Buildingsa. Horizontal(1) To walls,
projection andguarded windows(2) To unguarded
windows(3) To balconies
and areas readily
accessible
b. Vertical(1) Over or underroofs or projections
not readily
accessible topedestrians(2) Over or underbalconies and roofs
readily accessible
to pedestrians(3) Over roofs
accessible tovehicles but not
subject to truck
traffic(4) Over roofs
accessible to truck
traffic

2. Signs, chimneys,
billboards, radio
and televisionantennas, andother installations
not classified asbuildings or bridges

160

74

6. Wiring Methods
Service entrance conductors extending along the exterior or entering buildings or other structures
shall be installed in rigid steel conduit or concrete encased plastic conduit from point of service drop
to meter base and from meter base to the disconnecting equipment. However, where the service
entrance conductors are protected by approved fuses or breakers at their terminals (immediately after
the service drop or lateral) they may be installed in any of the recognized wiring methods as provided
by PEC-1.
a. Abandoned lines and/or portions of lines no longer required to provide service shall be removed.
b. Power pole, lines, service drop and other line equipment shall be free from any attachment forantennas, signs, streamers and the like.
7. Transformers
a. Oil-insulated transformers rated more than 15 kV between conductors shall be installed inside atransformer vault.
b. Dry-type and other transformers with non-flammable insulation shall be installed in a transformer
room.
c.

Transformers shall be guarded as follows:i.

Appropriate provisions shall be made to minimize the possibility of damage to transformers
from external causes where the transformers are located exposed to physical damage.

ii.

Dry-type transformers shall be provided with a non-combustible moisture resistant case or
enclosure which will provide reasonable protection against accidental insertion of foreign
objects.

iii.

The transformer installation shall conform to the provisions for guarding of live parts in
PEC-1.

iv.

The operating voltage of exposed live parts of transformer installations shall be indicated bysigns or visible markings on the equipment or structures.

8. Provisions for Transformer Vault
a. A transformer vault when required, shall be constructed in accordance with PEC-1 latest edition.
c.

Transformers and transformer vaults shall be accessible only to qualified personnel for inspection
and maintenance.

d. Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the transformer vault.
9. Capacitor
a. This applies to installation of capacitors on electric circuits in buildings.
EXCEPTION:

1. Capacitors that are component of other apparatus shall conform to therequirements for such apparatus.
2. Capacitors in hazardous locations shall comply with additional requirements
as prescribed in PEC-1.

b. Installation of capacitors in which any single unit contains more than 11 liters of flammable liquidshall be in a vault or outdoor fence enclosures complying with PEC-1.

162

74
c.

Capacitors shall be protected from physical damage by location or by suitable fences, barriers orother enclosures.

d. Capacitors shall be provided with non-combustible cases and supports.
10. Emergency Power Systems

a. Shall provide electric power for the safety to life and property when normal electric power supply
is interrupted.

b. Shall have adequate capacity for the operation of the emergency load.

c. For hospitals, the transition time to transfer power supply from the instant of interruption of normal
power supply to the emergency supply shall not exceed 10 seconds.

11. Electrical Rooma. An adequate space or area shall be provided at load centers where panel boards, breakers,
switchgears and other electrical equipment are installed.
12. Service Equipmenta. An adequate space or area shall be provided for the service equipment that shall be located in areadily accessible area, either inside or the outside walls of the building.
13. Metering Facilities

a. Metering Vault, when required for primary service, shall be provided with natural or artificial
ventilation.
b. Metering space shall be provided for single metering or multi-metering centers for secondary
service.

SECTION 1302. Mechanical Regulations

1. All mechanical systems, equipment and installations mentioned in the Code shall conform to theprovisions of the Philippine Mechanical Code, as adopted by the Board of Mechanical Engineering
pursuant to RA 8495 as amended, otherwise known as the Philippine Mechanical Engineering Law.
2. Guarding of Moving and Dangerous Parts
All prime movers, machines and machine parts, power transmission equipment shall be so guarded,shielded, fenced or enclosed to protect any person against exposure to or accidental contact withdangerous moving parts.
3. Cranes
a. Adequate means like ladders, stairs or platforms shall be provided for cranes having revolving
cabs or machine houses, to permit the operator to enter or leave the crane cab and reach theground safely, irrespective of its position. If a step-over is provided, the gap must not exceed 300
millimeters.
b. A gong or other effective warning device shall be mounted on each cage or cab.
c.

Temporary crane operation without warning device may be allowed provided there is a flagman
whose sole duty is to warn those in the path of the crane or its load.

d. The maximum rated load of all cranes shall be plainly marked on each side of the crane. If thecrane has more than one hoisting unit, each hoist shall have marked on it or its load block, its
rated capacity clearly legible from the ground or floor.
4. Hoists
a. Operating control shall be plainly marked to indicate the direction of travel and provided with aneffective warning device.
b. Each hoist designed to lift its load vertically shall have its rated load legibly marked on the hoist or
load block or at some easily visible space.
c.

A stop, which shall operate automatically, shall be provided at each switch, dead end rail orturntable to prevent the trolley running off when the switch is open.

d. Each electric hoist motor shall be provided with electrically or mechanically operated brake soarranged that the brake will be applied automatically when the power is cut off from the hoist.
5. Elevators
Elevators shall be installed in all private and public buildings for public use accessible to disabled
persons, pursuant to the objectives of Batas Pambansa Bilang 344 (Accessibility Law).
a. Hoistway for elevators shall be substantially enclosed throughout their height, with no openings
allowed except for necessary doors, windows or skylights.
b. Ropes, wires or pipes shall not be installed in hoistways, except when necessary for theoperation of the elevators.
c.

164

Hoistway pits shall be of such depth that when the car rests on the fully compressed buffers, aclearance of not less than 600 millimeters remains between the underside of the car and thebottom of the pit.

74
d. When four (4) or more elevators serve all or the same portion of a building, they shall be locatedin not less than two (2) hoistways and in no case shall more than four (4) elevators be located inany one hoistway.
e. Where a machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of a hoistway, it shall be constructedwith sufficient room for repair and inspection. Access shall be by means of an iron ladder orstairs when the room is more than 600 millimeters above the adjacent floor or roof surface. The
angle of inclination of such ladder or stairs shall not exceed 60° from the horizontal. This room
shall not be used as living quarters or depository of other materials and shall be provided withadequate ventilation.
f.

Minimum number of hoisting ropes shall be three (3) for traction elevators and two (2) for drum
type elevators.

g. The minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes shall be 30 millimeters.
h. Elevators shall be provided with Fall-Free Safety Device, over-load switch and reverse polarity
relay.
i.

In apartments or residential condominiums of five (5) storeys or more, at least one (1) passenger
elevator shall be kept on twenty-four (24) hour constant service.

6. Escalators
a. The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed 30° from the horizontal.
b. The width between balustrades shall not be less than 560 millimeters nor more than 1.20 meters.
This width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than 330 millimeters.
c.

Solid balustrades of incombustible material shall be provided on each side of the moving steps. If
made of glass, it shall be of tempered type glass.

d. The rated speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than 38 meters per
minute.
7. Boilers and Pressure Vessels
a. Location of Boilers
i.

Boilers may be located inside buildings provided that the boiler room is of reinforced
concrete or masonry and that the boiler room shall not be used for any other purpose. No
part of the boiler shall be closer than 1.00 meter from any wall and shall have at least two(2) separate exits.

ii.

In case the main building is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be locatedoutside the building at a distance of not less than 3.00 meters from the outside wall of themain building and the building housing the boiler shall be made up of fire-resistive
materials.

b. Smokestacks, whether self-supporting or guyed, shall be of sufficient capacity to handle fuelgases, shall be able to withstand a wind load of 175 kilometers per hour and shall rise at least
5.00 meters above the eaves of any building within a radius of 50.00 meters.
c. Manufacturers/assemblers of boilers/pressure vessels/pressurized water heaters shall stamp each
vessel on the front head or on any other suitable location with the name of the manufacturer,
serial number, year of manufacture maximum allowable working pressure, heating surface in sq.
meters, and thickness of shell.

d. Boilers of more than 46.00 sq. meters heating surface shall each be provided with two (2) meansof feeding water, one (1) steam driven and one (1) electrically driven, or one (1) pump and one(1) injector.
e. Two (2) check valves shall be provided between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to theregular shut-off valve.
f.

Where two (2) or more boilers are connected in parallel, each steam outlet shall be provided witha non-return valve and a shut-off valve.

g. In no case shall the maximum pressure of an existing boiler be increased to a greater pressure
than would be allowed for a new boiler of same construction.
h. Each boiler shall have at least one (1) safety valve. For boilers having more than 46.00 sq.
meters of water heating surface or a generating capacity exceeding 910 kilograms per hour, two(2) or more safety valves shall be required.
i.

Each boiler shall have a steam gauge, with a dial range of not less than one and one-half times
and not more than twice the maximum allowable working pressure. It may be connected to thesteam space or to the steam connection to the water column.

j.

Repairs/replacements on any parts shall comply with the applicable section on New Installation of
Boilers/Pressure Vessels of the Philippine Mechanical Code.

k.

Upon the completion of the installation, the Building Official shall conduct an inspection and test,
and if found complying with requirements, a certificate of operation for a period not exceeding one(1) year shall be issued after payment of the required inspection fees.

l.

After a permit has been granted to install a boiler/pressure vessel/pressurized water heater upon
payment of the installation fees therefore, it shall be the duty of the Building Official to makeperiodic inspection of the installation to determine compliance with the approved plans andspecifications.

m. The Building Official shall notify the owner in writing of the intended date of the annual inspection
at least fifteen (15) days in advance but not to exceed thirty (30) days from the intended date ofinspection.
n. The owner/user shall prepare the boiler(s) for inspection and provide all labor and equipment
required during said inspection.
8. Refrigeration and Air Conditioninga. The effective temperature and relative humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling shallbe maintained at 20°Celsius to 24°Celsius and 50% to 60%, respectively, with 4.60 to 7.60
meters per minute air movement within the living zone.
b. Water from evaporators, condensers and other machinery shall be properly collected into asuitable water or drainage system.
c.

Ducts shall be constructed entirely of non-combustible materials such as steel, iron, aluminum orother approved materials. Only fire retardant lining shall be used on the inside of ducts.

d. Access doors shall be provided at all automatic dampers, fire dampers, thermostats and otherapparatus requiring service and inspection in the duct system.
e. Where ducts pass thru walls, floors or partitions, the space around the duct shall be sealed withfire resistant material equivalent to that of the wall, floor or partition, to prevent the passage offlame or smoke.

166

74
f.

When ducts or their outlets or inlets pass through firewalls, they shall be provided with automatic
fire dampers that automatically close on both sides of the firewall through which they pass.

g. Fire doors and fire dampers shall be arranged to close automatically and remain tightly closed,
upon the operation of a fusible link or other approved heat actuated device, located where readily
affected by an abnormal rise of temperature in the duct.
h. Each refrigerating system shall be provided with a legible metal sign permanently attached andeasily noticeable, indicating thereon the name of manufacturer or installer, kind and total numberof kilograms of refrigerant contained in the system and applied field test pressure applied.
i.

In refrigerating plants of more than 45 kilograms, refrigerant, masks and helmets shall be used.
These shall be kept in a suitable cabinet outside the machine room when not in use.

j.

Not more than 140 kilograms of refrigerant in approved containers shall be stored in a machineroom at any given time.

k.

Where ammonia is used, the discharge may be into tank of water, which shall be used for noother purpose except ammonia absorption. At least 1 liter of water shall be provided for every
120 gallons of ammonia in the system.

l.

In a refrigerating system containing more than 9 kilograms, stop valves shall be installed in inlets
and outlets of compressors, outlets of liquid receivers, and in liquid and suction branch headers.

m. Window type air conditioners shall be provided with drainpipe or plastic tubing for discharging
condensate water into a suitable container or discharge line.
n. Window type air conditioners shall be provided with exhaust ducts if the exhaust is discharged
into corridors/hallways/arcades/sidewalks, etc., and shall be installed at not less than 2.10 meters
above the floor level.
9. Water Pumping for Buildings/Structures
a. Installation of pumping equipment to supply buildings/structures directly from existing watersupply system shall not be allowed. An underground water tank or cistern must be filled bygravity flow from the water supply system, from where pumps can be installed.
b. To maintain water pressure in all floors of a building/structure, the following systems may be
used:
i.

Overhead tank supply – may be installed above the roof supported bybuilding/structure or on a separate tower.

the(a) Water tanks shall be provided with a vent and an overflow pipe leading to a storm drain
and shall be fully covered.
ii.

Pneumatic tank – an unfired pressure vessel, initially full of air, into which water from mains
is pumped.
(a) A suitable pressure switch shall stop the pump when pressure

required is attained.

(b) Tanks shall be designed for twice the maximum total dynamic pressure required.
(c) An air volume control device shall be installed to maintain correct air volume inside thetank.

10. Pipings for Fuel, Gas and Steama. Piping shall, as much as possible, run parallel to building walls.
b. Grouped piping shall be supported on racks, on either horizontal or vertical planes.
c.

Piping on racks shall have sufficient space for pipe or chain wrenches so that any single line canbe altered/repaired/replaced without disturbing the rest.

d. Piping 100 millimeters in diameter and above shall be flanged. Smaller sized pipes may bescrewed.
e. Piping subjected to varying temperatures shall be provided with expansion joints.
f.

Galvanized piping shall not be used for steam.

g. Piping carrying steam, hot water or hot liquids shall not be embedded in concrete walls or floors
and shall be properly insulated.
h. Piping carrying propane, butane and other gas which are heavier than air, shall be provided with
automatic shut-off devices. The automatic shut-off device is most effective if provided to eachburner before the flexible connection.
11. Identification of piping by color and tag shall be as follows:

Material Piped
Acetylene
Acid
Air-High pressure
Air-Low Pressure
Ammonia
Argon-Low Pressure
Blast Furnace Glass
Carbon Dioxide
Gasoline
GreaseHelium-Low Pressure
Hydrogen
Nitrogen-Low Pressure
OxygenOil
Steam-High Pressure
Steam-Low Pressure
Tar
Producer Gas
Liquid Petroleum Gas
Vacuum-High
Water-Boiler Feed
Water-Cold

168

Pipe Color
OrangeYellow
Yellow
Green
Yellow
Green
OrangeRed
OrangeOrangeGreen
OrangeGreen
OrangeOrangeYellow
Yellow
OrangeOrangeOrangeOrangeYellow
Green

Pipe Identification
Acetylene
Acid
H.P. Air
L.P. Air
Ammonia
L.P. Argon
B.F.GasCarbon Dioxide
Gasoline
GreaseL.P. Helium
Hydrogen
L.P.-Nitrogen
OxygenOil
H.P.Steam
L.P. Steam
Tar
Producer Gas
L. P. Gas
High Vacuum
Boiler Feed Water
Cold Water

74
Material Piped
Water-Distilled
Water (Fire Service)
Water-Hot
Water-Low-Pressure(Excl. Of fire Service)
Water-High Pressure(Excl. of Fire service)
Water-Treated
Oil and Water(For hydraulic system)
Oil and Water(For hydraulic system)

Pipe Color

Pipe Identification

Green
Red
Yellow
Green

Distilled Water
Fire Service Water
Hot Water
L.P. Water

Yellow

H.P. Water

Green
Green

Treated Water
Oil and Water

OrangeOil and Water

RULE XIV - PHOTOGRAPHIC AND X-RAY FILMSSECTION 1401. Storage and Handling
1. Storage rooms of unexposed photographic and x-ray films shall be provided with automatic fire
extinguishing systems in the following cases:
a. When unexposed films in generally accepted safety shipping containers exceed the aggregate of
14.00 cu. meters;b. Where shelving used for storage of individual packages not in said shipping containers exceeds
1.40 cu. meters in capacity; andc.

Storage is not in generally accepted safety shipping containers in any section not exceeding
14.00 cu. meters.

2. Film negatives in storage or in process of handling shall be kept in heavy Manila envelopes, notexceeding twelve (12) films to an envelope. Expanding envelopes shall not be used.
3. Film negatives shall be kept in properly insulated vented cabinets, vented storage vaults or outsidestorage houses. Not more than 110 kilograms shall be stored in any single cabinet. Where the film
stored exceeds 450 kilograms, it shall be in vented storage vaults or in a detached structure or roof
vault. Door openings in vaults shall be of four-hour fire-resistive construction and shall be kept closed
except when in use.
4. Only incandescent electric light shall be permitted; protected with substantial wire guards or vapor
proof globes or both. Portable lights on extension cords are prohibited. Conspicuous “NO
SMOKING” signs shall be posted.
5. No films shall be stored within 600 millimeters of steam pipes, chimneys, or other sources of heat.
6. There shall be first aid provisions of types using water or water solutions. Discarded films shall be
stored and handled in the same manner as other films until removed from the premises.
SECTION 1402. Classes of Film Exempted
1. The provisions of this Section do not apply to the following: film for amateur photographic use inoriginal packages of “roll” and “film pack” films in quantities of less than 1.40 cu. meters; safety film;
dental X-ray film; establishments manufacturing photographic films and their storage incidental
thereto; and films stored or being used in standard motion picture booths.
2. Safety photographic X-ray film may be identified by the marking on the edge of the film.
SECTION 1403. Fire Extinguishing System
Unless otherwise provided in the Code, all fire extinguishing systems when so required shall be of atype, specifications, and methods of installation as prescribed in accordance with the requirements of
the Secretary.

170

74
RULE XV – PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTIONSECTION 1501. Prefabricated Assembly
1. Prefabricated assembly is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built-up orassembled prior to incorporation in the building. It shall be made of pre-cast concrete, various metalcomponents, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) or other construction materials acceptable to thearchitect/engineer.
2. To determine the structural adequacy, durability, soundness, weather and fire resistance of prefabricated assemblies, they shall pass the special tests conducted by any accredited material testinglaboratories.
3. Every device or system to connect prefabricated assemblies shall be capable of developing thestrength of the different members as an integral structure. Except, in the case of members forming
part of a structural frame as specified in the Code and this IRR.
4. Anchorages and connections between members and the supporting elements of the structure or walls
shall be capable of withstanding all probable external and internal forces or other conditions for astructurally adequate construction.
5. In structural design, proper allowances shall be made for any material to be displayed or removed forthe installation of pipes, conduits, or other equipment.
6. Metal and uPVC prefabricated assembly shall be adequately provided with anchorage andconnectors.
7. Placement of prefabricated assemblies shall be inspected to determine compliance with the Code.
8. During the placement of the prefabricated assembly, a safety engineer shall be required at the site.

RULE XVI - PLASTICSSECTION 1601. Approved Plastics
Approved plastic materials shall be those which have a flame-spread rating of two hundred twenty
five (225) or less and a smoke density not greater than that obtained from the burning of untreated wood
under similar conditions when tested in accordance with generally accepted engineering practices. The
products of combustion shall be no more toxic than the burning of untreated wood under similar
conditions.
SECTION 1602. Installation
1. Structural Requirements – All plastic materials shall be of adequate strength and durability towithstand the prescribed design loads. Sufficient and substantial technical data shall be submitted toestablish stresses, maximum unsupported spans, and such other information as may be deemednecessary for the various thicknesses and forms used.
2.

Fastenings – Fastenings shall be adequate to withstand design loads and internal and external
stresses required of the assembly. Proper allowances of plastic materials in conjunction with othermaterials with which it is assembled or integrated shall be provided.

SECTION 1603. Glazing of Openings
1. The location of doors, sashes and framed openings glazed or equipped with approved plastics at theexterior walls of a building shall be so arranged that in case of fire, the occupants may use suchopenings to escape from the building to a place of safety. The travel distance from any point of thebuilding towards the location of such openings should not be over 45.00 meters in any place ofassembly for spaces not protected by automatic fire suppression and 60.00 meters in areas soprotected.
2. Openings glazed with approved plastics at the ground floor shall be so located such that it shall open
directly to a street or into an exit court. Such openings at the upper floor shall be so located at ahorizontal distance not less than 3.00 meters from the enclosed stairway, outside stairway or exit
passageway leading to a street or into an exit court.
3. The use of plastic doors, sashes and framings of openings for Group A to I Occupancies may beallowed except for entrance doors and exit doors which should be of materials other than plastics
permitted by the Code.
4. The size of openings glazed with approved plastics shall have a minimum dimension where one
person could pass through or 600 millimeters square.
5. The maximum size of such openings depends upon the structural strength and the fastening
adequacy requirements of approved plastics being used.
6. The spacing between openings glazed with approved plastics shall have a minimum distance suchthat the materials used in between can withstand the vertical and lateral forces within the influence ofsuch openings. The minimum distance shall be 2.00 meters for all spans.
SECTION 1604. Skylights
1. General – Approved plastics may be used in skylights installed on roofs of Types I, II or III Constructions
and all buildings in these categories shall be equipped with an approved automatic fire-extinguishingsystem in Groups A, B, C, E, F, J, H-3 and H-4 Occupancies; Except, that:a. Approved plastics may be used in any type of construction or occupancy as a fire venting system
when approved by the Building Official.

172

74
b. Plastics may be used in approved skylights in Type II one-hour fire-resistive construction which arelocated 300 millimeters or more above the lower flange of the ceiling. The walls of the skylight wellshall be no less fire-resistive than the adjacent ceiling.
c.

Where a fire-resistive ceiling is not required in one-storey buildings, approved plastics may be
used in skylights.

2. Installation Requirementsa. Except in Group A Occupancies, no skylight shall be installed within 3.00 meters of a propertyline.
b. The edges of dome-type skylights shall be properly flashed.
c.

Plastic skylights shall be separated from each other by at least 2.50 meters laterally and 3.00
meters along the slope of the roof.

3. Allowable areas – The area of individual plastic skylights shall not exceed 10.00 square meters. The
total aggregate area of plastics used in skylights, monitors, and sawtooth glazing shall not exceed
20% of the floor area of the room or occupancy sheltered.
4.

Curb Requirements – Plastic skylights in roofs having a slope of less than 1 in 3 shall have a 100
millimeters high curb. The curb may be omitted where a wire screen not smaller than No. 12 U.S.
gauge with a mesh not larger than 25 millimeters is provided immediately below the skylight. The
screen shall be substantially mounted below the skylight.

SECTION 1605. Light-Transmitting Panels in Monitors and Sawtooth Roofs
1. General - Where a fire-resistive rating is not required for the roof structure, and in all buildings
provided with an approved automatic fire-extinguishing system, approved plastics may be used withor without sash as the light-transmitting medium in monitors and sawtooth; Except, that plastics usedin monitors or sawtooth roofs of Type II Construction shall be of materials appropriate to be usedaccording to flame-spread characteristics.

2. Allowable Areas – The area of individual plastic glazing used in monitors and sawtooth glazing shallnot exceed 15.00 square meters. The total aggregate area of plastics used in skylights, monitors,
and sawtooth glazing shall not exceed 20% of the floor area of the room or occupancy sheltered.

3. Area Separation – The area of such plastic panels shall be separated from each other by a section ofincombustible material or by a section of the roofing material of the structure not less than 1.50
meters in length. The lower edge of the plastic material shall be at least 150 millimeters above thesurface of the adjoining roof surface.

SECTION 1606. Plastic Light Diffusers in Ceilings
1. General – Ceiling light diffusers having an area greater than 10% of any 10.00 sq. meters of room
area shall be of approved plastics conforming to the requirements specified in the Code.

2. Installation – Plastic light diffusers shall be installed in such a manner that they will not readily
become detached when subjected to room temperature of 80°C for 15 minutes, Except, for plastic
light diffusers which are installed in the first floor area of Group C Occupancies having egress directly
to the exterior of the building; and plastic light diffusers which are located between an approved
automatic Fire-extinguishing system and the area to be protected other than public corridors forGroup A, B, C, D, E, G, H, and I Occupancies if tests required by the Secretary have established thatsuch installation will not interfere with the efficient operation of such automatic fire-extinguishingsystems.

SECTION 1607. Partitions
Where partitions are not required to be of fire-resistive or incombustible construction, approved
plastics conforming to the requirements specified in the Code may be used.
SECTION 1608. Exterior Veneer
1. General - Exterior veneer may be of approved plastic materials, and shall conform to theprovisions of this Section.
2. Height - Plastic veneer shall not be attached to any exterior wall above the first storey; Provided,that plastic veneer may be attached to exterior walls above the first storey of buildings locatedoutside of highly restrictive Fire Zones; Provided, further that the height of veneer is not in excess
of 10.00 meters above the adjacent grade of elevation.
3. Area - Sections of plastic veneer shall not exceed 15.00 sq. meters in area, Except, that in lessrestrictive Fire Zones, the area may be increased by 50%.
4. Separation - Sections of plastic veneer shall be separated by a minimum of 1.20 meters verticallyand 600 millimeters horizontally.
SECTION 1609. Awnings and Canopies
1. Plastic materials appropriate for use according to Flame Spread characteristics may be utilized inawnings and canopies, provided such awnings and canopies are constructed in accordance with
provisions governing projections and appendages as specified in the Code.
2. Approved plastics may be used in awnings where untreated canvass is permitted.
3. Approved plastics may be used in lieu of plain glass in greenhouses in less restrictive Fire Zones.

174

74
RULE XVII - SHEET METAL PAINT SPRAY BOOTHSSECTION 1701. Sheet Metal Paint Spray Booth
1. Paint spray booths shall be constructed of steel of not less than No. 18 U.S. gauge in thickness andshall be designed in accordance with the Code.
2. The area of a paint spray booth shall not exceed 150 sq. meters nor 10% of the basic area permitted
for the major use of the building according to its Occupancy Group.
3. The floor of the spray booth and operator’s working area, if combustible, shall be covered with noncombustible, non sparkling material of such character as to facilitate the safe cleaning and removal ofresidue.
4. Paint spray booths shall be designed to permit the free passage of exhaust air from all parts of theinterior and all interior surfaces shall be smooth and continuous without outstanding edges.

SECTION 1702. Fire Protection
1. Every spray booth having an open front elevation larger than 1.00 sq. meters and which is not
equipped with doors, shall have a fire curtain or metal deflector not less than 100 millimeters deep
installed at the upper outer edge of the booth opening.
2. Each paint spray booth shall be separated from other operations by not less than 91 centimeters, orby a greater distance, or by such partition or wall as the Local Fire Service Marshall may require.

SECTION 1703. Light
1. Paint spray booths shall be illuminated through hammered wire or heat-treated glass panels. The
glass panels shall be located in such a manner as to reduce the hazard of ignition caused by paintspray deposit.
2. When spraying areas are illuminated through glass panels or other transparent materials, only lightunits shall be used as source of illumination.
3. Panels shall effectively isolate the spraying area from the area in which the lighting unit is located andshall be of non-combustible material or such a nature or so protected that breakage will be unlikely.
4. Panels shall be arranged so that normal accumulations of residue on the exposed surface of thepanel will not be raised to a dangerous temperature by radiation or conduction from the source of
illumination.

SECTION 1704. Ventilation
1. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided direct to the exterior of the building. The mechanical exhaustsystem shall be designed to move the air through any portion of the paint spray area at the rate of notless than 30.00 lineal meters per minute.
2. The blades of exhaust fans shall be constructed of non-ferrous material and shall be mounted in sucha manner as to prevent contact with the exhaust duct.
3. The motor shall not be mounted in the spray booth or the duct system and belts shall be enclosed
where they enter the booth or duct system.

4. The discharge point for ducts in a paint spray booth shall be not less than 2.00 meters from theadjoining combustible construction nor less than 8.00 meters from adjoining exterior wall openings;
except, that the discharge point for exhaust ducts is not regulated in a waterwash spray booth.

176

74

RULE XVIII – GLASS AND GLAZINGSECTION 1801. General Requirements
1. This Rule shall apply to exterior glass and glazing in all Uses/Occupancies except Groups A, B and J
Occupancies not over three (3) storeys in height, and to interior and exterior glass and glazing in all
occupancies subject to human impact.
2. Standards for glass and glazing materials shall conform to the provision on glass dimensional
tolerance, breaking stress level, and design safety factors.
3. Each light (glass panel) shall bear the manufacturer’s label designating the type and thickness ofglass.
4. Each light with special performance characteristics such as laminated, heat strengthened, fully
tempered or insulated, shall bear the manufacturer’s identification showing the special characteristics
and thickness by etching or other permanent identification that shall be visible after the glass isglazed.
5. Appropriate measures shall be provided to deter persons walking into fixed glass panels where thefloor contiguous thereto on to both sides is approximately the same level.
6. Glass panels not adjacent to wall openings may be made obvious by horizontal bars at guardrail
height, a 450 millimeters opaque bulkhead, distinctive glass such as etched or translucent for
guardrail height, fixed flower bins or other appropriate construction arrangement.

SECTION 1802. Area Limitation
1. Exterior glass and glazing shall be capable of safely withstanding the load due to wind pressure forvarious height zones above ground acting inward or outward. The area of individual light shall not be
more than the maximum allowable area of glass according to the wind load multiplied by theappropriate adjustment factor.
2. Glass panels which are more than 600 millimeters in width and 180 millimeters or more in heightadjacent to wall opening shall be safety glass unless a bulkhead of opaque materials not less than
450 millimeters high is provided.
3. The table provided below shall govern the glass area limitation for use in large area along shopping
malls, commercial buildings, theaters, offices, institutional public buildings and factories other thanGroup A, B and J Occupancies.
THICKNESS(millimeter)

WIDTH(meter)LENGTH(meter)8

1.10 and below

1.10 and below

10

2.25 and below

2.25 and below

12

3.00 and below

3.00 and below

15

Over 3.00

Over 3.00

SECTION 1803. Glazing
Glass firmly supported on all four (4) edges shall be glazed with minimum laps and edge clearancesin accordance with Section 1801 paragraph (2), Provided, that glass edge clearance in fixed openings
shall be not less than what is required for wind and earthquake drift. For glass not firmly supported on all
four (4) edges and design shall be submitted for approval of the Building Official. Glass supports shall beconsidered firm when deflection of the support at design load does not exceed 1/175 of the span.

SECTION 1804. Louvered Windows
Regular plate, sheet, or patterned glass in jalousies and louvered windows shall not be thinner than
5.6 millimeters minimal and shall not be longer than 1.20 meters. Exposed glass edges shall be smooth.

SECTION 1805. Impact
Frameless glass doors, glass in doors, fixed glass panels, and similar glazed openings which may besubject to accidental human impact shall conform with the requirements provided under Section 1802 on
impact loads of glass; Except in the following cases:
1. Bathtub and shower enclosures shall be constructed from approved shatter-resistant materials, suchas: wire-reinforced glass not less than 5.6 millimeters thick; fully tempered glass not less than 4.8
millimeters thick; or laminated safety glass not less than 6.4 millimeters thick.
2. Glass lights located not less than 450 millimeters above the adjacent finished floor or walking surface.
3. Glass lights when the least dimension is not greater than 450 millimeters.
4. Glass lights 1.50 sq. meters or less in area.

178

74

RULE XIX – THE USE OF COMPUTERSSECTION 1901. General Rule
The use of computer for all or any part of the design of buildings under the Code is permitted
provided that all programs to be used are documented.

SECTION 1902. Program Documentation
1. Documenting a program under the Code consists of filing with the OBO a reference to a publication or
publications accessible to him where the detailed description of the program or a brief statement of
the theoretical background of the program including a description of the algorithms used are found.
2. The software name, version number and the company that developed the program and its address
shall be provided as part of the program documentation.

SECTION 1903. Submission of Computer-Generated Computations
a. A copy of the output sheets for computer-generated computations shall be submitted as part ofthe design computations.
i.

The first sheet of the output sheets shall be signed and sealed by the designer.

b. The output sheets shall be accompanied by a certification of a designer and/or consultant thatthe output sheets are the results obtained through the use of documented programs. The certification
should include the identification of the specific program used for each portion of the computergenerated computations being submitted.
i. The data provided, as computer input shall be clearly distinguished from those computed in the
program.
ii. The information required in the output shall include date of processing, program identification,
all output data, units and final results.

RULE XX - SIGNSSECTION 2001. General Requirements
1. No sign or signboard shall be erected in such a manner as to confuse or obstruct the view orinterpretation of any official traffic sign, signal, or device.
2. Signs which are written in any foreign language shall have a corresponding translation in English or in
the local dialect.
3. The bottom line of all signboards adjacent to each other shall follow a common base line asdetermined by the Building Official.
4. The installation of all kinds of signs shall be such that a harmonious and aesthetic relationship of allunits therein is presented.

SECTION 2002. MaintenanceAll signs, together with all of their supports, braces, guys, and anchors, shall be kept in repair and inproper state of preservation. The display of all signs shall be kept neatly painted and secured at all times.

SECTION 2003. Design and Construction
Sign structures shall be designed and constructed to resist all forces in accordance with the National
Structural Code for Buildings. For signs on buildings, the dead lateral loads shall be transmitted throughthe structural frame of the building to the ground in such a manner as not to overstress any of theelements of the building. The weight of earth superimposed over footings may be used in determining thedead load resisting moment. Such earth shall be carefully placed and thoroughly compacted.

SECTION 2004. Supports and Anchorages
1. General. The supports and anchorages of all signs or sign structures shall be placed in or upon
private property and shall be constructed in conformity with the requirements of the Code.
a.

Sign structures may be constructed only in areas where zoning regulations permit them and inaccordance with the accepted standards of design, construction and maintenance.

b. Roof Signs

180

i.

The design and construction of roof signs shall conform to the provisions of Sec. 1210 of the
Code.

ii.

No signs shall be erected, attached to, installed or fastened on rooftops of buildings ofwooden structures or of buildings/structures with wooden roof framing.

iii.

Adequate provisions for grounding metallic parts of roof signs exposed to lightning shall be
provided.

iv.

Installation of warning lights/obstruction lights for air traffic shall be installed where applicable.

74c. Ground Signs
i.

Ground signs and advertising ground signs which shall be constructed in conformity withaccepted engineering standards, of which height control shall be in conformity with the Local
Zoning Regulation (LZR). (Figure XX.1.)

ii.

Ground sign structures shall be located within the property line and under no circumstances
shall they occupy the RROW/street or sidewalk/arcade or similar access-ways.

iii. Public or government signs erected or installed within the area of the sidewalk shall be sodesigned and located that they do not obstruct the easy passage of pedestrians nor distract
the attention of motorists.
d. Projecting Signs
i.

On non-arcaded RROW/streets, signs shall not extend more than 1.20 meters over the
sidewalk and measured horizontally from the wall line or building line. On arcaded
RROW/streets, the signs shall not project more than 0.60 meter from the outermost portionof the wall line of the allowed structure over the arcade. For buildings abutting on
RROW/streets or alleys without sidewalks or provisions therefor, the signs shall not project
more than 0.30 meter from the outermost portion of the building/structure. (Figures XX.2.,
XX.3., and XX.4.)

ii.

A height clearance of not less than 3.00 meters measured from the finished road surface
shall be provided below the lowest part of such signs projecting over sidewalks on buildings
without arcades and a clearance of not less than 5.00 meters shall be provided below thelowest part of such signs projecting over arcaded RROW/streets.

iii. The erection of electric neon signboards or other advertisements of similar nature projecting
over roadways or public streets shall be allowed, provided that:(1)

Clear distance between the signboards erected on one building is not less than 4.00
meters.

(2)

Signboards on multi-storey buildings shall be erected on the same vertical line and shallnot overlap each other.

(3)

Tops of signboards shall not extend over the topmost part of the parapet or the bottom
line of the eave of the building.

(4)

Horizontal projections of signboards shall follow subsections (i) and (ii). of this Rule.

(5)

In case of two (2) adjacent buildings, adjacent signboards shall be placed at a distanceof not less than 2.00 meters from the common boundary line.

(6)

Signboards shall not obstruct any window or emergency exit and shall not be closer than
1.00 meter from electric and telephone posts and wires.

e. Wall Signsi.

Outdoor display signs placed against the front exterior surface of buildings shall not extend
more than 300 millimeters from the wall with its lowest portion not less than 3.00 meters
above the sidewalk.

ii.

Commercial signs shall not be attached to, painted on, installed or displayed on
posts/columns, beams/girders or any other exterior portion of arcades and structures for
public utilities/services, e.g. mass transit and the like.

iii. Display windows or wall signs within 3.00 meters above the sidewalk shall be flushed orrecessed.

2. Materials. Materials for construction of signs or sign structures shall be of the quality and grade as
specified in the Code. In all signs and sign structures, the materials and details of construction shall, in
the absence of specified requirements, conform to the following:a. Structural steel shall be of such quality as to conform to ASTM A 36. Secondary members in contact
with or directly supporting the display surface may be formed of light gauge steel, provided suchmembers are designed in accordance with the specifications of the design of light gauge steel as
specified in ASTM A 242 and, in addition, shall be galvanized. Secondary members, when formed
integrally with the display surface, shall be not less than No. 24 gauge in thickness. When notformed integrally with the display surface, the minimum thickness of the secondary members shallbe No. 12 gauge. The minimum thickness of hot-rolled steel members furnishing structural support
for signs shall be 6.35 millimeters, except that if galvanized, such members shall be not less than
3.18 millimeters thick. Steel pipes shall be of such quality as to conform to ASTM A 36. Steelmembers may be connected with one galvanized bolt provided that connection is adequate totransfer the stresses in the members.
b. Anchors and supports, when of wood and embedded in the soil, or within 150 millimeters of thesoil, shall all be of heartwood of a durable species or shall be pressure-treated with an approved
preservative.
3. Restrictions on Combustible Materials – All signs or sign structures erected in highly restrictive Fire
Zones shall have structural members of incombustible materials. Ground signs may be constructed ofany material meeting the requirements of the Code. Combination signs, roof signs, wall signs,
projecting signs, and signs on marquees shall be constructed of incombustible materials. No
combustible material other than approved plastics shall be used in the construction of electric signs.
4. Non-structural Trim – Non-structural trim and portable display surfaces may be of wood, metal,
approved plastics, or any combination thereof.
5. Display Surfaces – Display surfaces in all types of signs may be made of metal, glass, or approved
plastics.
SECTION 2005. Projections and Clearances
1. Clearances from High Voltage Power Lines – Clearances of signs from high voltage power lines shallbe in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code.
2. Clearances from Fire Escapes, Exits, or Standpipes – No signs or sign structures shall be erected insuch a manner than any portion of its surface or supports will interfere in any way with the free use of
any fire escape, exit, or standpipe.
3. Obstruction of Openings. No sign shall obstruct any opening to such an extent that light or ventilationis reduced to a point below that required by the Code. Signs erected within 1.50 meters of an exteriorwall in which there are openings within the area of the sign shall be constructed of incombustible
material or approved plastics.
4. Projection over Alleys. No sign or sign structure shall project into any public alley below a height of
3.00 meters above established sidewalk grade, nor project more than 300 millimeters where the sign
structure is located 3.00 meters to 4.50 meters above established sidewalk grade. The sign or sign
structure must not project more than 1.00 meter into the public alley where the sign or sign structure
is located more than 4.50 meters above established sidewalk grade.

182

74
SECTION 2006. Lighting
Signs shall be illuminated only by electrical means in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code.

Figure XX.1.

GROUND SIGN

Figure XX.2.

PROJECTING SIGNSFRONT ELEVATIONSECTION
Figure XX.3.

PROJECTING SIGNS

184

74
Figure XX.4.

PROJECTING SIGNS

186

74

GLOSSARY
ABUTMENT - A form of a semi-permanent or permanent structure constructed along a property line,
usually of masonry or reinforced concrete or other fire-rated material where absolutely no form of
permitted opening, whether temporary/permanent or operable/inoperable, is allowed on it. A vent wellwith a clear width of 1.00 meter is the only permitted opening in an abutment or firewall.
ACCIDENTAL CONTACT - Any unplanned physical contact with the power transmission equipment,
prime movers. Machine parts which could result from slipping or any other unplanned action or
movement.
ADVERTISING SIGN - A sign that directs attention to a business, profession, commodity, service orentertainment conducted, sold or offered at a place other than where the business, profession, etc., islocated; An off-premise sign.
AERODROME - A defined area on a land or water (including any buildings, installations, and equipment)
intended to be used either wholly or in part for the arrival, departure and surface movement of aircraft.
AIR CONDITIONING (AC) - The process of treating air so as to control simultaneously its temperature,humidity, cleanliness, and distribution to meet the requirements of the conditioned space.
AIR RIGHTS – The right to physically develop and subsequently benefit or profit from the use of the air
space above the road right-of-way (RROW). The upper limit of the air rights is the airways navigational
path such as those clearance limits of aerodrome and flight patterns, and below grade development limit
is the ground water table.
ALLOWABLE MAXIMUM BUILDING FOOTPRINT (AMBF) - The maximum portion of the lot that may beoccupied by the building/structure at grade level after satisfying setback, yard and court requirements.
The area of the AMBF is measured from the outermost face of the exterior walls of the proposedbuilding/structure. The AMBF is the true buildable area on which a fully enclosed building/structure can beerected. The AMBF shall exclude provisions for courts at grade level.
ALLOWABLE MAXIMUM VOLUME OF BUILDING (AMVB) Above-Grade - The limit of the total volumeof space that can be occupied by a proposed building/structure above grade level. The AMVB is an
imaginary prism within which the fully enclosed areas and courts of a proposed building/structure shall fit.
It is generally determined by multiplying the AMBF for the lot by the applicable building height limit (BHL)
for the lot and thereafter deducting the volume of space at the top part of the prism to satisfy natural lightand ventilation requirements for RROW and front yards and to satisfy incremental setback requirements.
The AMVB is expressed in cubic meters.
APPROACH/DEPARTURE SURFACE - That area with an edge located at the end of a clearway or
stopway when such is provided or at a distance of 60.00 meters from the end of the runway,
perpendicular and symmetrical about the prolongation of the runway centerline, both sides of which havea divergence towards the outside which are as follows, and with the inner edge as a short base of theisosceles trapezoid thus formed:a. For aerodromes where turbo-jet aircraft operates, the divergence shall be 15%; andb. For aerodromes where no turbo-jet aircraft operates, the divergence shall be 10%.
ARCADE - A roofed or covered sidewalk.
ARCADE STRUCTURE - Any semi-enclosed or enclosed and usable or habitable building projection
constructed in the airspace above the arcade and therefore utilizing the air rights above the road right-ofway (RROW), in case the arcade is part of the RROW. In such a case, the usage of RROW air rights
shall be compensated by the proponent/beneficiary.
AUTHORIZED INSPECTOR - A licensed professional mechanical engineer with at least 10 years of
relevant experience in construction, operation, inspection and maintenance of machinery or equipment
and/or mechanical processes, works, projects or plants.

AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM - An engineered system to detect automatically andsuppress fire through fixed piping and nozzles using carbon dioxide, foam, dry or wet chemical, clean or
halogenated extinguishing agents or an automatic sprinkler system.
AWNING - A movable shelter supported entirely from an exterior wall of a building and of a type which
can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supporting building.
BASEMENT/BASEMENT LEVEL - The portion of the building/structure below natural/ finished grade.
BASEMENT FOOTPRINT - The actual land area occupied by the basement component of thebuilding/structure at below-grade level. It is measured from the outermost face of the basement walls of
the building/structure.
BILLBOARD - A panel for posting bills or posters.
BOILER OR STEAM GENERATOR A closed vessel intended for use in heating water or for
application of heat to generate steam or other vapor to be used externally from itself.
BUFFER - A device designed to stop a descending car or counterweight beyond its lowest limit oftravel by absorbing the momentum of descent of the car or counterweight.
BUILDING/STRUCTURE - A three-dimensional physical development erected within a lot or property or
any combination of or all of its three different levels (at grade, below grade, above grade). The term
buildings/structures as used in the Code shall invariably refer to both proposed and existing physicaldevelopments within a lot.
BUILDING BULK - The overall size of a proposed building/structure as initially characterized by the
expanse of its gross floor area (GFA) or total gross floor area (TGFA), by the overall dimensions of its
allowable maximum building footprint (AMBF), by its height as dictated by the building height limit (BHL)
and also by the extent of allowable building projections (if these are large enough to host certain types ofactivities). The building bulk, expressed in cubic meters, must not exceed the established AMVB above
grade. All measurements pertaining to building bulk shall be made from the outermost faces of theexterior walls and roof or from the most bottom surface of the lowermost floor of the building/structure(including those below grade).
BUILDING HEIGHT LIMIT (BHL) - The maximum height to be allowed for buildings/ structures based on
their proposed use or occupancy; the BHL is generally determined after the application of otherdevelopment control (DC) and certain other parameters, i.e., considerations of site conditions, view, etc..
The BHL shall be generally measured from the established grade line to the topmost portion of the
proposed building/structure.
BUILDING LINE - The line formed by the intersection of the outer surface of the enclosing wall of thebuilding and the surface of the ground.

BUSINESS SIGN - An accessory sign that directs attention to a profession, business, commodity,
service or entertainment conducted, sold or offered in the same place where the business is located; An
identification or on-premise sign.
CANOPY (or MARQUEE) - A permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported by
the building and projecting over a wall or sidewalk.
CAPACITY OF WORKS, PROJECT OR PLANT - The total horsepower of all engines, motors, turbinesor other prime movers installed, whether in operation or not.
CAR, ELEVATOR - The load-carrying unit including its platform, enclosure and door or gate.
CEMETERY - Public or private land used for the burial of the dead and other uses dedicated for
cemetery purposes, to include landscaped grounds, driveways, walks, columbaria, crematories,
mortuaries, mausoleums, niches, graveyards, and public comfort rooms and off-street parking lots.

188

74
CINERARIUM - A niche in a tomb or columbarium to accommodate an urn containing the ashes of acremated body.
CINERARY REMAINS - The ashes resulting from cremation of a dead body.
CLEARWAY - A defined rectangular area on the ground or water at the end of a runway in the directionof take-off and under the control of appropriate authority, selected or prepared as a suitable area overwhich an aircraft may make a portion of its initial climb to a specified height.
COLUMBARIUM - A sepulcher with niches for cinerary remains.
COMPRESSOR - A mechanical device used in refrigeration system for the purpose of increasing thepressure upon the refrigerant.
CONDEMNED BOILER OR UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSEL - A boiler or unfired pressure vessel thathas been inspected and declared unsafe to operate or disqualified stamped and marked indicating its
rejection by qualified inspecting authority.
CONDENSER - A vessel or arrangement of pipes or tubing in which vaporized refrigerant is liquefied
by the removal of heat.
CONICAL SURFACE - A specified surface sloping upwards and outwards from the periphery of the
Inner Horizontal Surface with limits which shall comprise:a. A lower edge coincident with the periphery of the Inner Horizontal Surface; andb. An upper edge located at a specified height above the Inner Horizontal Surface.
Its slope measured in a vertical plane perpendicular to the periphery of the Inner Horizontal
Surface shall be 5% (1:20) measured above the horizontal in the same vertical plane.
COURT - An unoccupied space between the faces of the building lines and a yard or anothercourt, free, open and unobstructed from the ground upward.
INNER COURT - A court bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines.
OPEN COURT - A court bounded on three sides by building lines with one (1) side bounded byanother open space whether public or private.
THROUGH COURT - A court bounded on two (2) opposite sides by building lines with the otheropposite sides bounded by other open spaces whether public or private.
COURTYARD - A portion of a yard for which the permitted limit of paving/hardscaping shall not exceed
50% of the area of the yard.
CRANE - A machine for lifting or lowering a load and moving it horizontally in which the hoistingmechanism is an integral part of the machine. It may be driven manually or by power and may be a fixed
or mobile machine, but does not include stackers, or lift trucks.
CREMATORIUM- Any designated place duly authorized by law to cremate dead persons.

DEVELOPMENT CONTROLS (DC) - A set of inter-acting regulations concerning the physical utilizationof a lot and likewise governing the planning/design of spaces and/or the use or occupancy of abuilding/structure to be introduced (or already existing) on a lot; Development Controls help determine indetail the Development Potential and/or the Carrying Capacity of all lots and/or of proposed developments
on lots.
DIRECT COUPLE - The system of driver-driven connection where the rotation of the driver is at thesame axis as that of the driven along the same axis at the same speed.

DISPLAY SIGN - Any material, device or structure that is arranged, intended, designed, or used as anadvertisement, announcement or directory that includes a sign, sign screen, billboard or advertising
device of any kind.
DISPLAY STAND - Any movable structure, table, showcase, cabinet and the like where goods or
periodicals are displayed.
DISPLAY SURFACE - The entire area enclosed by the extreme limits or perimeter of a sign.
DISPLAY WINDOW - That portion of a building abutting the sidewalk open to public view protected bygrilles, screens or transparent materials for the display of goods.
DUCT - A passageway made of sheet metal or other suitable material not necessarily leak tight, forconveying air or other gases at low pressure.
DUMBWAITER - A hoisting mechanism design to materials and other loads such as food, laundry, etc.,
equipped with a car, which moves in fixed guides and serves two or more fixed landings through ahoistway. This equipment shall be designed to carry small materials in a car, or partitioned or shelved
enclosure measuring no more than 0.86 sq. meters of net platform area; with a maximum height of 1.20
meters and a maximum rated capacity of 225 kilograms.
EASEMENT - A kind of public open space defined under the Water Code and other laws that must be
absolutely free of all forms of physical obstructions that can negatively affect natural light and ventilation
within such space or that can impede access to or the full recreational use of such space by the generalpublic. It is the area that may lie between the legally usable portions of a public or private property andnatural or man-built bodies of water such as seas, rivers, lakes, esteros, canals, waterways, floodways,
spillways and the like.
ELECTRICAL SIGN - Any sign which has characters, letters, figures, designs, faces, backgrounds oroutline illuminated by incandescent or fluorescent lamps or luminous tubes as part of the sign proper.
These light sources are external or internal.
ELEVATOR - A hoisting and lowering mechanism other than a dumbwaiter or freight elevator which isdesigned to carry passanger or authorized personnel, in a protected enclosure (elevator car) whichmoves along fixed guides in a vertical direction serving two or more fixed landings/floors on a hoistway.
ELEVATOR LANDING - That portion of a floor, balcony or platform for loading or discharging
passengers or freight to or from the elevator.
ELEVATOR WIRE ROPES - Steel wire ropes attached to the car frame or passing around sheaves
attached to the car frame from which elevator/dumbwaiter cars and their counterweights are suspended.
ENCLOSED - Means that the moving parts of a machine are so guarded that physical contact by any
part of the human body is precluded or prevented. This does not, however, prohibit the use of hinged,
sliding or otherwise removable doors or sections to permit inspection, lubrication or proper maintenance.
ESCALATOR - A power driven, inclined, continuous stairway for raising or lowering passengers.
ESTABLISHED GRADE ELEVATION - The point of reference on the highest adjoining natural grade(ground surface), as established by the proper government authority. However, in case of sloping natural
grade (ground surface) where the edges of the buildable area running perpendicular to the road has adifference in elevation of more than 3.00 meters, the average natural grade (ground surface) level of thebuildable area shall be considered the established elevation.
EVAPORATION - That part of the airconditioning/refrigeration system in which liquid refrigerant isvaporized to produce refrigeration.

190

74
EXTERNAL INSPECTION-

An inspection made on a boiler during operation.

FIREWALL - A reinforced masonry or reinforced concrete separator with the appropriate fire-resistive
rating and which shall be positioned between dwelling units or between buildings/structures to maintainthe fire integrity of each building/structure. Firewalls, particularly those erected above or along propertylines, shall have absolutely no openings, except for permitted vent wells and shall extend above the roof
from 400 millimeters to 1000 millimeters.
FLOOR-TO-FLOOR HEIGHT - The perpendicular distance or vertical measurement between theuppermost surfaces (finish level) of two (2) successive floors of a proposed building/structure.
FLOOR PLATE - The gross expanse of a floor measured from the outermost edges of floor slabs andwhich may or may not be representative of the typical floor of a proposed building/structure.
FLOOR TO LOT AREA RATIO (FLAR) or FLOOR AREA RATIO (FAR) - The ratio between the Gross
Floor Area (GFA) of a building/structure and the Total Lot Area (TLA) of the lot/property on which it
stands. The FLAR is determined by dividing the GFA of a building/structure by the TLA. The GFA of any
proposed or existing building/structure should not exceed the prescribed FLAR multiplied by the TLA.
FREIGHT LOADING/UNLOADING SPACE - Loading/unloading and ancillary spaces that are all locatedoutside the roadway/ carriageway component of the road right-of-way (RROW).
Freightloading/unloading spaces may also refer to spaces that may still be located within the shoulder and thatsuch spaces shall not occupy paved sidewalk/arcade areas intended solely for use by pedestrians or by
the disabled in transit.
FRONT YARD - The part of the required Total Open Space within Lot (TOSL) created by setbacks
along RROW. The front yard shall not be used as parking space as it is to be used as the transition area
between the sidewalk or other similar portions of the RROW and the building/structure. Driveways,
spaces for parking of a very temporary nature and hard and soft landscaping may be introduced for thefront yard.
FRONT OF LOT - The side of a lot on which the main pedestrian and vehicular access into theproperty shall be situated. In the case of all classes of corner lots, both sides shall be treated as fronts oflot.
GRADE - The lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground between the exterior wallof a building and a point 1.50 meters distant from said wall, or the lowest point of elevation of the finishedsurface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a property line, if it is less than 1.50
meters distant from said wall. In case walls are parallel to and within 1.50 meters of a public sidewalk,alley or other public way, the grade shall be the elevation of the sidewalk, alley or public way.
GRAVEYARD - A cemetery or portion of a cemetery reserved for ground interments or burials.
GROSS FLOOR AREA (GFA) - The total floor space within the perimeter of the permanent externalbuilding walls (inclusive of main and auxiliary buildings) such as office areas, residential areas, corridors,
lobbies and mezzanine level/s.
GROUND SIGN - A sign with its support resting on the ground, the base of which ranges from a single
pole (plyon) and does not exceed 10.00 sq. meters as one (1) unit.
GUARDED - Shielded, fenced or otherwise protected by means of suitable enclosure guards, covers or
standard railings, so as to preclude the possibility of accidental contact or dangerous approach to persons
or objects.
HEADSTONE - The stone or marker at the head of a grave.

HEIGHT OF BUILDING/STRUCTURE - The vertical distance from the established grade elevation to
the highest point of the coping of a flat roof, to the average height of the highest gable, pitch or hip roof, orto the top of the parapet, if the roof is provided with a parapet, whichever is higher or to the topmost
elevation of the helipad structure, if the roof is provided with a helipad, whichever is higher.
LOW-RISE - One-storey up to 5-storeys in height, i.e., from 3.00 meters up to a maximum of
15.00 meters above established grade; while not generally requiring an elevator if thebuilding/structure is for purely residential use; fire escapes and other safety systems aremandatory for all low-rise buildings/structures.
MEDIUM-RISE - From 6-storeys up to 15-storeys in height, i.e., from 18.00 meters up to a
maximum of 45.00 meters above established grade; elevators, fire escapes, sprinkler systems
and other safety systems are mandatory for all medium-rise buildings/structures.
HIGH-RISE - 16-storeys or taller in height, i.e., from 48.00 meters above established grade;elevators, fire escapes, sprinkler systems, arresters, beacons and other safety systems,
particularly if near airports, are mandatory for all high-rise buildings/structures.
HELIPAD - An area of land or a structural surface or an area of water (for pontoon-fitted or ski-supplied
helicopter models) which is used, or intended for use in the landing and takeoff of helicopters provided
that no refueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of helicopters is permitted.
HOIST - An apparatus for raising or lowering a load by the application of a force, but does not include a
car or platform. It may be base-mounted, hook suspension, monorail, overhead, simple drum type ortrolley suspension.
HOISTWAY - An opening through a building/structure for the travel of elevators, dumbwaiters, or material
lifts, extending from the pit floor to the roof of flow above.
IMPERVIOUS SURFACE AREA (ISA) - The percentage (%) of the maximum allowable floor area ofany paved, tiled or hardscaped surface at the ground floor/ grade level (located outside the mainbuilding/structure) in relation to the Total Lot Area (TLA). The Maximum Allowable ISA consists of builtup areas within the lot connected to the main building/structure but without opaque or solid roofing, e.g.,patios, grade level terraces, driveways, walks, parking areas and the like. Since it is paved but unroofed,
the ISA is considered an open space and may therefore be combined with the Unpaved Surface Area
(USA), on portions of the lot to satisfy the total open space requirement for each type of use or
occupancy. The word impervious in the term ISA denotes that the paved surfaces generally do not allow
water percolation into the soil nor do they allow the soil to breathe and that such developments are
generally composed of light-reflective and heat-reflective surfaces.
IMPRINT - A plaque or sticker or lettering to be painted on either the top or the bottom of theposter or sign as a means of identifying the company to whom the structure belongs and thepermit issued therefor.
INCREMENTAL SETBACK - The horizontal distance between the outermost building/structure line of alower floor and that of a higher floor, wherein the outermost building line of a higher floor is farther fromthe property line.
INDIRECT COUPLE - The system of driver-driven connection where the rotation of the driver and driven
rotate along axis not necessarily on the same straight line, rotation or speed.
INNER EDGE - A line perpendicular to the prolongation of the runway centerline and at the end of aclearway or stopway when such is provided or at distance of 60.00 meters from the end of the runway. It
is a short base of isosceles trapezoid formed by the approach/departure area, having length as follows:a. 100.00 meters or 105.00 meters, for aerodromes where no turbo-jet aircraft operates
depending on the actual runway strip width; andb. 150.00 meters or 300.00 meters, for aerodromes where turbo-jet aircraft operates dependingon the actual runway strip width.

192

74
INNER HORIZONTAL SURFACE - A horizontal plane located 45.00 meters above the elevation of thenearest end of the runway starting from a distance of:a. 365.00 meters normal to the centerline of the runway up to 4,000.00 meters, for aerodromes
where the runway strip width is 100.00 meters;b. 390.00 meters normal to the centerline of the runway up to 4,000.00 meters, for aerodromes
where the runway strip width is 150.00 meters; andc. 465.00 meters normal to the centerline of the runway up to 4,000.00 meters, for aerodromes
where the runway strip width is 300.00 meters.
The periphery of this surface shall be defined by circular areas of 4,000.00 meters radius from thecenterpoints of the ends of all existing and proposed runway strips joined by straight lines
tangential to these circular arcs.
INTERNAL INSPECTION
An inspection made when a boiler is shut down, with hand-holes,
manholes, or other openings opened or removed to permit inspection
LIQUID RECEIVER - A vessel permanently connected to a system by inlet and outlet pipes for storageof a liquid refrigerant.
LOCOMOTIVE BOILER - A boiler mounted on a self-propelled track locomotive used to furnish
motivating power for traveling on rails.
LOT -

(a)

The physical setting for any building/structure whereby the level or intensity of development
covering such property is regulated by DC stipulated under this Code, by other agencies of
the national government concerned with physical development, by the local government
unit (LGU) concerned and by the Deed of Restrictions (only if in force).

(b)

A unit area in a cemetery used either for ground interment or for the erection of amausoleum or tomb.

LOW PRESSURE HEATING BOILER - A boiler operated at pressures not exceeding 103.48 Kilopascal(kPa) with steam or water temperature not exceeding 121° C.
MACHINE
The driven unit, appliance or equipment as distinguished from the driving unit,transmission equipments or prime mover. The machine shall consist of fixed and movable parts
characteristic to the process or type of operation which it is intended to perform.
MACHINE HOUSE - An enclosure for housing the hoisting mechanism and power plant.
MACHINE PARTS - Any or all-moving parts of a machine.
MARKER - A cross, stake, tablet, made of wood, stone, concrete, or marble to mark a grave.
MAUSOLEUM - A large stately tomb to accommodate one or more interments, usually with provisions
for an ossuary and/or a cinerarium.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CONSTRUCTION AREA (MACA) - The combined total of the Maximum
Allowable Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO) and the Maximum Allowable Impervious Surface Area (ISA)
expressed as a percentage (%) of the total Lot area (TLA). The MACA specifically excludes the Unpaved
Surface Area (USA).
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OR MACHINERYAll prime-movers such as steam engines andturbines, internal combustion engines, gas engines and turbines; steam generators such as boilers;
furnaces; heat exchanger such as cooling towers, kilns and dryers, coolers and heaters; materials
handling equipment such as pumps, cranes, conveyors, hoists, elevators, escalators, mechanized dumbwaiters, moving ramps and walkways; heating, air-conditioning, ventilating and refrigeration equipment
and machinery, including compressors, and centrifugal fans, mechanical pollution abatement andenvironmental control system; piping system with a working pressure of not less than 70 Kilopascal (kPa),
fired and unfired pressure vessels , printing machine; mechanical working machines for metallic and non-metallic materials and other mechanical equipment and machinery whether installed on land,
underground, or on board watercraft.
MECHANICAL LIFT PARKING SPACE - A rigid steel structure for light vehicle parking under whichanother vehicle can be parked after loading the structure and raising it with a hydraulic or motor driven
mechanical system.
MECHANICAL PROCESSES, WORKS, PROJECTS OR PLANTS - shall include steam plants,
geothermal plants, dendro-thermal plants, nuclear plants, ocean thermal energy conservation (OTEC)
plants, internal combustion plants, hydraulic plants, pumping plants, compressed gas plants, all kinds ofmills, shops, factories, shipyards, dry-docks, heating, air conditioning, ventilating and refrigeration plants
containing any mechanical equipment, machinery or process, deriving power from steam, fossil fuels,
wind, air, gas, water, solar radiation, nuclear energy, ocean waves and tides, or other energy sources.
MEMORIAL - A monument, marker, tablet, headstone, tombstone, private mausoleum or tomb forfamily or individual use.
MEMORIAL PARK - A cemetery with well kept landscaped lawns and wide roadways and footpaths
separating the areas assigned for ground interments, tombs, mausoleums and columbaria, with or withouta mortuary chapel; and provided with systematic supervision and maintenance and where park-likeatmosphere is an outstanding quality.
MONUMENT - A tombstone, or memorial of concrete, granite, marble or other durable stone
extending above the surface of the ground, usually with decorative urns or symbolic statuary.
MOVING RAMP/WALKWAY - A type of horizontal passenger-carrying device on which passengers
stand or walk, with its surface remaining parallel to its direction of motion and is uninterrupted.
NEW DEVELOPMENT - New physical development (consisting mainly of new construction and fit-outwork) within a lot that is open for development, vacant, unutilized, development-committed or within otherlots that are similarly situated, provided that such a lot and/or adjacent/contiguous lots which are similarly
situated have a common continuous frontage along the main road right-of-way (RROW) of at least 200.00
meters. If the frontage or combined frontage along the main RROW of such lot or lots is less than 200.00
meters, the existing building lines of adjoining properties on the same side of the RROW may be followed.
NICHE- Interment space for remains of dead persons.

OBSTACLE LIMITATION SURFACES - Defined the height limits of natural or man-made objects
around aerodromes so as to permit the intended aircraft operations at the aerodromes to be conductedsafely and to prevent the aerodromes from becoming unusable by the growth of obstacle around theaerodromes.
OSSUARY - The interment space for bones of the dead.
OUTER HORIZONTAL SURFACE - A specified portion of a horizontal plane located above theenvironment of an aerodrome beyond limits of the conical surface. The outer limits are:a. 24 kilometers from runway centerline or runway end for aerodromes where turbo-jet aircraft
operates; andb. 10 kilometers from runway centerline or runway end for aerodromes where no turbo-jet
aircrafts operates.

OUTERMOST FACES OF BUILDING (OFB) - The outermost and topmost vertical or angular planes ofa proposed building/structure that shall govern the limits of its walls and roof. It is primarily determined byfirst vertically projecting the outermost lines of the Alllowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF)(wherein the height of vertical projection is governed by the Building Height Limit or BHL). To then set theroof height limit and configuration (as well as to determine the limits of incremental setbacks applicable tothe height of the proposed building/structure), a diagonal line (or plane) at an allowed angle or slope must

194

74
then be drawn from the center of the RROW. The intersection of the angular plane and the vertical prism
based on the AMBF (the “footprint prism”) shall complete the applicable OFB for the lot.
OUTERMOST LIMITS OF BUILDING PROJECTIONS (OLBP) - The outermost horizontal limit ofprojections, i.e., canopies, porte cocheres, balconies, eaves, roofs, decks, terraces and the like) from a
proposed building/structure above the first floor. The horizontal projections must not exceed 60% of theprescribed setback for a given property line. The OLBP will result in another imaginary prism (the“projections prism”) within which the fully enclosed areas and courts of a proposed building/structure plus
all of its projections shall fit.
PARKING AREA - Parking slots together with their ancillary spaces (such as driveways connecting suchparking slots, ramps, access systems, etc.) for the use of motor vehicles of all types (private and public).
OFF-RROW (or OFF-STREET) PARKING
located outside the RROW/street.

-

Parking slots and ancillary spaces that are all

OFF-SITE PARKING - Parking slots and ancillary spaces that are all located outside the
RROW/street and to be provided only within the property lines/limits of a separate site or lot on
which a project is not located. Off-site parking may be below-grade (basement level), at grade(ground level) or above-grade (elevated/upper floor levels) of buildings/structures.
ON-SITE PARKING
Parking slots and ancillary spaces that are all located outside the
RROW/Street and to be provided only within the property lines/limits of a site or lot on which abuilding/ structure is to be constructed. On-site parking may be below-grade, at grade or abovegrade.
PARKING SLOT - Spaces to be used mainly for parking motor vehicles of all types (private and public).
PARKING BUILDING/STRUCTURE - An off-RROW on-site multiple parking facility consisting of a multilevel building/structure that may have components located below-grade or above-grade.
PASSENGER LOADING/UNLOADING SPACE - Loading/unloading and ancillary spaces for commutersthat are located within the shoulder and that such spaces shall not occupy paved sidewalk/arcade areas
intended solely for use by pedestrians or by the disabled in transit.

PERCENTAGE OF SITE OCCUPANCY (PSO) - A quantity related to the Allowable Maximum Building
Footprint (AMBF) and the Total Lot Area (TLA) via the equation “PSO equals AMBF divided by TLA”. The
PSO is expressed as the percentage (%) of the maximum allowable enclosed floor area of any
building/structure at the ground floor/ grade level in relation to the TLA.
PODIUM - The fully enclosed component of the building/structure situated between the establishedgrade and the first of a typical floor of the building/structure’s tower component.
POINT OF OPERATION - That part of machine which performs an operation on the stock or material
and/or that place or location where stock or material is fed to the machine. A machine may have morethan one (1) point of operation.
PORTABLE BOILER - An internally fired boiler which is self-contained, primarily intended for temporary
location.
POSTER - A fabricated flat surface upon which a message is either posted or painted.
POWER TRANSMISSION MACHINERY - A shaft, wheel, drum, pulley system of fast and loose
pulleys, coupling, clutch, driving belt, V-belt sheaves and belts, chains and sprockets, gearing, torqueconnectors, conveyors, hydraulic couplings, magnetic couplings, speed reducers or increasers or any
device by which the motion of an engine is transmitted to or received by another machine.

PRIME MOVER - An engine or motor operated by steam, gas, air, electricity, liquid or gaseous fuels,
liquids in motion or other forms of energy whose main function is to drive or operate, either directly or
indirectly, other mechanical equipment.
PROCESS MACHINE - Equipment designed and operated for a specific purpose.
PROJECTING SIGN - A sign fastened to, suspended from or supported on a building or structure thedisplay surface of which is perpendicular from the wall surface or is at an angle therefrom.
PROJECTION - Any structurally attached portion of a building/structure that is outside its outermost
walls and which perform a utility or aesthetic function, e.g., roof/eaves, trellis, canopy (media agua), portecochere, balcony, decks, deck/cantilevered terraces, sunbreaker, cantilevers, signage support, flag andlighting support, gondolas/window cleaning systems and the like; a building projection is situated between
the imaginary footprint prism and projections prism.
R – 1 - A low density residential use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise single-detachedbuilding/structure for exclusive use as a single (nuclear) family dwelling. This includes R-1 structures
within exclusive subdivisions and relatively exclusive residential communities which are not subdivisions.
R–2- A medium density residential use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise singleattached, duplex or multi-level building/structure for exclusive use as multiple family dwellings. This
includes R-2 structures within semi-exclusive subdivisions and semi-exclusive residential communities
which are not subdivisions.
Basic R-2 - Single-attached or duplex building/ structure of from one (1) storey up to three (3)storeys in height and with each unit for separate use as single-family dwellings.
Maximum R-2 - Low-rise multi-level building/ structure of from three (3) up to five (5) storeys inheight and for use as multiple family dwellings.
R – 3 - A high density residential use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise or medium-risebuilding/ structure for exclusive use as multiple family dwellings with mixed housing types. R-3 structure
may include low-rise or medium-rise residential condominium buildings that are already commercial innature and scale.
Basic R-3 - Rowhouse building/structure of from one (1) storey up to three (3) storeys in height
and with each unit for separate use as single-family dwellings; andMaximum R-3 - Medium-rise multi-level building/structure of from six (6) up to twelve (12) storeys
in height and for use as multiple family dwellings.
R – 4 - A medium to high density residential use or occupancy, characterized main-ly as a low-rise
townhouse building/ structure for exclusive use as multiple family dwellings. The term R-4 specificallyrefers to the building/structure on an individual lot (a townhouse unit) and generally refers to the series orrows of R-4 buildings/structures within a subdivided lot or property (an R-4 development).
R–5- A very high density residential use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a medium-rise or
high-rise condominium building/structure for exclusive use as multiple family dwellings.
REDEVELOPMENT - The physical development (consisting mainly of renovation, rehabilitation, retrofit,
upgrading and the like as well as expansion and/or new construction work) within a lot or property that isunder-utilized, unfit/unsafe for habitation/use or within other lots/properties that are similarly situated.
REFRIGERANT - A substance which produces a refrigerating effect by its absorption of heat while
expanding or evaporating.
RESULTANT HEIGHT OF BUILDING/STRUCTURE - The vertical measurement of a proposedbuilding/structure as determined by the Building Height Limit (BHL) and by the project proponent’s
desired floor-to-floor height.

196

74
ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW) or ACCESS STREET or STREET - A kind of public open space forthe continuous flow of pedestrian and vehicular traffic that must be free of all forms of prohibited physicalobstructions. The RROW is the area lying between two (2) or more parallel properties and its width ishorizontally measured from opposite property lines
ROADWAY (or CARRIAGEWAY) - The portion or component of the RROW on which motor vehicles
are allowed to pass and on which vehicles may also be allowed to park in case of on-RROW (on-street)or on-roadway parking.
ROOF SIGN - A sign installed on roofs, roof decks, the horizontal least cross sectional area in case of
supporting frame does not exceed 10.00 sq. meters for such framed structure resting entirely on the roof.
RUNWAY - A defined rectangular area on land aerodrome prepared for the landing and take-off of craftalong its length.
RUNWAY STRIP - That rectangular area determined by a line originating at the end of the inner edge
drawn parallel to the centerline of the runway having a total length of L + stopway length at both ends ofthe runway when such is provided or L + 120.00 meters, where L is the length of the runway in meters,
and a width equal to the length of the inner edge. No new buildings/structures shall be allowed within the
runway strip. This defined area is intended to reduce the risk of damage to aircraft running of a runway
and to protect aircraft flying over it during take-off or landing operations.
SEPULCHRE- A burial place solidly built of stone or concrete.

SETBACK - The horizontal distance measured 90º from the outermost face of the building/structure to
the property lines.
SIDEWALK - The portion, on each side of the road right-of-way (RROW) reserved for the exclusive
use of pedestrians and the disabled who are in transit.
SIGHT LINE - The line of view from any fixed or moving station point within a building/structure or fromany other open space within or immediately outside the lot or from any point within a public open spacesuch as the RROW to a built or natural structure, formation, vista and the like.
SIGN - Any letter, word, numeral, pictorial presentation, illustration, decoration, emblem, device,
symbol or trademark, flag, banner, or pennant, or any other figure of similar character that is attached to,painted on or in any manner represented on a building or structure; used to announce, direct attention toor advertise, and visible to the public.
SIGN STAND - Any movable structure on which a sign is mounted or supported.
SIGN STRUCTURE - Any means to support the installation of signs, and this includes the structural
frame, anchorages and fasteners to support and suspend such sign. A building where a roof sign isinstalled entirely on its roof is not part of the sign structure.
STOPWAY - A defined rectangular area on the ground at the end of a runway in the direction of takeoff designated and prepared by an aerodrome owner or operator as a suitable area in which an aircraft
can be stopped in case of interrupted take-off.
STOREY - Portion of a building/structure included between the uppermost surface (or finish level) of
any floor and the uppermost surface (or finish level) of the next floor above or below it. If the uppermost
surface (or finish level) of a floor/level above the uppermost surface (or finish level) of a basement, cellaror unused under-floor space is more than 3.60 meters above established grade as defined herein at any
point, such basement, cellar or unused under-floor space shall be considered a storey.
STRUCTURE - That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind, or any piece ofwork artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner.
STRUCTURE OVER ARCADE - Any portion of a building above the first floor projecting over the
sidewalk beyond the first storey wall and used as protection for pedestrian.

TEMPORARY SIGN - A sign of cloth or other light and/or combustible material, with or without
frame such as streamer, bills, posters and the like installed for a limited period of time.
TERMINAL - Passenger and freight loading/unloading spaces and ancillary spaces (such as parking
slots, waiting areas, driveways connecting such spaces, access systems, etc.) for use by public motor
vehicles.
OFF-STREET (or OFF-RROW) TERMINAL – A terminal located outside the road right-of-way(RROW)/street.
ON-STREET (or ON-RROW) TERMINAL – A terminal that may still be located within theshoulder and that such spaces shall not occupy paved sidewalk/arcade areas intended solely foruse by pedestrians or by the disabled in transit.
TOMB-

An above ground sepulchre without roof or canopy.

TON OF REFRIGERATION- The useful refrigerating effect equal to 3.5 kilowatts (kW).

TOTAL GROSS FLOOR AREA (TGFA) - The total floor space within the main and auxiliary buildings
primarily consisting of the GFA and all other enclosed support areas together with all other usable
horizontal areas/surfaces above and below established grade level that are all physically attached to thebuilding/s which shall consists of the following: Covered areas used for parking and driveways, services andutilities.
TOTAL OPEN SPACE WITHIN LOT (TOSL) - The total open space required for each type of use or
occupancy for a given lot. It is the portion of the lot consisting of the ISA and the USA combined andexpressed as a percentage (%) of the Total Lot Area (TLA).
TOTAL LOT AREA (TLA) - The total surface area of a lot on which a proposed building/ structure is to be
erected. If the proposed building or structure is erected on two or more lots, the TLA shall be equal to thesurface area of such number of lots. The TLA is expressed in square meters and is equivalent to the
combined total of the MACA.
TOWER - The fully enclosed component of the building/structure situated between the podium
component and the roof of the building/structure; the tower shall not be higher than five times the heightof the podium.
TRANSITIONAL SURFACE - A specified surface sloping upwards and outwards from the edge of theapproach/departure area and from a line originating at the end of the inner edge, drawn parallel to therunway centerline, having a slope of 14.3% or 1:7. The outer limit of the transitional surface shall be
determined by its intersection with the plane of the inner horizontal surface.
TRAVELING CABLE - A cable made up of electric conductors which provides electrical connection
between an elevator or dumbwaiter car and a fixed outlet in the hoistway.
TYPICAL FLOOR - A regularly replicated floor plan or area, usually for the tower component of a
proposed building/ structure. The typical floor must not be that of the ground floor and should be repeatedor replicated throughout large portions of or throughout the entire building/structure.
UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSEL from an indirect application of heat.

A vessel in which pressure is obtained from an external source or

UNPAVED SURFACE AREA (USA) - The portion of the lot that shall remain unpaved and reserved forsoftscaping/planting. It is expressed as a percentage (%) of the Total Lot Area or TLA and may be
combined with the ISA to satisfy the Total Open Space within Lot (TOSL), i.e., the total open spacerequirement for each type of use or occupancy.
VENEER- A non-structural facing facing of brick, concrete, tile, metal, plastic, glass, or other similar
approved materials attached to a backing or structural components of the building for the purpose ofornamentation, protection, or enclosure that may be adhered, integrated, or anchored either on the interioror exterior of the building/structure.

198

74
VENTILATION
space.

-

Process of supplying or removing air by natural or mechanical means to or from any

VENT WELL - A permitted minimal opening along a specified vertical portion of the firewall that shallnot be more than 3.00 meters in clear width and a minimum depth of 1.50 meters.
VERTICAL PENETRATIONS- Shall mean stairs, fire escapes, elevator shafts, pipe shafts, verticalshafts, vertical ducts, and the like and their enclosing walls which enclose areas such as machine roomand closets, storage rooms and closets, covered balconies and terraces, interior walls and columns andother interior features and the like.
VIEW CORRIDOR- The visually unobstructed width, depth and height of all available sight lines

running through and along road rights-of-way (RROW), easements and similar rights-of-way (ROW), open
spaces within lots (including yards and courts) or through and along designated public spaces including
recreational areas. View corridor may also refer to specific ranges of sight lines from a building or
structure to a specific natural or man-built object and/or development considered of beauty or value.

WALL SIGN
A sign painted on, attached or fastened to the surface of the wall or any part of abuilding or structure the display surface of which is parallel to the wall surface.
VAULT - The interment receptacle for coffins, of reinforced concrete, covered and sealed, whether
sunk into the ground or to rest on the ground.
YARD - The vacant space left between the outermost face of the building/structure and the propertylines, e.g., front, rear, right and left side yards. As a yard performs a vital environmental function becauseof its exposed soil and/or plant cover (surface water percolation, light/heat absorption, etc.), it shallpreferably not be paved/hardscaped. A yard may be considered part of the Total Open Space within Lot(TOSL), provided that it abuts a permanent public open space without any separation between themwhich obstructs the free flow of light and ventilation.

NEW SCHEDULE OF FEES AND OTHER CHARGES
1.

Bases of assessmenta.

Character of occupancy or use of building/structureb.

Cost of constructionc.

Floor aread.

Height2. Regardless of the type of construction, the cost of construction of any building/structure for the purpose of assessing
the corresponding fees shall be based on the following table:
Table II.G.1. On Fixed Cost Of Construction Per Sq. Meter
LOCATION
All Cities andMunicipalities
3.

GROUP
A, B, C, D, E, G, H, I
P10, 000FP8, 000

JP6, 000

Construction/addition/renovation/alteration of buildings/structures under Group/s and Sub-Divisions shall be assessed asfollows:a.

Division A-1
Area in sq. meters
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.

Fee per sq. meter

Original complete construction up to 20.00 sq.meters…….……….…
Additional/renovation/alteration up to 20.00 sq. meters
regardless of floor area of original construction...………….………….
Above 20.00 sq. meters to 50.00 sq. meters……………………………
Above 50.00 sq. meters to 100.00 sq. meters……..………….………
Above 100.00 sq. m to 150 sq. meters...……….………………………
Above 150.00 sq. meters………………………………….………….….

P

2.00
2.40
3.40
4.80
6.00
7.20

Sample Computation for Building Fee for a 75.00 sq. meters floor area:
Floor area =Therefore area bracket is 3.a.iv.
Fee = P 4.80/sq. meter
Building Fee = 75.00 x 4.80 = P 360.00
b.

Division A-2
Area in sq. meters
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.

200

75.00 sq. meters

Fee per sq. meter

Original complete construction up to 20.00 sq. meters……….……….
Additional/renovation/alteration up to 20.00 sq. meters
regardless of floor area of original construction ………………………
Above 20.00 sq. meters to 50.00 sq. meters……………………………
Above 50.00 sq. meters to 100.00 sq. meters……………………….…
Above 150.00 sq. meters……….…………………………………………

P

3.00
3.40
5.20
8.00
8.40

74
c.

Divisions B-1/C-1/E-1, 2, 3/F-1/G-1, 2, 3, 4, 5/H-1, 2, 3, 4/I-1 and J-1, 2, 3
Area in sq. meters
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.

Fee per sq. meter

Up to 5,000………………………………….……………...……………
Above 5,000 to 6,000….………………………..……...………………
Above 6,000 to 7,000……………………………..…………………….
Above 7,000 to 8,000…..………………………..……………..………
Above 8,000 to 9,000…..………………………………………………
Above 9,000 to 10,000……….………………………..……..…………
Above 1,000 to 1,500……………………………………..…………...
Above 15,000 to 20,000……………..…………………………………
Above 20,000 to 30,000……………..…………………………………
Above 30,000………….……………..……….…………………………

P

23.00
22.00
20.50
19.50
18.00
17.00
16.00
15.00
14.00
12.00

NOTE: Computation of the building fee for item 3.c. is cumulative. The total area is split up into sub-areas
corresponding to the area bracket indicated in the Table above. Each sub-area and the fee corresponding to its area
bracket are multiplied together. The building fee is the sum of the individual products as shown in the following
example:Sample Computation for Building Fee for a building having a floor area of 32,000 sq. meters:d.

First 5,000 sq. meters @ 23.00………..……………………………………..
Next 1,000 sq. meters @ 22.00……….……………………………………...
Next 1,000 sq. meters @ 20.50…………………………………………….…
Next 1,000 sq. meters @ 19.50………….…………………………………...
Next 1,000 sq. meters @ 18.00……..…………………………………….…
Next 1,000 sq. meters @ 17.00…………………………………………….…
Next 5,000 sq. meters @ 16.00…..……………………………………….…
Next 5,000 sq. meters @ 15.00………..…………………………………….
Next 10,000 sq. meters @ 14.00……..……………………………………..
Last 2,000 sq. meters @ 12.00…………………………………………….…

P

Total Building Fee

P

11,500.00
2,200.00
2,050.00
1,950.00
1,800.00
1,700.00
8,000.00
7,500.00
14,000.00
2,400.00-------------53,100.00

Divisions C-2/D-1, 2, 3
Area in sq. meters
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix
x.

Fee per sq. meterP

Up to 5,000………..….……………………………………………....…
Above 5,000 to 6,000……………………………………………………
Above 6,000 to 7,000……………………………………………………
Above 7,000 to 8,000…..…………………………..……………..……
Above 8,000 to 9,000……..………………………….………………..
Above 9,000 to 10,000……….…………………………..……..………
Above 10,000 to 15,000………….…………………………….………
Above 15,000 to 20,000……….……………………………………..…
Above 20,000 to 30,000…………………………………………..……
Above 30,000……………..…..…………………………………………

12.00
11.00
10.20
9.60
9.00
8.40
7.20
6.60
6.00
5.00

NOTE: Computation of the building fee in item 3.d. follows the example of Section 3.c. of this Schedule.
e.
Division J-2 structures shall be assessed 50% of the rate of the principal building of which they areaccessories (Sections 3.a. to 3.d.).
4.

Electrical Fees
The following schedule shall be used for computing electrical fees in residential, institutional, commercial and industrial
structures:a.

Total Connected Load (kVA)
Fee
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.

5 kVA or less………………………………..
Over 5 kVA to 50 kVA……………..………
Over 50 kVA to 300 kVA…………………..
Over 300 kVa to 1,500 kVA………………
Over 1,500 kVA to 6,000 kVA……………
Over 6,000 kVA……………………………

P
P

NOTE: Total Connected Load as shown in the load schedule.

200.00200.001,100.00
3,600.00
9,600.00
20,850.00

+
+
+
+
+

P

20.00/kVA
10.00/kVA
5.00/kVA
2.50/kVA
1.25/kVAb.

Total Transformer/Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS)/Generator Capacity (kVA)
Fee
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.

5 kVA or less………………………………..
Over 5 kVA to 50 kVA……………..………
Over 50 kVA to 300 kVA…………………..
Over 300 kVa to 1,500 kVA………………
Over 1,500 kVA to 6,000 kVA……………
Over 6,000 kVA……………………………

P
P

40.00
40.00
220.00720.001,920.00
4,170.00

+
+
+
+
+

P

4.00/kVA
2.00/kVA
1.00/kVA
0.50/kVA
0.25/kVA

NOTE: Total Transformer/UPS/Generator Capacity shall include all transformer, UPS and generators which are
owned/installed by the owner/applicant as shown in the electrical plans and specifications.
c.

Pole/Attachment Location Plan Permiti.
ii.

Power Supply Pole Location…………………………………
Guying Attachment……………………………………………

PP

30.00/pole
30.00/attachment

This applies to designs/installations within the premises.
d.
Miscellaneous Fees: Electric Meter for union separation, alteration, reconnection or relocation and issuance ofWiring Permit:
Use or Character ofOccupancy
Residential
Commercial/Industrial
Institutionale.

PElectric Meter

Wiring Permit
Issuance

15.00
60.00
30.00

P

15.00
36.00
12.00

Formula for Computation of Fees

The Total Electrical Fees shall be the sum of Sections 4.a. to 4.d. of this Rule.
f.

Forfeiture of Fees

If the electrical work or installation is found not in conformity with the minimum safety requirements of thePhilippine Electrical Codes and the Electrical Engineering Law (RA 7920), and the Owner fails to perform corrective
actions within the reasonable time provided by the Building Official, the latter and/or their duly authorized representative
shall forthwith cancel the permit and the fees thereon shall be forfeited.
5.

Mechanical Feesa.

Refrigeration, Air Conditioning and Mechanical Ventilation:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.

Refrigeration (cold storage), per ton or fraction thereof………….…
Ice Plants, per ton or fraction thereof………………………………...
Packaged/Centralized Air Conditioning Systems:
Up to 100 tons, per ton………………………………………………...
Every ton or fraction thereof above 100 tons……………………….
Window type air conditioners, per unit…………………………….….
Mechanical Ventilation, per kW or fraction thereofof blower or fan, or metric equivalent………………………………...
In a series of AC/REF systems located in one
establishment, the total installed tons of refrigeration
shall be used as the basis of computation for purposesof installation/inspection fees, and shall not be considered
individually.

For evaluation purposes:
For Commercial/Industrial Refrigeration without Ice Making (refer to 5.a.i.):
1.10
1.00
0.97

kW per ton, for compressors up to 5 tons capacity.
kW per ton, for compressors above 5 tons up to 50 tons capacity.
kW per ton, for compressors above 50 tons capacity.

For Ice making (refer to 5.a.ii.):
3.50
3.25
3.00

202

kW per ton, for compressors up to 50 tons capacity.
kW per ton, for compressors above 5 up to 50 tons capacity.
kW per ton, for compressors above 50 tons capacity.

P

40.00
60.00
90.00
40.00
60.00
40.00

74
For Air conditioning (refer to 5.a.iii.):
0.90
0.80
0.70

kW per ton, for compressors 1.2 to 5 tons capacity.
kW per ton, for above 5 up to 50 tons capacity.
kW per ton, for compressors above 50 tons capacity.

b.

Escalators and Moving Walks, funiculars and the like:i.
ii.

Escalator and moving walk, per kW or fraction thereof………….….
Escalator and moving walks up to to 20.00 lineal meters
or fraction thereof……………………………………………………….
Every lineal meter or fraction thereof in excess
of 20.00 lineal meters……………………………………………………
Funicular, per kW or fraction thereof…………………………………
(a) Per lineal meter travel…………………………………..….………
Cable car, per kW or fraction thereof…………………………………
(a) Per lineal meter travel………………………………………………

iii.
iv.
v.

d.

c.

Elevators, per unit:

i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.

Motor driven dumbwaiters…………………………………………….
Construction elevators for material………………………………….…
Passenger elevators……………………………………………….….…
Freight elevators…………………………………………………….….
Car elevators…………………………………………………………....

P

10.00
20.00
10.00
200.00
20.00
40.00
5.00

P

600.002,000.00
5,000.00
5,000.00
5,000.00

P

500.00700.00900.001,200.00
1,400.00
1,600.00
5.00

Boilers, per kW:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vi.

Up to 7.5 kW……………………………………………………………
Above 7.5 kW to 22 kW……………………………………………….
Above 22 kW to 37 kW………………………………………………...
Above 37 kW to 52 kW……………………………………………….…
Above 52 kW to 67 kW…………………………………………….……
Above 67 kW to 74 kW……………………………………………….…
Every kW or fraction thereof above 74 kW……………………………
NOTE: (a)Boiler rating shall be computed on the basis of 1.00
sq. meter of heating surface for one (1) boiler kW.
(b) Steam from this boiler used to propel any prime-moveris exempted from fees.
(c) Steam engines/turbines/etc. propelled from geothermal
source will use the same schedule of fees above.

e.

Pressurized water heaters, per unit………………………………………… P

200.00f.

Water, sump and sewage pumps for commercial/industrial use,
per kW or fraction thereof…………………………………………………..

60.00

Automatic fire sprinkler system, per sprinkler head……………………..

4.00

g.
h.

Diesel/Gasoline ICE, Steam, Gas Turbine/Engine, Hydro,
Nuclear or solar Generating Units and the like, per kW:
i.
ii.
iii.

i.

Compressed Air, Vacuum, Commercial,
Institutional and/or Industrial Gases, per outlet……………………………..P
j.

k.

l.

Every kW up to 50 kW…….……………………………………………
Above 50 kW up to 100 kW……………………………………………
Every kW above 100 kW………………………………………………..

P

20.00

Gas Meter, per unit…………………………………………………………….P

Power piping for gas/steam/etc., per lineal meteror fraction thereof or per cu. meter or fraction thereof
whichever is higher…………………………………………………………… P
Other Internal Combustion Engines, including
cranes, forklifts, loaders, pumps, mixers, compressors
and the like, not registered with the LTO, per kW:

100.00

4.00

25.00
20.00
3.00

i.
ii.
iii.
m.

Pressure Vessels, per cu. meter or fraction thereof……………………….. Pn.

o.

Up to 50 kW…..…………………………………………………………
Above 50 kW to 100 kW………………………………………………
Every above 100 kW or fraction thereof ………………………………

P

10.00
12.00
3.00

60.00

Other Machinery/Equipment for commercial/
Industrial/Institutional Use not elsewhere specified,per kW or fraction thereof……………………………………………………. P

60.00

Pneumatic tubes, Conveyors, Monorails formaterials handling and addition to existing supply
and/or exhaust duct works and the like,per lineal metes or fraction thereof…………………………………………. P
p.

Weighing Scale Structure, per ton or fraction thereof……………………..P

10.00
50.00

NOTE:
Transfer of machine/equipment location within abuilding requires a mechanical permit and payment of fees.
6.

Plumbing Feesa.

Installation Fees, one (1) “UNIT” composed of one (1) water closet, two (2) floor drains, one (1) lavatory, one (1) sinkwith ordinary trap, three (3) faucets and one (1) shower head. A partial part thereof shall be charged as that of the costof a whole “UNIT”.

b.

Every fixture in excess of one unit:

P

24.00

i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.

P

7.00
3.00
3.00
7.00
2.00
2.00

P

7.00
4.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
2.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
2.00

P

8.00
10.00

P

24.00

c.

Special Plumbing Fixtures:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
xi.
xii.
xiii.

d.

12 to 25 mm ∅……………………………………………………….….
Above 25 mm ∅………………………………………………………..

Up to 5.00 cu. meters of digestion chamber…………………………
Every cu. meter or fraction thereof
In excess of 5.00 cu. meters………………………………………….

Electronics Feesa.

Central Office switching equipment, remoteswitching units, concentrators, PABX/PBX’s, cordless/wireless telephone and communication systems,
intercommunication system and other types of switching/routing/distribution equipment used for voice, data
image text, facsimile, internet service, cellular, paging

204

2.00

Construction of septic tank, applicable in all Groups
i.
ii.

7.

Each slop sink…..………………………………………………………
Each urinal…….…………………………………………………………
Each bath tub……..………………………………………………….…..
Each grease trap……..…………………………………………………
Each garage trap……………………………………………………….
Each bidet……….…………………………………………………….…
Each dental cuspidor…………………………………………………..
Each gas-fired water heater……………………………………………
Each drinking fountain………………………………………………….
Each bar or soda fountain sink………………………………………..
Each laundry sink………………………………………………………..
Each laboratory sink…………………………………………………….
Each fixed-type sterilizer……………………………………………….

Each water meter…………………………………………………………….. P
i.
ii.

e.

Each water closet………………………………………………………
Each floor drain……………………………………………………….…
Each sink………………………………………………………………...
Each lavatory………………………………………………………….…
Each faucet……………………………………………………………..
Each shower head………………………………………………….……

7.00

74
and other types/forms of wired or wireless communications………………………………………………….………… P
2.40 per portb.

Broadcast station for radio and TV for bothcommercial and training purposes, CATV headed, transmitting/receiving/relay radio and broadcasting communications
stations, communications centers, switching centers,
control centers, operation and/or maintenance centers,
call centers, cellsites, equipment silos/shelters andother similar locations/structures used for electronics andcommunications services, including those used for navigational
aids, radar, telemetry, tests and measurements, global
positioning and personnel/vehicle location ………….……….. P 1, 000.00 per locationc.

Automated teller machines, ticketing,vending and other types of electronic dispensing machines,
telephone booths, pay phones, coin changers, location
or direction-finding systems, navigational equipmentused for land, aeronautical or maritime applications,photography and reproduction machines x-ray,scanners, ultrasound and other apparatus/equipmentused for medical, biomedical, laboratory and testing
purposes and other similar electronic or electronicallycontrolled apparatus or devices, whether locatedindoor or outdoors……………………………………..………………… P

10.00 per unit

Electronics and communications outlets
used for connection and termination of voice, data,
computer (including workstations, servers, routers, etc.),
audio, video, or any form of electronics and communications services, irrespective of whether a user
terminal is connected …………………………………..……..………. P

2.40 per outlet

d.

e.

f.

Station/terminal/control point/port/central
or remote panels/outlets for security and alarmsystems (including watchman system, burglar
alarms, intrusion detection systems, lighting
controls, monitoring and surveillance system,
sensors, detectors, parking management system,
barrier controls, signal lights, etc.), electronics
fire alarm (including early-detection systems,
smoke detectors, etc.), sound-reinforcement/background,music/paging/conference systems and the like,
CATV/MATV/CCTV and off-air television,
electronically-controlled conveyance systems, building
automation, management systems and similar typesof electronic or electronically-controlled installations
whether a user terminal is connected ………………….………. P

Studios, auditoriums, theaters, and similar
structures for radio and TV broadcast, recording,audio/video reproduction/simulation and similar
activities ………………………………………………………….. P

1,000.00 per locationg.

Antenna towers/masts or other structures for
installation of any electronic and/or communications transmission/reception………………………………….…………P
1,000.00 per structureh.

Electronic or electronically-controlled indoor
and outdoor signages and display systems, including
TV monitors, multi-media signs, etc. ...………...…………….… Pi.

50.00 per unit

Poles and attachment:
i.
ii.

8.

2.40 per termination

Per Pole (to be paid by pole owner)…….….……………………………. P
20.00
Per attachment (to be paid by any
entity who attaches to the pole of others) …………….…………………
20.00
j.
Other types or electronics or electronicallycontrolled device, apparatus, equipment, instrument
or units not specifically identified above ..……….…………………….. P 50.00 per unit

Accessories of the Building/Structure Feesa.

All parts of buildings which are open on two (2) ormore sides, such as balconies, terraces, lanais andthe like, shall be charged 50% of the rate of the principal
building of which they are a part (Sections 3.a. to 3.d. ofthis Schedule).

b.

Buildings with a height of more than 8.00 meters shall becharged an additional fee of twenty-five centavos (P 0.25)
per cu. meter above 8.00 meters. The height shall bemeasured from the ground level up to the bottom of theroof slab or the top of girts, whichever applies.

c.

Bank and Records Vaults with interior volume
up to 20.00 cu. meters…..………………………………….…………………… P
i.

d.

20.00

In excess of 20.00 cu. meters…………….………………………………...

8.00

Swimming Pools, per cu. meter or fraction thereof:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.

GROUP A Residential…………………....………………………………… P
3.00
Commercial/Industrial GROUPS B, E, F, G……………………………….
36.00
Social/Recreational/Institutional GROUPS C, D, H, I…………………..…
24.00
Swimming pools improvised from local
indigenous materials such as rocks, stones
and/or small boulders and with plain cement
flooring shall be charged 50% of the above rates.
v. Swimming pool shower rooms/locker rooms:(a)
Per unit or fraction thereof …….….………………………………... P
60.00
(b)
Residential GROUP A……………………………………………….
6.00(c)
GROUP B, E, F, G, .....…………………………………………….
18.00
(d)
GROUP C, D, H, .………………….……………………………….
12.00

e.

Construction of firewalls separate from the building:
i.
ii.

f.

Per sq. meter or
fraction thereof…………...……………………………… P
Provided, that the minimum fee shall be …………………………………

Construction/erection of towers: Including Radio and TV towers, water tank supporting structures and the like:
Use or Character of Occupancy
i.
ii.

iii.

Single detached dwelling units………………….…
Commercial/Industrial(Groups B, E, F, G)
up to 10.00 meters in height…………………………
(a) Every meter or fraction
thereof in excess of 10.00 meters……………
Educational/Recreational//Institutional(Groups C, D, H, I)
up to 10.00 meters in height…………………………
(a) Every meter or fraction thereofin excess of 10.00 meters……………………..

SelfSupportingP
500.00

Trilon(Guyed)P
150.002,400.00

240.00120.0012.00

1,800.00

120.00120.0012.00

g.

Storage Silos, up to 10.00 meters in height………………………………… P

i.

Every meter or fraction thereofin excess of 10.00 meters…………………………………..……..
Silos with platforms or floors shall becharged an additional fee in accordancewith Section 3.e. of this Schedule

ii.

h.

i.

ii.

206

3.00
48.00

2,400.00

150.00Construction of Smokestacks and Chimneys forCommercial/Industrial Use Groups B, E, F and G:

Smokestacks, up to 10.00 meters inheight, measured from the base…………………………………
(a) Every meter or fraction thereof inexcess of 10.00 meters……………………………………….
Chimney up to 10.00 meters inheight, measured from the base…………………………………..
(a) Every meter or fraction thereof in excess
of 10.00 meters………………………………………………...

P

240.00
12.00
48.00
2.00

74
i.

j.
k.

Construction of Commercial/Industrial Fixed Ovens,
per sq. meters or fraction thereof of interior floor areas ……………………P

48.00

Construction of Industrial Kiln/Furnace, per cu. meter or
fraction thereof of volume …………………………………………….…………

12.00

Construction of reinforced concrete or steel tanks orabove ground GROUPS A and B, up to 2.00 cu. meters………..…………..

12.00

i.
ii.

l.

P

24.00

7.00

Construction of reinforced concrete or steel tanks
for Commercial/Industrial Use:
i.
ii.

n.

12.00
480.00Construction of Water and Waste Water Treatment
Tanks: (Including Cisterns, Sedimentation and Chemical
Treatment Tanks) per cu. meter of volume.……..………………..…………. P

m.

Above ground, up to 10.00 cu. meters……………………………
Every cu. m or fraction thereofin excess of 10.00 cu. meters……………………………………
Underground, up to 20.00 cu. meters…………………………..…
Every cu. meter or fraction thereofin excess of 20.00 cu.meters………………………………………

P

480.0024.00
540.00
24.00

Pull-outs and Reinstallation of Commercial/Industrial Steel Tanks:
i.
ii.
iii.

o.

Underground, per cu. meter or fraction
thereof of excavation……………………………………………....
Saddle or trestle mounted horizontal tanks,
per cu. meter or fraction thereof of volume of tank………………
Reinstallation of vertical storage tanks shall be
the same as new construction fees in accordancewith Section 8.k. above.

P

3.00
3.00

Booths, Kiosks, Platforms, Stages and the like,per sq. meteror fraction thereof of floor area:
i.
ii.
iii.

p.

Construction of permanent type…………………………………..
Construction of temporary type……………………………………
Inspection of knock-down temporary type,per unit ………………………………………………………….……

P

10.00
5.00
24.00

Construction of buildings and other accessory structures
within cemeteries and memorial parks:
i.
ii.
iii
iv.
v.

9.

Every cu. m or fraction thereof in excess
of 2.00 cu. meters…………………………………………………..
For all other than Groups A and B
up to 10.00 cu. meters……………………………………………
(a) Every cu. meter or fraction thereof inexcess of 10.00 cu. meters………………………………..…

Tombs, per sq. meter of covered groundareas………………………………………………………………....
Semi-enclosed mausoleums whether
canopied or not, per sq. meter of built-up area. …………………
Totally enclosed mausoleums, per sq. meter offloor area ……………..……………………………………………
Totally enclosed mausoleums, per sq. meterof floor area ……………..………………………………………….
Columbarium, per sq. meter………………….………..………….

P

5.00
12.00
5.00
18.00

Accessory Fees
a. Establishment of Line and Grade, all sides fronting
or abutting streets, esteros, rivers and creeks, first 10.00 meters…………..P
i.

5.00

24.00

Every meter or fraction thereof in excess of 10.00 meters….……………….…2.40

b. Ground Preparation and Excavation Feei.

While the application for Building Permit is still being processed, the Building Official may issue GroundPreparation and Excavation Permit (GP&EP) for foundation, subject to the verification, inspection and review
by the Line and Grade Section of the Inspection and Enforcement Division to determine compliance to line andgrade, setbacks, yards/easements and parking requirements.
(a)
(b)
(c)

Inspection and Verification Fee ..………………………………..
Per cu. meters of excavation …….………………………………
Issuance of GP & EP,
valid only for thirty (30) days or
superseded upon issuance of
Building Permit ………………….………………………………...

(d)

Per cu. meter of excavation forfoundation with basement……..…….……………………………
Excavation other than foundation
or basement, per cu. meter.……………………………………..
Encroachment of footings orfoundations of buildings/structures topublic areas as permitted, per sq. meter or
fraction thereof of footing or foundation
encroachment ………………………………………………….....

(e)
(f)

c.

P

50.00
4.00
3.00

250.00

Fencing Fees:
i.

ii.
iii

Made of masonry, metal, concrete up to
1.80 meters in height,
per lineal meter or fraction thereof…………………….……………….
In excess of 1.80 meters in height,
per lineal meter or fraction thereof ……. ………………………………

P

2.40
24.00

e. In excess of 20% or fraction thereof of paved
areas intended for commercial/industrial/institutionaluse, such as parking and sidewalk areas,
gasoline station premises, skating rinks, pelota
courts, tennis and basketball courts and the like …………………………… P
Use of Streets and Sidewalks, Enclosures andOccupancy of Sidewalks up to 20.00 sq. meters, percalendar month …….………………………………………………………..
i.

3.00
4.00

Made of indigenous materials, barbed,
chicken or hog wires, per linear meter...……. ……………….………..

d. Construction of Pavements, up to 20.00 sq. meters…………………………. P

f.

200.00
3.00

P

3.00

240.00Every sq. meter or fraction thereof in excess of
20.00 sq. meters ………………………………………………………....

P

12.00

P

150.00g. Erection of Scaffoldings Occupying Public Areas, per calendar month.
i.
ii.

h.

Up to 10.00 meters in length…….….…………………………………..
Every lineal meter or fraction thereof inexcess of 10.00 meters ………….……………………………………..

Sign Fees:i.

Erection and anchorage of display
surface, up to 4.00 sq. meters of signboard area…………………..…
(a) Every sq. meter or fraction thereof inexcess of 4.00 sq. meters…………………………………………..

ii.

Installation Fees, per sq. meter or fraction thereofof display surface:

Type of Sign Display

208

12.00

Business Signs

Advertising Signs

P

120.00
24.00

74
Neon

P

P 52.00

Illuminated

24.00

36.00

Others

15.00

24.00

Painted-on

9.60

18.00

iii.

Annual Renewal Fees, per sq. meter of display surface or fraction thereof:
Type of Sign Display
Neon
Illuminated
OthersPainted-on

i.

36.00

Business Signs
P 36.00, min. fee shall be
124.00P 18.00, min. fee shall be
72.00
P 12.00, min. fee shall be
P 40.00
P 8.00, min. fee shall be
P 30.00

Advertising Signs
PP

P 46.00, min. fee shall be P
200.00P 38.00, min. fee shall be P
150.00P 20.00, min. fee shall be P
110.00P 12.00, min. fee shall beP
100.00

Repairs Fees:
i.

ii.

iii.

Alteration/renovation/improvement on
vertical dimensions of buildings/structuresin square meter, such as facades,
exterior and interior walls, shall beassessed in accordance with thefollowing rate, For all Groups…………………………………………...
Alteration/renovation/improvement on
horizontal dimensions of buildings/structures,such as floorings, ceilings and roofing shallbe assessed in accordance with thefollowing rate, For all Groups ..……….………………………….……..
Repairs on buildings/structures in all
Groups costing more than five thousand
pesos (P 5,000.00) shall be charged
1% of the detailed repair cost
(itemized original materials to be replacedwith same or new substitute and labor)

j.

P

5.00

5.00

Raising of Buildings/Structures Fees:i.

Assessment of fees for raising of any buildings/structures shall bebased on the new usable area generated.

ii.

The fees to be charged shall be as prescribed under Sections 3.a. to
3.e. of this Schedule, whichever Group applies.

k. Demolition/Moving of Buildings/Structures Fees,
per sq. meter of area or dimensions involved:
i.
ii.
iii

iv.
v.

Buildings in all Groups per sq. meter
floor area………………………………….………………………………
Building Systems/Frames or portion
thereof per vertical or horizontal
dimensions, including Fences …….…….……………………………..
Structures of up to 10.00 meters in height……..………………………
(a) Every meter or portion thereofin excess of 10.00 meters …………………………………………
Appendage of up to 3.00 cu. meter/unit………………………………..
(a) Every cu. meter or portion thereof inexcess of 3.00 cu. meters………….……………………….……...
Moving Fee, per sq. meter of area of building/
structure to be moved …………………..……………………………..…

P

3.00

4.00
800.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
3.00

10.

Certificates of Use or Occupancy (Table II.G.1. for fixed costing)a.

Division A-1 and A-2 Buildings:
i.
ii.
iii
iv.
v.

Costing up to P150,000.00 ……..……..………………………………
Costing more than P150,000.00
up to P400,000.00 ……………………..…………………………………
Costing more than P400,000.00 up
to P850,000.00……………………………..……………………………..
Costing more than P850,000.00 up to
P1,200,000.00.……………….……………………………………………
Every million or portion thereof in excessof P1,200,000.00………………………….……………….……………..

P

100.00200.00P

400.00800.00800.00b. Divisions B-1/E-1, 2, 3/F-1/G-1, 2, 3, 4, 5/H-1, 2, 3, 4/and I-1 Buildings:
i.
ii.
iii
iv.
v.

Costing up to P150,000.00…..……..……………………………………
Costing more than P150,000.00
up to P400,000.00 ……………………..…………………………………
Costing more than P400,000.00 up
to P850,000.00……………………………..…………………………….
Costing more than P850,000.00 up to
P1,200,000.00 ……………….……………………………………………
Every million or portion thereof in excessof P1,200,000.00………………………….…………….………………..

P

200.00400.00800.001,000.00
1,000.00

c. Divisions C-1, 2/D-1, 2, 3 Buildings:
i.
ii.
iii
iv.
v.

Costing up to P150,000.00 ……..……..……………………………….
Costing more than P150,000.00
up to P400,000.00 ……………………..…………………………………
Costing more than P400,000.00
up to P850,000.00……………………………..………………………….
Costing more than P850,000.00
up to P1,200,000.00 ……………………………………………………..
Every million or portion thereof in excessof P1, 200,000.00………………………….……………………………..

P

150.00250.00600.00900.00900.00d. Division J-I Buildings/structures:i.

With floor area up to 20.00 sq. meters………………………………..

ii.

With floor area above 20.00 sq. meters
up to 500.00 sq. meters …………………………………………………

iii
iv.
v.

P

50.00

240.00With floor area above 500.00 sq. meters
up to 1,000.00 sq. meters………………………………………………..
With floor area above 1,000.00 sq. meters
up to 5,000.00 sq. meters …………………………………………….…
With floor area above 5,000.00 sq. meters
up to 10,000.00 sq. meters………………………………………………..
With floor area above 10,000.00 sq. meters……………………………

360.00480.001, 200.00
2,400.00

e. Division J-2 Structures:i.

Garages, carports, balconies, terraces, lanais and the like: 50% of
the rate of the principal building, of which they are accessories.

ii.

Aviaries, aquariums, zoo structures and the like: same rates as for
Section 10.d. above.
Towers such as for Radio and TV transmissions, cell site, sign
(ground or roof type) and water tank supporting structures and thelike in any location shall be imposed fees as follows:iii(a) First 10.00 meters of height from the ground(b) Every meter or fraction thereof inexcess of 10.00 meters….……………………………..

210

P

800.00
50.00

74
f.
11.

Change in Use/Occupancy, per sq. meter or fraction thereofof area affected …………………………………………… ………………… P

5.00

Annual Inspection Feesa.

Divisions A-1 and A-2:
i.
ii.

Single detached dwelling units and duplexes are not subject toannual inspections.
If the owner request inspections, the fee for eachof the services enumerated below is ………………………..

P

120.00Land Use Conformity
Architectural Presentability
Structural Stability
Sanitary and Health Requirements
Fire-Resistive Requirements
b. Divisions B-1/D-1, 2, 3/E-1, 2, 3/F-1/G-1, 2, 3, 4, 5/ H-1, 2, 3, 4/
and I-1, Commercial, Industrial Institutional buildings andappendages shall be assessed area as follows:
i.
ii.
iii
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.

c.

Appendage of up to 3.00 cu. meters/unit………………………………
Floor area to 100.00 sq. meters………………………………………..
Above 100.00 sq. meters up to
200.00 sq. meters……………………………………..……..…..……….
Above 200.00 sq. meters up to
350.00 sq. meters……………………………………………..……..……
Above three hundred 350.00 sq. meters
Up to 500.00 sq. meters.…………..….……………………………..……
Above 500.00 sq. meters up to
750.00 sq. meters……………………………………………… ….…….
Above 750.00 sq. meters
up to 1,000.00 sq. meters…………………………………………...…..
Every 1,000.00 sq. meters or
its portion in excess of
1,000.00 sq. meters…………………………………… ………………..

240.00580.00720.00960.001,200.00

1,200.00

First class cinematographs or theaters..………………………………
Second class cinematographs or theaters.....…………………………
Third class cinematographs or theaters..………………………………
Grandstands/Bleachers, Gymnasia and the like………………………

d. Annual plumbing inspection fees, eachplumbing unit …………………………………..…….…………………………. Pf.

150.00120.00

Divisions C-1, 2, Amusement Houses, Gymnasia and the like:
i.
ii.
iii
iv.

e.

P

P 1,200.00
720.00520.00720.0060.00

Electrical Inspection Fees:i.

A one time electrical inspection fee equivalent to 10% of Total
Electrical Permit Fees shall be charged to cover all inspection trips
during construction.

ii.

Annual Inspection Fees are the same as in Section 4.e.

Annual Mechanical Inspection Fees:
i.

ii.
iii.

Refrigeration and Ice Plant, per ton:(a) Up to 100 tons capacity ..…...... ……………………………………
(b) Above 100 tons up to 150 tons .………………………………………
(c) Above 150 tons up to 300 tons ……………………………………..
(d) Above 300 tons up to 500 tons…….…. …………………………....
(e) Every ton or fraction thereof above 500 tons……. ………………...
Air Conditioning Systems:
Window type air conditioners, per unit …. ……………………………….
Packaged or centralized air conditioning systems:(a) First 100 tons, per ton ………………………………………………….

P

25.00
20.00
15.00
10.00
5.00

P

40.00
25.00

iv.

v.

vi.

vii.

viii.
ix.
x.

xi.

xii.
xiii.

xiv.

xv.

xvi.
xvii.
xviii.

212(b) Above 100 tons, up to 150 tons per ton …….………………………..
(c) Every ton or fraction thereof above 500 tons ..……………………
Mechanical Ventilation, per unit, per kW:(a) Up to 1 kW …………………………………………………………..….
(b) Above 1 kW to 7.5 kW ………………………………………………
(c) Every kW above 7.5 kW .……………………………………….…..…
Escalators and Moving Walks; Funiculars and the like:(a) Escalator and Moving Walks, per unit…………………………….…
(b) Funiculars, per kW or fraction thereof.……………………………...
(c) Per lineal meter or fraction thereof of travel.…...……………….....
(d) Cable Car, per KW or fraction thereof ………………………………
(e) Per lineal meter of travel..………………………………………………
Elevators, per unit:(a) Passenger elevators…….………………………………………………
(b) Freight elevators.………………………………………………………..
(c) Motor driven dumbwaiters……………………………………………..
(d) Construction elevators for materials ………………………………..
(e) Car elevators ….….…………………………………………………..…
(f) Every landing above first five (5)landings for all the above elevators…………………………………..
Boilers, per unit:(a) Up to 7.5 kW…………………………………………………………..…
(b) 7.5 kW up to 22 kW …………………………………………………....
(c) 22 kW up to 37 kW ……….……………….…………………………....
(d) 37 kW up to 52 kW……………………………………………………...
(e) 52 kW up to 67 kW ……….…………………………………………….
(f) 67 kW up to 74 kW…………………………. ………………………….
(g) Every kW or fraction thereof
above 74 kW ……………………………………………………………
Pressurized Water Heaters, per unit……………………………………….
Automatic Fire Extinguishers,
per sprinkler head……………………………………………………………
Water, Sump and Sewage pumps forbuildings/structures for commercial/industrial purposes, per kW:(a) Up to 5 kW………………………….…………………………………
(b) Above 5 kW to 10 kW…………………………………………………..
(c) Every kW or fraction thereof
above 10 kW……………………………………………………………..
Diesel/Gasoline Internal Combustion
Engine, Gas Turbine/Engine, Hydro, Nuclear
or Solar Generating Units and the like, per kW:(a) Per kW, up to 50 kW……………………………………………………
(b) Above 50 kW up to 100 kW…………………………………………….
(c) Every kW or fraction thereof
above 100 kW……………………………………………………………
Compressed air, vacuum, commercial/
institutional/industrial gases, per outlet……………………………………
Power piping for gas/steam/etc.,
per lineal meter or fraction thereof or
per cu. meter or fraction thereof,
whichever is higher…………………………………………………………..
Other Internal Combustion Engines,
including Cranes, Forklifts, Loaders,
Mixers, Compressors and the like,(a) Per unit, up to 10 kW……………………………………………………
(b) Every kW above 10 kW………………………………………………

Other machineries and/or equipment
for commercial/ industrial/institutionaluse not elsewhere specified, per unit:(a) Up to ½ kW………………………………………………………………
(b) Above ½ kW up to 1 kW……………………………………………….
(c) Above 1 kW up to 3 kW…………………………………………………
(d) Above 3 kW up to 5 kW………………………………………………
(e) Above 5 kW up to 10 kW……………………………………………….
(f) Every kW above 10 kW
or fraction thereof………………………………………………………..
Pressure Vessels, per cu. meteror fraction thereof…………………………………………………………….
Pneumatic tubes, Conveyors, Monorails
for materials handling, per lineal meteror fraction thereof…………………………………………………………….
Weighing Scale Structure, per ton or fraction thereof……………………

20.00
8.00
P

10.00
50.00
20.00

P 120.00
50.00
10.00
25.00
2.00
P 500.00
400.0050.00
400.00500.0050.00
P 400.00
550.00600.00650.00800.00900.00
4.00
P 120.00
P

2.00

P

55.00
90.00

P

2.00

P

15.00
10.00
2.40

P

10.00

P

2.00

100.00
3.00

P

8.00
23.00
39.00
55.00
80.00
4.00

P

40.00

P
P

2.40
30.00

74
xix.

xx.

g.
12.

Testing/Calibration of pressure gauge,
per unit………………………………………………………………………..
(a) Each Gas Meter, tested, proved
and sealed, per gas meter……………………………………………..
Every mechanical ride inspection, etc.,
used in amusement centers of fairs, suchas ferris wheel, and the like, per unit………………………………………

P

30.00

P

Annual electronics inspection fees shall be the same as the fees in Section 7. of this Schedule.

Certifications:a.

Certified true copy of building permit……………………………………………P

50.00

b.

Certified true copy of Certificate of Use/Occupancy….………………………….

50.00

c.

Issuance of Certificate of Damage………………...…………………………..…..

50.00

d.

Certified true copy of Certificate of Damage…………………………..………….

50.00

e.

Certified true copy of Electrical Certificate…………………………………………

50.00

f.

Issuance of Certificate of Gas Meter Installation………………………….……P

50.00

g.

Certified true copy of Certificate of Operation…………..…………………………

50.00

h.

Other Certifications…..……………………….………..…………………………….

50.00

NOTE: The specifications of the Gas Meter shall be:
Manufacturer…………………………………………………..
Serial Number…………………………………………………
Gas Type……………………………………………………….
Meter Classification/Model……………………………………
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure – psi (kPa)………
Hub Size - mm (inch)…………………………………………
Capacity - m3/hr. (ft3/hr.)………………………………………

24.00

30.00

214

74

216

74

218

74

220

74

222

74

224

74

226

74

228

74

230

74

232

74

234

74

236

74

238

74

240

74

242

74

244

74

246

74

248

74

250

74

252

74

254

74

256

74

258

74

260

74

262

74

264

74

266

74

268

74

270

74

272

74

274

74

276

74

278

74

280

74

282

74

284

74
Republika ng Pilipinas
MINISTRI NG KATARUNGAN
Ministry of Justice
ManilaOPINION NO. 140, S. 1987
December 1, 1987
The Acting Secretary
Department of Public Worksand Highways
M a n i l a
S i r:
This refers to your request for legal determination/opinion as to who between the Secretary of
Public Works and Highways and the Acting Governor of the Metro Manila Commission has the power ofadministration and enforcement of the National Building Code (P.D. No. 1096) within the Metro Manila.
Area.
It appears that the query was prompted by the letter dated July 13 1987 to that Department of
MMC Acting Governor Jejomar C. Binay, who insists that the by virtue of Par. 1, Sub-par. 12 of LOI No.
624, he is the one vested with the power too appoint Building Officials in the Metro Manila Area. It is the
position of the MMC Acting Governor that because the MMC has already provided regular positions for all
MMC Building Officials in the MMC Staffing Pattern duly approved by the Civil Service Commission in
1981, the authority of the Secretary of Public Works and Highways to designate Acting Building Officials
for the 17 cities and municipalities in Metro Manila pursuant to Section 206 of P.D. No. 1096 wasterminated; that accordingly, when the Secretary of Public Works and Highways designated Engr.
Benjamin Malinao as Acting Building Official for Quezon City, he did so without authority; and that it is his(MMC Acting Governor) designee, Arch. Leonardo d. Espinosa, Jr. who is the lawful Acting Building
Official of Quezon City to temporarily replace Architect Domingo Tapay, the regular ly appointed Building
Official for Quezon City who is presently being investigated by the MMC.
You state that the aforesaid LOI No. 624, Par. 1, Sub-par. 12 does not confer upon the Acting
MMC Governor the power of administration and enforcement of the National Building Code (NBC) in
Metro Manila for the following reasons:(a) LOI 624 being merely an executive act, by the well-established principle ofstatutory construction it cannot amend P.D. No. 1096, particularly Section 201
thereof, which is a legislative act x x x.
(b) LOI 624 cannot be a valid amendment to the NBC because it is a repugnant to the declared
enforcement and administration of the Code.
(c) No less than then President Marcos, speaking thru his Executive Assistant for Legal Affairs in
his opinion No. 74, s. 1984 states that the power to enforce the NBC is lodged to no otherexcept the Minister (now Secretary) of Public Works and Highways following the well-known
rule of law inclusio unius est exclusio alterius x x x.’”Further, you state that those positions of Building Officials created by the MMC
are not the regular positions of Building Officials contemplated in Section 205 of P.D.
No. 1096 because these positions are national, and not local, positions, as
misunderstood by the Acting MMC Governor. In support of your view, you cite
Secretary of Justice Opinion No. 92, s. 1983, citing Opinion No. 114, s. 1979, whichstates that the “administration and enforcement of the provisions of the Code is theprimary concern of the National Government, the function being vested in the Minister(now Secretary) of Public Works and Highways, who is a national official, and that cityand municipal engineers, when acting as Building Officials, are merely his deputies”.
I concur with your view that the Secretary of Public Works and Highways is the official solely
vested by law with the authority and responsibility for the administration and enforcement of the National
Building Code (P.D. No. 1096) nationwide, including the Metro Manila Area, and that corollarily the power
to appoint all Building Officials, including those for the thirteen (13) cities and municipalities in Metro
Manila is his prerogative.
Section 201 and 205 of the National Building Code (P.D. No. 1096) provide:“SECTION 201. Responsibility for Administration and Enforcement
The administration and enforcement of the provisions of this Code including the imposition ofpenalties for administrative violations thereof is hereby vested in the Secretary of Public Works,
Transportation and Communications, hereinafter referred to as the ‘Secretary’.”“SECTION 205. Building Officials
Except as otherwise provided herein, the Building Official shall be responsible for carrying out theprovisions of this Code in the field as well as the enforcement of orders and decisions made pursuant
thereto.
Due to the exigencies of the service, the Secretary may designate incumbent Public
Works District Engineers, City Engineers and Municipal Engineers to act as Building Officials intheir respective areas of jurisdiction.
The designation made by the Secretary under this Section shall continue until regular positions of
Building Official are provided or unless sooner terminated for causes provided by law or decree.”Our ruling in Opinion No. 92, s. 1983 is in point, and we quote:“The National Building Code (P.D. No. 1096) was promulgated to adopt ‘a uniform building code
enforceable nationwide’ (see Explanatory Note) which shall provide for all buildings and structures aframework of minimum a standard requirements to regulate and control their location, site, design, qualityof materials, construction, use, occupancy and maintenance. The administration and enforcement of its
provisions, including the imposition of penalties for administrative violations thereof, are vested in the
Minister of Public Works and Highways (formerly Secretary of Public Works, Transportation andCommunications) [Sec. 201]. Due to the exigencies of the service, the incumbent city and municipal
engineers have designated to act as building officials in their respective areas of jurisdiction. (Section205) x x x” When acting as building officials the city and municipal engineers, who are local officials,
should be deemed national officials subject to the supervision of the Minister of Public Works (Opinion No.
144, series of 1979).”

We do not think that it was the intention of LOI No. 624 to amend or supersede
Section 201 of the National Building Code. Essentially, LOI No. 624 is a directive
issued by then President Marcos enjoining the heads of the different departments andagencies of the government enumerated therein to cooperate and coordinate with the
PERC (Plan Enforcement and Regulation Center) in the implementation of P.D. No.
1096 in the Metro Manila Area. Its avowed purpose is to implement the provisions of
P.D. No. 1096. Thus, said LOI provides:“In accordance with Presidential Decree No. 1096 which adopted a uniform building codeand in pursuance of the creation of the Plan Enforcement and Regulation Center (PERC) under the
Metropolitan Manila Commission which shall aim to implement Presidential Decree No. 1096 within
Metropolitan Manila Area, I hereby order the following:

286

74

“1.
The Secretary of the DPWTC shall see to it that the PERC be provided
with technical supervision and guidance in the implementation of the National Building
Code in Metropolitan Manila Area. The DPWTC shall detail with PERC an overall MMA
Building Official who shall be responsible for processing the plans and specifications ofbuildings and structures of metro significance and for recommending to the Executive
Secretary the issuance of building/structure clearance. He shall direct the NHA, CAA,
MWSS, NPCC and other agencies under it, as may be necessary, to assign required
personnel to coordinate with PERC.
xxx

xxx

xxx

“12. The Governor of the Metropolitan Manila Commission
shall be responsible for the proper administration and efficient
enforcement of Presidential Decree No. 1096 within
Metropolitan Manila Area. The Metropolitan Manila commission
shall as necessary, employ and maintain sufficient andtechnically capable staff to man the Plan Enforcement And
Regulation Center (PERC) in the said enforcement of PD 1096.
The Governor of the Metropolitan Manila Commission, throughthe Executive Secretary, shall supervise the personnel of thePERC. As such, the MMC shall be responsible for all operating
and incidental expenses to be incurred by the PERC relative tothe administration and enforcement of the said PD including
honoraria and allowances for consultants and employees
detailed to PERC from the different involved government
agencies.
The MMC, thru PERC, shall administer the collection ofbuilding permit fees through the local building officials andretain an amount not exceeding 20% thereof to be used for theoperating expenses of the different local Building Officers ofMetropolitan Manila and the PERC.”
xxx

xxx

xxx

(Underscoring supplied)

It is noted the Governor of the Metro Manila Commission, under subparagraph
12 of the LOI, is made responsible for the proper administration and efficient
enforcement of P.D. No. 1096 within the Metro Manila Area. The clear intent is to
deputize the MMC Governor as overall coordinator of the efforts to implement P.D. 1096
in Metro Manila.
LOI No. 624 should not be construed as transferring the power of administrationand enforcement of P.D. No. 1096 within the Metro Manila Area to the MMC Governor.
As stated previously, the purpose of said LOI is to implement P.D. No. 1096 within
Metro Manila Area. It is not intended to modify or supersede certain provisions of said
Decree, such as Section 201 thereof which vests the power of administration andenforcement of the Decree in secretary of Public Works and Highways.

Significantly, LOI No. 624 does not have a repealing clause. On the contrary, it
expressly acknowledge the authority of the Secretary of Public Works and Highways
under Section 201 by specifically providing in subparagraph 1 thereof that “theSecretary…. shall see to it that the PERC be provided with technical supervision andguidance in the implementation of the National Building Code in the Metropolitan Manila
Area” and that the Secretary shall detail with PERC an overall MMA Building Official
who shall be responsible for processing the plans and specification of buildings andstructures of metro significance and for recommending to the Executive Secretary theissuance of building/structure clearance. He shall direct the NHA, CAA, MWSS, NPCC
and other agencies under it, as may be necessary, to assign required personnel tocoordinate with PERC” (Subpar. 1, par.1).
Moreover, under Section 201 of P.D. No. 1096, the power to impose penalties foradministrative violations of P.D. No. 1096 was vested in the Secretary of the
Department of Public Works and Highways. LOI No. 624 gave the Governor of the
MMC no such power without which he cannot effectively enforce the provisions of P.D.
No. 1096.
As to the issue of who has the power to appoint building Officials for the Metro
Manila area, it is out view that the same is vested solely in the Secretary of Public
Works and Highways as corollary to his power to enforce and administer P.D. No. 1096.
In Opinion No. 44, s.1979, we ruled that Building Officials who are the deputies of theSecretary of Public Works and Highways in the enforcement of the National Building
Code in their respective areas of jurisdiction (Section 205, P.D. No. 1096) are national
officials because they exercise a function of national concern (see also Op. No. 92, s.
1983). As national officials, their appointment should be the prerogative of theSecretary of Public Works and Highways, who is also the official expressly authorized
by law to “designate incumbent Public Works District Engineers, City Engineers andMunicipal Engineers to act as Building Officials in their respective areas of jurisdiction”
in the meantime that regular positions of Building Officials have not been provided for(Sec. 205, P.D. No. 1096).
In the instant case, the fact that the MMC had provided positions of Building
Officials in its Staffing Pattern with salaries paid out of MMC funds does not make them
local officials because, in the performance of their functions, they are by specificprovision of P.D. No. 1096 subject to the supervision and control of the national
authority (Op. No. 83, s. 1974), in this case, the Secretary of Public works andHighways. Furthermore, this Office has time and again expressed the view that indetermining whether an official or employee in the public service is a national,
provincial, city or municipal employee, service is the test, not the source of funds fromwhich his salary is paid or the office or official who fixes his salary (Ops. No. 105, s.
1977; No. 75, s. 1975; Nos. 131 and 164, s. 1962; No. 33, s. 1959; No. 174, s. 1947;
No. 370, s. 1940).
As previously stated, the administration and enforcement of the provisions of the
National Building Code is the primary concern of the national government the saidfunction being vested in the Secretary of Public Works and Highways (Sec. 201, Code),a national official. Since a building Official assigned to a province, city or municipality is
the deputy of the Secretary of Public Works and Highways in the enforcement of the

288

74

provisions of the National Building Code, he is deemed to be a national official
notwithstanding that his salary is paid out of local funds.
In view of the foregoing, we reiterate the view that the authority to administer andenforce the provisions of the National Building Code, and the power to appoint Building
Officials, throughout the country, including Metro Manila, pertain to the Secretary of
Public Works and Highways and to no other official.
Please be guided accordingly.

Very truly yours,(SGD.)SEDFREY A. ORDOÑEZ
Secretary of JusticeRepublika ng Pilipinas
KAGAWARAN NG KATARUNGAN
Department of Justice
ManilaOPINION NO. 36, S. 1996
April 2, 1996
Undersecretary Mabini F. Pablo
Department of Public Works and Highways
Port Area, Manila
Sir:This has reference to your request for opinion as to whether or not with the enactment of the
Local Government Code of 1991, appeals from the decision order of the building official should be filedwith the Office of the City/Municipal Mayor.

You state that Section 201 of the National Building Code (P.D. No. 1096) which
was promulgated on February 19, 1977, vests the administration and enforcement of
the provisions of the Code, including the imposition of administrative sanctions and fines
for violation thereof, in the Secretary of Public Works, Transportation andCommunications (now Public Works and Highways); that Section 205 of the same code
empowers the Secretary to designate building officials in an acting capacity who shallbe responsible in carrying out the provisions of the Code in the field, as well as theenforcement of decisions and orders made pursuant thereto, that authority is amplified
in Section 5.3 to 5.7, Rule VII and Section 23-25, Rule VIII, of the Implementing Rules
and Regulations.
You believe that the passage of the Local Government Code notwithstanding the generalsupervision over the implementation of the National Building Code, including th exercise of appellate
jurisdiction over the decisions and orders of the Building Officials remain vested in the Secretary of Public
Works and Highways.
We agree with your aforestated view.
Section 307 of Presidential Decree No. 1096, otherwise known as the “National Building Code of
the Philippines” explicitly provides:“Section 307. Appeal within fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of advice of the non-issuance, suspension
or revocation of permits, the applicant/permittee may file an appeal with the Secretary who shall render his
decision within fifteen days from date of receipt of notice of appeal. The decision of the secretary shall be final
subject only to review by the Office of the President.”

The law is clear that the Secretary of the Department of Public Works and Highways has
jurisdiction over the appeals from the decision of building officials involving the non-issuance, suspension
or revocation of building permits. His decision is final subject only to review by the Office of the
President.
In line with existing jurisprudence, jurisdiction must exist as a matter of law (Basalco vs.
Ramolete, 21 SCRA 519; Garcia vs. De Jesus, 206 SCRA 779). Section 307 of P.D. No. 1096 is the lawthat confers jurisdiction upon DPWH Secretary to adjudicate appeals from the orders or decisions of thebuilding officials.
Section 477 of the Local Government Code of 1991 is cited to support the view that the appellate
jurisdiction over decisions of building officials has been devolved to the city/municipal mayor. But Section
477 which reads:

290

74
“SECTION 477 – Qualifications, Powers and Duties
xxx

xxx

xxx

The appointment of an engineer shall be mandatory for theprovincial, city and municipal governments. “The city and municipal
engineers shall also act as the local building official” (Emphasis supplied)
Should be read in conjunction with Section 205 of the National Building Code which provides:
Section 205. Building Officials
xxx

xxx

xxx

Due to exigencies of the service, the Secretary may designateincumbent Public Works District Engineers, City Engineers and Municipal
Engineers to act as Building Officials in their respective areas of jurisdiction.
“The designation made by the Secretary under this Section shallcontinue until regular positions of Building Officials are provided or unlesssooner terminated for causes provided by law”
Section 477 authorizes the local chief executive to appoint and engineer who shall also act as the
Local Building Official. The aforesaid provision merely dispenses with the necessity of the designation by
the Secretary of Public Works and Highways of city and municipal engineers to act as building officials intheir respective areas of jurisdiction which he may otherwise do in exigency of the service pursuant to
Section 205 of the National Building Code. There is no provision of the Local Government Code whichempowers the local chief executives to exercise appellate jurisdiction over the decisions of the local
building officials relative to non-issuance, suspension or revocation of building permits.
Well-settled is the rule in statutory construction that the agency has only such powers as are
expressly granted to it by the statute under which it is created or such powers as are necessary implied I
the exercise thereof (Sy v. Central bank, 70 SCRA 570, Guerzon v. Court of Appeals, 164 SCRA 182).
Moreover, statutes conferring powers or investing duties upon officers/agencies/officials must be strictly
construed and must be treated not merely as grants of power but also as limitations thereon; and thatpowers should not extended by implication beyond what may be necessary for their just and reasonable
execution (Secretary of Justice Opns. No. 224, s. 1982 and No. 144, s. 1986).
Relevantly, in Opinion No. 140, s. 1987 (citing Op. No. 92, s. 1983), this Department ruled that:“The National Building Code (P.D. No. 1096) was promulgated to adopt “auniform building code enforceable nationwide (see Explanatory Note) whichshall provide for all buildings and structures a framework of minimum
standard requirements to regulate and control their location, site, design,quality of materials, constructions, use, occupancy and maintenance. The
administration and enforcement of its provisions including the imposition ofpenalties for administrative violations thereof are vested in the Minister of
Public Works and Highways (formerly Secretary of Public Works,
Transportation and communications).
[Section 201]. Due to the exigencies of service, the incumbent city andmunicipal engineers have been designated to act as building officials in theirrespective areas of jurisdiction (Section 205) x x x When acting as building
officials the city and municipal engineers, who are local building officials,
should be deemed national official subject to the supervision of the Ministerof Public Works (Opinion No. 144, series 1979)” (underscoring supplied).
It does not appear from the Local Government Code that the vesting of power in the local chief
executive to appoint an engineer who, in the case of cities and municipalities, shall likewise act as local

building official, also carries with it the power to exercise appellate jurisdiction over their decisions inmatters involving non-issuance, suspension or revocation of building permits.
Absent any clear and explicit provision in the said Code to the effect, we cannot conclude that theappellate jurisdiction vested in the Secretary of Public Works and Highways under Section 307 of the
National Building Code has been transferred to the city or municipal mayor.
Please be guided accordingly.
Very truly yours,(SGD.)TEOFISTO T. GUINGONA, JR.
Secretary292

74
Republika ng Pilipinas
KAGAWARAN NG KATARUNGAN
Department of Justice
ManilaOPINION NO. 1, S. 2004
January 9, 2004

Hon. Florante Soriquez
Acting Secretary
Department of Public Works and Highways
Bonifacio Drive, Port Area, Manila
Sir:This has reference to your request for opinion concerning the interpretation of the pertinent provisions of
the Civil Engineering Law (R.A. No. 544) and the Architects Law (R.A. No. 545), both as amended, in order todetermine the realm of practice of both professions and, at the same time, avoid the alleged conflict in theenforcement of the National Building Code of the Philippines (P.D. No. 1096) and its Implementing rules andRegulations (IRR).
The request, we assume, is made in connection with the promulgation and issuance of the revised/updated
IRR of the National Building Code, the approval of final draft of which, you say, has been deferred pending
resolution of the claimed conflicting provisions of R.A. No. 544 and R.A. No. 545 relating to the practice ofstructural and architectural designing of buildings, including the signing and sealing of architectural plans andspecifications needed in securing building permits.
It appears that civil engineers, relying on the provisions of Section 2 and 23 of R.A. No. 544, believe that itis their inherent right to sign and seal building structural and architectural plans, while architects, quoting the“unlawfully practicing architecture” when they sign and seal architectural plans and specifications of residentialbuildings from single detached dwellings to multi-story condominiums, office buildings, commercial and industrial
building and other buildings since the act of planning and architectural and structural designing, among others, areincluded in the “practice of architecture.”
It also appears that under the final draft of the revised/updated IRR, it is proposed that only architects cansign architectural plans/documents and only civil engineers can sign structural plans/documents; and that thePhilippine Institute of Civil Engineers (PICE), however, opposed the proposal. Hence, the request.
Although, in line with the settled policy and precedents, the Secretary of Justice does not pass upon issues
which, as in this case, involve the substantive rights of private parties, i.e., the PICE and its members, upon whom
the opinion of this Department has no binding effect and which might, in all probability, take the matter to courts
when they find the opinion adverse to their interest,1 we would like to state some relevant observation for yourenlightenment.2
The Civil Engineering Law3 pertinently provides:
SEC. 2. Definition of Terms. – (a) The practice of civil engineering within themeaning and intent of this Act shall embrace shall embrace services in the form of
consultation, design preparation of consultation, design, preparation ofplans,
specifications, estimates, erection, installation and supervision of the construction ofstreets, bridges, highways, railroads, airports and1

Secretary of Justice Op. Nos. 33and 35, s. 2000, citing opinions:2

Ibid., No. 33, s. 1983;

3

R.A. No. 544, as amended;hangars, portworks, canals, river and shore improvements, lighthouses and dry docks;
buildings, fixed structures for irrigation, flood protection, drainage, water supply andsewerage works; demolition of permanent structures; and tunnels. The enumeration of any
work in this section shall not be construed as excluding any other work requiring civilengineering knowledge and application.
xxx

xxx

SEC. 23. Preparation of plans and supervision of construction by registered civilengineer. – It shall be unlawful for any person to order or otherwise cause the construction,
reconstruction, or alteration of any building or structure intended for public gathering or
assembly such as theaters, cinematographs, stadia, churches or structures of like nature, andany other engineering structures mentioned in section two of this Act unless the designs,
plans, and specifications of the same have been prepared under the responsible chargeof, and signed and sealed by a registered civil engineer, and unless the construction,
reconstruction and/or alteration thereof are executed under the responsible charge and directsupervision of a civil engineer. Plans and designs of structures must be approved by law orordinance of a city or province or municipality where the said structure is to be constructed.4
Upon the other hand, Sections 14 and 30 of R.A. No. 545, as amended,5 insofar as material, respectively
read:
SEC. 14. Definition of Terms. – xxx(C) General practice of architecture. – The practice of architecture is hereby defined
to be: The act pf planning, architectural and structural designing, specifying,supervising, and giving general administration and responsible direction to the erection,
enlargement or alterations of buildings and architectural design of engineering structures
or any part thereof, xxx.
xxx

xxx

SEC. 30. Prohibitions in the practice of architecture. – Any person who shallpractice or offer to practice architecture in the Philippines without being registered or
exempted from registration in accordance with the provisions of this Act, xxx6
It is clear from a reading of the above-quoted provisions of the subject laws that the making of plans and designs, not to mention the
supervision of construction, are activities that are more or less common to both “architecture” and engineering”.7 However, the distinction
between an architect and a civil engineer is clear. Thus, in one case,8 it was held:

An “architect “ is defined as one who, skilled in the art of architecture, designs buildings, determining
the disposition of both their interior and exterior spaces, together with structural embellishments of each, andgenerally supervises their erection; while a “civil engineer” is one whose field is that of structures, particularly
foundations, and who designs and supervises construction of bridges, great buildings, etc. xxx94

Underscoring supplied;5

An Act To Regulate the Practice of Architecture In The Philippines

6

Emphasis ours;

7

See, Smith vs. American packing and Provisions Co., 130 P. 2nd 951, 957;

8

Rabinowitz vs. Hurwitz Furniture Co., 133 So. 498;

9

at p. 499; stress supplied.

294

74
Indeed, the language of both laws confirms this distinction. The practice of civil engineering embraces services in the form of
preparation of structural plans, designs, specifications, etc., and construction of streets, bridges, highways, canals and other engineering
structures specifically mentioned in section 2 of R.A. 544. The law, however, is silent on whether the practice covers the preparation ofarchitectural plans/designs of said engineering structures. Upon the other hand, the practice of architecture clearly concerns with the act ofplanning, architectural and structural designing of buildings as well as the architectural designs of engineering structures or any part
thereof.

Having these in mind, it can, therefore, be safely said that the proposal to limit the preparation, signing, and sealing of architectural
plans and designs to architects and the preparation, signing and sealing of structural plans and designs to civil engineers to be in order.

Please be guided accordingly.

Very truly yours,(SGD.)
MA. MERCEDITAS N. GUTIERREZ
Acting Secretary

CHAPTER 1

GENERAL PROVISIONSSECTION 101. Title
This Decree shall be known as the “National Building Code of the Philippines” and shallhereinafter be referred to as the “Code”.

SECTION 102. Declaration of Policy
It is hereby declared to be the policy of the State to safeguard life, health, property, and publicwelfare, consistent with the principles of sound environmental management and control; and to this end,
make it the purpose of this Code to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of minimum
standards and requirements to regulate and control their location, site, design, quality of materials,
construction, use, occupancy, and maintenance.

SECTION 103. Scope and Application(a) The provisions of this Code shall apply to the design, location, siting, construction, alteration,
repair, conversion, use, occupancy, maintenance, moving, demolition of, and addition to public andprivate buildings and structures, except traditional indigenous family dwellings as defined herein.
(b) Buildings and/or structures constructed before the approval of this Code shall not be affected
thereby except when alterations, additions, conversions or repairs are to be made therein in which case,this Code shall apply only to portions to be altered, added, converted or repaired.

SECTION 104. General Building Requirements(a) All buildings or structures as well as accessory facilities thereto shall conform in all respects to theprinciples of safe construction and must be suited to the purpose for which they are designed.
(b) Buildings or structures intended to be used for the manufacture and/or production of any kindof article or product shall observe adequate environmental safeguards.
(c) Buildings or structures and all parts thereof as well as all facilities found therein shall bemaintained in safe, sanitary and good working condition.

SECTION 105. Site Requirements
The land or site upon which will be constructed any building or structure, or any ancillary or auxillaryfacility thereto, shall be sanitary, hygienic or safe. In the case of sites or buildings intended for use as
human habitation or abode, the same shall be at a safe distance, as determined by competentauthorities, from streams or bodies of water and/or sources of air considered to be polluted; from a
volcano or volcanic site and/or any other building considered to be a potential source of fire or
explosion.

SECTION 106. Definitions
As used in this Code, the words, terms and phrases enumerated in Annex “A” hereof shall have themeaning or definition, correspondingly provided therein.

296

74
CHAPTER 2

ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENTSECTION 201. Responsibility for Administration and Enforcement
The administration and enforcement of the provisions of this Code including the imposition ofpenalties for administrative violations thereof is hereby vested in the Secretary of Public Works,
Transportation and Communications, hereinafter referred to as the “Secretary”.

SECTION 202. Technical Staff
The Secretary is hereby authorized to constitute and provide in his Department a professional
staff composed of highly qualified architects, engineers and technicians who possess diversified andprofessional experience in the field of building design and construction.

SECTION 203. General Powers and Functions of the Secretary under this CodeFor purposes of carrying out the provisions of this Code, the Secretary shall exercise thefollowing general powers and functions:(1) Formulate policies, plans, standards and guidelines on building design, construction, use,
occupancy and maintenance, in accordance with this Code.
(2) Issue and promulgate rules and regulations to implement the provisions of this Code andensure compliance with policies, plans, standards and guidelines formulated under paragraph
1 of this Section.
(3) Evaluate, review, approve and/or take final action on changes and/or amendments to existing
Referral Codes as well as on the incorporation of other referral codes which are not yet
expressly made part of this Code.
(4) Prescribe and fix the amount of fees and other charges that the Building Official shall collectin connection with the performance of regulatory functions.

SECTION 204. Professional and Technical Assistance
The Secretary with the assistance of his technical staff shall provide such professional, technical,
scientific and other services including testing laboratories and facilities as may be required to carryout the provisions of this Code; Provided that the Secretary may secure such services as he may
deem necessary from other agencies of the National Government and may make arrangement for thecompensation of such services. He may also engage and compensate within appropriations
available therefore, the services of such number of consultants, experts and advisers on full or parttime basis, as may be necessary, coming from the government or private businesses, entities or
associations to carry out the provisions of this Code.

SECTION 205. Building Officials
Except as otherwise provided herein, the Building Official shall be responsible for carrying out theprovisions of this Code in the field as well as the enforcement of orders and decisions made pursuant
thereto.
Due to the exigencies of the service, the Secretary may designate incumbent Public Works
District Engineers, City Engineers and Municipal Engineers to act as Building Officials in theirrespective areas of jurisdiction.

The designation made by the Secretary under this Section shall continue until regular positions of
Building Official are provided or unless sooner terminated for causes provided by law or decree.
SECTION 206. Qualifications of Building Officials
No person shall be appointed as a Building Official unless he possesses the following
qualifications:
1. A Filipino citizen and of good moral character.
2. A duly registered architect or civil engineer.
3. A member of good standing of a duly accredited organization of his profession for not lessthan two years.
4. Has at least five years of diversified and professional experience in building design andconstruction.

SECTION 207. Duties of a Building Official
In his respective territorial jurisdiction, the Building Official shall be primarily responsible for theenforcement of the provisions of this Code as well as of the implementing rules and regulations
issued therefor. He is the official charged with the duties of issuing building permits.
In the performance of his duties, a Building Official may enter any building or its premises at allreasonable times to inspect and determine compliance with the requirements of this Code, and theterms and conditions provided for in the building permit as issued.
When any building work is found to be contrary to the provisions of this Code, the Building Official
may order the work stopped and prescribe the terms and/or conditions when the work will be allowed
to resume. Likewise, the Building Official is authorized to order the discontinuance of the occupancy
or use of any building or structure or portion thereof found to be occupied or used contrary to theprovisions of this Code.

SECTION 208. Fees
Every Building Official shall keep a permanent record and accurate account of all fees and othercharges fixed and authorized by the Secretary to be collected and received under this Code.
Subject to existing budgetary, accounting and auditing rules and regulations, the Building Official
is hereby authorized to retain not more than twenty percent of his collection for the operating
expenses of his office.
The remaining eighty percent shall be deposited with the city or municipal treasurer and shallaccrue to the General Fund of the province, city or municipality concerned.

SECTION 209. Exemption
Public buildings and traditional indigenous family dwellings shall be exempt from payment ofbuilding permit fees.
As used in this Code, the term “traditional indigenous family dwelling” means a dwelling intended
for the use and occupancy by the family of the owner only and constructed of native materials suchas bamboo, nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos.

SECTION 210. Use of Income from Fees
Any provision of law to the contrary notwithstanding, the Secretary is hereby authorized toprescribe the procedures for the use of all net income realized by the office of the Building Official

298

74
from the collection of fees and charges not exceeding twenty percent thereof in accordance with
Section 208.
Such income may be used to cover necessary operating expenses including the purchase of
equipment, supplies and materials, traveling expenses, obligation expenses and sheriff’s fees andpayment of other prior years’ obligations not adequately funded, subject to existing budgetary andauditing rules and regulations.

SECTION 211. Implementing Rules and Regulations
In the implementation of the provisions of this Code, the Secretary shall formulate necessary
rules and regulations and adopt design and construction standards and criteria for buildings and otherstructures. Such standards, rules and regulations shall take effect after their publication once a week
for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation.

SECTION 212. Administrative Fines
For the violation of any of the provisions of this Code or any of the rules or regulations issued
thereunder, the Secretary is hereby empowered to prescribe and impose fines not exceeding ten
thousand pesos.

SECTION 213. Penal Provisions
It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation, to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair,move, improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, occupy, or maintain any building or structure
or cause the same to be done contrary to or in violation of any provision of this Code.
Any person, firm or corporation who shall violate any of the provisions of this Code and/or commit
any act hereby declared to be unlawful shall upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not more thantwenty thousand pesos or by imprisonment of not more than two years or by both such fine andimprisonment: Provided, that in the case of a corporation firm, partnership or association, the penalty
shall be imposed upon its officials responsible for such violation and in case the guilty party is analien, he shall immediately be deported after payment of the fine and/or service of his sentence.

SECTION 214. Dangerous and Ruinous Buildings or Structures
Dangerous buildings are those which are herein declared as such or are structurally unsafe or notprovided with safe egress, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human
life, or which in relation to existing use, constitute a hazard to safety or health or public welfare
because of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, obsolescence, or abandonment; or which
otherwise contribute to the pollution of the site or the community to an intolerable degree.

SECTION 215. Abatement of Dangerous Buildings
When any building or structure is found or declared to be dangerous or ruinous, the Building
Official shall order its repair, vacation or demolition depending upon the degree of danger to life,
health, or safety. This is without prejudice to further action that may be taken under the provisions ofArticles 482 and 694 to 707 of the Civil Code of the Philippines.

SECTION 216. Other Remedies
The rights, actions and remedies provided in this Code shall be in addition to any and all otherrights of action and remedies that may be available under existing laws.

CHAPTER 3PERMITS AND INSPECTIONSECTION 301. Building Permits
No person, firm or corporation, including any agency or instrumentality of the government shall erect,
construct, alter, repair, move, convert or demolish any building or structure or cause the same to bedone without first obtaining a building permit therefor from the Building Official assigned in the place
where the subject building is located or the building work is to be done.

SECTION 302. Application for Permits
In order to obtain a building permit, the applicant shall file an application therefor in writing and on theprescribed form from the Office of the Building Official. Every application shall provide at least thefollowing information:(1)

A description of the work to be covered by the permit applied for;(2)

Certified true copy of the TCT covering the lot on which the proposed work is to be done.
If the applicant is not the registered owner, in addition to the TCT, a copy of the contractof lease shall be submitted;(3) The use or occupancy for which the proposal work is intended;(4) Estimated cost of the proposed work.
To be submitted together with such application are at least five sets of corresponding plans andspecifications prepared, signed and sealed by a duly registered mechanical engineer in case of
mechanical plans, and by a registered electrical engineer in case of electrical plans, except in thosecases exempted or not required by the Building Official under this Code.

SECTION 303. Processing of Building Permits
The processing of building permits shall be under the overall administrative control and supervision of
the Building Official and his technical staff of qualified professionals.
In processing an application for a building permit, the Building Official shall see to it that the applicant
satisfies and conforms with approved standard requirements on zoning and land use, lines andgrades, structural design, sanitary and sewerage, environmental health, electrical and mechanicalsafety as well as with other rules and regulations promulgated in accordance with the provisions of
this Code.

SECTION 304. Issuance of Building Permits
When satisfied that the work described in an application for building permit and the plans andspecifications submitted therewith, conform to the requirements of this Code and other pertinent rules
and regulations, the Building Official shall, within fifteen days from payment of the required fees by
the applicant, issue the building permit applied for.
The Building Official may issue a permit for the construction of only a part or portion of a building
or structure whenever the plans and specifications submitted together with the application do notcover the entire building or structure.

300

74
Approved plans and specifications shall not be changed, modified or altered without the approvalof the Building Official and the work shall be done strictly in accordance thereto.

SECTION 305. Validity of Building Permits
The issuance of a building permit shall not be construed as an approval or authorization to thepermittee to disregard or violate any of the provisions of this Code.
Whenever the issuance of a permit is based on approved plans and specifications which aresubsequently found defective, the Building Official is not precluded from requiring permittee to effectthe necessary corrections in said plans and specifications or from preventing or ordering the
stoppage of any or all building operations being carried on thereunder which are in violation of thisCode.
A building permit issued under the provisions of this Code shall expire and become null and void
if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced within a period of one year from the dateof such permit, or if the building or work so authorized is suspended or abandoned at any time after it
has been commenced, for a period of 120 days.

SECTION 306. Non-Issuance, Suspension or Revocation of Building Permits
The Building Official may order or cause the non-issuance, suspension or revocation of building
permits on any or all of the following reasons or grounds:(a) Errors found in the plans and specifications;(b) Incorrect or inaccurate data or information supplied;(c) Non-compliance with the provisions of this Code or of any rule or regulation.
Notice of non-issuance, suspension or revocation of building permits shall always be made in writing,stating the reason or grounds therefor.

SECTION 307. Appeal
Within fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of advice of the non-issuance, suspension or
revocation of permits, the applicant/permittee may file an appeal with the Secretary who shall render
his decision within fifteen days from date of receipt of notice of appeal. The decision of the Secretaryshall be final subject only to review by the Office of the President.

SECTION 308. Inspection and Supervision of Work
The owner of the Building who is issued or granted a building permit under this Code shall engage
the services of a duly licensed architect or civil engineer to undertake the full time inspection andsupervision of the construction work.
Such architect or civil engineer may or may not be the same architect or civil engineer who is
responsible for the design of the building.
It is understood however that in either case, the designing architect or civil engineer is notprecluded from conducting inspection of the construction work to check and determine compliancewith the plans and specifications of the building as submitted.
There shall be kept at the jobsite at all times a logbook wherein the actual progress ofconstruction including tests conducted, weather conditions and other pertinent data are to berecorded.

Upon completion of the construction, the said licensed architect or civil engineer shall submit thelogbook, duly signed and sealed, to the Building Official. He shall also prepare and submit a
Certificate of Completion of the project stating that the construction of building conforms to theprovisions of this Code as well as with the approved plans and specifications.

SECTION 309. Certificate of Occupancy
No building or structure shall be used or occupied and no change in the existing use or
occupancy classification of a building or structure or portion thereof shall be made until the Building
Official has issued a Certificate of Occupancy therefor as provided in this Code.
A Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Building Official within thirty (30) days if after
final inspection and submittal of a Certificate of Completion referred to in the preceding Section, it isfound that the building or structure complies with the provisions of this Code.
The Certificate of Occupancy shall be posted or displayed in a conspicuous place on thepremises and shall not be removed except upon order of the Building Official.
The non-issuance, suspension and revocation of Certificates of Occupancy and the procedure forappeal therefrom shall be governed in so far as applicable, by the provisions of Section 306 and 307of this Code.

302

74
CHAPTER 4

TYPES OF CONSTRUCTIONSECTION 401. Types of Construction
For purposes of this Code, all buildings proposed for construction shall be classified or identified
according to the following types:
(1)
(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Type I – Type I buildings shall be of wood construction. The structural elements may be anyof the materials permitted by this Code.
Type II – Type II buildings shall be of wood construction with protective fire-resistantmaterials and one-hour fire-resistive throughout: Except, that permanent non-bearing
partitions may use fire-retardant treated wood within the framing assembly.
Type III – Type III buildings shall be of masonry and wood construction. Structural elements
may be any of the materials permitted by this Code: Provided, that the building shall be onehour fire-resistive throughout.
Exterior walls shall be of incombustible fire-resistive
construction.
Type IV – Type IV buildings shall be of steel, iron, concrete, or masonry construction. Walls,
ceilings, and permanent partitions shall be of incombustible fire-resistive construction:
Except, that permanent non-bearing partitions of one-hour fire-resistive construction may use
fire-retardant treated wood within the framing assembly.
Type V – Type V buildings shall be fire-resistive. The structural elements shall be of steel,iron, concrete, or masonry construction. Walls, ceilings, and permanent partitions shall be ofincombustible fire-resistive construction.

SECTION 402. Changes in Types
No change shall be made in the type of construction of any building which would place the building ina different sub-type or type of construction unless such building is made to comply with therequirements for such sub-type of construction: Except, when the changes is approved by the
Building Official upon showing that the new or proposed construction is less hazardous, based on lifeand fire risk, than the existing construction.

SECTION 403. Requirements on Type of Construction
Subject to the provisions of this Chapter, the Secretary shall prescribe standards for each type of
construction, and promulgate rules and regulations therefor, relating to structural framework, exterior
walls and openings, interior walls and enclosures, floors, exits and stairs construction, and roofs.

CHAPTER 5REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE ZONESSECTION 501. Fire Zones DefinedFire zones are areas within which only certain types of buildings are permitted to be constructedbased on their use or occupancy, type of construction, and resistance to fire.

SECTION 502. Buildings located in more than One Fire Zone
A building or structure which is located partly in one fire zone and partly in another shall beconsidered to be in the more highly restrictive fire zone, when more than one-third of its total floorarea is located in such zone.

SECTION 503. Moved Building
Any building or structure moved within or into any fire zone shall be made to comply with all therequirements for buildings in that fire zone.

SECTION 504. Temporary Buildings
Temporary buildings such as reviewing stands and other miscellaneous structures conforming to therequirements of this Code, and sheds, canopies and fences used for the protection of the publicaround and in conjunction with construction work, may be erected in the fire zones by special permit
from the Building Official for a limited period of time, and such buildings or structures shall becompletely removed upon the expiration of the time limit stated in such permits.

SECTION 505. Center Lines of Streets
For the purpose of this Chapter, the center line of an adjoining street or alley may be considered an
adjacent property line. Distances shall be measured at right angles to the street or alley.

SECTION 506. Restrictions on Existing Buildings
Existing buildings or structures in fire zones that do not comply with the requirements for a newbuilding erected therein shall not hereafter be enlarged, altered, remodeled, repaired or moved
except as follows:(a) Such building is entirely demolished;(b) Such building is to be moved outside the limits of the more highly restrictive Fire Zone to azone where the building meets the minimum standards;(c) Changes, alterations and repairs may be made provided that in any 12-month period, thevalue of the work does not exceed twenty percent of the value of the existing building, andprovided that, such changes do not add additional combustible material, and do not, in theopinion of the Building Official, increase the fire hazard;(d) Additions thereto are separated from the existing building by fire walls, as set forth in Subsection 604 (b);(e) Damage from fire or earthquake, typhoons or any fortuitous event may be repaired, using thesame kind of materials of which the building or structure was originally constructed, provided
that, the cost of such repair shall not exceed twenty percent of the replacement cost of thebuilding or structure.

304

74
SECTION 507. Designation of Fire Zones
The Secretary shall promulgate specific restrictions for each type of Fire Zone. Cities andmunicipalities shall be divided into such Fire Zones in accordance with local, physical, and spatial
framework plans submitted by city or municipal planning and/or development bodies.

CHAPTER 6

FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTIONSECTION 601. Fire-Resistive Rating definedFire-resistive rating means the degree to which a material can withstand fire as determined bygenerally recognized and accepted testing methods.

SECTION 602. Fire-Resistive Time Period Rating
Fire-resistive time period rating is the length of time a material can withstand being burned which
may be one-hour, two-hours, three-hours, four-hours, etc.

SECTION 603. Fire-Resistive Standards
All materials of construction, and assemblies or combinations thereof shall be classified according
to their fire-retardant or flame-spread ratings as determined by general accepted testing methods
and/or by the Secretary.

SECTION 604. Fire-Resistive Regulations
The Secretary shall prescribe standards and promulgate rules and regulations on the testing of
construction materials for flame-spread characteristics, tests on fire damages, fire tests of building
construction and materials, door assemblies and tinclad fire doors and window assemblies, theinstallation of fire doors and windows and smoke and fire detectors for fire protective signaling
system, application and use of controlled interior finish, fire-resistive protection for structuralmembers, fire-resistive walls and partitions, fire-resistive floor or roof ceiling, fire-resistive assemblies
for protection of openings and fire-retardant roof coverings.

306

74
CHAPTER 7

CLASSIFICATION AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTOF ALL BUILDINGS BY USE OR OCCUPANCYSECTION 701. Occupancy Classified(a) Buildings proposed for construction shall be identified according to their use or the character of its
occupancy and shall be classified as follows:(1) Group A – Residential Dwellings
Group A Occupancies shall be dwellings.
(2) Group B – Residentials, Hotels and Apartments
Group B Occupancies shall be multiple dwelling units including boarding or lodging
houses, hotels, apartment buildings, row houses, convents, monasteries and othersimilar building each of which accommodates more than 10 persons.
(3) Group C – Education and Recreation
Group C Occupancies shall be buildings used for school or day-care purposes, involving
assemblage for instruction, education, or recreation, and not classified in Group I or in
Division 1 and 2 or Group H Occupancies.
(4) Group D – Institutional
Group D Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 – Mental hospitals, mental sanitaria, jails, prisons, reformatories, and buildings
were personal liberties of inmates are similarly restrained.
Division 2 – Nurseries for full-time care of children under kindergarten age, hospitals,
sanitaria, nursing homes with non-ambulatory patients, and similar buildings eachaccommodating more than five persons.
Division 3 – Nursing homes for ambulatory patients, homes for children of kindergarten
age or over, each accommodating more than five persons: Provided, that Group D
Occupancies shall not include buildings used only for private or family group dwelling
purposes.
(5) Group E – Business and Mercantile
Group E Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 – Gasoline filling and service stations, storage garages and boat storage
structures where no work is done except exchange of parts and maintenance requiringno open flame, welding, or the use of highly flammable liquids.
Division 2 – Wholesale and retail stores, office buildings, drinking and dining
establishments having an occupant load of less than one hundred persons, printing
plants, police and fire stations, factories and workshops using not highly flammable or
combustible materials and paint stores without bulk handlings.
Division 3 – Aircraft hangars and open parking garages where no repair work is done
except exchange of parts and maintenance requiring no open flame, welding or the useof highly flammable liquids.
(6) Group F – Industrial
Group F Occupancies shall include: ice plants, power plants, pumping plants, cold storage,
and creameries, factories and workshops using incombustible and non-explosive materials, andstorage and sales rooms for incombustible and non-explosive materials.
(7) Group G – Storage and Hazardous
Groups G Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 – Storage and handling of hazardous and highly flammable material.
Division 2 – Storage and handling of flammable materials, dry cleaning plants using
flammable liquids; paint stores with bulk handling, paint shops and spray painting rooms.

Division 3 – Wood working establishments, planning mills and box factories, shops,
factories where loose combustible fibers or dust are manufactured, processed or
generated; warehouses where highly combustible materials is stored.
Division 4 – Repair garages.
Division 5 – Aircrafts repair hangars.
(8) Group H – Assembly Other Than Group I
Group H Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 – Any assembly building with a stage and an occupant load of less than 1000in the building.
Division 2 – Any assembly building without stage and having an occupant load of 300 or
more in the building.
Division 3 – Any assembly building without a stage and having an occupant load of lessthan 300 in the building.
Division 4 – Stadia, reviewing stands, amusement park structures not included withinGroup I or in Division 1, 2, and 3 of this Group.
(9) Group I – Assembly Occupant Load 1000 or MoreGroup I Occupancies shall be any assembly building with a stage and an occupant load of1000 or more in the building.
(10)Group J – Accessory
Group J Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 – Private garage, carports, sheds and agricultural buildings.
Division 2 – Fences over 1.80 meters high, tanks and towers.
(b) Other subgroupings or divisions within Groups A to J may be determined by the Secretary. Anyother occupancy not mentioned specifically in this Section, or about which there is any question, shallbe included in the Group which it most nearly resembles based on the existing or proposed life andfire hazard.

SECTION 702. Change in Use
No change shall be made in the character of occupancy or use of any building which would place thebuilding in a different division of the same group of occupancy or in a different group of occupancies,
unless such building is made to comply with the requirements of this Code for such division or groupof occupancy. The character of occupancy of existing buildings may be changed subject to theapproval of the Building Official and the building may be occupied for purposes set forth in otherGroups: Provided the new or proposed use is less hazardous, based on life and fire risk, than theexisting use.

SECTION 703. Mixed Occupancy(a) General Requirements
When a building is of mixed occupancy or used for more than one occupancy, the whole building
shall be subject to the most restrictive requirement pertaining to any of the type of occupancy foundtherein except in the following:(1) When a one-storey building houses more than one occupancy, each portion of thebuilding shall conform to the requirement of the particular occupancy housed therein and;
(2) Where minor accessory uses do not occupy more than ten percent of the area of any
floor or a building, nor more than ten percent of the basic area permitted in theoccupancy requirements, in which case, the major use of the building shall determine theoccupancy classification.

308

74
(b) Forms of Occupancy Separation
Occupancy separations shall be vertical or horizontal or both, or when necessary, of such other forms
as may be required to afford a complete separation between the various occupancy divisions in thebuilding.
(c) Types of Occupancy Separation
Occupancy separation shall be classified as “One-Hour Fire-Resistive”, “Two-Hour Fire-Resistive”,“Three-Hour Fire-Resistive” and “Four-Hour Fire-Resistive.”(1) A “One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than one-hour
fire-resistive construction. All openings in such separation shall be protected by a fireassembly having a one-hour fire-resistive rating.
(2) A “Two-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than two-hour
fire-resistive construction. All openings in such separation shall be protected by a fire
assembly having a two-hour fire-resistive rating.
(3) A “Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than three-hour
fire-resistive construction. All openings in walls forming such separation shall beprotected by a fire assembly having a three-hour fire-resistive rating. The total width of
all openings in any three-hour fire-resistive occupancy separation wall in any one-storey
shall not exceed 25 percent of the length of the wall in that storey and no single opening
shall have an area greater than 10.00 square meters. All openings in floors forming a“Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be protected by verticalenclosures extending above and below such openings. The walls of such verticalenclosures shall be of not less than two-hour fire-resistive construction, and all openings
therein shall be protected by a fire assembly having a three-hour fire-resistive rating.
(4) A “Four-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall have no openings therein andshall be of not less than four-hour fire-resistive construction.

(d) Fire Rating for Occupancy Separation
Occupancy Separations shall be provided between groups, subgroupings, or divisions ofoccupancies. The Secretary shall promulgate rules and regulations for appropriate occupancy
separations in buildings of mixed occupancy; Provided, that, where any occupancy separation isrequired, the minimum shall be a “One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation”; and where theoccupancy separation is horizontal, structural members supporting the separation shall be protectedby an equivalent fire-resistive construction.

SECTION 704. Location on Property(a) General
No building shall be constructed unless it adjoins or has direct access to a public space, yard or street
on at least one of its sides.
For the purpose of this Section, the center line of an adjoining street or alley shall be considered an
adjacent property line.
Eaves over required windows shall not be less than 750 millimeters from the side and rear propertylines.
(b) Fire Resistance of Walls
Exterior walls shall have fire resistance and opening protection in accordance with the requirements
set forth by the Secretary. Projections beyond the exterior wall shall not exceed beyond a point onethird the distance from an assumed vertical plane located where the fire-resistive protection of

openings is first required to the location on property whichever is the least restrictive. Distance shallbe measured at right angles from the property line. When openings in exterior walls are required to
be protected due to distance from property line, the sum of the areas of such openings in any storey
shall not exceed 50 percent of the total area of the wall in that storey.
(c) Buildings on Same Property and Buildings Containing Courts
For the purpose of determining the required wall and opening protection, buildings on thesame property and court walls shall be assumed to have a property line between them. When a newbuilding is to be erected on the same property with an existing building, the assumed property linefrom the existing building shall be the distance to the property line for each occupancy as set forth by
the Secretary: Provided, that two or more buildings on the same property may be considered as one
building if the aggregate area of such building is within the limits of allowable floor areas for a single
building, and when the buildings so considered, house different occupancies or are of different typesof construction, the area shall be that allowed for the most restrictive occupancy or construction.

SECTION 705. Allowable Floor Areas
The allowable floor areas for one-storey building and buildings over one-storey shall not exceed thelimits prescribed by the Secretary for each occupancy groups and/or types of construction.
For purposes of this Section, each portion of a building separated by one or more area separation
walls may be considered a separate building provided the area separation walls meet therequirements prescribed therefor by the Secretary.

SECTION 706. Allowable Floor Area Increases
The floor areas hereinabove provided may be increased in certain specific instances and underappropriate conditions, based on the existence of public space, streets or yards extending along andadjoining two or more sides of the building or structure subject to the approval of the Building Official.

SECTION 707. Maximum Height of Buildings
The maximum height and number of storeys of every building shall be dependent upon the characterof occupancy and the type of construction as determined by the Secretary considering population
density, building bulk, widths of streets and car parking requirements. The height shall be measured
from the highest adjoining sidewalk or ground surface: Provided, that the height measured from thelowest adjoining surface shall not exceed such maximum height by more than 3.00 meters: Except,that towers, spires, and steeples, erected as part of a building and not used for habitation or storage
are limited as to height only by structural design if completely of incombustible materials, or may
extend not to exceed 6.00 meters above the height limits for each occupancy group if of combustible
materials.

SECTION 708. Minimum Requirements for Group A Dwellings(a) Dwelling Location and Lot Occupancy
The dwelling shall occupy not more than ninety percent of a corner lot and eighty percent of an inside
lot, and subject to the provisions on Easements of Light and View of the Civil Code of Philippines,
shall be at least 2 meters from the property line.
(b) Light and Ventilation
Every dwelling shall be so constructed and arranged as to provide adequate light and ventilation asprovided under Section 805 to Section 811, of this Code.
(c) Sanitation

310

74
Every dwelling shall be provided with at least one sanitary toilet and adequate washing and drainage
facilities.
(d) Foundation
Footings shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and shall be atleast 250 millimeters thick and 600 millimeters below the surface of the ground.
(e) Post
The dimensions of wooden posts shall be those found in Table 708-A: Dimensions of Wooden Posts(Annex B-1). Each post shall be anchored to such footing by straps and bolts of adequate size.

(f) Floor
The live load of the first floor shall be at least 200 kilograms per square meter and for the second
floor, at least 150 kilograms per square meter.
(g) Roof
The wind load for roofs shall be at least 120 kilograms per square meter for vertical projection.
(h) Stairs
Stairs shall be at least 750 millimeters in clear width, with a rise of 200 millimeters and a minimum runof 200 millimeters.
(i) Entrance and Exit
There shall be at least one entrance and another one for exit.
(j) Electrical Requirements
All electrical installation shall conform to the requirements of the Philippine Electrical Code.
(k) Mechanical Requirements
Mechanical systems and/or equipment installation shall be subject to the requirement of thePhilippine Mechanical Engineering Code.

SECTION 709. Requirements for Other Group Occupancies
Subject to the provisions of this Code, the Secretary shall promulgate rules and regulations for eachof the other Group Occupancies covering: allowable construction, height, and area; location onproperty, exit facilities, light, ventilation, and sanitation; enclosures of vertical openings; fire
extinguishing systems; and special hazards.

CHAPTER 8

LIGHT AND VENTILATIONSECTION 801. General Requirements of Light and Ventilation
(a)

(b)
(c)

(d)

Subject to the provisions of the Civil Code of the Philippines on Easements of Light and View,
and to the provisions of this part of the Code, every building shall be designed, constructed, andequipped to provide adequate light and ventilation.
All buildings shall face a street or public alley or a private street which has been duly approved.
No building shall be altered nor arranged so as to reduce the size of any room or the relative
area of windows to less than that provided for buildings under this Code, or to create an
additional room, unless such additional room conforms to the requirements of this Code.
No building shall be enlarged so that the dimensions of the required court or yard would be lessthan that prescribed for such building.

SECTION 802. Measurement of Site Occupancy(a)(b)

The measurement of site occupancy or lot occupancy shall be taken at the ground level andshall be exclusive of courts, yards, and light wells.
Courts, yards, and light wells shall be measured clear of all projections from the walls enclosing
such wells or yards with the exception of roof leaders, wall copings, sills, or steel fire escapes
not exceeding 1.20 meters in width.

SECTION 803. Percentage of Site Occupancy(a)Minimum site occupancy shall be governed by the use, type of construction, and height of thebuilding and the use, area, nature, and location of the site; and subject to the provisions of thelocal zoning requirements and in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the
Secretary.

SECTION 804. Size and Dimensions of Courts
(a)

(b)

Minimum size of courts and their least dimensions shall be governed by the use, type of
construction, and height of the building as provided in the rules and regulations promulgated by
the Secretary, provided that the minimum horizontal dimension of court shall be not less than
2.00 meters.
All inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard, either by a passageway with a minimum
width of 1.20 meters or by a door through a room or rooms.

SECTION 805. Ceiling Heights
(a)

(b)

312

Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling heights not less than 2.40
meters measured from the floor to the ceiling; Provided that for buildings of more than onestorey, the minimum ceiling height of the first storey shall be 2.70 meters and that for the second
storey 2.40 meters and succeeding storeys shall have an unobstructed typical head-roomclearance of not less than 2.10 meters above the finished floor. Above stated rooms with anatural ventilation shall have ceiling heights not less than 2.70 meters.
Mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than 1.80 meters above and below it.

74
SECTION 806. Size and Dimension of Rooms
Minimum sizes of rooms and their least horizontal dimensions shall be as follows:
1. Rooms for Human Habitations – 6.00 square meters with a least dimension of 2.00 meters;
2. Kitchens – 3.0 square meters with a least dimension of 1.50 meters;
3. Bath and toilet – 1.20 square meters with a least dimension of 0.90 meter.

SECTION 807. Air Space Requirements in Determining the Size of Rooms
Minimum air space shall be provided as follows:
1. School Rooms – 3.00 cubic meters with 1.00 square meter of floor area per person;
2. Workshops, Factories, and Offices – 12.00 cubic meters of air space per person;
3. Habitable rooms – 14.00 cubic meters of air space per person.

SECTION 808. Window Openings
Every room intended for any use, not provided with artificial ventilation system as herein specified inthis Code, shall be provided with a window or windows with a total free area of openings and equal toat least ten percent of the floor area of room, and such window shall open directly to a court, yard,
public street or alley, or open water courses.

SECTION 809. Vent Shafts
(a)

(b)

(c)

Ventilation or vent shafts shall have a horizontal cross-sectional area of not less than 0.10
square meter for every meter of height of shaft but in no case shall the area be less than 1.00
square meter. No vent shaft shall have its least dimension less than 600 millimeters.
Skylights – Unless open to the outer air at the top for its full area, vent shaft shall be covered bya skylight having a net free area or fixed louver openings equal to the maximum required shaft
area.
Air ducts shall open to a street or court by a horizontal duct or intake at a point below the lowest
window opening. Such duct or intake shall have a minimum unobstructed cross-sectional areaof not less than 0.30 square meter with a minimum dimension of 300 millimeters. The openings
to the duct or intake shall be not less than 300 millimeters above the bottom of the shaft and thestreet surface or level of court, at the respective ends of the duct or intake.

SECTION 810. Ventilation Skylights
Skylights shall have a glass area not less than that required for the windows that are replaced. They
shall be equipped with movable sashes or louvers with an aggregate net free area not less than that
required for openable parts in the window that are replaced or provided with approved artificial
ventilation of equivalent effectiveness.

SECTION 811. Artificial Ventilation(a)(b)

Rooms or spaces housing industrial or heating equipment shall be provided with artificial meansof ventilation to prevent excessive accumulation of hot and/or polluted air.
Whenever artificial ventilation is required, the equipment shall be designed and constructed tomeet the following minimum requirements in air changes:
1. For rooms entirely above grade and used for office, clerical, or administrative purposes,
or as stores, sales rooms, restaurants, markets, factories, workshops, or machinery
rooms, not less than three changes of air per hour shall be provided.

2. For rooms entirely above grade and used as bakeries, hotel or restaurant kitchens,
laundries other than accessory to dwellings, and boiler rooms – not less than tenchanges of air per hour shall be provided.
3. For auditorium and other rooms used for assembly purposes, with seats or otheraccommodations – not less than 0.30 cubic meter of air per minute shall be supplied foreach person.
4. For wards and dormitories of institutional buildings – not less than 0.45 cubic meter of air
per minute shall be supplied for each person accommodated.
5. For other rooms or spaces not specifically covered under this Section of the Code,applicable provisions of the Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code, shall be followed.

314

74
CHAPTER 9

SANITATIONSECTION 901. General Requirements
Subject to the provisions of Book II of the Civil Code of the Philippines on Property, Ownership, andits Modification, all buildings hereafter erected, altered, remodeled, relocated or repaired for humanhabitation shall be provided with adequate and potable water supply, plumbing installation, andsuitable wastewater treatment or disposal system, storm water drainage, pest and vermin control,
noise abatement device, and such other measures required for the protection and promotion of healthof persons occupying the premises and others living nearby.

SECTION 902. Water Supply System
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)

(e)

Whenever available, the potable water requirements for a building used for human habitation
shall be supplied from existing municipal or city waterworks system.
The quality of drinking water from meteoric, surface or underground sources shall conform tothe criteria set in the latest approved National Standards for Drinking Water.
The design, construction and operation of deepwells for the abstraction of groundwater shall be
subject to the provisions of the Water Code of the Philippines.
The design, construction and operation of independent waterworks systems private housing
subdivisions or industrial estates shall be governed by existing laws relating to local waterworks
system.
The water piping installations inside buildings and premises shall conform to the provisions of
the National Plumbing Code of the Philippines.

SECTION 903. Wastewater Disposal System
(a)

(b)
(c)

Sanitary sewage from buildings and neutralized or pre-treated industrial wastewater shall bedischarged directly into the nearest street sanitary sewer main of existing municipal or city
sanitary sewerage system in accordance with the criteria set by the Code on Sanitation and the
National Pollution Control Commission.
All buildings located in areas where there are no available sanitary sewerage system shalldispose their sewage “Imhoff” or septic tank and subsurface absorption field.
Sanitary and industrial plumbing installations inside buildings and premises shall conform to theprovisions of the National Plumbing Code.

SECTION 904. Storm Drainage System(a)(b)

Rainwater drainage shall not discharge to the sanitary sewer system.
Adequate provisions shall be made to drain low areas in buildings and their premises.

SECTION 905. Pest and Vermin Control
(a)
(b)
(c)

All buildings with hollow and/or wood construction shall be provided with rat proofing.
Garbage bins and receptacles shall be provided with ready means for cleaning and withpositive protection against entry of pest and vermins.
Dining rooms for public use without artificial ventilation shall be properly screened.

SECTION 906. Noise Pollution Control
Industrial establishments shall be provided with positive noise abatement devices to tone down
the noise level of equipment and machineries to acceptable limits set down by the Department ofLabor and the National Pollution Control Commission.

SECTION 907. Pipe Materials
All pipe materials to be used in buildings shall conform to the Standard Specifications of thePhilippine Standard Council.

316

74
CHAPTER 10

BUILDING PROJECTION OVER PUBLIC STREETSSECTION 1001. General Requirements(a)(b)

No part of any building or structure or any of its appendages shall project beyond the propertyline of the building site, except as provided in this Code.
The projection of any structure or appendage over a public property shall be the distancemeasured horizontally from the property line to the uttermost point of the projection.

SECTION 1002. Projection into Alleys or Streets
(a)
(b)
(c)

No part of any structure or its appendage shall project into any alley or street, national road or
public highway except as provided in this Code.
Footings located at least 2.40 meters below grade along national roads or public highway may
project not more than 300 millimeters beyond the property line.
Foundations may be permitted to encroach into public sidewalk areas to a width not exceeding
500 millimeters; provided, that the top of the said foundations is not less than 600 millimeters
below the established grade; and provided further, that said projection does not obstruct any
existing utility such as power, communication, gas, water, or sewer lines, unless the ownerconcerned shall pay the corresponding entities for the rerouting of the parts of the affectedutilities.

SECTION 1003. Projection of Balconies and Appendages Over Streets
(a)

(b)

The extent of any projection over an alley or street shall be uniform within a block and shallconform to the limitations set forth in Table 1003-A; Projection of Balconies and Appendages(Annex B-2).
The clearance between the established grade of the street and/or sidewalk and the lowest
under surface of any part of the balcony shall not be less than 3.00 meters.

SECTION 1004. Arcades(a)Whenever required by existing building and zoning regulations, arcades shall be constructed onsidewalks of streets. The width of the arcade and its height shall be uniform throughout thestreet provided, that in no case, shall an arcade be less than 3.00 meters above the establishedsidewalk grade.

SECTION 1005. Canopies (Marquees)
(a)

(b)

(c)
(d)

Definition: A canopy or marquee is a permanent roofed structure above a door attached toand supported by the building and projecting over a wall or sidewalk. This includes any object
or decoration attached thereto.
Projection and Clearance.
The horizontal clearance between the outermost edge of themarquee and the curb line shall be not less than 300 millimeters. The vertical clearance
between the pavement or ground line and the undersurface of any part the marquee shall not
be less than 3.00 meters.
Construction. A marquee shall be constructed of incombustible material or materials of not lessthan two-hours fire-resistive construction. It shall be provided with necessary drainage facility.
Location. Every marquee shall be so located as not to interfere with the operation of any
exterior standpipe connection or to obstruct the clear passage from stairway exits from thebuilding or the installation or maintenance of electroliers.

SECTION 1006. Movable Awnings or Hoods
(a)

(b)

Definition. An awning is a movable shelter supported entirely from an exterior wall of a building
and of a type which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supportingbuilding.
Clearance. The horizontal clearance between the awning and the curb line shall not be lessthan 300 millimeters. The vertical clearance between the undermost surface of the awning andthe pavement or ground line shall be not less than 2.40 meters. Collapsible awnings shall be
so designated that they shall not block a required exit when collapsed or folded.

SECTION 1007. Doors, Windows, and the like
Doors, windows, and the like less than 2.40 meters above the pavement or groundline shall not, when
fully opened or upon opening, project beyond the property line except fire exit doors.

SECTION 1008. Corner Buildings with Chaflans
(a)

(b)

318

Every corner building or solid fence on a public street or alley less than 3.60 meters in width
shall be truncated at the corner. The face of the triangle so formed shall be at right angles tothe bisector of the angle of the intersection of the street lines; provided, that in no case, theSecretary shall determine the size and form of the chaflan.
If the building is arcaded, no chaflan is required notwithstanding the width of the public street or
alley, less than 12.00 meters.

74
CHAPTER 11

PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS DURING CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITIONSECTION 1101. General Requirements
(a)
(b)

(c)

No person shall use or occupy a street, alley or public sidewalk for the performance of work
covered by a building permit except in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter.
No person shall perform any work on any building or structure adjacent to a public way ingeneral use for pedestrian travel, unless the pedestrians are protected as specified in this
Chapter.
Any material or structure temporarily occupying public property, including fence, canopies, andwalkways, shall be adequately lighted, between sunset and sunrise.

SECTION 1102. Storage in Public Property
Materials and equipment necessary for work to be done under a permit when placed or stored on
public property shall not obstruct free and convenient approach to and use of any fire hydrant, fire orpolice alarm box, utility box, catch basin, or manhole and shall not interfere with any drainage of any
street or alley gutter.

SECTION 1103. Mixing Mortar on Public Property
The mixing of mortar, concrete, or similar materials on public streets shall not be allowed.

SECTION 1104. Protection of Utilities
All public or private utilities above or below the ground shall be protected from any damage by
any work being done under the permit. The protection shall be maintained while such work is being
done and shall not obstruct the normal functioning of any such utility.

SECTION 1105. Walkway
(a)

(b)

When the Building Official authorizes a sidewalk to be fenced or closed, or in case there is no
sidewalk in front of the building site during construction or demolition, a temporary walkway of
not less than 1.20 meters wide shall be provided.
The walkway shall be capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650 kilograms per square
meter. A durable wearing surface shall be provided throughout the construction period.

SECTION 1106. Pedestrian Protection
(a)

(b)
(c)

(d)

Protection Required. Pedestrian traffic shall be protected by a railing on the street side when
the walkway extends into the roadway, by a railing when adjacent to excavations, and by suchas set forth in Table 1106-A: Type of Protection Required for Pedestrians (Annex B-2).
Railings. Adequate railings when required shall be built substantially strong and should be atleast 1.00 meter in height.
Fences. Fences shall be built of an approved material, not less than 2.40 meters in height
above grade, and be placed on the side of the walkway nearest to the building site. Fences
shall enclose entirely the building site. Openings in such fences shall be provided with doors
which shall be kept closed at all times.
Canopies. The protective canopy shall have a clear height of 2.40 meters above the railway,
and shall be structurally safe. Every canopy shall have a solid fence built along its entire length
on the construction side. If materials are stored or work is done on top of the canopy, the edge

along the street shall be protected by a tight curb board not less than 300 millimeters high and arailing not less than 1.00 meter high shall be provided. The entire structure shall be designed tocarry the loads imposed upon it: Provided, that the live load shall be not less than 600 kilograms
per square meter.

SECTION 1107. Maintenance and Removal of Protective Devices(a)(b)

Maintenance. All protective devices shall be properly maintained in place and kept in goodorder for the entire length of time pedestrians may be endangered.
Removal. Every protective fence or canopy shall be removed within 30 days after suchprotection is no longer required as determined by the Building Official.

SECTION 1108. Demolition
(a)
(b)

320

The work of demolishing any building shall not be commenced until all the necessary
pedestrian protective structures are in place.
The Building Official may require the permittee to submit plans, specifications and complete
schedule of demolition. When so required, no work shall be done until such plans,
specifications and schedule are approved by the Building Official.

74
CHAPTER 12

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 1201. General Requirements
Buildings proposed for construction shall comply with all the regulations and specifications herein
set forth governing quality, characteristics and properties of materials, methods of design andconstruction, type of occupancy and classification.
All other matters relative to the structural design of all buildings and other structures not provided
for in this Chapter shall conform with the provisions of the National Structural Code of Buildings, as
adopted and promulgated by the Board of Civil Engineering pursuant to Republic Act Number 544, as
amended, otherwise known as the “Civil Engineering Law”.

SECTION 1202. Excavation, Foundation, and Retaining Walls(a) Subject to the provisions of Articles 684 to 686 of the Civil Code of the Philippines on lateraland subjacent support, the design and quality of materials used structurally in excavation,footings, and in foundations shall conform to accepted engineering practice.
(b) Excavation and Fills(1) Excavation or fills for buildings or structures shall be so constructed or protected that they
do not endanger life or property.
(2) Whenever the depth of excavation for any construction is such that the lateral andsubjacent support of the adjoining property or existing structure thereon would be
affected in a manner that the stability or safety of the same is endangered, the person
undertaking or causing the excavation to be undertaken shall be responsible for the
expense of underpinning or extending the foundation or footings of the aforementioned
property or structure.
(3) Excavation and other similar disturbances made on public property shall, unlessotherwise excluded by the Building Official, be restored immediately to its former
condition within 48 hours from the start of such excavation and disturbances by
whosoever caused such excavation or disturbance.
(c) Footings, Foundations, and Retaining Walls(1) Footings and foundations shall be of the appropriate type, of adequate size, and capacity
in order to safely sustain the superimposed loads under seismic or any condition of
external forces that may affect the safety or stability of the structure. It shall be theresponsibility of the architect and/or engineer to adopt the type and design of the same inaccordance with the standards set forth by the Secretary.
(2) Whenever or wherever there exist in the site of the construction an abrupt change in the
ground levels or level of the foundation such that instability of the soil could result,retaining walls shall be provided and such shall be of adequate design and type of
construction as prescribed by the Secretary.

SECTION 1203. Veneer(a) Definition. Veneer is a nonstructural facing of brick, concrete, tile, metal, plastic, glass, orother similar approved materials attached to a backing or structural components of thebuilding for the purpose of ornamentation, protection, or enclosure that may be adhered,integrated, or anchored either on the interior or exterior of the building or structure.
(b) Design Requirements. The design of all veneer shall comply with the following:(1) Veneer shall support no load other than its own weight and the vertical dead load ofveneer immediately above.
(2) Surfaces to which veneer is attached shall be designed to support the additional verticaland lateral loads imposed by the veneer.
(3) Consideration shall be given to differential movements of the supports including thosecaused by temperature changes, shrinkage, creep, and deflection.
(4) Adhered veneer and its backing shall be designed to have a bond to the supporting
elements sufficient to withstand shearing stresses due to their weights including seismic
effects on the total assemblage.
(5) Anchored veneer and its attachment shall be designed to resist horizontal forces equal totwice the weight of the veneer.
(6) Anchors supports and ties shall be non-combustible and corrosion-resistant.

SECTION 1204. Enclosure of Vertical Openings(a) General.
Vertical openings shall be enclosed depending upon the fire-resistive
requirements of a particular type of construction as set forth in this Code.
(b) Elevator Enclosures. Walls and partitions enclosing elevators and escalators shall be of notless than the fire-resistive construction required under the Types of Construction. Enclosing
walls of elevator shafts may consist of wire glass set in metal frames on the entrance side
only. Elevator shafts extending through more than two storeys shall be equipped with anapproved means of adequate ventilations to and through the main roof of the building:
Provided, that in those buildings housing Groups F and G Occupancies equipped with
automatic fire-extinguishing systems throughout, enclosures shall not be required for
escalators: Provided, further that the top of the escalator opening at each storey shall be
provided with a draft curtain. Such draft curtain shall enclose the perimeter of the unenclosed
opening and shall extend from the ceiling downward at least 300 millimeters on all sides.
Automatic sprinklers shall be provided around the perimeter of the opening and within a 600
millimeters of the draft curtain. The distance between the sprinkles shall not exceed 1.80
meters center-to-center.
(c) Other Vertical Openings. All shafts, ducts, chutes, and other vertical openings not coveredin paragraph (b) above shall have enclosing walls conforming to the requirements specified
under the type of construction of the building in which they are located. In other than GroupA Occupancies rubbish and linen chutes shall terminate in rooms separated from theremainder of the building by a One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation. Openings
into the chutes shall not be located in required exit corridors or stairways.
(d) Air Ducts. Air ducts passing through a floor shall be enclosed in a shaft. The shaft shall be
as required in this Code for vertical openings. Dampers shall be installed where ducts pierce
the shaft enclosure walls. Air ducts in Group A Occupancies need not be enclosed in a shaft
if conforming to the mechanical provisions of this Code.

SECTION 1205. Floor Construction(a) Floors shall be of such materials and construction as specified under Chapter 5 Fire Zones
and Fire-Resistive Standards and under Chapter 6 – Types of Construction.
(b) All floors shall be so framed and secured into the framework and supporting walls as to form
an integral part of the whole building.
(c) The types of floor construction used shall provide means to keep the beam and girders fromlateral buckling.

SECTION 1206. Roof Construction and Covering(a) Roof Covering.
Roof covering for all buildings shall be either fire-retardant or ordinary
depending upon the fire-resistive requirements of the particular type of construction. The useof combustible roof insulation shall be permitted in all types of construction provided it iscovered with approved roof covering applied directly thereto.

322

74
(b) Roof Trusses. All roofs shall be so framed and tied into the framework and supporting walls
so as to form an integral part of the whole building. Roof trusses shall have all joints wellfitted and shall have all tension members well tightened before any load is placed in the truss.
Diagonal and sway bracing shall be used to brace all roof trusses. The allowable working
stresses of materials in trusses shall conform to this Code. Camber shall be provided toprevent sagging.
(c) Attics.
(1) Access. An attic access opening shall be provided in the ceiling of the top floor ofbuildings with a combustible ceiling or roof construction. The opening shall be located ina corridor or hallway of buildings of three or more storeys in height , and readily
accessible in buildings of any height. An opening shall not be less than 600 millimeterssquare or 600 millimeters in diameter. The minimum clear headroom of 800 millimeters
shall be provided above the access opening. For ladder requirements, refer to thePhilippine Mechanical Engineering code.
(2) Area Separation.
Enclosed attic spaces of combustible construction shall be divided
into horizontal areas not exceeding 250 square meters by fire-resistive partitions
extending from the ceiling to the roof. Except, that where the entire attic is equipped withapproved automatic fire-extinguishing system, the attic space may be divided into areas
not to exceed 750 square meters. Openings in the partitions shall be protected by selfclosing doors.
(3) Draft Stops. Regardless of the type of construction, draft stops shall be installed intrusses roofs, between roof and bottom chords or trusses, in all buildings exceeding 2000
square meters. Draft stops shall be constructed as for attic area separations.
(4) Ventilation. Enclosed attics including rafter spaces formed where ceilings are applied
direct to the underside or roof rafters, shall be provided with adequate ventilation
protected against the entrance of rain.
(d) Roof Drainage System(1) Roof Drains. Roof drains shall be installed at low points of the roof and shall beadequate in size to discharge all tributary waters.
(2) Overflow Drains and Scuppers. Where roof drains are required, adequate overflow
drains shall be provided.
(3) Concealed Piping.
Roof drains and overflow drains, when concealed within theconstruction of the building, shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of the
National Plumbing Code.
(4) Over Public Property. Roof drainage water from a building shall not be permitted to flow
over public property, except for Group A and J Occupancies.
(e) Flashing. Flashing and counterflashing shall be provided at the juncture of the roof andvertical surfaces.

SECTION 1207. Stairs, Exits, and Occupant Loads(a) General. The construction of stairs and exits shall conform to the occupant loadrequirements of buildings, reviewing stands, bleachers, and grandstands.
(1) Determination of Occupant Loads. The occupant load permitted in any building or portion
thereof shall be determined by dividing the floor area assigned to that use by the unit
area allowed per occupant as determined by the Secretary.
(2) Exit Requirements. Exist requirements of a building or portion thereof used for different
purposes shall be determined by the occupant load which gives the largest number of
persons. No obstruction shall be placed in the required width of an exit except
projections permitted by this Code.
(3) Posting of Room Capacity. Any room having an occupant load of more than 50 where
fixed seats are not installed, and which is used for classroom, assembly, or similarpurpose shall have the capacity of the room posted in a conspicuous place near the main
exit from the room.
(4) Changes in Elevation. Except in Group A Occupancies, changes in floor elevations ofless than 300 millimeters along any exit serving a tributary occupant load of 10 or more
shall be by means of ramps:(b) Exits(1) Number of Exits. Every building or usable portion thereof shall have at lease one exit.
In all occupancies, floors above the first storey having an occupant load of more than 10
shall not have less than two exits. Each mezzanine floor used for other than storage
purposes, if greater in area than 185 square meters or more than 18.00 meters in any
dimension, shall have at least two stairways to an adjacent floor. Every storey or portion
thereof, having an occupant load of 500 to 999 shall have at least three exits. Everystorey or portion thereof having an occupant load of 1000 or more shall have at least four(4) exits. The number of exits required from any storey of a building shall be determinedby using the occupant loads of floors which exit through the level under consideration as
follows: 50 percent of the occupant load in the first adjacent storey above (and the firstadjacent storey below, when a storey below exits through the level under consideration)and 25 percent of the occupant load in the storey immediately beyond the first adjacent
storey. The maximum number of exits required for any storey shall be maintained untilegress is provided from the structures. For purposes of this Section basement or cellars
and occupied roofs shall be provided with exits as required for storeys. Floors above thesecond storey, basements and cellars used for other than service of the building shallhave not less than two exits.
(2) Width. The total width of exits in meters shall not be less than the total occupant load
served divided by 165. Such width of exits shall be divided approximately equally among
the separate exits. The total exit width required from any storey of a building shall be
determined by using the occupant load of that storey plus the percentage of the occupantloads of floors which exits through the level under consideration as follows: fifty (50)percent of the occupant load in the first adjacent storey above (and the first adjacent
storey below when a storey below exits through the level under consideration) and twenty
five percent of the occupant load in the storey immediately beyond the first adjacent
storey. The maximum exit width from any storey of a building shall be maintained.
(3) Arrangement of Exits.
If only two exits are required they shall be placed a distanceapart to not less than one-fifth of the perimeter of the area served measured in a straightline between exits. Where three or more exits are required they shall be arranged areasonable distance apart so that if one becomes blocked, the others will be available.
(4) Distance to Exists. No point in a building without a sprinkler system shall be more than
45.00 meters from an exterior exit door, a horizontal exit, exit passageway, or an
enclosed stairway, measured along the line of travel. In a building equipped with acomplete automatic fire extinguishing system the distance from exits may be increased to
60.00 meters.
(c) Doors. The provisions herein shall apply to every exit door serving an area having an
occupant load of more than 10, or serving hazardous rooms or areas.
(1) Swing. Exit door shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous
areas or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more. Double acting doors shall not be
used as exits serving a tributary occupant load of more than 100; nor shall they be used
as a part of fire assembly, nor equipped with panic hardware. A double acting door shallbe provided with a view panel of not less than 1,300 square centimeters.
(2) Type of Lock or Latch. Exit door shall be openable from the inside without the use of a
key or any special knowledge or effort: Except, that this requirement shall not apply to
exterior exit doors in a group E or F Occupancy if there is a conspicuous, readily visible
and durable sign on or adjacent to the door, stating that the door is to remain unlocked
during business hours. The locking device must be of a type that will readily be
distinguishable as locked. Flush bolts or surface bolts are prohibited.
(3) Width and Height. Every required exit doorway shall be of a size as to permit the
installation of a door not less than 900 millimeters in width and not less than 2.00 metersin height. When installed in exit doorways, exit doors shall be capable of opening at least

324

74
90 degrees and shall be so mounted that the clear width of the exitway is not less than
700 millimeters. In computing the required exit width the net dimension of the exitway
shall be used.
(4) Door Leaf Width. No leaf of an exit door shall exceed 1.20 meters in width.
(5) Special Doors. Revolving, sliding, and overhead doors shall not be used as required
exits.
(6) Egress from Door. Every required exit door shall give immediate access to an approvedmeans of egress from the building.
(7) Change in Floor Level at Doors. Regardless of the occupant load there shall be a flooror landing on each side of an exit door. The floor or landing shall be leveled with, or not
more than 50 millimeters lower than the threshold of the doorway: Except, that in GroupA and B Occupancies, a door may open on the top step of a flight of stairs or an exterior
landing provided the door does not swing over the top step or exterior landing and thelanding is not more than 200 millimeters below the floor level.
(8) Door Identification. Glass doors shall conform to the requirements in Section 1805.
Other exit doors shall be so marked that they are readily distinguishable from theadjacent construction.
(9) Additional Doors. When additional doors are provided for egress purposes, they shallconform to all provisions in the following cases: Approved revolving doors having leaves
which will collapse under opposing pressures may be used in exit situations; provided;that such doors have a minimum width of 2.00 meters or they are not used in
occupancies where exits are required to be equipped with panic hardware or at least one
conforming exit door is located adjacent to each revolving doors installed in a building
and the revolving door shall not be considered to provide nay exit width.
(d) Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies. The provisions herein shall apply to every corridor andexterior exit balcony serving as a required exit for an occupant load of more than ten.
(1) Width. Every corridor or exit balcony shall not be less than 1.10 meters in width.
(2) Projections.
The required width of corridors and exterior exit balconies shall be
unobstructed. Except, that trim handrails, and doors when fully opened shall not reduce
the required width by more than 200 millimeters. Doors in any position shall not reduce
the required width of the corridor by more than one-half.
(3) Access to Exits. When more than one exit is required, they shall be so arranged to allow
going to either direction from any point in the corridor or exterior exit balcony to a
separate exit, except for dead ends permitted by this Code.
(4) Dead Ends. Corridors and exterior exit balconies with dead ends are permitted when thedead end does not exceed 6.00 meters in length.
(5) Construction.
Walls and ceilings of corridors shall not be less than one-hour fireresistive construction. Provided, that this requirement shall not apply to exterior exit
balconies, railings, and corridors of one-storey building housing a Group E and F
Occupancy occupied by one tenant only and which serves an occupant load of 30 orless, nor to corridors, formed by temporary partitions. Exterior exit balconies shall not
project into an area where protected openings are required.
(6) Openings. Where corridor wall are required to be one-hour fire-resistive construction,
every interior door opening shall be protected as set forth in generally recognized andaccepted requirements for dual purpose fire exit doors. Other interior openings except
ventilation louvers equipped with approved automatic fire shutters shall be 7 millimeters
thick fixed wire glass set in steel frames. The total area of all openings other than doors,in any portion of an interior corridor wall shall not exceed twenty-five percent of the areaof the corridor wall of the room being separated from the corridor.
(e) Stairways. Except stairs or ladders used only to access equipment, every stairway serving
any building or portion thereof shall conform to the following requirements:(1) Width. Stairways serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be less than 1.10
meters. Stairways serving an occupant load of 50 or less may be 900 millimeters wide.
Private stairways serving an occupant load of less than 10 may be 750 millimeters. Trimand handrails shall not reduce the required width by more than 100 millimeters.
(2) Rise and Run. The rise of every step in a stairway shall not exceed 200 millimeters andthe run shall not be less than 250 millimeters. The maximum variations in the height ofrisers and the width of treads in any one flight shall be 5 millimeters: Except, in case ofprivate stairways serving an occupant load of less than 10, the rise may be 200
millimeters and the run may be 250 millimeters, except as provided in sub-paragraph (3)below.
(3) Winding Stairways.
In Group A Occupancy and in private stairways in Group B
Occupancies, winders may be used if the required width of run is provided at a point not
more than 300 millimeters from the side of the stairway where the treads are narrower
but in no case shall any width of run be less than 150 millimeters at any point.
(4) Circular Stairways. Circular stairs may be used as an exit provided the minimum width of
run is not less than 250 millimeters. All treads in any one flight between landings shallhave identical dimensions within a 5 millimeter tolerance.
(5) Landings.
Every landing shall have a dimension measured in the direction of travelequal to the width of the stairway. Such dimension need not exceed 1.20 meters when
the stairs has a straight run. Landings when provided shall not be reduced in width bymore than 100 millimeters by a door when fully open.
(6) Basement Stairways. Where a basement stairway and a stairway to an upper storey
terminate in the same exit enclosure, an approved barrier shall be provided to prevent
persons from continuing on to the basements. Directional exit signs shall be provided as
specified in this Code.
(7) Distance Between Landings. There shall be not more than 3.60 meters vertical distance
between landings.
(8) Handrails. Stairways shall have handrails on each side and every stairway required tobe more than 3.00 meters in width shall be provided with not less than one intermediate
handrail for each 3.00 meters of required width. Intermediate handrails shall be spaced
approximately equal within the entire width of the stairway. Handrails shall be placed notless than 800 millimeters nor more than 900 millimeters above the nosing of treads, andends of handrails shall be returned or shall terminate in newel posts or safety terminals:
Except, in the following cases: Stairways 1.10 meters or less in width and stairways
serving one individual dwelling unit in Group A or B Occupancies may have one handrail,
except that such stairway, open on one or both, sides shall have handrails provided on
the open side or sides: or stairways having less than four risers need not have handrails.
(9) Exterior Stairway Protection.
All openings in the exterior wall below or within 3.00
meters, measured horizontally, of an exterior exit stairway serving a building over two
storeys in height shall be protected by a self-closing fire assembly having a three-fourths
hour fire-resistive rating: Except, that openings may be unprotected when two separated
exterior stairways serve an exterior exit balcony.
(10a) Stairways Construction - Interior.
Interior stairways shall be constructed as
specified in this Code. Where there is enclosed usable space under the stairs the walls
and soffits of the enclosed space shall be protected on the enclosed side as required for
one-hour fire resistive construction.
(10b) Stairway Construction - Exterior. Exterior stairways shall be of incombustible
material: Except, that on Type III buildings which do not exceed two storeys in height,
which are located in less fire-restrictive Fire Zones, as well as on Type I buildings which
may be of wood not less than 50 millimeters in nominal thickness. Exterior stairs shall beprotected as required for exterior walls due to location on property as specified in thisCode. Exterior stairways shall not project into an area where openings are required to beprotected. Where there is enclosed usable space under stairs, the walls and soffits of theenclosed space shall be protected on the enclosed side as required for one-hour fireresistive construction.
(11) Stairway to Roof. In every building four or more storeys in height, one stairway shallextend to the roof unless the roof has C slope greater than 1 in 3.
(12) Headroom. Every required stairway shall have a headroom clearance of not less than
2.00 meters. Such clearance shall be established by measuring vertically from a plane
parallel and tangent to the stairway tread nosing to the soffit above all points.
(f) Ramps. A ramp conforming to the provisions of this Code may be used as an exit. The
width of ramps shall be as required for corridors.
(g) Horizontal Exit.
If conforming to the provisions of this Code, a horizontal exit may beconsidered as the required exit. All openings in a separation wall shall be protected by a fire
assembly having a fire-resistive rating of not less than one hour. A horizontal exit shall not

326

74
lead into a floor area having a capacity for an occupant load not less than the occupant load
served by such exit. The capacity shall be determined by allowing 0.30 square meter of net
floor area per ambulatory occupant and 1.90 square meters per non-ambulatory occupant.
The dispersal area into which the horizontal exit leads shall be provided with exits as
required by this Code.
(h) Exit Enclosure. Every interior stairway, ramp, or escalator shall be enclosed as specified inthis Code: Except, that in other than Group D Occupancies, an enclosure will not be
required for stairway, ramp, or escalator serving only one adjacent floor and not connectedwith corridors or stairways serving other floors. Stairs in Group A Occupancies need not be
enclosed.
(1) Enclosure walls shall not be less than two-hour fire-resistive construction. There shall be
no openings into exit enclosures except exit doorways and openings in exterior walls. All
exit doors in an exit enclosure shall be appropriately protected.
(2) Stairway and ramp enclosures shall include landings and parts of floors connecting
stairway flights and shall include a corridor on the ground floor leading from the stairway
to the exterior of the building. Enclosed corridors or passageways are not required forunenclosed stairways.
(3) A stairway in an exit enclosure shall not continue below the grade level exit unless anapproved barrier is provided at the ground floor level to prevent persons from accidentallycontinuing into the basement.
(4) There shall be no enclosed usable space under stairways in an exit enclosure, nor shallthe open space under such stairways be used for any purpose.
(i) Smokeproof Enclosures
A smokeproof enclosure shall consist of a vestibule and a continuous stairway enclosed
from the highest point to the lowest point by walls of two-hour fire-resistive construction. In
buildings five storeys or more in height, one of the required exits shall be a smokeproof
enclosure.
(1) Stairs in smokeproof enclosures shall be of incombustible construction.
(2) There shall be no openings in smokeproof enclosures, except exit doorways andopenings in exterior walls. There shall be no openings directly into the interior of thebuilding. Access shall be through a vestibule with one wall at least fifty percent open to
the exterior and having an exit door from the interior of the building and an exit door
leading to the smokeproof enclosure. In lieu of a vestibule, access may be by way of anopen exterior balcony of incombustible materials.
(3) The opening from the building to the vestibule or balcony shall be protected with a selfclosing fire assembly having one-hour fire-resistive rating.
The opening from thevestibule or balcony to the stair tower shall be protected by a self-closing fire assembly
having a one-hour fire-resistive rating.
(4) A smokeproof enclosure shall exit into a public way or into an exit passageway leading toa public way. The exit passageway shall be without other openings and shall have walls,
floors, and ceilings of two-hour fire-resistance.
(5) A stairway in a smokeproof enclosure shall not continue below the grade level exit unlessan approved barrier is provided at a ground floor level to prevent persons from
accidentally walking into the basement.
(j) Exit Outlets, Courts, and Passageways
Every exit shall discharge into a public way, exit court, or exit passageway. Every exit
court shall discharge into a public way or an exit passageway. Passageways shall be without
openings other than required exits and shall have walls, floors, and ceilings of the same
period of fire-resistance as the walls, floors and ceilings of the building but shall not be lessthan one-hour fire-resistive construction.
(1) Width. Every exit court and exit passageways shall be at least as wide as the required
total width of the tributary exits, such required width being based on the occupant load
served. The required width of exit courts or exit passageways shall be unobstructedexcept as permitted in corridors. At any point where the width of an exit court is reduced
from any cause, the reduction in width shall be affected gradually by a guardrail at least
900 millimeters in height. The guardrail shall make an angle of not more than 30 degrees
with the axis of the exit court.
(2) Slope. The slope of exit courts shall not exceed 1 in 10. The slope of exit passageway
shall not exceed 1 in 8.
(3) Number of Exits. Every exit court shall be provided with exits as required in this Code.
(4) Openings. All openings into an exit court less than 3.00 meters wide shall be protectedby fire assemblies having not less than three-fourth hour fire-resistive rating. Except, that
openings more than 3.00 meters above the floor of the exit court may be unprotected.
(k) Exit Signs and Illuminations
Exits shall be illuminated at any time the building is occupied with lights having an intensity of
not less than 10.7 lux at floor level: Except, that for Group A Occupancies, the exit
illumination shall be provided with separate circuits or separated sources of power (but notnecessarily separate from exit signs when these are required for exit sign illumination)(l) Aisles
Every portion or every building in which are installed seats, tables, merchandise, equipment,or similar materials shall be provided with aisles leading to an exit.
(1) Width. Every aisle shall be not less than 800 millimeters wide if serving only one side,and not less than 1 meter wide if serving both sides. Such minimum width shall bemeasured at the point farthest from an exit, cross aisle, or foyer and shall be increasedby 30 millimeters for every meter in length towards the exit, cross aisle or foyer.
Side aisles shall not be less than 1.10 meters in width.
(2) Exit Distance. In areas occupied by seats and in Groups H and I Occupancies without
seats, the line of travel to an exit door by an aisle shall be not more than 45.00 meters.
With standard spacing, as specified in this Code, aisles shall be so located that there will
be not more than seven seats between the wall and an aisle and not more than fourteenseats between aisles. The number of seats between aisles may be increased to 30
where exits doors are provided along each side aisle of the row of seats at the rate of one
pair of exit doors for every five rows of seats, provided further that the distance between
seats back to back is at least one meter. Such exit doors shall provide a minimum clear
width of 1.70 meters.
(3) Cross aisles.
Aisles shall terminate in a cross aisle, foyer, or exit. The width of thecross aisle shall be not less than the sum of the required width of the widest aisle plus
fifty percent of the total required width of the remaining aisle leading thereto. In Groups
C, H and E Occupancies, aisles shall not be provided a dead end greater than 6.00
meters in length.
(4) Vomitories. Vomitories connecting the foyer or main exit with the cross aisles shall havea total width not less than the sum of the required width of the widest aisles leading
thereto plus fifty percent of the total required width of the remaining aisles leading
thereto.
(5) Slope. The slope portion of aisles shall not exceed a fall of 1 in 8.
(m) Seats
(1)

(2)

328

Seat Spacing.
With standard seating, the spacing of rows of seats from back-toback shall be not less than 840 millimeters. With continental seating, the spacing ofrows of unoccupied seats shall provide a clear width measured horizontally, as follows:
450 millimeters clear for rows of 18 seats or less; 500 millimeters clear for rows of 35
seats or less; 525 millimeters clear for rows of 45 seats or less; and 550 millimeters
clear for rows of 46 seats or more.
Width.
The width of any seat shall be not less than 450 millimeters.

74(n) Reviewing Stands, Grandstands, and Bleachers(1) Height of Stands.Stands made of combustible framing shall be limited to 11 rows or 2.70
meters in height.
(2) Design Requirements. The minimum unit live load for reviewing stands, grandstands,
and bleachers shall be 500 kilograms per square meter of horizontal projection for the
structure as a whole. Seat and footboards shall be 180 kilograms per linear meter. The
sway force, applied to seats, shall be 35 kilograms per linear meter parallel to the seats
and 15 kilograms per linear meter perpendicular to the seats. Sway forces need not beapplied simultaneously with other lateral forces.
(3) Spacing of Seats(3.1) Row Spacing. The minimum spacing of rows of seats measured from back-toback shall be: 600 millimeters for seats without backrests in open air stands; 750 millimeters forseats with backrests; and 850 millimeters for chair seating. There shall be a space of not lessthan 300 millimeters between the back of each seat and the front of the seat immediately behindit.
(3.2) Rise Between Rows. The maximum rise from one row of seats to the next shallnot exceed 400 millimeters.
(3.3) Seating Capacity. For determining the seating capacity of a stand, the width ofany seat shall not be less than 450 millimeters nor more than 480 millimeters.
(3.4) Number of Seats Between Aisles. The number of seats between any seat and an
aisle shall not be greater than 15 for open air stands with seats without backrests,
a far open air stands with seats having backrests and seats without backrests
within buildings and 6 for seats with backrests in buildings.
(4) Aisles(4.1) Aisles Required. Aisles shall be provided in all stands; Except, that aisles may beomitted when all the following conditions exist: Seats are without backrests; therise from row to row does not exceed 300 millimeters per row; the number of rows
does not exceed 11 in height; the top seating board is not over 3.00 meters above
grade; and the first seating board is not more than 500 millimeters above grade.
(4.2) Obstructions. No obstruction shall be placed in the required width of any aisle orexitway.
(4.3) Stairs Required.
When an aisle is elevated more than 200 millimeters above
grade, the aisle shall be provided with a stairway or ramp whose width is not lessthan the width of the aisle.
(4.4) Dead End. No vertical aisle shall have a dead end more than 16 rows in depth
regardless of the number of exits required.
(4.5) Width. Aisles shall have a minimum width of 1.10 meters.
(5) Stairs and Ramps
The requirements in this Code shall apply to all stairs and ramps except for portions thatpass through the seating area.
(5.1) Stair Rise and Run. The maximum rise of treads shall not exceed 200 millimeters
and the minimum width of the run shall be 280 millimeters. The maximum variationin the width of treads in any one flight shall not be more than 5 millimeters and the
maximum variation in one height of two adjacent rises shall not exceed 5
millimeters.
(5.2) Ramp Slope. The slope of a ramp shall not exceed 1 in 8. Ramps shall beroughened or shall be of approved nonslip material.
(5.3) Handrails. A ramp with a slope exceeding 1 in 10 shall have handrails. Stairs forstands shall have handrails. Handrails shall conform to the requirements of thisCode.
(6) Guardrails(6.1) Guardrails shall be required in all locations where the top of a seat plank is morethan 1.20 meters above the grade and at the front of stands elevated more than
600 millimeters above grade. Where only sections of stands are used, guardrails
shall be provided as required in this Code.
(6.2) Railings shall be 1.10 meters above the rear of a seat plank or 1.10 meters above
the rear of the steps in an aisle when the guardrail is parallel and adjacent to theaisle: Except, that the height may be reduced to 900 millimeters for guardrails
located in front of the grandstand.
(6.3) A midrail shall be placed adjacent to any seat to limit the open distance above the
top of any part of a seat to 250 millimeters where the seat is at the extreme end orat the extreme rear of the bleachers or grandstand. The intervening space shallhave one additional rail midway in the opening: Except, that railings may beomitted when stands are placed directly against a wall or fence giving equivalent
protection; stairs and ramps shall be provided with guardrails. Handrails at thefront of stands and adjacent to an aisle shall be designed to resist a load of 75
kilograms per linear meter applied at the top rail. Other handrails shall be designed
to resist a load of 40 kilograms per linear meter.
(7) Foot Boards
Footboards shall be provided for all rows of seats above the third row or
beginning at such point where the seating plank is more than 600 millimeters above
grade.
(8) Exits(8.1) Distance to Exit. The line of travel to an exit shall not be more than 45.00 meters.
For stands with seats without backseats this distance may be measured by directline from a seat to the exit from the stand.
(8.2) Aisle Used as Exit. An aisle may be considered as only one exit unless it iscontinuous at both ends to a legal building exit or to a safe dispersal area.
(8.3) Two Exits Required. A stand with the first seating board not more than 500
millimeters above grade of floor may be considered to have two exits when thebottom of the stand is open at both ends. Every stand or section of a stand within
a building shall have at least two means of egress when the stand accommodates
more than 50 persons. Every open air stand having seats without backrests shallhave at least two means of egress when the stand accommodates more than 300
persons.
(8.4) Three Exits Required. Three exits shall be required for stands within a building
when there are more than 300 occupants within a stand and for open air stands
with seats without backrests where a stand or section of a stand accommodates
more than 1000 occupants.
(8.5) Four Exits Required. Four exits shall be required when a stand or section of astand accommodates more than 1000 occupants: Except, that for an open air
stand with seats without backrest four exits need not be provided unless there areaccommodations for more than 3000 occupants.
(8.6) Width. The total width of exits in meters shall not be less than the total occupantload served divided by 165: Except, that for open air stands with seats withoutbackrest the total width of exits in meters shall be not less than the total occupantload served divided by 500 when exiting by stairs, and divided by 650 when exitingby ramps or horizontally. When both horizontal and stair exits are used, the total
width of exits shall be determined by using both figures as applicable. No exit shallbe less than 1.10 meters in width. Exits shall be located at a reasonable distanceapart. When only two exits are provided, they shall be spaced not less than onefifth of the perimeter apart.
(9) Securing of Chairs
Chairs and benches used on raised stands shall be secured to the platforms upon which
they are placed: Except, that when less than 25 chairs are used upon a single raised
platform the fastening of seats to the platform may be omitted. When more than 500
loose chairs are used in connection with athletic events, chairs shall be fastened together
in groups of not less than three, and shall be tied or staked to the ground.
(10)Safe Dispersal Area
Each safe dispersal area shall have at least two exits. If more than 6000 persons are to
be accommodated within such an area, there shall be a minimum of three exits, and formore than 9000 persons there shall be a minimum of four exits. The aggregate clear
width of exits from a safe dispersal area shall be determined on the basis of not less than

330

74
one exit unit of 600 millimeters for each 500 persons to be accommodated and no exit
shall be less than 1.10 meters in width, a reasonable distance apart but shall be spaced
not less than one-fifth of the perimeter of the area apart from each other.
(o) Special Hazards(1) Boiler Rooms. Except in Group A Occupancies, every boiler room and every room
containing an incinerator or liquefied petroleum gas or liquid fuel-fired equipment shall be
provided with at least two means of egress, one of which may be a ladder. All interior
openings shall be protected as provided for in this Code.
(2) Cellulose Nitrate Handling. Film laboratories, projection rooms, and nitro-cellulose
processing rooms shall have not less than two exits.

SECTION 1208. Skylights(a) All skylights shall be constructed with metal frames except those for Groups A and J
Occupancies. Frames of skylights shall be designed to carry loads required for roofs. All
skylights, the glass of which is set at an angle of less than 45 degrees from the horizontal, if
located above the first storey, shall be set at least 100 millimeters above the roof. Curbs on
which the skylights rest shall be constructed of incombustible materials except for Types I or
II Construction.
(b) Spacing between supports in one direction for flat wired glass in skylights shall not exceed
625 millimeters. Corrugated wired glass may have supports 1.50 meters apart in the
direction of the corrugation. All glass in skylights shall be wired glass: Except, that skylights
over vertical shafts extending through two or more storeys shall be glazed with plain glass as
specified in this Code: Provided, that wired glass may be used in ventilation equal to not lessthan one-eight the cross-sectional area of the shaft but never less than 1.20 meters provided
at the top of such shaft. Any glass not wired glass shall be protected above and below with ascreen constructed of wire not smaller than 2.5 millimeters in diameter with a mesh not larger
than 25 millimeters. The screen shall be substantially supported below the glass.
(c) Skylights installed for the use of photographers may be constructed of metal frames and plate
glass without wire netting.
(d) Ordinary glass may be used in the roof and skylights for greenhouses, Provided, that heightof the greenhouses at the ridge does not exceed 6.00 meters above the grade. The use ofwood in the frames of skylights will be permitted in greenhouses outside of highly restrictive
Fire Zones if the height of the skylight does not exceed 6.00 meters above the grade, but inother cases metal frames and metal sash bars shall be used.
(e) Glass used for the transmission of light, if placed in floors or sidewalks, shall be supported bymetal or reinforced concrete frames, and such glass shall not be less than 12.5 millimeters inthickness. Any such glass over 100 square centimeters in area shall have wire meshembedded in the same or shall be provided with a wire screen underneath as specified forskylights in this Code. All portions of the floor lights or sidewalk lights shall be of the same
strength as required for floor or sidewalk construction, except in cases where the floor issurrounded by a railing not less 1.10 meters in height, in which case the construction shall becalculated for not less than roof loads.

SECTION 1209. Bays, Porches, and Balconies(a) Walls and floors in bay and oriel windows shall conform to the construction allowed forexterior walls and floors of the type of construction of the building to which they are attached.
The roof covering of a bay or oriel window shall conform to the requirements of the roofing of
the main roof. Exterior balconies attached to or supported by wall required to be of masonry,
shall have brackets or beams constructed of incombustible materials. Railings shall be
provided for balconies, landings, or porches which are more than 750 millimeters above
grade.

SECTION 1210. Penthouses and Roof Structures(a) HeightNo penthouse or other projection above the roof in structures of other than Type V
construction shall exceed 8.40 meters above the roof when used as an enclosure for tanks
or for elevators which run to the roof and in all other cases shall not extend more than 3.60
meters in height with the roof.
(b) Area
The aggregate area of all penthouses and other roof structures shall not exceed one third of
the area of the supporting roof.
(c) Prohibited Uses
No penthouse, bulkhead, or any other similar projection above the roof shall be used for
purposes other than shelter of mechanical equipment or shelter of vertical shaft openings in
the roof. A penthouse or bulkhead used for purposes other than that allowed by this Section
shall conform to the requirements of this Code for an additional storey.
(d) Construction
Roof structures shall be constructed with walls, floors, and roof as required for the main
portion of the building except in the following cases:(1) On Types III and IV constructions, the exterior walls and roofs of penthouses which are
1.50 meters or more from an adjacent property line may be of one-hour fire-resistive
incombustible construction.
(2) Walls not less than 1.50 meters from an exterior wall of a Type IV construction may be of
one-hour fire-resistive incombustible construction.
The above restrictions shall not prohibit the placing of wood flagpoles or similar
structures on the roof of any building.
(e) Towers and Spires
Towers and spires when enclosed shall have exterior walls as required for the building towhich they are attached. Towers not enclosed and which extend more than 20.00 meters
above the grade shall have their framework constructed of iron, steel, or reinforced concrete.
No tower or spire shall occupy more than one-fourth of the street frontage of any building towhich it is attached and in no case shall the base area exceed 150 square meters unless it
conforms entirely to the type of construction requirements of the building to which it is
attached and is limited in height as a main part of the building. If the area of the tower andspire exceeds 10.00 square meters on any horizontal cross section, its supporting frames
shall extend directly to the ground. The roof covering of the spires shall be as required forthe main room of the rest of the structure. Skeleton towers used as radio masts, neon signs,
or advertisement frames and placed on the roof of any building shall be constructed entirelyof incombustible materials when more than 7.50 meters in height, and shall be directly
supported on an incombustible framework to the ground. No such skeleton towers shall besupported on roofs of combustible framings. They shall be designed to withstand a windload from any direction in addition to any other loads.

SECTION 1211. Chimneys, Fireplaces, and Barbecues(a) Chimneys(1) Structural Design.
Chimneys shall be designed, anchored, supported, reinforced,
constructed, and installed in accordance with generally accepted principles of engineering.
Every chimney shall be capable of producing a draft at the appliance not less than that
required for the safe operation of the appliance connected thereto. No chimney shall support
any structural load other than its own weight unless it is designed to act as a supporting
member. Chimneys in a wood-framed building shall be anchored laterally at the ceiling line
and at each floor line which is more than 1.80 meters above grade, except when entirely
within the framework or when designed to be free standing.
(2) Walls. Every masonry chimney shall have walls of masonry units, bricks, stones, listed
masonry chimney units, reinforced concrete or equivalent solid thickness of hollow masonryand lined with suitable liners in accordance with the following requirements:

332

74
(2.1) Masonry Chimneys for Residential Type Appliances. Masonry chimneys shall be
constructed of masonry units or reinforced concrete with walls not less than 100
millimeters thick; or of rubble stone masonry not less than 300 millimeters thick.
The chimney liner shall be in accordance with this Code.
(2.2) Masonry Chimneys for Low Heat Appliances. Masonry chimneys shall be
constructed of masonry units or reinforced concrete with walls not less than 200
millimeters thick: Except, that rubble stone masonry shall be not less than 300
millimeters thick. The chimney liner shall be in accordance with this Code.
(2.3) Masonry Chimneys for Medium-Heat Appliances. Masonry chimneys for mediumheat appliances shall be constructed of solid masonry units of reinforced concrete
not less than 200 millimeters thick, Except, that stone masonry shall be not lessthan 300 millimeters thick and, in addition shall be lined with not less than 100
millimeters of firebrick laid in a solid bed of fire clay mortar with solidly filled head,
bed, and wall joints, starting not less than 600 millimeters below the chimney
connector entrance. Chimneys extending 7.50 meters or less above the chimney
connector shall be lined to the top.
(2.4) Masonry Chimneys for High-Heat Appliances. Masonry chimneys for high-heatappliances shall be constructed with double walls of solid masonry units orreinforced concrete not less than 200 millimeters in thickness, with an air space of
not less than 50 millimeters between walls. The inside of the interior walls shall beof firebrick not less than 100 millimeters in thickness laid in a solid bed of fire clay
mortar with solidly filled head, bed, and wall joints.
(2.5) Masonry Chimneys for incinerators installed in Multi-Storey Buildings (ApartmentType Incinerators). Chimneys for incinerators installed in multi-storey buildings
using the chimney passageway as a refuse chute where the horizontal grate areaof combustion chamber does not exceed 0.80 square meter shall have walls ofsolid masonry or reinforced concrete, not less than 100 millimeters thick with achimney lining as specified in this Code. If the grate area of such an incinerator
exceeds 0.80 square, meter, the walls shall not be less than 100 millimeters offirebrick except that higher than 9.00 meters above the roof of the combustion
chamber, common brick alone 200 millimeters in thickness may be used.
(2.6) Masonry Chimneys for Commercial and Industrial Type Incinerators.
Masonry chimneys for commercial and industrial type incinerators of a size designed for
not more than 110 kilograms of refuse per hour and having a horizontal grate area
not exceeding 0.50 square meter shall have walls of solid masonry or reinforced
concrete not less than 100 millimeters thick with lining of not less than 100
millimeters of firebrick, which lining shall extend for not less than 12.00 meters
above the roof of the combustion chamber. If the design capacity of grate area ofsuch an incinerator exceeds 110 kilograms per hour and 0.80 square meter
respectively, walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters thick, lined with not les
than 100 millimeters of firebrick extending the full height of the chimney.
(3) Linings. Fire clay chimney lining shall not be less than 15 millimeters thick. The lining
shall extend from 200 millimeters below the lowest inlet or, in the case of fireplace, fromthe throat of the fireplace to a point above enclosing masonry walls. Fire clay chimney
linings shall be installed ahead of the construction of the chimney as it is carried up,
carefully bedded one on the other in fire clay mortar, with close-fitting joints left smoothon the inside. Firebrick not less than 500 millimeters thick may be used in place of fireclay chimney.
(4) Area. No chimney passageway shall be smaller in area than the vent connection of theappliance attached thereto.
(5) Height. Every masonry chimney shall extend at least 600 millimeters above the part of
the roof through which it passes and at least 600 millimeters above the highest elevationof any part of a building within 3.00 meters to the chimney.
(6) Corbeling. No masonry chimney shall be corbeled from a wall more than 150 millimeters
nor shall a masonry chimney be corbelled from a wall which is less than 300 millimetersin thickness unless it projects equally on each side of the wall. In the second storey of a
two-storey building of Group A Occupancy, corbeling of masonry chimneys on theexterior of the enclosing walls may equal the wall thickness. In every case the corbelingshall not exceed 25 millimeters projection for each course of brick.

(7) Change in size or Shape. No change in the size or shape of a masonry chimney shallbe made within a distance of 150 millimeters above or below the roof joints or rafters
where the chimney passes through the roof.
(8) Separation.
When more than one passageway is contained in the same chimney,
masonry separation at least 100 millimeters thick bonded into the masonry wall of thechimney shall be provided to separate passageways.
(9) Inlets. Every inlet to any masonry chimney shall enter the side thereof and shall be of notless than 3 millimeters thick metal or 16 millimeters refractory material.
(10) Clearance. Combustible materials shall not be placed within 50 millimeters of smokechamber or masonry chimney walls when built within a structure, or within 25 millimeterswhen the chimney is built entirely outside the structure.
(11) Termination. An incinerator chimney shall terminate in a substantially constructed sparkarrester having a mesh not exceeding 20 millimeters.
(12) Cleanouts. Cleanout openings shall be provided at the base of every masonry chimney.
(b)Fireplaces and Barbecues
Fireplaces, barbecues, smoke chambers, and fireplace chimneys shall be of solid masonry or
reinforced concrete and shall conform to the minimum requirements specified in this Code.
(1) Fireplace Walls. Walls of fireplaces shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness.
Walls of fireboxes shall not be less than 250 millimeters in thickness: Except, that wherea lining of firebrick is used, such walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness.
The firebox shall not be less than 500 millimeters in depth. The maximum thickness ofjoints in firebrick shall be 10 millimeters.
(2) Hoods. Metal hoods used as part of a fireplace or barbecue shall be not less than No.
18 gauge copper, galvanized iron, or other equivalent corrosion-resistant ferrous metal
with all seams and connections of smokeproof unsoldered construction. The hoods shallbe sloped at an angle of 45 degrees or les from the vertical and shall extend horizontallyat least 150 millimeters beyond the limits of the firebox. Metal hoods shall be kept aminimum of 400 millimeters from combustible materials.
(3) Circulators. Approved metal heat circulators may be installed in fireplaces.
(4) Smoke Chamber.
Front and side walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters inthickness. Smoke chamber back walls shall not be less than 150 millimeters inthickness.
(5) Fireplace Chimneys. Walls of chimneys without flue lining shall not be less than 200
millimeters in thickness. Walls of chimneys with flue lining shall not be less than 100
millimeters in thickness and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements ofthis Code.
(6) Clearance to Combustible Materials. Combustible materials shall not be placed within 50
millimeters of fireplace, smoke chamber, or chimney walls when built entirely within astructure, or within 25 millimeters when the chimney is built entirely outside the structure.
Combustible materials shall not be placed within 150 millimeters of the fireplace opening.
No such combustible material within 300 millimeters of the fireplace opening shall project
more than 3 millimeters for each 25 millimeters clearance from such opening. No part ofmetal hoods used as part of a fireplace, barbecue or heating stoves shall be less than
400 millimeters from combustible material. This clearance may be reduced to theminimum requirements set forth in this Code.
(7) Area of Flues, Throats, and Dampers. The net cross-sectional area of the flue and of thethroat between the firebox and the smoke chamber of a fireplace shall not be less than
the requirements to be set forth by the Secretary. Where dampers are used, they shallbe of not less than No. 12 gauge metal. When fully opened, damper opening shall be notless than ninety percent of the required flue area. When fully open, damper blades shallnot extend beyond the line of the inner face of the flue.
(8) Lintel – Masonry over the fireplace opening shall be supported by a non-combustible
lintel.
(9) Hearth – Every fireplace shall be provided with a brick, concrete, stone, or otherapproved non-combustible hearth slab at least 300 millimeters wider on each side thenthe fireplace opening and projecting at least 450 millimeters therefrom. This slab shallnot be less than 100 millimeters thick and shall be supported by a noncombustible
material or reinforced to carry its own weight and all imposed loads.

334

74
SECTION 1212. Fire-Extinguishing Systems(a) Fire-Extinguishing Systems – Where required, standard automatic fire-extinguishing systems shallbe installed in the following places, and in the manner provided in this Code.
(1) In every storey, basement or cellar with an area of 200 square meters or more which is used
for habitation, recreation, dining, study, or work, and which has an occupant load of morethan 20.
(2) In all dressing rooms, rehearsal rooms, workshops or factories, and other rooms with an
occupant load of more than 10 or assembly halls under Group H and I occupancies withoccupant load of more than 500, and if the next doors of said rooms are more than 30.00
meters from the nearest safe fire dispersal area of the building or opening to an exit court orstreet.
(3) In all rooms used for storage or handling of photographic x-ray nitrocellulose films and otherinflammable articles.
(b) Dry Standpipes – Every building four or more storeys in height shall be equipped with one or more
dry standpipes.
(1) Construction and Tests – Dry standpipes shall be of wrought iron or galvanized steel andtogether with fittings and connections shall be of sufficient strength to withstand 20 kilograms
per square centimeter of water pressure when ready for service, without leaking at the joints,
valves, or fittings. Tests shall be conducted by the owner or the building contractor in thepresence of a representative of the Building Official whenever deemed necessary for the
purpose of certification of its proper function.
(2) Size – Dry standpipes shall be of such size as to be capable of delivering 900 liters or water
per minute from each of any three outlets simultaneously under the pressure created by one
fire engine or pumper based on the standard equipment available.
(3) Number Required – Every building four or more storeys in height where the area of any floor
above the third floor is 950 square meters or less, shall be equipped with at least one dry
standpipe and an additional standpipe shall be installed for each additional 950 square
meters or fraction thereof.
(4) Location – Standpipes shall be located within enclosed stairway landings or near suchstairways as possible or immediately inside of an exterior wall and within 300 millimeters ofan opening in a stairway enclosure of the balcony or vestibule of a smokeproof tower or an
outside exit stairway.
(5) Siamese Connections – Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (2) all 100 millimeters dry
standpipes shall be equipped with a two-way Siamese fire department connection. All 125
millimeters dry standpipes shall be equipped with a three-way Siamese fire department
connection and 150 millimeters dry standpipes shall be equipped with a four-way Siamese
fire department connections. All Siamese inlet connections shall be located on a street-frontof the building and not less than 300 millimeters nor more than 1.20 meters above the grade
and shall be equipped with a clapper-checks and substantial plugs. All Siamese inlet
connections shall be recessed in the wall or otherwise substantially protected.
(6) Outlets – All dry standpipes shall extend from the ground floor to and over the roof and shallbe equipped with a 63 millimeters outlet nor more than 1.20 meters above the floor level at
each storey. All dry standpipes shall be equipped with a two-way 63 millimeters outlet above
the roof. All outlets shall be equipped with gate valves.
(7) Signs – An iron or bronze sign with raised letters at least 25 millimeters high shall be rigidly
attached to the building adjacent to all Siamese connections and such signs shall read:“CONNECTION TO DRY STANDPIPE”.
(c) Wet Standpipes – Every Group H and I Occupancy of any height, and every Group C Occupancyof two more storeys in height, and every Group B, D, E, F and G Occupancy of three or more
storeys in height and every Group G and E Occupancy over 1800 square meters in area shall beequipped with one or more interior wet standpipes extending from the cellar or basement into the
topmost storey: Provided, that Group H buildings having no stage and having a seating capacityof less than 500 need not be equipped with interior wet standpipes.

(1) Construction – Interior wet standpipes shall be constructed of the same materials as thoserequired for dry standpipes.
(2) Size(2.1) Interior wet standpipes shall have an internal diameter sufficient to deliver 190 litersof water per minute under 2.0 kilograms per square centimeter pressure at the hoseconnections. Buildings of Group H and I Occupancy shall have wet standpipes
systems capable of delivering the required quantity and pressure from any twooutlets simultaneously; for all other occupancies only one outlet need be figured to
be opened at one time. In no case shall the internal diameter of a wet standpipe beless than 50 millimeters, except when the standpipe is attached to an automatic fireextinguishing system.
(2.2) Any approved formula which determine pipe sizes on a pressure drop basis may be
used to determine pipe size for wet standpipe systems. The Building Official may
require discharge capacity and pressure tests on completed wet standpipe systems.
(3) Number required – The number of wet standpipes when required in this Code shall be sodetermined that all portions of the building are within 6.00 meters of a nozzle attached to a hose
23.00 meters in length.
(4) Location – In Group H and I Occupancies, outlets shall be located as follows: one on each sideof the stage, one at the rear of the auditorium, and one at the rear of the balcony. Where
occupant loads are less than 500 the above requirements may be waived: Provided, thatportable fire-extinguishers of appropriate capacity and type are installed within easy access fromthe said locations. In Group B, C, D, E, F and G Occupancies, the location of all interior wet
standpipes shall be in accordance with the requirement for dry standpipes: Provided, that atleast one standpipe is installed to cover not more than 650 square meters.
(5) Outlets. All interior wet standpipes shall be equipped with a 38 millimeter valve in each storey,
including the basement or cellar of the building, and located not less than 300 millimeters nor
more than 1.20 meters above the floor.
(6) Threads. All those threads used in connection with the installation of such standpipes, including
valves and reducing fittings shall be uniform with that prescribed by the Secretary.
(7) Water Supply. All interior wet standpipes shall be connected to a street main not less than 100
millimeters in diameter, or when the water pressure is insufficient, to a water tank of sufficient
size as provided in subparagraph(8). When more than one interior wet standpipe is required in the building, such standpipe shall beconnected at their bases or at their tops by pipes of equal size.
(8) Pressure and Gravity Tanks – Tanks shall have a capacity sufficient to furnish at least 1,500
liters per minute for a period of not less than 10 minutes. Such tanks shall be located so as toprovide not less than 2 kilograms per square centimeter pressure at the topmost base outlet for
its entire supply. Discharge pipes from pressure tanks shall extend 50 millimeters into andabove the bottom of such tanks. All tanks shall be tested in place after installation and proved
tight at a hydrostatic pressure fifty percent in excess of the working pressure required. Where
such tanks are used for domestic purposes the supply pipe for such purposes shall be located at
or above the center line of such tanks. Incombustible supports shall be provided for all suchsupply tanks and not less than a 900 millimeters clearance shall be maintained over the top andunder the bottom of all pressure tanks.
(9) Fire pumps. Fire pumps shall have a capacity of not less than 1,000 liters per minute with apressure not less than 2 kilograms per square centimeter at the topmost hose outlet. The
source of supply for such pump shall be a street water main of not less than 100 millimeters
diameter or a well or cistern containing a one-hour supply. Such pumps shall be supplied withan adequate source of power and shall be automatic in operation.
(10) Hose and Hose Reels – Each hose outlet of all interior wet standpipes shall be supplied with ahose not less than 38 millimeters in diameter. Such hose shall be equipped with a suitablebrass or bronze nozzle and shall be not over 23.00 meters in length. An approved standard
form of wall hose reel or rack shall be provided for the hose and shall be located so as to makethe hose readily accessible at all times and shall be recessed in the walls or protected bysuitable cabinets.
(d) Basement Pipe Inlets – Basement pipe inlets shall be installed in the first floor of every store,
warehouse, or factory where there are cellars or basements under same: Except, where insuch cellars or basements there is installed a fire-extinguishing system as specified in this

336

74
Code or where such cellars or basements are used for banking purposes, safe deposit vaults,
or similar uses.
(1)

(2)

Material – All basement pipe inlets shall be of cast iron, steel, brass, or bronze with lids of castbrass or bronze and shall consist of a sleeve not less than 200 millimeters in diameter throughthe floor extending to and flush with the ceiling below and with a top flange, recessed with aninside shoulder, to receive the lid and flush with the finished floor surface. The lid shall be asolid casting and shall have a ring lift recessed on the top thereof, so as to be flushed. The lid
shall have the words “FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT ONLY, DO NOT COVER UP” cast on the top
thereof. The lid shall be installed in such a manner as to permit its removal readily from the inlet.
Location. Basement pipe inlets shall be strategically located and kept readily accessible at all
times to the Fire Department.
(e) Approval – All fire-extinguishing systems, including automatic sprinklers, wet and dry
standpipes, automatic chemical extinguishers, basement pipe inlets, and the appurtenances
thereto shall meet the approval of the Fire Department as to installation and location andshall be subject to such periodic tests as it may require.

SECTION 1213. Stages and Platform(a) Stage Ventilators – There shall be one or more ventilators constructed of metal or otherincombustible material near the center and above the highest part of any working stage
raised above the stage roof and having a total ventilation area equal to at least five percent of
the floor area within the stage walls. The entire equipment shall conform to the following
requirements:(1) Opening Action – Ventilators shall open by spring action or force of gravity sufficient toovercome the effects of neglect, rust, dirt, or expansion by heat or warping of theframework.
(2) Glass – Glass, if used in ventilators, must be protected against falling on the stage. A
wire screen, if used under the glass, must be so placed that if clogged it cannot reduce
the required ventilating area or interfere with the operating mechanism or obstruct the
distribution of water from the automatic fire extinguishing systems.
(3) Design – Ventilators, penthouses, and supporting framework shall be designed inaccordance with this Code.
(4) Spring Actuation – Springs, when employed to actuate ventilator doors, shall be capableof maintaining full required tension indefinitely. Springs shall not be stressed more thanfifty percent of their rated capacity and shall not be located directly in the air stream, nor
exposed to elements.
(5) Location of Fusible Links – A fusible link shall be placed in the cable control system on
the underside of the ventilator at or above the roof line or as approved by the Building
Official, and shall be so located as not to be affected by the operation of fireextinguishing systems.
(6) Control – Remote, manual or electrical control shall provide for both opening and closingof the ventilator doors for periodic testing and shall be located at a point on the stage
designated by the Building Official. When remote control of ventilator is electrical, power
failure shall not affect its instant operation in the event of fire. Hand winches may be
employed to facilitate operation of manually controlled ventilators.
(b) Gridirons –(1) Gridirons fly galleries, and pin-rails shall be constructed of incombustible materials andfire protection of steel and iron may be omitted. Gridirons and fly galleries shall be
designed to support a live load of not less than 367 kilograms per square meter. Eachloft block well shall be designed to support 373 kilograms per linear meter and the head
block well shall be designed to support the aggregate weight of all the loft block wells
served. The head block well must be provided with an adequate strongback or lateralbrace to offset torque.

(2) The main counterweight sheave beam shall be designed to support a horizontal andvertical uniformly distributed live load sufficient to accommodate the weight imposed by
the total number of loft blocks in the gridiron. The sheave blocks shall be designed toaccommodate the maximum load for the loft or head blocks served with a safety factor offive.
(c) Rooms Accessory to Stage – In a building having a stage, the dressing room sections,workshops, and storerooms shall be located on the stage side of the proscenium wall andshall be separated from each other and from the stage by not less than a One-Hour FireResistive Occupancy Separation.
(d) Proscenium Walls – A stage shall be completely separated from the auditorium by aproscenium wall of not less than two-hour incombustible construction. The proscenium wall
shall extend not less than 1.20 meters above the roof over the auditorium. Proscenium walls
may have, in addition to the main proscenium openings, one opening at the orchestra pit
level and not more than two openings at the stage floor level, each of which shall be not morethan 2.00 square meters in area. All openings in the proscenium wall of stage shall beprotected by a fire assembly having a one and one-half-hour fire-resistive rating. The
proscenium opening, which shall be the main opening for viewing performances, shall be
provided with a self closing fire-resistive curtain as specified in this Code.
(e) Stage Floor – The type of construction for stage floors shall depend upon the requirements
based on the type of Occupancy and the corresponding fire-resistive requirements. All partsof the stage floor shall be designed to support not less than 620 kilograms per square meters.
Openings through stage floors shall be equipped with tight-fitting trap doors of wood of notless than 50 millimeters nominal thickness.
(f) Platforms – The type of construction for platforms shall depend upon the requirements basedon the Type of Occupancy and corresponding fire-resistive requirements. Enclosed platforms
shall be provided with one or more ventilators conforming to the requirements of stage
ventilators: Except, that the total area shall be equal to five percent of the area of theplatform. When more than one ventilator is provided, they shall be so spaced as to provide
proper exhaust ventilation. Ventilators shall not be required for enclosed platforms having afloor area of 45.00 square meters or less.
(g) Stage Exits – At least one exit not less than 900 millimeters wide shall be provided from eachside of the stage opening directly or by means of a passageway not less than 900 millimeters
in width to a street or exit court. An exit stair not less than 750 millimeters wide shall be
provided for egress from each fly gallery. Each tier of dressing rooms shall be provided withat least two means of egress each not less than 750 millimeters wide and all such stairs shallbe constructed in accordance with the requirement specified in this Code. The stairs requiredin this Sub-section need not be enclosed.

SECTION 1214. Motion Picture Projection Rooms(a) General Requirements – The provisions of this Section shall apply only where ribbon type
motion picture films in excess of 22-millimeter width and electric projection equipment areused. Every motion picture machine using ribbon type film in excess of 22 millimeter widthand electric arc projections equipment, together with all electrical devices, rheostats,machines, and all such films present in any Group C, I, or H Occupancy, shall be enclosed ina projection room large enough to permit the operator to walk freely on either side and backof the machine.
(b) Construction – Every projection room shall be of not les than one-hour fire-resistive
construction throughout and the walls and ceiling shall be finished with incombustible
materials. The ceiling shall be not less than 2.40 meters from the finished floor. The room
shall have a floor area of not less than 7.00 square meters and 3.50 square meters for each
additional machine.

338

74
(c) Exit – Every projection room shall have at least two doorways separated by not less than
one-third the perimeter of the room, each at least 750 millimeters wide and 2.00 meters high.
All entrances to a projection room shall be protected by a self-closing fire assembly having athree-fourths hour fire-resistive rating. Such doors shall open outward and lead to properexits as required in this Code and shall not be equipped with any latch. The maximum widthof such door shall be 750 millimeters.
(d) Ports and Openings – Ports in projection room walls shall be of three kinds: projection ports;
observation ports; and combination ports used for both observation and for stereopticon, spotor floodlight machines.
(1) Ports Required – There shall be provided for each motion picture projector not more than
one projection port, which shall be limited in area to 750 square centimeters, and not
more than one observation port, which shall be limited in area to 1,300 squarecentimeters. There shall be not more than three combination ports, each of which shallnot exceed 750 millimeters by 600 millimeters. Each port opening shall be completely
covered with a pane of glass: Except, that when acetate safety film is used, projection
ports may be increased in size to an area not to exceed 4,500 square centimeters.
(2) Shutters – Each port and every other opening in projection room walls, including, any
fresh-air inlets but excluding exit doors and exhaust ducts, shall be provided with ashutter of not less than 2.4 millimeters thick sheet metal or its equivalent large enough tooverlap at least 25 millimeters on all sides of such openings. Shutters shall be arranged
to slide without binding in guides constructed of material equal to the shutters in strengthand fire-resistance. Each shutter shall be equipped with a 74° fusible link, which when
fused by heat will cause closure of the shutter by gravity. Shutters of a size greater than
1,300 square centimeters shall be equipped with a counter-balance. There shall also bea fusible link located over the upper magazine of each projector, which upon operating,will close all the shutters. In addition, there shall be provided suitable means formanually closing all shutters simultaneously from any projector head and from a point
within the projection room near each exit door. Shutters on openings not in use shall be
kept closed: Except, that shutters may be omitted when only acetate safety film is used.

(e) Ventilation –(1) Inlet – A fresh-air inlet from the exterior of the building not less than 900 squarecentimeters and protected with wire netting, shall be installed within 50 millimeters of thefloor in every projection room, the source of which shall be remote from other outside
vents or flues.
(2) Outlets – Ventilation shall be provided by one or more mechanical exhaust systems
which shall draw air from each arc lamp housing to out-doors either directly or through an
incombustible flue used for no other purpose. Exhaust capacity shall not be less than
0.50 cubic meter nor more than 1.40 cubic meter per minute for each arc lamp plus 5.60
cubic meters for the room itself. Systems shall be controlled from within the enclosureand shall have pilot lights to indicate operation. The exhaust systems serving the
projection room may be extended to cover rooms associated therewith such as rewind
rooms. No dampers shall be installed in such exhaust systems. Ventilation of theserooms shall not be connected in any way with ventilating or air-conditioning systems
serving other portions of the building. Exhaust ducts shall be of incombustible materialand shall either be kept 25 millimeters from combustible material or covered with 10
millimeters of incombustible heat-insulating material.
(f) Regulation of Equipment – All shelves, fixtures, and fixed equipment in a projection room
shall be constructed of incombustible materials. All films not in actual use shall be stored inmetal cabinets having individual compartments for reels or shall be in generally acceptedshipping containers. No solder shall be used in the construction of such cabinets.

SECTION 1215. Lathing, Plastering, and Installation of Wall Boards
The installation of lath, plaster and gypsum wall board shall conform to the fire-resistive rating
requirements and the type of construction of building.

CHAPTER 13

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL REGULATIONSSECTION 1301. Electrical Regulations
All electrical systems, equipment and installation mentioned in this Code shall conform to theprovisions of the Philippine Electrical Code, as adopted by the Board of Electrical Engineering pursuant to
Republic Act No. 184 otherwise known as the Electrical Engineering Law.

SECTION 1302. Mechanical Regulations
All mechanical systems, equipment and installations mentioned in this Code shall conform to theprovisions of the Philippine Mechanical Engineering code, as adopted by the Board of MechanicalEngineering pursuant to Commonwealth Act No. 294 as amended, otherwise known as the MechanicalEngineering Law.

340

74
CHAPTER 14

PHOTOGRAPHIC AND X-RAY FILMSSECTION 1401. Storage and Handling(a) Storage rooms of unexposed photographic and x-ray films shall be provided with automatic
fire extinguishing systems in the following cases:(1) When unexposed films in generally accepted safety shipping containers exceed theaggregate of 14.00 cubic meters.
(2) Where shelving used for storage of individual packages not in said shipping containers
exceeds 1.40 cubic meters in capacity; and(3) Storage is not in generally accepted safety shipping containers in any section notexceeding 14.00 cubic meters.
(b) Film negatives in storage or in process of handling shall be kept in heavy Manila envelopes,
not exceeding 12 films to an envelope. Expanding envelopes shall not be used.
(c) Film negatives shall be kept in properly insulated vented cabinets, vented storage vaults oroutside storage houses. Not more than 110 kilograms shall be stored in any single cabinet.
Where the film stored exceeds 450 kilograms, it shall be in vented storage vaults or in a
detached structure or roof vault. Door openings in vaults shall be of four-hour fire-resistive
construction and shall be kept closed except when in use.
(d) Only incandescent electric light shall be permitted; protected with substantial wire guards orvapor proof globes or both. Portable lights on extension cords are prohibited. Conspicuous“NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted.
(e) No films shall be stored within 600 millimeters of steam pipes, chimneys, or other sources ofheat.
(f) There shall be first aid provisions of types using water or water solutions. Discarded films
shall be stored and handled in the same manner as other films until removed from thepremises.

SECTION 1402. Classes of Film Exempted(a) The provisions of this Section do not apply to the following: film for amateur photographic use
in original packages of “roll” and “film pack” films in quantities of less than 1.40 cubic meters;
safety film; dental X-ray film; establishments manufacturing photographic films and theirstorage incidental thereto and films stored or being used in standard motion picture booths.
(b) Safety photographic X-ray film may be identified by the marking on the edge of the film.

SECTION 1403. Fire Extinguishing System
Unless otherwise provided in this Code, all fire extinguishing systems when so required shall beof a type, specifications, and methods of installation as prescribed in accordance with the requirements of
the Secretary.

CHAPTER 15

PRE-FABRICATED CONSTRUCTIONSECTION 1501. Prefabricated Assembly(a) Prefabricated assembly is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built up orassembled prior to incorporation in the building.
(b) The Secretary shall prescribe special tests to determine the structural adequacy, durability,
soundness, weather and fire resistance of prefabricated assemblies.
(c) Every device or system to connect prefabricated assemblies shall be capable of developing
the strength of the different members as an integral structure. Except, in the case of
members forming part of a structural frame as specified in this Code. Anchorages andconnections between members and the supporting elements of the structure or walls shall becapable of withstanding all probable external and internal forces or other conditions for astructurally adequate construction. In structural design, proper allowances shall be made forany material to be displaced or removed for the installation of pipes, conduits, or otherequipment.
(d) Placement of prefabricated assemblies shall be inspected to determine compliance with this
Code.

342

74
CHAPTER 16

PLASTICSSECTION 1601. Approved Plastics
Approved plastic materials shall be those which have a flame-spread rating of 225 or less and asmoke density not greater than that obtained from the burning of untreated wood under similar conditions
when tested in accordance with generally accepted engineering practices. The products of combustion
shall be no more toxic than the burning of untreated wood under similar conditions.

SECTION 1602. Installation(a) Structural Requirements – All plastic materials shall be of adequate strength and durability towithstand the prescribed design loads. Sufficient and substantial technical data shall be
submitted to establish stresses, maximum unsupported spans, and such other information as
may be deemed necessary for the various thicknesses and forms used.
(b) Fastenings – Fastenings shall be adequate to withstand design loads and internal andexternal stresses required of the assembly. Proper allowances of plastic materials in
conjunction with other materials with which it is assembled or integrated shall be provided.

SECTION 1603. Glazing of Openings(a) Doors, sashes and framed openings in exterior walls of all buildings except Types IV and V
Constructions may be glazed or equipped with approved plastics: Provided, that:(1)

The wall in which such glazing is installed is so located that openings are not required tobe fire-protected.
Except for Type I Construction, the location, size, and spacing of such glazed openings
do not exceed the values set forth by the Secretary.
Plastics used in glazed openings for Type II Construction shall be materials appropriate
for use according to flame-spread characteristics and the location, size, and spacing of
the openings do not exceed the values set forth by the Secretary.

(2)
(3)

SECTION 1604. Skylights(a) General – Approved plastics may be used in skylights installed on roofs of Types I, II or III
constructions and all buildings in these categories shall be equipped with an approved
automatic fire-extinguishing system in Groups A, B, C, E, F, J, H-3 and H-4 Occupancies:
Except, that:(1) Approved plastics may be used in any type of construction or occupancy as a fire venting
system when approved by the Building Official.
(2) Plastics may be used in approved skylights in Type II one-hour fire-resistive construction
which are located 300 millimeters or more above the lower flange of the ceiling. The
walls of the skylight well shall be no less fire-resistive than the adjacent ceiling.
(3) Where a fire-resistive ceiling is not required in one-storey buildings, approved plastics
may be used in skylights.
(b) Installation Requirements(1)(2)

Except in Group A Occupancies, no skylight shall be installed within 3.00 meters of aproperty line.
The edges of dome-type skylights shall be properly flashed.

(3)Plastic skylights shall be separated from each other by at least 2.50 meters laterally and3.00 meters along the slope of the roof.

(c) Allowable areas – The area of individual plastic skylights shall not exceed 10.00 square
meters. The total aggregate area of plastics used in skylights, monitors, and sawtooth
glazing shall not exceed twenty percent of the floor area of the room or occupancy sheltered.
(d) Curb Requirements – Plastic skylights in roofs having a slope of less than 1 in 3 shall have a
100 millimeters high curb. The curb may be omitted where a wire screen not smaller thanNo. 12 U.S. gauge with a mesh not larger than 25-millimeters is provided immediately below
the skylight. The screen shall be substantially mounted below the skylight.

SECTION 1605. Light-Transmitting Panels in Monitors and Sawtooth Roofs(a) General – Where a fire-resistive rating is not required for the roof structure, and in allbuildings provided with an approved automatic fire-extinguishing system, approved plastics
may be used with or without sash as the light-transmitting medium in monitors and sawtooth;
Except, that plastics used in monitors or sawtooth roofs of Type II Construction shall be ofmaterials appropriate to be used according to flame-spread characteristics.
(b) Allowable Areas – The area of individual plastic glazing used in monitors and sawtooth
glazing shall not exceed 15.00 square meters. The total aggregate area of plastics used inskylights, monitors, and sawtooth glazing shall not exceed twenty percent of the floor area ofthe room or occupancy sheltered.
(c) Area Separation – The area of such plastic panels shall be separated from each other by asection of incombustible material or by a section of the roofing material of the structure notless than 1.50 meters in length. The lower edge of the plastic material shall be at least 150
millimeters above the surface of the adjoining roof surface.

SECTION 1606. Plastic Light Diffusers in Ceilings(a) General – Ceiling light diffusers having an area greater than ten percent of any 10.00 square
meters of room area shall be of approved plastics conforming to the requirements specified
in this Code.
(b) Installation – Plastic light diffusers shall be installed in such a manner that they will not readily
become detached when subjected to room temperature of 80°C for 15 minutes, Except, forplastic light diffusers which are installed in the first floor area of Group C Occupancies
having egress directly to the exterior of the building; and plastic light diffusers which arelocated between an approved automatic Fire-extinguishing system and the area to beprotected other than public corridors for Group A, B, C, D, E, G, H, and I Occupancies if
tests required by the Secretary have established that such installation will not interfere withthe efficient operation of such automatic fire-extinguishing systems.

SECTION 1607. Partitions
Where partitions are not required to be of fire-resistive or incombustible construction, approved
plastics conforming to the requirements specified in this Code may be used.

SECTION 1608. Exterior Veneer(a) General
Exterior veneer may be of approved plastic materials, and shall conform to the provisions of
this Section.
(b) Height
Plastic veneer shall not be attached to any exterior wall above the first storey: Provided, thatplastic veneer may be attached to exterior walls above the first storey of buildings located

344

74
outside of highly restrictive Fire Zones: Provided, further that the height of veneer is not inexcess of 10.00 meters above the adjacent grade of elevation.
(c) Area
Sections of plastic veneer shall not exceed 15.00 square meters in area, Except, that in lessrestrictive Fire Zones, the area may be increased by fifty percent.
(d) Separation
Sections of plastic veneer shall be separated by a minimum of 1.20 meters vertically and 600
millimeters horizontally.

SECTION 1609. Awnings and Canopies(a) Plastic materials appropriate for use according to Flame Spread characteristics may beutilized in awnings and canopies, provided such awnings and canopies are constructed inaccordance with provisions governing projections and appendages as specified in this Code.
(b) Approved plastics may be used in awnings where untreated canvass is permitted.
(c) Approved plastics may be used in lieu of plain glass in green-houses in less restrictive Fire
Zones.

CHAPTER 17

SHEET METAL PAINT SPRAY BOOTHSSECTION 1701. Sheet Metal Paint Spray Booths(a) General
Paint spray booths shall be constructed of steel of not less than No. 18 U.S. gauge inthickness and shall be designed in accordance with this Code.
(b) Area
The area of a paint spray booth shall not exceed 150 square meters nor ten percent of thebasic area permitted for the major use of the building according to its Occupancy Group.
(c) Floor Construction
The floor shall be constructed of incombustible material.
(d) Interior Surface
Paint spray booths shall be designed to permit the free passage of exhaust air from all partsof the interior and all interior surfaces shall be smooth and continuous without outstandingedges.

SECTION 1702. Fire Protection
Every spray booth having an open front elevation larger than 1.00 square meter and which is not
equipped with doors, shall have a fire curtain or metal deflector not less than 100 millimeters deep
installed at the upper outer edge of the booth opening.

SECTION 1703. Light
Paint spray booths shall be illuminated through hammered wire or heat-treated glass panels. The
glass panels shall be located in such a manner as to reduce the hazard of ignition caused by paint spraydeposit.

SECTION 1704. Ventilation(a) General
Mechanical ventilation shall be provided direct to the exterior of the building. The mechanicalexhaust system shall be designed to move the air through any portion of the paint spray areaat the rate of not less than 30.00 lineal meters per minute. The blades of exhaust fans shallbe constructed of non-ferrous material and shall be mounted in such a manner as to prevent
contact with the exhaust duct. The motor shall not be mounted in the spray booth or the ductsystem and belts shall be enclosed where they enter the booth or duct system.
(b) Exhaust Ducts
Exhaust ducts shall be constructed of steel having a thickness not less than the values set by
the Secretary. The discharge point for ducts in a paint spray booth shall be not less than
2.00 meters from adjoining combustible construction nor less than 8.00 meters from adjoining
exterior wall openings: Except, that the discharge point for exhaust ducts is not regulated ina waterwash spray booth.

346

74
CHAPTER 18

GLASS AND GLAZINGSECTION 1801. General Requirements(a) This Chapter shall apply to exterior glass and glazing in all Occupancies except Groups A, B,
and J Occupancies not over three storeys in height, and to interior and exterior glass andglazing in all occupancies subject to human impact as specified in this Code.
(b) Standards for materials shall conform to the provisions set by the Secretary on glass
dimensional tolerances, breaking stress levels, and design safety factors.
(c) Each light shall bear the manufacturer’s label designating the type and thickness of glass.
Each light with special performance characteristics such as laminated, heat strengthened,
fully tempered or insulated, shall bear the manufacturer’s identification showing the special
characteristics and thickness by etching or other permanent identification that shall be visible
after the glass is glazed.

SECTION 1802. Area Limitation
Exterior glass and glazing shall be capable of safely withstanding the load due to wind pressuresfor various height zones above ground acting inward or outward. The area of individual lights shall not be
more than the maximum allowable area of glass according to the wind load multiplied by the appropriate
adjustment factor.

SECTION 1803. Glazing
Glass firmly supported on all four edges shall be glazed with minimum laps and edge clearancesin accordance with Section 1801 paragraph (b), Provided, that glass edge clearance in fixed openings
shall be not less than what is required for wind and earthquake drift. For glass not firmly supported on all
four edges and design shall be submitted for approval of the Building Official. Glass supports shall beconsidered firm when deflection of the support at design load does not exceed 1/175 of the span.

SECTION 1804. Louvered Windows
Regular plate, sheet, or patterned glass in jalousies and louvered windows shall not be thinnerthan 5.6 millimeters minimal and not longer than 1.20 meters. Exposed glass edges shall be smooth.

SECTION 1805. Impact
Frameless glass doors, glass in doors, fixed glass panels, and similar glazed openings which
may be subject to accidental human impact shall conform with the requirements set forth by the Secretaryon impact loads of glass: Except in the following cases:(1) Bathtub and shower enclosures shall be constructed from approved shatter-resistantmaterials, such as: wire-reinforced glass not less than 5.6 millimeters thick; fully tempered
glass not less than 4.8 millimeters thick; or laminated safety glass not less than 6.4
millimeters thick.
(2) Glass lights located not less than 450 millimeters above the adjacent finished floor or walking
surface.
(3) Glass lights when the least dimension is not greater than 450 millimeters.
(4) Glass lights 1.50 square meters or less in area.

CHAPTER 19

THE USE OF COMPUTERSSECTION 1901. General Rule
The use of computers for all or any part of the design of buildings under this Code is permitted
provided that all programs to be used are documented.

SECTION 1902. Program Documentation
Documenting a program under this Code consists of filing with the Building Official a reference toa publication or publications accessible to him where the detailed description of the program or a brief
statement of the theoretical background of the program including a description of the algorithms used arefound.

SECTION 1903. Submission of Computer-Generated Computations
A copy of the output sheets for computer-generated computations shall be submitted as a part ofthe design computations. The out sheets shall be accompanied by a certification of a designer and/or
consultant that the output sheets are the results obtained through the use of documented programs. The
certification should include the identification of the specific program used for each portion of thecomputer-generated computations being submitted.

348

74
CHAPTER 20SIGNSSECTION 2001. General Requirements(a) No sign or signboard shall be erected in such a manner as to confuse or obstruct the view orinterpretation of any official traffic sign, signal, or device.
(b) No sign or signboard shall be constructed as to unduly obstruct the natural view of thelandscape, distract or obstruct the view of the public as to constitute a traffic hazard, orotherwise defile, debase or offend aesthetic and cultural values and traditions.

SECTION 2002. MaintenanceAll signs, together with all of their supports, braces, guys, and anchors, shall be kept in repair andin proper state of preservation. The display of all signs shall be kept neatly painted and secured at all
times.

SECTION 2003. Design and Construction
Sign structures shall be designed and constructed to resist all forces in accordance with the
National Structural Code for Buildings. For signs on buildings, the dead lateral loads shall be transmitted
through the structural frame of the building to the ground in such a manner as not to overstress any of theelements of the building. The weight of earth superimposed over footings may be used in determining thedead load resisting moment. Such earth shall be carefully placed and thoroughly compacted.

SECTION 2004. Supports and Anchorages(a) General. The supports and anchorages of all signs or sign structures shall be placed in or
upon private property and shall be constructed conformity with the requirements of this Code.
(b) Materials. Materials for construction of signs or sign structures shall be of the quality andgrade as specified in this Code.
(c) Restrictions on Combustible Materials – All signs or sign structures erected in highly
restrictive Fire Zones shall have structural members of incombustible materials. Groundsigns may be constructed of any material meeting the requirements of this Code.
Combination signs, roof signs, wall signs, projecting signs, and signs on marquees shall be
constructed of incombustible materials. No combustible material other than approved
plastics shall be used in the construction of electric signs.
(d) Non-structural Trim – Non-structural trim and portable display surfaces may be of wood,
metal, approved plastics, or any combination thereof.
(e) Display Surfaces – Display surfaces in all types of signs may be made of metal, glass, orapproved plastics.

SECTION 2005. Projections and Clearances(a) Clearances from High Voltage Power Lines – Clearances of signs from high voltage powerlines shall be in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code.
(b) Clearances from Fire Escapes, Exits, or Standpipes – No signs or sign structures shall be
erected in such a manner than any portion of its surface or supports will interfere in any way
with the free use of any fire escape, exit, or standpipe.
(c) Obstruction of Openings. No sign shall obstruct any opening to such an extent that light orventilation is reduced to a point below that required by this Code. Signs erected within 1.50
meters of an exterior wall in which there are openings within the area of the sign shall be
constructed of incombustible material or approved plastics.

(d) Projection over Alleys. No sign or sign structure shall project into any public alley below aheight of 3.00 meters above established sidewalk grade, nor project more than 300
millimeters where the sign structure is located 3.00 meters to 4.5 meters above establishedsidewalk grade. The sign or sign structure must not project more than 1.00 meter into the
public alley where the sign or sign structure is located more than 4.50 meters above
established sidewalk grade.

SECTION 2006. Lighting
Signs shall be illuminated only by electrical means in accordance with the Philippine Electrical
Code.

350

74
CHAPTER 21

TRANSITORY AND FINAL PROVISIONSSECTION 2101. Existing Building and Structures
All buildings or structures constructed under R.A. 6541 or existing city or municipal building codes
or ordinances, if legally done in accordance therewith, shall be respected subject to such limitations
established in this Code.
However, alterations, additions, conversions and/or repairs to be made in such buildings or
structures shall be subject to the provisions of this Code.
SECTION 2102. Interim Rules and Regulations
Interim rules and regulations on buildings promulgated by the Secretary before the adoption ofthis Code pursuant to existing laws or decrees shall continue to have binding force and effect, when not in
conflict with the provisions of this Code.
SECTION 2103. Separability Clause
If any provision of this Decree or the application thereof is to any person or circumstancedeclared unconstitutional or invalid for any reason, the same shall not affect the validity of the otherprovisions.
SECTION 2104. Repealing Clause
All laws, decrees, provisions of charters, executive orders, ordinances, rules and regulations orparts thereof contrary to or inconsistent with the provisions of this Decree are hereby repealed, amended,or modified accordingly.
SECTION 2105. Effectivity
This Decree shall take effect upon its promulgation.
thDone in the City of Manila, this 19 day of February, in the year of our Lord, nineteen hundredand seventy seven.

(SGD.)FERDINAND E. MARCOS
President
Republic of the Philippines
By the President:(SGD.)
SGD. JUAN C. TUVERA
Presidential Assistant

CERTIFIED COPY:(SGD.)MELQUIADES T. DELA CRUZ, CESO II
Presidential Staff Director
Malacañang Records Section

REPUBLIC ACT NO. 544
AN ACT TO REGULATE THE PRACTICE OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
IN THE PHILIPPINES
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of thePhilippines in Congress assembled:

ARTICLE I. – TITLE OF THE ACT AND DEFINITION OF TERMSSECTION 1. Title of Act. – This Act shall be known as the “Civil Engineering Law”.
SECTION 2. Definition of Terms. – (a) The practice of civil engineering within the meaning andintent of this Act shall embrace services in the form of consultation, design, preparation of plans,
specifications, estimates, erection, installation and supervision of the construction of streets, bridges,
highways, railroads, airports and hangars, portworks, canals, river and shore improvements, lighthouses,and dry docks; buildings, fixed structures for irrigation, flood protection, drainage, water supply andsewerage works; demolition of permanent structures; and tunnels. The enumeration of any work in thissection shall not be construed as excluding any other work requiring civil engineering knowledge andapplication.
(b) The term “civil engineer” as used in this Act shall mean a person duly registered with theBoard of Examiners for Civil Engineers in the manner as hereinafter provided.

ARTICLE II. – BOARD OF EXAMINERS FOR CIVIL ENGINEERSSECTION 3. Composition of Board – Within thirty days after the approval of this Act there shallbe created a Board of Examiners for Civil Engineers hereinafter referred to as the Board, to be composedof a chairman and two members who shall be appointed by the Secretary of Public Works andCommunication. The members of the Board shall hold office for a term of three years after appointment
or until their successors shall have been appointed and shall have duly qualified. The first members of
the Board appointed under this Act shall hold office for the following terms: One member for one year;
one member for two years; and one member or three years. Each member of the Board shall qualify bytaking the proper oath of office before entering upon the performance of his duties. Any member of theBoard may be removed by the Secretary of Public Works and Communications for neglect of duty,
incompetency, malpractice, unprofessional, unethical, immoral, or dishonorable conduct, after having
been given opportunity to defend himself in a proper administrative investigation: Provided, That during
the process of investigation the Secretary of Public Works and Communications shall have the power tosuspend such member under investigation and shall appoint a temporary member in his place.
Vacancies in the Board shall be filled for the unexpired term only.
SECTION 4. Powers and duties of the Board – The Board of Examiners for Civil Engineers isvested with authority, conformable with the provisions of this Act, to administer oaths, issue, suspend andrevoke certificates of registration for the practice of civil engineering, issue certificates of recognition tocivil engineers already registered under this Act for advanced studies, research, and/or highly specialized
training in any branch of civil engineering subject to the approval of the Secretary of Public Works andCommunications PRC, to investigate such violations of this Act and the regulations, there under as may
come to the knowledge of the Board and, for this purpose, issue subpoena and subpoena duces tecum tosecure appearance of witnesses in connection with the charges presented to the Board, to inspect atleast once a year educational institutions offering courses in civil engineering, civil engineering works,
projects or corporations, established in the Philippines and, for safe-guarding of life, health and property,
to discharge such other powers and duties as may affect ethical and technological standards of the civilengineering profession in the Philippines. For the purpose of this Act, the Director of Public Works and/or
his authorized representatives in the provinces and chartered cities shall be ex-officio agents of the Boardand as such it shall be their duty to help in the enforcement of the provisions of this Act.

352

74
The Board may, with the approval of the Secretary of Public Works and Communication,
Professional Regulation Commission issue such rules and regulations as may be deemed necessary to
carry out the provisions of this Act. The board shall also adopt a code of ethics in the practice of civilengineering and have an official seal to authenticate its official documents.
SECTION 5. Qualifications of Board members. – Each member of the Board shall, at the time if
his appointment:(a) Be a citizen and resident of the Philippines;(b) Be at least thirty years of age and of good moral character;(c) Be a graduate of civil engineering from a recognized and legally constituted school, institute,college or university;(d) Be a registered civil engineer duly qualified to practice civil engineering in the Philippines;(e) Have practiced civil engineering, with a certificate as such, for a period of not less than ten
years prior to his appointment;(f) Not be a member of the faculty of any school, institute, college, or university where civilengineering course is taught, nor have a pecuniary interest in such institutions;(g) No former members of the faculty of any school, institute or university where civilengineering is taught can become a member of the Board unless he had stopped teachingfor at least three consecutive years.
SECTION 6. Fees and compensation of Board. – The Board of Examiners for Civil Engineers shallcharge for each application for examination the sum of forty pesos payable to the collecting anddisbursing officer of the Bureau of Civil Service, Board of Examiners PRC upon filing of said
application for examination, and for each certificate of registration, twenty pesos. Each member ofthe Board shall receive a compensation of five pesos for each applicant examined. A civil engineer inthe service of the Government of the Republic of the Philippines appointed as member of the Board
shall receive the compensation as herein provided, in addition to his salary in the government. All
authorized expenses of the Board, including the compensation provided for herein, shall be paid by
the collecting and disbursing officer of the Bureau of Civil Service out of such appropriation as may bemade for the purpose.
SECTION 7. Annual report. – The Board shall, at the end of each fiscal year, submit to theSecretary of Public Works and Communications and PRC a detailed report of its activities andproceedings during the period covered by the fiscal year ended.

ARTICLE III. – EXAMINATION AND REGISTRATIONSECTION 8. Examination requirement. – All applicants for registration for the practice of civilengineering shall be required to pass a technical examination as hereinafter provided.
SECTION 9. Holding of examination. – Examination of candidates desiring to practice civilengineering in the Philippines shall be given in the City of Manila beginning the second Monday of
February and August of each year, provided that such days do not fall on official holidays, otherwise theexaminations shall be held on the days next following.
SECTION 10. – Subjects of Examination. – Applicants for certificates of registration as civilengineer shall be examined, in the discretion of the Board, on the following subjects: mathematics,
including algebra, plane and spherical trigonometry, analytics, descriptive and solid geometry, differential
and integral calculus, and rational and applied mechanics; hydraulics; surveying, including highway andrailroad surveying; plane, topographic and hydrographic surveying, and advance surveying; design andconstruction of highways and railroads, masonry structures, wooden and reinforced concrete buildings,
bridges, towers, walls, foundations, piers, ports, wharves, aqueducts, sanitary engineering works, watersupply systems, dikes, dams, and irrigation and drainage canals.
SECTION 11. Executive officer of the Board. – The Commissioner of Civil Service Professional
Regulation Commission shall be the executive officer of the Board and shall conduct the examinations
given by the said Board. He shall designate any subordinate officer of the Bureau of Civil Service

Professional Regulation Commission to act as the Secretary and custodian of all records including
examination papers and minutes of the deliberation of the Board.
SECTION 12. Qualifications for examination. – Any person applying for admission to the civilengineering examination as herein provided shall, prior to the date of the examination, establish to
the satisfaction of the Board that he has the following qualifications:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)

Be at least twenty-one years of age;
Be a citizen of the Philippines;
Be of good reputation and moral character; andBe a graduate of a four-year course in civil engineering from a school, institute, college oruniversity recognized by the Government or the State wherein it is established.

SECTION 13. Oath of civil engineers. – All successful candidates in the examination shall be
required to take a professional oath before the Board of Examiners for Civil Engineer or other
Government Officials authorized to administer oaths, prior to entering upon the practice of the civilengineering profession.

SECTION 14. – Seal and use of seal. – All registered civil engineers shall obtain a seal of suchdesign as the Board shall authorize and direct: Provided, however, That the serial number of thecertificate issued by the Board shall be included in the design of the seal. Plans and specifications
prepared by, or under the direct supervision of a registered civil engineer shall be stamped with said
seal during the life of the registrant’s certificate, and it shall be unlawful for any one to stamp or seal
any documents with said seal after the certificate of the registrant named thereon has expired or has
been revoked, unless said certificate shall have been renewed or re-issued.

SECTION 15. Exemption from registration. – (1) Registration shall not be required of the following
persons:(a)

Officers or enlisted men of the United States and Philippine Armed Forces, and civilian
employees of the Government of the United States stationed in the Philippines while
rendering civil engineering services for the United States and/or Philippines.

(b)

Civil engineers or experts called in by the Philippine Government for consultation, or specificdesign and construction of fixed structures as defined under this Act, provided that theirpractice shall be limited to such work.

(2) Any person residing in the Philippines may make plans or specifications for any of the following:(a)

Any building in chartered cities or in towns with building ordinances, not exceeding thespace requirement specified therein, requiring the services of a civil engineer.

(b)

Any wooden building enlargement or alteration which is to be used for farm purposes only
and costing not more than ten thousand pesos.

(c)Provided, however, That there shall be nothing in this Act that will prevent any person fromconstructing his own (wooden or light material) residential house, utilizing the service of aperson or persons required for the purpose, without the use of a civil engineer, as long as
he does not violate local ordinances of the place where the building is to be constructed.

(3)
Nor shall anything in this Act prevent draftsmen, student clerk-of-work, superintendents andother employees of those lawfully engaged in the practice of civil engineering under the provisions of
this Act from acting under the instruction, control or supervision of their employer.
(4)
Nor shall anything in this Act prevent any person who prior to the approval of this Act havebeen lawfully engaged in the practice of “maestro de obras” to continue as such, provided they shallnot undertake the making of plans supervision for the following classes of work:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)

354

Building of concrete whether reinforced or not.
Building of more than two stories.
Building with frames of structural steel.
Building of structures intended for public gathering or assemblies such as theaters,
cinematographs, stadia, churches, or structures of like nature.

74(5)
Nor shall anything in this Act prevent professional architects and engineers to practice theirprofessions

SECTION 16. Refusal to issue certificate. – The Board of Examiners for Civil Engineers shall notissue a certificate to any person convicted by a court of competent jurisdiction of any criminal offense
involving moral turpitude, or to any person guilty of immoral or dishonorable conduct, or to any personof unsound mind. In the event of a refusal to issue a certificate to any person, the Board shall give tothe applicant a written statement setting forth its reason for such action, which statement shall beincorporated in the records of the Board.

SECTION 17. – Suspension and revocation of certificates. – Subject to the approval of the Secretaryof Public Works and Communications, the Board shall have the power, after due notice and hearing,to suspend or revoke the certificate of registration for any cause mentioned in the preceding section.

SECTION 18. Re-issue and replacement of certificates. – The Board may, after the expiration of one
year from the date a certificate of registration is revoked and for reasons it may deem sufficient,
entertain an application for a new certificate of registration from the registrant concerned. Suchapplication shall be accomplished in the same form prescribed for examination, but the Board may, in
its discretion, exempt the applicant from taking the requisite examination.

SECTION 19. Transitory provisions. – As soon as this Act takes effect, any person desiring topractice the profession of civil engineering shall be required to obtain a certificate of registration in themanner and under the conditions hereinafter provided.
All civil engineers duly licensed under the provisions of Act Numbered Twenty-nine hundred andeighty-five, as amended, at the time this Act takes effect, shall be automatically registered under theprovisions hereof. Certificates of registration held by such persons in good standing shall have thesame force and effect as though the same have been issued under the provisions of this Act.
All graduates in civil engineering from a school, institute, college, or university recognized by theGovernment who have passed the civil service examinations for senior civil engineer and have beenpracticing or employed in the Government as such during five years are exempted from taking
examination.

ARTICLE IV. – ENFORCEMENT OF ACT AND PENAL PROVISIONSSECTION 20. Enforcement of the Act by officers of the law. It shall be the duty of all duly constituted
law officers of the national, provincial, city and municipal governments, or any political subdivisions
thereof, to enforce the provisions of this Act and to prosecute any person violating the same.

SECTION 21. Registration required. – Unless exempt from registration, no person shall practice oroffer to practice civil engineering in the Philippines without having obtained the proper certificate ofregistration from the Board of Examiners for Civil Engineers.

SECTION 22. Penal Provisions. – Any person who shall practice civil engineering in the Philippines
without being registered in accordance with the provisions of this Act or any person presenting or
attempting to use as his own the certificate of registration of a registered civil engineer, or any person
who shall give any false or forged evidence of any kind to the Board, or any person who shallimpersonate any registrant civil engineer of different name, or any person who shall attempt to use arevoked or suspended certificate of registration, or any person who shall use in connection with his

name or otherwise assume, use or advertise any title or description tending to convey the impressionthat he is a civil engineer, without holding a valid certificate of registration, or any person who shall
violate any of the provision of this Act, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall, upon conviction, besentenced to a fine of not less than five hundred pesos nor more than two thousand pesos, or tosuffer imprisonment for a period of not less than six months not more than one year, or both, in thediscretion of the court.

ARTICLE V. – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONSSECTION 23. Preparation of plans and supervision of construction by registered civil engineer. –It shall be unlawful for any person to order or otherwise cause the construction, reconstruction, or
alteration of any building or structure intended for public gathering or assembly such as theaters,
cinematographs, stadia, churches or structures of like nature, and any other engineering structures
mentioned in section two of this Act unless the designs, plans, and specifications of same have been
prepared under the responsible charge of, and signed and sealed by a registered civil engineer, andunless the construction, reconstruction and/or alteration thereof are executed under the responsible
charge and direct supervision of a civil engineer. Plans and designs of structures must be approved
as provided by law or ordinance of a city or province or municipality where the said structure is to beconstructed.

SECTION 24. The practice of civil engineering is a professional service, admission to which must be
determined upon individual, personal qualifications. Hence, no firm, partnership, corporation or
association may be registered or licensed as such for the practice of civil engineering: Provided,
however, that persons properly registered and licensed as civil engineers may, among themselves orwith a person or persons properly registered and licensed as architects, form, and obtain registrationof, a firm, partnership or association using the term “Engineers” or “Engineers and Architects”, but,
nobody shall be a member or partner of such firm, partnership or association unless he is a duly
licensed civil engineer or architect, and the members who are civil engineers shall only render workand services proper for a civil engineer, as defined in this Act, and the members who are architects
shall also only render work and services proper for an architect, as defined in the law regulating thepractice of architecture; individual members of such firms, partnership or association shall be
responsible for their own respective acts.

SECTION 25. Reciprocity requirements. – No person who is not a citizen of the Philippines at thetime he applies to take the examination shall be allowed to take it unless he can prove in the manner
provided by the Rules of Court that, by specific provision of law, the country of which he is a citizen,
subject, or national either admits citizens of the Philippines to the practice of the same profession
without restriction or allows them to practice it after an examination on terms of strict and absoluteequality with citizens, subjects, or nationals of the country concerned, including the unconditionalrecognition of degrees issued by institutions of learning duly recognized for the purpose by theGovernment of the Philippines: Provided, That if he is not a citizen of the Philippines, and wasadmitted to the practice of a profession in the Philippines after December 8, 1941, his active practicein that profession, either in the Philippines or in the state or country where he was practicing his
profession, shall not have been interrupted for a period of two years or more prior to July 4, 1946, andthat the country or state from which he comes allows the citizens of the Philippines by specificprovision of law, to practice the same profession without restriction or on terms of strict and absoluteequality with citizens, subjects or nationals of the country or state concerned.

SECTION 26. Roster of civil engineers. – A roster showing the names and places of business of all
registered civil engineers shall be prepared by the Commissioner of Civil Service periodically but atleast once a year. Copies of this roster shall be placed on file with the Secretary of Public Works andCommunications and furnished to all department heads, mayors of all chartered cities, to the Directorof Public Works, to such other Bureaus, government entities or agencies and municipal and provincial
authorities as may be deemed necessary and to the public upon request.

356

74
SECTION 27. Repeal. – All laws, parts of laws, orders, ordinances, or regulations in conflict with theprovisions hereof; including parts of Act Numbered Twenty-nine hundred and eighty-five, as
amended, as pertains to the practice of civil engineering, are hereby repealed, except the provisionsof Act Numbered Thirty-one hundred and fifty nine amending Act Numbered Twenty-nine hundredand eighty five, pertaining to the practice of “maestro de obras”.

SECTION 28. Construction of Act. – If any part or section of this Act shall be declared
unconstitutional, such declarations shall not invalidate the other provisions hereof.

SECTION 29. Effectivity. – This Act shall take effect upon its approval.

H. No. 5389
S. No. 2710

Republic of the Philippines
Congress of the Philippines
Metro Manila
Twelfth Congress
Third Regular Session
Begun and held in Metro Manila, on Monday, The twenty-eighth day of July, two thousand three.
REPUBLIC ACT NO. 9266
AN ACT PROVIDING FOR A MORE RESPONSIVE AND COMPREHENSIVE REGULATION FOR THE
REGISTRATION, LICENSING AND PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTURE, REPEALING FOR THE
PURPOSE REPUBLIC ACT NO. 545, AS AMENDED, OTHERWISE KNOWN AS “AN ACT TO
REGULATE THE PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTURE IN THE PHILIPPINES, “ AND FOR OTHERPURPOSES
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the Philippines in Congressassembled:

ARTICLE I
GENERAL PROVISIONSSECTION 1. Short Title. – This act shall be known as “The Architecture Act of 2004”.
SEC. 2. Statement of Policy. – The State recognizes the importance of architects in nationbuilding and development. Hence, it shall develop and nurture competent, virtuous,
productive and well-rounded professional architects whose standards of practice andservice shall be excellent, qualitative, world-class and globally competitive throughinviolable, honest, effective and credible licensure examinations and through regulatory
measures, programs and activities that foster their professional growth anddevelopment.
SEC. 3. Definition of Terms. – As used in this Act, the following terms shall be defined as follows:(1) “Architecture” is the art, science or profession of planning, designing and constructing
buildings in their totality taking into account their environment, in accordance with theprinciples of utility, strength and beauty;(2) “Architect” means a person professionally and academically qualified, registered and licensed
under this Act with a Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card issued by
the Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture and the Professional Regulation
Commission, and who is responsible for advocating the fair and sustainable development,
welfare and cultural expression of society’s habitat in terms of space, forms and historicalcontext;(a) “Architect-of-record” means the architect registered and licensed under this Act, who isdirectly and professionally responsible for the total design of the project for the client and who
shall assume the civil liability for the plans, specifications and contract documents he/she hassigned and sealed;(b) “Architect-in-charge of construction” means an architect registered and licensed under thisAct, who is directly and professionally responsible and liable for the construction supervisionof the project;

358

74
(c) “Consulting Architect” means the architect registered and licensed or permitted to practiceunder this Act, who is professionally and academically qualified and with exceptional orrecognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture;(3) “General Practice of Architecture “ means the act of planning and architectural designing,
structural conceptualization, specifying, supervising and giving general administration andresponsible direction to the erection, enlargement or alterations of buildings and building
environments and architectural design in engineering structures or any part thereof; the scientific,
aesthetic and orderly coordination of all the processes which enter into the production of acomplete building or structure performed through the medium of unbiased preliminary studies ofplans, consultations, specifications, conferences, evaluations, investigations, contract documents
and oral advice and directions regardless of whether the persons engaged in such practice areresidents of the Philippines or have their principal office or place of business in this country or
another territory, and regardless of whether such persons are performing one or all these duties,
or whether such duties are performed in person or as the directing head of an office ororganization performing them;(4) “Scope of the Practice of Architecture” encompasses the provision of professional services inconnection with site, physical and planning and the design, construction, enlargement,
conservation, renovation, remodeling, restoration or alteration of a building or group of buildings.
Services may include, but are not limited to:(a) planning, architectural designing and structural conceptualization;(b) consultation, consultancy, giving oral or written advice and directions, conferences,evaluations, investigations, quality surveys, appraisals and adjustments, architectural andoperational planning, site analysis and other pre-design services;(c) schematic design, design development, contract documents and construction phases
including professional consultancies;(d) preparation of preliminary, technical, economic and financial feasibility studies of plans,models and project promotional services;(e) preparation of architectural plans, specifications, bill of materials, cost estimates, generalconditions and bidding documents;(f) construction and project management, giving general management, administration,
supervision, coordination and responsible direction or the planning, architectural designing,
construction, reconstruction, erection, enlargement or demolition, renovation, repair, orderly
removal, remodeling, alteration, preservation or restoration of buildings or structures orcomplex buildings, including all their components, sites and environs, intended for private or
public use;(g) the planning, architectural lay-outing and utilization of spaces within and surrounding suchbuildings or structures, housing design and community architecture, architectural interiors andspace planning, architectural detailing, architectural lighting, acoustics, architectural lay-outingof mechanical, electrical, electronic, sanitary, plumbing, communications and other utility
systems, equipment and fixtures;(h) building programming, building administration, construction, arbitration and architecturalconservation and restoration;(i) all works which relate to the scientific, aesthetic and orderly coordination of all works andbranches of the work, systems and processes necessary for the production of a complete
building or structure, whether for public or private use, in order to enhance and safeguard life,
health and property and the promotion and enrichment of the quality of life, the architecturaldesign of engineering structures or any part thereof; and(j)all other works, projects and activities which require the professional competence of anarchitect, including teaching of architectural subjects and architectural computer-aided design;(5) “Structural Conceptualization” means the act of conceiving, choosing and developing the type,disposition, arrangement and proportioning of the structural elements of an architectural work
giving due consideration to safety, cost-effectiveness, functionality and aesthetics;(6) “Architectural Firm” means a sole proprietorship, a partnership or corporation registered with theproper government agencies;(7) “Authorship” refers to the author or authors of a set of architectural plans or specifications who arein charge of their preparation, whether made by them personally or under their immediate
supervision;(8) “Board” refers to the Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture;(9) “Commission” means the Professional Regulation Commission;(10) “Service Agreement” means a duly notarized written contract or equivalent public instrument
stipulating the scope of services and guaranteeing compensation of such services to berendered by an architect registered and licensed under this Act;
(11) “Integrated and Accredited Professional Organization” means the existing official nationalorganization of all architects of the Philippines in which all registered Filipino architects shall bemembers without prejudice to membership in other voluntary professional associations;(12) “Continuing Professional Development” refers to a sustaining and progressive learning processthat maintains, enhances, or increases the knowledge and continuing ability of architects;(13) “DTI” shall mean the Department of Trade and Industry; and(14) “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ARTICLE II
PROFESSIONAL REGULATORY BOARD OF ARCHITECTURE
SEC. 4. Creation and Composition of the Professional Regulatory Board. - There is hereby
created a Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture, hereinafter referred to as theBoard, a collegial body under the supervision and administrative control of theProfessional Regulation Commission, hereinafter referred to as the Commission, to becomposed of a chairman and two (2) members appointed by the President of thePhilippines from a list of three (3) recommendees chosen from a list of five (5) nominees
for each position submitted to the Commission by the integrated and the accredited
professional organization of architects. The Board shall be organized not later than six(6) months from the effectivity of this Act.
SEC. 5. Qualifications of Members of the Professional Regulatory Board. – Each member shall,at the time of his/her appointment, possess the following qualifications:

360

(a)

be a citizen and a resident of the Philippines;(b)

be a holder of a degree in Bachelor of Science in Architecture conferred by a school,
college or university in the Philippines or abroad that is recognized and/or accredited by theCommission on Higher Education (CHED);

74
(c)

be an architect with a valid Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Cardand active practitioner of architecture for at least ten (10) years on the date of his/ herappointment;(d)

not be a member of the faculty of any school, college, university or review institution wherea regular course or review course in architecture is taught, nor have pecuniary interest insuch institution. No former member of the faculty of any school, institute, university orreview center where architecture is taught can become a member of the Board unless he/she had officially resigned from such an institution and has completely stopped teaching,advising or reviewing activities for at least five (5) years prior to the nomination; and(e)

Has never been convicted of any crime involving moral turpitude.

SEC. 6. Term of Office. – The members of the Board shall hold office for a term of three (3) years
after appointment or until their successors shall have been appointed and duly qualified.
Any vacancy occurring within the term of a member shall be filled for the unexpired
portion of the term only. Each member of the Board maybe reappointed for one full termof three (3) years. Of the members of the Board first appointed under this Act, one (1)member shall be appointed and hold office as chairman for three (3) years, one (1)member for two (2) years, and one (1) member for one (1) year. Each member of theBoard shall qualify by taking the proper oath prior to the performance of their duties:
Provided, That the incumbent members of the Board shall continue to serve for theremainder of their term as members of the herein created Professional Regulatory
Board of Architecture until a new Board shall have been properly organized.
SEC. 7. Powers and Functions of the Board. – The Board shall exercise the following specificpowers, functions and responsibilities:(a) Prescribe and adopt the rules and regulations necessary for carrying out the provisions of thisAct;(b) Supervise the registration, licensure and practice of architects;(c) Administer oaths in connection with the administration of this Act;(d) Issue, suspend, revoke, or reinstate the Certificate of Registration and the Professional
Identification Card for the practice of the architecture profession;(e) Adopt an official seal of the Board;(f) Monitor the conditions affecting the practice of architecture and adopt such measures as may
be deemed proper for the enhancement and maintenance of high professional, ethical andtechnical standards of the profession;(g) Prescribe and/or adopt the Code of Ethical Conduct and Standards of Professional Practice;(h) Hear and decide administrative cases involving violations of this Act, its implementing rules
and regulations, the Code of Ethical Conduct and Standards of Professional Practice and forthis purpose, to issue subpoena ad testificandum and subpoena duces tecum to secure theappearance of witnesses and the production of documents in connection therewith: Provided,
That the decision of the Board shall, unless appealed to the Commission, become final andexecutory after fifteen (15) days from receipt of notice of judgment or decision. The decisionof the Commission may be appealed to the Court of Appeals in accordance with theprocedure under the Rules of Court;(i) Prescribe guidelines for the Continuing Professional Development (CPD) program in
consultation with the integrated and accredited professional organization of architects:
Provided, That the attendance to said CPD shall not be a mandatory requirement for the
renewal of a professional license;

(j) Prepare, adopt, issue or amend the syllabi of the subjects for examinations by determining
and preparing questions which shall be within the scope of the syllabi of the subject for
examination as well as administer, correct and release the results of the licensure
examinations;(k) Approve, issue, limit or cancel temporary or special permit to practice architecture;(l) In coordination with the CHED, ensure that all higher educational instruction and offerings ofarchitecture comply with the policies, standards and requirements of the course prescribed by
the CHED in the areas of curriculum, faculty, library and facilities;(m) To adopt a program for the full computerization of the licensure examination; and(n) Discharge such other duties and functions as may be deemed necessary for theenhancement of the architecture profession and the upgrading, development and growth of
the architecture education.
The policies, resolutions, rules and regulations, issued or promulgated by the Board shall be
subject to review and approval of the Commission. However, the Board’s decisions, resolutions or orders
rendered in administrative cases shall be subject to review only if on appeal.
SEC. 8. Administrative Supervision of the Board, Custodian of its Records, Secretariat andSupport Services. − The Board shall be under the administrative supervision of theCommission. All records of the Board, including applications for examination andadministrative and other investigative cases conducted by the Board shall be under thecustody of the Commission. The Commission shall designate the Secretary of theBoard and shall provide the secretariat and other support services to implement theprovisions of this Act.
SEC. 9. Grounds for Suspension or Removal of Members of the Board. – The President of thePhilippines, upon the recommendation of the Commission, after giving the concerned
member an opportunity to defend himself in a proper administrative investigation to be
conducted by the Commission, may suspend or remove any member on the following
grounds:(a) Neglect of duty or incompetence;(b) Violation or tolerance of the violation of this Act, or its implementing rules and regulations or
the Code of Ethical Conduct and Standards of Professional Practice;(c)Final judgment of crimes involving moral turpitude; and(d) Manipulation or rigging of the architecture licensure examination results, disclosure of secretand confidential information in the examination questions prior to the conduct of the said
examination or tampering of grades.
SEC. 10. Compensation and Allowances of the Board. – The chairman and members of theBoard shall receive compensation and allowances comparable to that being received
by the chairman and members of existing regulatory Boards under the Commission asprovided for in the General Appropriations Act.
SEC. 11. Annual Report. – The Board shall submit an annual report to the Commission after theclose of each year giving a detailed account of its proceedings during the year andmaking such recommendations as it may deem proper.

ARTICLE III
EXAMINATION, REGISTRATION AND LICENSURE

362

74
SEC. 12. Examination Required. – All applicants for registration for the practice of architecture
shall be required to undergo a licensure examination to be given by the Board in suchplaces and dates as the Commission may designate in accordance with the provisionsof R.A. No. 8981.
SEC. 13. Qualifications of Applicant for Examination. – Any person applying for examination shallestablish to the satisfaction of the Board that:(a) He/she is a Filipino citizen or a citizen of a foreign country qualified to take the examination
as provided for in this Act;(b) He/she is of good moral character;(c) He/she is a holder of the degree of Bachelor of Science in Architecture conferred by a school,
college, academy or institute duly recognized and/or accredited by the Commission on Higher
Education (CHED) and in addition has a specific record of at least two (2) years of equivalentof diversified architectural experience duly certified by a registered/licensed architect:
Provided, however, That an applicant holding a Master’s Degree in Architecture from aschool, college, university or institute recognized by the government shall be credited one (1)year in his/her practical experience; and(d) He/she has not been convicted of any criminal offense involving moral turpitude.
SEC. 14. Subjects for Examination. – The licensure examination for architects shall cover, but
are not limited to, the following subjects:(1) History and Theory of Architecture; Principles of Planning and Architectural Practice;(2) Structural Design, Building Materials, and Architectural Specifications, and Methods ofConstruction and Utilities;(3) Urban Design and Architectural Interiors; and(4) Architectural Design and Site Planning.
The Board, subject to the approval of the Commission, may revise or exclude any of the subjects
and their syllabi, and add new ones as the need arises to conform to technological changes brought
about by continuing trends in the profession.
SEC. 15. Rating in the Licensure Examination. – To be qualified as having passed the licensure
examination for architects, a candidate must obtain a weighted general average of seventy
percent (70%), with no grade lower than fifty percent (50%) in any given subject.
SEC. 16. Report of Ratings. – The Board shall submit to the Commission the ratings obtained byeach candidate within thirty (30) calendar days after the examination, unless extended forjust cause. Upon the release of the results of the examination, the Commission shall sendby mail the rating received by each examinee at his/her given address using the mailingenvelope submitted during the examination.
SEC. 17. Oath. – All successful candidates in the examination shall be required to take an oath ofprofession before any member of the Board, any government official authorized by theCommission or any person authorized by law to administer oaths, prior to entering upon thepractice of the profession.
SEC. 18. Issuance of Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card. – A certificate ofRegistration and Professional Identification Card shall be issued to examinees who pass
the licensure examination subject to payment of fees prescribed by the Commission. The
Certificate of Registration shall bear the signature of the chairperson of the Commission

and the chairman and members of the Board, stamped with the official seal, indicating thatthe person named therein is entitled to the practice of the profession with all the privileges
appurtenant thereto. The said certificate shall remain in full force and effect until
withdrawn, suspended or revoked in accordance with this Act.
A Professional Identification Card bearing the registration number, date of issuance, expiry date,
duly signed by the chairperson of the Commission, shall likewise be issued to every registrant who has
paid the prescribed fee.
SEC. 19.

Roster of Architects. – A roster showing the names and place of business of all
registered professional architects shall be prepared and updated by the Board andcopies thereof shall be made available to any party as may be deemed necessary.

SEC. 20.

Seal, Issuance and Use of Seal. – A duly licensed architect shall affix the sealprescribed by the Board bearing the registrant’s name, registration number and title“Architect” on all architectural plans, drawings, specifications and all other contract
documents prepared by or under his/her direct supervision.

(1) Each registrant hereunder shall, upon registration, obtain a seal of such design as the Board
shall authorize and direct. Architectural plans and specifications prepared by, or under the
direct supervision of a registered architect shall be stamped with said seal during the life of
the registrant’s certificate, and it shall be unlawful for any one to stamp or seal any
documents with said seal after the certificate of the registrant named thereon has expired or
has been revoked, unless said certificate shall have been renewed or re-issued.
(2) No officer or employee of this Republic, chartered cities, provinces and municipalities, now orhereafter charged with the enforcement of laws, ordinances or regulations relating to theconstruction or alteration of buildings, shall accept or approve any architectural plans or
specifications which have not been prepared and submitted in full accord with all theprovisions of this Act; nor shall any payments be approved by any such officer for any work,
the plans and specifications for which have not been so prepared and signed and sealed by
the author.
(3) It shall be unlawful for any architect to sign his/her name, affix his/her seal or use any othermethod of signature on architectural plans, specifications or other documents made underanother architect’s supervision, unless the same is made in such manner as to clearly
indicate the parts of such work actually performed by the former, and it shall be unlawful forany person, except the architect-of-record, to sign for any branch or work for any function ofarchitectural practice, not actually performed by him/her. The architect-of-record shall be fully
responsible for all architectural plans, specifications and other documents issued under
his/her seal or authorized signature.
(4) Drawings and specifications duly signed, stamped or sealed, as instruments of service, arethe intellectual properties and documents of the architect, whether the object for which they
are made is executed or not. It shall be unlawful for any person, without the consent of thearchitect or author of said documents, to duplicate or to make copies of said documents foruse in the repetition of and for other projects or buildings, whether executed partly or inwhole.
(5) All architectural plans, designs, specifications, drawings and architectural documents relative
to the construction of a building shall bear the seal and signature only of an architect
registered and licensed under this Act together with his/her professional identification card
number and the date of its expiration.
SEC. 21. Indication of Certificate of Registration/Professional Identification Card and Professional
Tax Receipt. – The architect shall be required to indicate his/her Certificate ofRegistration and Professional Identification Card, its date of issuance and the durationof validity, including the professional tax receipt number, on the documents he/she
signs, uses in connection with the practice of his/her profession.

364

74
SEC. 22. Refusal to Issue Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card. – The
Board shall not register and issue a Certificate of Registration and Professional
Identification Card to any person who has falsely sworn or misrepresented
himself/herself in his/her application for examination or to any person convicted by acourt of competent jurisdiction of a criminal offense involving moral turpitude or guilty or
immoral and dishonorable conduct or to any person of unsound mind. In the event ofrefusal to issue certificate for any reason, the Board shall give the applicant a written
statement setting forth the reasons for such action, which statement shall beincorporated in the record of the Board: Provided, however, That registration shall not
be refused and a name shall not be removed from the roster of architects on conviction
for a political offense or for an offense which should not, in the opinion of the Board,either from the nature of the offense or from the circumstances of the case, disqualify aperson from practicing under this Act.
SEC. 23. Suspension and Revocation of Certificates of Registration, Professional Identification
Card or the Special/Temporary Permit. – The Board shall have the power, upon noticeand hearing, to suspend or revoke the validity of a Certificate ofRegistration/Professional Identification Card, or shall cancel a special permit granted
under this Act to an architect, on any ground mentioned under Section 22 hereof for theuse of or perpetuation of any fraud or deceit in obtaining a Certificate of Registration
and Professional Identification Card or special/temporary permit; for gross negligenceor incompetence; for unprofessional or dishonorable conduct; or for any cause
specified hereunder: Provided, however, That such action of the Board shall be subject
to appeal to the Commission whose decision shall be final if he/she:(a) has signed and affixed or permitted to be signed or affixed his name or seal on architectural
plans and designs, specifications, drawings, technical reports, valuation, estimates, or othersimilar documents or work not prepared by him/her or not executed under his/her immediate
supervision; or(b) has paid money except the regular fees provided for to secure a Certificate of Registration; or(c) has falsely impersonated a practitioner, or former practitioner of alike or different name or haspracticed under an assumed, fictitious or corporate name other than that of the registered; or(d) has aided or abetted in the practice of architecture any person not duly authorized to practicearchitecture in the Philippines; or(e) has openly solicited projects by actually undertaking architectural services without a valid
service agreement guaranteeing compensation of services to be rendered and/or has actually
allowed himself/herself to be exploited by undertaking architectural services without a valid
service agreement, both acts being prejudicial to other architects registered and licensed
under this Act and inimical to the interests of the profession; or(f) has violated any provision of this Act, its implementing rules and regulations, the Code of
Ethical Conduct and Standards of Professional Practice.

The Board shall periodically examine the grounds for the revocation of the Certificate of Registration
and Professional Identification Card and update these as necessary under the implementing rules
and regulations.
Any person, firm or association, may prepare charges in accordance with the provisions of thissection against any registrant, or the Board may motu proprio investigate and/or take cognizance of acts
and practices constituting sufficient cause for suspension or revocation of the Certificate of Registrationby proper resolution or order. Such charges shall be in writing and shall be sworn to by the person
making them and shall be filed with the Secretary of the Board.

SEC. 24. Re-issuance or Replacement of Revoked or Lost Certificates of Registration,
Professional Identification Card or Special and Temporary Permit. – The Board may, after the
expiration of two (2) years from the date of revocation of a Certificate of Registration,
Professional Identification Card or special/temporary permit, and upon application and forreasons deemed proper and sufficient, reinstate the validity of a revoked Certificate ofRegistration and in so doing may, in its discretion, exempt the application from taking anotherexamination.
A new Certificate of Registration or Professional Identification Card, temporary/ special permit toreplace those which have been lost, destroyed, or mutilated, may be re- issued, subject to therules promulgated by the Board and the Commission, upon payment of the required fees.

ARTICLE IV
PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTURE
SEC. 25. Registration of Architects Required. – No person shall practice architecture in thiscountry, or engage in preparing architectural plans, specifications or preliminary data for theerection or alteration of any building located within the boundaries of this country, or use thetitle “Architect”, or display the word “Architect” together with another word, or display or use
any title, sign, card, advertisement, or other device to indicate such person practices or offers
to practice architecture, or is an architect, unless such person shall have received from theBoard a Certificate of Registration and be issued a Professional Identification Card in themanner hereinafter provided and shall thereafter comply with the provisions of this Act.
A foreign architect or any person not authorized to practice architecture in the Philippines, whoshall stay in the country and perform any of the activities mentioned in Section 3 and 4 of thisAct, or any other activity analogous thereto, in connection with the construction of any
building/structure/edifice or land development project, shall be deemed engaged in theunauthorized practice of architecture.
SEC. 26. Vested Rights: Architects Registered When this Law is Passed. – All architects
registered at the time this law takes effect shall automatically be registered under theprovisions hereof, subject, however, to the provisions herein set forth as to future
requirements.
Certificate of Registration held by such persons in good standing shall have the same force andeffect as though issued after the passage of this Act.
SEC. 27. Reciprocity Requirements. – A person who is not a citizen of the Philippines at the timehe/she applies to take the examination shall not be allowed to take the licensure examination
unless he/she can prove, in the manner provided by the Rules of Court that, by specificprovisions of law, the country of which he/she is a citizen, subject or national either admits
citizens of the Philippines to the practice of the same profession without restriction or allows
them to practice it after passing an examination on terms of strict and absolute equality withcitizens, subjects or nationals of the country concerned, including the unconditionalrecognition of prerequisite degrees/diplomas issued by the institutions of learning duly
recognized for the purpose by the Government of the Philippines.
SEC. 28. Continuing Professional Development (CPD). – To promote public interest and tosafeguard life, health and property, all practicing architects shall maintain a program ofcontinuing professional development.
The integrated and accredited professionalorganization shall have the responsibility of developing a continuing professional
development program for architects. Other entities or organizations may become CPD
providers upon accreditation by the Board.
SEC. 29. Prohibition in the Practice of Architecture and Penal Clause. – Any person who shallpractice or offer to practice architecture in the Philippines without being registered/licensed
and who are not holders of temporary or special permits in accordance with the provisions of
this Act, or any person presenting or attempting to use as his/her own the Certificate of

366

74
Registration/Professional Identification Card or seal of another or temporary or special permit,
or any person who shall give any false or forged evidence of any kind to the Board or to any
member thereof in obtaining a Certificate of Registration/Professional Identification Card or
temporary or special permit, or any person who shall falsely impersonate any registrant of likeor different name, or any person who shall attempt to use a revoked or suspended Certificate
of registration/Professional Identification Card or cancelled special/temporary permit or any
person who shall use in connection with his/her name or otherwise assume, use or advertise
any title or description tending to convey the impression that he/she is an architect when
he/she is not an architect, or any person whether Filipino or foreigner, who knowingly allows
the use, adoption, implementation of plans, designs or specifications made by any person,
firm, partnership or company not duly licensed to engage in the practice of architecture, or
any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this Act, its implementing rules andregulations, the Code of Ethical Conduct and Standards of Professional Practice, or any
policy of the Board and the Commission, shall be guilty of misdemeanor and charged in court
by the Commission and shall, upon conviction be sentenced to a fine of not less than One
hundred thousand pesos (P100,000.00) but not more than Five million pesos(P5,000,000.00) or to suffer imprisonment for a period not less than six (6) years or both, atthe discretion of the Court.
SEC. 30. Prohibition in the Practice of Architecture. – Any person or entity, whether public or
private, Filipino or foreigner, who/which shall entice, compel, coerce, require or otherwise
force an architect registered and licensed under this Act to undertake/perform any service
under the general practice of architecture as defined under this Act, without first executing awritten contract/service agreement, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall, uponconviction be sentenced to a fine of not less than Two hundred thousand pesos(P200,000.00) or to suffer imprisonment for a period not exceeding six (6) years, or both, atthe discretion of the Court.
SEC. 31. Liability of Representative of Non-Registered Persons. – It shall be unlawful for any
person or firm or corporation to seek to avoid the provisions of this Act by having a
representative or employee seek architectural work in their behalf, unless and until, such
persons have duly qualified and duly registered/licensed, otherwise, both those represented
and the representative, the employer and the employee shall be deemed guilty of violation ofthis Act. Solicitation of architectural work shall be construed as offering to practicearchitecture and shall be unlawful for any non-registered and unlicensed persons to do so.
SEC. 32. Signing of Architectural Plans, Specifications and Other Contract Documents. – It shallbe unlawful for any architect to sign his/her name, affix his/her seal, or use other method ofsignature on architectural plans, specifications or other contract documents made underanother architect’s supervision, unless the same is made in such manner as to clearly
indicate the part or parts of such work actually performed by the former; and it shall be
unlawful for any person, except the Architect-of-record to sign for any branch of the work, or
any function or architectural practice, not actually performed by him/her. The Architect-ofrecord shall be fully responsible for all architectural plans, specifications, and otherdocuments issued under his/her seal or authorized signature.
The Board shall make all the necessary rules and regulations with regards to the signing andsealing of drawings, specifications, reports, and other documents.
SEC. 33. Ownership of Plans, Specifications and Other Contract Documents. – Drawings andspecifications and other contract documents duly signed, stamped or sealed, as instrumentsof service, are the intellectual property and documents of the architect, whether the object for
which they are made is executed or not. It shall be unlawful for any person to duplicate or to
make copies of said documents for use in the repetition of and for the other projects orbuildings, whether executed partly or in whole, without the written consent of architect orauthor of said documents.
All architects shall incorporate this provision in all contract documents and other instruments ofservice.

SEC. 34. Non-Registered Person Shall Not Claim Equivalent Service. – Persons not registeredas an architect shall not claim nor represent either services or work as equivalent to those of
a duly qualified registered architect, or that they are qualified for any branch or function ofarchitectural practice, even though no form of the title “Architect” is used.
SEC. 35. Positions in Government Requiring the Services of Registered and Licensed Architects.
– Within three (3) years from the effectivity of this Act, all existing and proposed positions in
the local and national government, whether career, permanent, temporary or contractual andprimarily requiring the services of an architect shall be filled only by registered and licensed
architects.
SEC. 36. Collection of Professional Fees. - It shall be unlawful for any unregistered person tocollect a fee for architectural services except as an employee collecting a fee as
representative of a Registered Architect.
SEC. 37. Limitation to the Registration of a Firm, Company, Partnership, Corporation or
Association. – The practice of architecture is a professional service, admission to which shallbe determined upon the basis of individual personal qualifications. However, a firm,company, partnership, corporation or association may be registered or licensed as such forthe practice of architecture under the following conditions:(a) Only Filipino citizens properly registered and licensed as architects under this Act may, among
themselves, or together with allied technical professionals, form and obtain registration as afirm, company, partnership, association or corporation for the practice of architecture;(b) Registered and licensed architects shall compose at least seventy-five percent (75%) of theowners, shareholders, members, incorporators, directors, executives officers, as the casemay be;(c) Individual members of such firm, partnership, association or corporation shall be responsible
for their individual and collective acts as an entity and as provided by law;(d) Such firm, partnership, association or corporation shall be registered with the Securities andExchange Commission and the Board.
Sec. 38. Coverage of Temporary/Special Permits. – Foreign nationals who have gained entry in
the Philippines to perform professional services as architects or consultants in foreignfunded or assisted projects of the government or employed or engaged by Filipino or
foreign contractors or private firms, shall, before assuming the duties, functions andresponsibilities as architects or consultants, secure a special/temporary permit from theBoard subject to approval of the Commission, to practice his/her profession inconnection with the project to which he/she was commissioned: Provided, That theforeign national of foreign firm, whose name or company name, with the title architect,architectural consultant, design consultant, consultant or designer appears onarchitectural plans, specifications and other related construction documents, for securingbuilding permits, licenses and government authority clearances for actual building
project construction in the Philippines and advertisements and billboards for marketing
purposes, shall be deemed practicing architecture in the Philippines, whether thecontract for professional services is consummated in the Philippines or in a foreigncountry: Provided, further, That the following conditions are satisfied as follows:(a) That he/she is a citizen or subject of a country which specifically permits Filipino
professionals to practice his/her profession within their territorial limits, on the same basis as
the subjects or citizens of such foreign state or country;(b) That he/she is legally qualified to practice architecture in his/her own country, and that his/herexpertise is necessary and advantageous to our country particularly in the aspects oftechnology transfer and specialization;

368

74
(c) That foreign nationals shall be required to work with a Filipino counterpart and shall also be
responsible for public utilities and taxes due to the Philippine government, relative to their
participation in, or professional services rendered to the project, in accordance with theestablished implementing rules and regulations providing for the procedure for theregistration and/or issuance of temporary/special permits to foreign architects allowed by law
to practice their profession in the Philippines by the Board of Architecture and the accredited
professional organization; and(d) Agencies, organizations or individuals whether public or private, who secure the services of aforeign professional authorized by law to practice in the Philippines for reasons
aforementioned, shall be responsible for securing a special permit from the Professional
Regulation Commission (PRC) and the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE)
pursuant to PRC and DOLE rules.
SEC. 39. Liability Insurance of a Person or Entity Allowed to Practice under a Temporary/Special
Permit. – Foreign nationals, including former Filipinos wanting to engage in the generalpractice of architecture as defined in Section 3 (c) of this Act must secure locally theirprofessional liability insurance or malpractice insurance or their acceptable equivalent
in bond form commensurate with the nature and magnitude of their project involvement
and their compensation the implementing rules and regulations for such a requirement
for practice shall be implemented by the Board in consultation with the integrated andaccredited professional organization of architects within six (6) months from theeffectivity of this Act.

ARTICLE V
FINAL PROVISIONS
SEC. 40. Integration of the Architecture Profession. – The Architecture profession shall be
integrated into one (1) national organization which shall be accredited by the Board,subject to the approval by the Commission, as the integrated and accredited
professional organization of architects: Provided, however, That such an organization
shall be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as a non-profit,
non-stock corporation to be governed by by-laws providing for a democratic election of
its officials. An architect duly registered with the Board shall automatically become amember of the integrated and accredited professional organization of architects andshall receive the benefits and privileges provided for in this Act upon payment of therequired fees and dues. Membership in the integrated and accredited professionalorganization of architects shall not be a bar to membership in other associations ofarchitects.
SEC. 41. Implementing Rules and Regulations. – Within sixty (60) days after the effectivity of thisAct, the Board, subject to the approval of the Commission and in coordination withintegrated and accredited professional organization, shall adopt and promulgate suchrules and regulations, Code of Ethical Conduct and Standards of Professional
Practice, to carry out the provisions of this Act and which shall be effective fifteen (15)days following their publication in the Official Gazette or in two (2) major daily
newspapers of general circulation.
SEC. 42. Appropriations. – The Chairperson of the Professional Regulation Commission shallimmediately include in the Commission’s programs the implementation of this Act, thefunding of which shall be included in the annual General Appropriations Act.
SEC. 43. Act Not Affecting Other Professionals. – This Act shall not be construed to affect orprevent the practice of any other legally recognized profession.

SEC. 44. Enforcement of the Act. – It shall be the primary duty of the Commission and the Board
to effectively enforce the provisions of this Act. All duly constituted law enforcement
agencies and officers of national, provincial, city or municipal government or of any
political subdivision thereof, shall, upon the call or request of the Commission or the
Board, render assistance in enforcing the provisions of this Act and to prosecute any
person violating the provisions of the same. The Secretary of Justice or his duly
designated representative shall act as legal adviser to the Commission and the Boardand shall render legal assistance as may be necessary in carrying out the provisionsof this Act.
Any person may bring before the Commission, Board or the aforementioned officers of
the law, cases of illegal practice or violations of this Act committed by any person or
party.
The Board shall assist the Commission in filing the appropriate charges through theconcerned prosecution office in accordance with law and the Rules of Court.
SEC. 45. Separability Clause. – If any clause, provision, paragraph or part hereof shall bedeclared unconstitutional or invalid, such judgment shall not affect, invalidate or impair
any other part hereof, but such judgment shall be merely confined to the clause,
provision, paragraph or part directly involved in the controversy in which such
judgment has been rendered.
SEC. 46. Repealing Clause. – Republic Act No. 545, as amended by Republic Act No. 1581 is
hereby repealed and all other laws, orders, rules and regulations or resolutions orpart/s thereof inconsistent with the provisions of this Act are hereby repealed or
modified accordingly.
SEC. 47. Effectivity. – This Act shall take effect after fifteen (15) days following its publication in
the Official Gazette or in two (2) newspapers of general circulation.

Approved,(SGD)
FRANKLIN M. DRILON
President of the Senate(SGD.)JOSE DE VENECIA JR.
Speaker of the Houseof Representatives

This Act which is a consolation of House Bill No. 5389 and Senate Bill No. 2710 was finallypassed by the House of Representatives and the Senate on January 28, 2004 and January 29, 2004,
respectively.

(SGD.)
OSCAR G. YABES
Secretary of the Senate

Approved:(Signed)GLORIA MACAPAGAL-ARROYO
President of the Philippines

370(SGD.)ROBERTO P. NAZARENO
Secretary General
House of Representatives